395
Section 13 - Undergraduate Subjects
Information About Subject
Entries
Subject Codes
The undergraduate subjects listed in this Handbook
are in alpha-numeric order by code. The codes
comprise:
• a three alpha-character abbreviation of the subject area or discipline; followed by
• a three digit number the first digit of which indicates the subject’s level.
Subject Levels
The level of a subject is denoted by the first digit
of its code.
Denotes an introductory, usually first
year, undergraduate subject.
Level 2
Denotes a subject normally taken
in the second full-time year of
an undergraduate course which
usually has a level 1 subject as a
prerequisite.
Level 3
Denotes a subject normally taken
in the third full-time year of an
undergraduate course which usually
has a level 1 or level 2 subject as a
prerequisite.
Level 4
Denotes a subject taken in the fourth
full-time year of an undergraduate
course which usually has a level
1 or level 2 or level 3 subject
as a prerequisite; or a subject in
a graduate certificate or graduate
diploma course.
Levels 5 to 7 Relate to subjects in master and
doctoral programs.
Level 1
Prerequisites, Corequisites and Enrolment
Restrictions
Prerequisites, corequisites and enrolment
restrictions (these terms are explained below) may
apply to particular subjects and where they do they
are specified in the description of that subject. If
there is no mention of prerequisites, corequisites or
enrolment restrictions in a particular description then
none apply to that subject.
If a subject has a prerequisite, the student must
have passed the prerequisite, or expect to have
passed the prerequisite, when enrolling in that
subject.
If a subject has a corequisite, the student must enrol
in the corequisite in the same session as the student
enrols in that subject, unless the corequisite has
already been passed.
Enrolment restrictions are conditions which restrict
enrolment in a subject to particular student cohorts.
Textbooks
Information on the textbooks prescribed for
particular subjects is not provided in this Handbook
as the information is susceptible to frequent change.
Students are told of the textbooks required for a
particular subject when they have enrolled in the
subject. Distance education students are advised by
mail; on-campus students are advised in their first
class in the subject.
Points
The point value of a subject is indicated by the
number in brackets after the subject’s title. The
point value denotes the relative size of a subject. A
standard subject is 8 points and four 8 point subjects
(ie 32 points) constitute a normal full-time semester
study load.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
396 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
Subject Descriptions
ACC100 ACCOUNTING 1: INFORMATION FOR
BUSINESS (8)
An introduction to the provision of accounting data
for use in business decisions. Provides students
with basic skills, knowledge and attitudes which
enable them to process financial data, to analyse
and interpret accounting reports, and to present
the results within an ethical framework to financial
decision makers.
ACC101 FINANCIAL PLANNING FOR SMALL
BUSINESS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Other than Faculty of
Commerce students
Planning and understanding the financial data
requirements of business and how financial output
is a key success factor for business. This subject
addresses the planning role from a financial
planning viewpoint. Financial data requirements,
financial analysis and planning processes including
budgets will be studied.
ACC110 ACCOUNTING 2: MANAGEMENT
DECISIONS (8)
Prerequisite: ACC100
The use of accounting information in management
decisions. Sources of finance and investment
analysis. Understanding and using basic skills in
product costing, profit planning, and performance
evaluation and presenting this information for use in
managerial decisions.
ACC123 BUSINESS DECISION ANALYSIS (8)
Introduces the theory and application of analytical
techniques for accounting and business decisions.
Examines the fundamental analytical tools upon
which financial and managerial decisions are made
in the corporate environment. Develops specific
student competencies pertinent to decision theory
and risk analysis and their application to project
evaluation and management.
ACC200 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: ACC100
An overview of the accounting cycle. Traditional
recording of transactions in specialised journals,
general ledger and subsidiary ledgers, closing
entries and preparation of financial statements.
Evaluating traditional accounting information
systems. Modelling business events and processes.
Identifying control risks. Designing and developing
typical business processes in a changing
environment.
ACC210 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING 1 (8)
Prerequisite: ACC110 or (ACC100 & ITC181)
Examines the way in which accountants provide
financial and other information for managers
to use within organisations. Focuses on the
technical design and operation of product costing
systems, the design and operation of accounting
Charles Sturt University
control systems, and on contemporary management
interventions to achieve world-class performance.
ACC221 CORPORATE ACCOUNTING 1 (8)
Prerequisite: ACC200 or ACC220
Deals with the corporate form of business
organisation and how to account for its formation,
changes in its capital structure, taxation of its
profits, acquisition of another entity, and expansion
into an economic entity (parent-controlled entity;
and investor-investee relationships). The form and
content of published financial reports of companies
are also studied.
ACC240 ACCOUNTING & SMALL BUSINESS
OPERATIONS (8)
Prerequisite: ACC110
Investigates external and internal environmental
forces affecting a small firm throughout its
life. Determinants of business success, preestablishment tasks, skills to conduct a business
are identified and analysed from the viewpoint
of multipliers, particularly those involved in an
advisory or professional counselling role such
as accountants, bank managers, consultants and
lawyers.
ACC260 INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING (8)
Prerequisite: ACC110
This subject provides an insight into the accounting
issues associated with the global business
environment. An overview of the importance
of international accounting to the multinational
enterprise and an appreciation of the reasons for
diversity in accounting practices across the world
lead to a study of the pressures for harmonisation
of practice and theory. Specific topics of financial
statement analysis, segment reporting, foreign
currency translation, accounting for inflation and
international auditing will give both a practical
and theoretical perspective of the specific financial
reporting issues of international accounting.
ACC270 ACCOUNTING INTERNSHIP (8)
Prerequisite: ACC110, ACC210, FIN211 and
LAW110
Enrolment restriction: Selected full-time on
campus students enrolled in the Bachelor of
Business (Accounting) course.
The subject the opportunity for students to gain
practical experience in a professional setting
as part of their academic training course. The
learning outcomes from the subject include a
closer integration of university learning and practice,
valuable insights into organisational life, and the
opportunity to accept more responsibility and
achieve greater self-reliance.
ACC280 HEALTH SERVICES ACCOUNTING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Only available to students
enrolled in health services administration
courses.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 397
This subject provides students with an overview
of financial and management accounting as it
relates to health service organisations. The financial
recording and reporting system is introduced in the
first module of the subject with emphasis placed
on understanding the nature of the system and
its output rather than on compiling accounting
records. Management accounting is covered in
two modules: Cost Accounting; and Planning
&Budgeting. Students will be introduced to such
techniques as cost estimation, product costing, costvolume-profit analysis, budget preparation, variance
analysis and capital budgeting so that they will
be able to understand information provided by
accountants and improve their effectiveness in
financial management.
ACC310 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING 2 (8)
Prerequisite: ACC210
Adopts a strategic management accounting focus. It
is concerned with providing information and analysis
to support strategic management activities. Focuses
on evaluating existing competitive strategies, in
developing new strategies and in monitoring and
assessing progress towards chosen strategies.
Seeks to assist those involved in organisational
choice processes by providing models which they
can use in understanding and structuring problems
which confront them.
ACC321 FINANCIAL REPORTING (8)
Prerequisite: ACC200 or (ACC110 & ITC181)
Statutory and professional financial requirements for
incorporated reporting entities. An understanding of
the overview of the conceptual framework and the
role of accounting standards leads to the study
of the definition, measurement and recognition of
assets, liabilities and owner’s equity items and to the
disclosure of these items in financial statements.
ACC331 AUDITING & ASSURANCE SERVICES (8)
Prerequisite: (ACC221 or ACC220) and (LAW220
or LAW310)
Adopts a risk-based approach to auditing to explore
both the practice and theory of auditing. Emphasis
is placed on the application of auditing concepts to
financial statement audits. Topics covered include:
the role of auditors and their legal and professional
duties; approaches to auditing; the risk-based
approach to auditing; the nature of internal controls,
audit evidence, the impact of CIS environments on
audit procedures and audit reporting. Auditing in the
public sector, internal auditing and the expanding
scope of auditing are reviewed in the latter part of
the subject
ACC341 ACCOUNTING THEORY (8)
Prerequisite: ACC210 and (ACC221 or ACC320)
A capstone subject designed to give students an
understanding of theory, especially as it relates
to the development of the accounting system as
it exists today. It will consist of five phases: an
understanding of scientific theory, an examination
of the prescriptive phase of accounting theory
development, the scientific phase of development,
a study of contemporary thought in accounting
(including topics such as international accounting,
environmental accounting, intellectual capital and
public sector accounting) and a study of ethics.
ACC350 CIS AUDITING (8)
Prerequisite: ACC330
This subject is primarily an examination of how the
use of Computerised Information Systems (CIS) in
an organisation affects the controls in an accounting
system and the impact of CIS on the audit task.
This is done by a study of the conceptual foundation
of CIS audit, the internal control structure and CIS
audit techniques.
ACC355 SECURITY, CONTROL AND AUDIT (8)
This subject examines the security, internal control
and audit issues surrounding the use of electronic
commerce technologies. Students are introduced
to the concepts, theories and practices of CIS
audit, internal control and information management.
This subject will include a detailed examination
of management and executive information systems
and their role in data management and systems
management within organisations. As part of that
process, controls and audit processes in electronic
commerce in organisations will be included.
ACC356 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS
AND ELECTRONIC COMMERCE (8)
This subject introduces the use of computerised
information systems specifically in the area of
business. Students are introduced to information
technology resources available to build
computerised information systems that record,
summarise and report events arising from an
organisations interactions with its environment,
which includes economic, social, political and
regulatory entities. On completion of the subject
students should be able to: evaluate applications of
electronic commerce in organisations; identify those
information technologies, systems and processes
that are being successfully implemented in various
types and levels of business; and analyse the
barriers to successful implementation of electronic
commerce technologies within selected industry
sectors.
ACC430 ACCOUNTING HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION (32)
Prerequisite: Completion of ACC500, ACC510,
ACC540 & QBM217
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Business
(Accounting) (Honours) students only.
Candidates enrolled in the Bachelor of Business
(Accounting) (Honours) course are required to
prepare a dissertation proposal, conduct approved
research under supervision, and present the results
of their research for examination in a form approved
by the Faculty of Commerce.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
398 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
ACC500 CURRENT ISSUES IN FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Admission to Bachelor
of Business (Accounting) (Honours) or Master
of Commerce (Accounting).
Alternative approaches to the development of
financial accounting theories. Substantive theories
and associated research. Topics include the
reporting environment, capital market reactions
to accounting information and reporting, agency
theory, the properties of accounting numbers.
ACC510 CURRENT ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
ACCOUNTING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Admission to Bachelor
of Business (Accounting) (Honours) or Master
of Commerce (Accounting).
Extension of disciplinary perspectives in
management accounting. Substantive theories and
associated research in management accounting.
Topics include theory and practice of management
accounting; organisation theory; behavioural
theories and economic theories and their
relationship with management accounting.
ACC540 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restriction: Admission to Bachelor
of Business (Accounting) (Honours) or Master
of Commerce (Accounting).
The way researchers identify and investigate issues,
with emphasis on the provision of information within
organisations and to external parties. Hypotheses,
models and theories, review of research methods
used in accounting and related disciplines.
ACT104 IMPROVISATION & THEATRE (8)
Through the release of intuitive responses to stimuli
students will develop powers of conceptualisation
and the use of the creative imagination. Major topics
include group processes, spontaneity, play building,
and improvisations as a means of rehearsing
scripted plays.
ACT105 ACTING, VOICE AND MOVEMENT 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in the BA (Acting for Screen and Stage)
The sequence of six Acting, Voice and Movement
subjects is the core of the BA (Acting for Screen
and Stage). In this subject, the Acting module
begins by exploring and developing the actors’
instrument before going on to teach the basis
of contemporary stage and screen acting, that
is, the Stanislaviskian process of physical action,
which today is often known as practical aesthetics.
It will develop students’ skills in script analysis
and physical action, including playing objectives,
intentions and actions; and partnering, that is,
listening and reacting, the use of objects, and
being in the moment. The voice module introduces
students to sound and voice. Students develop
heightened physical and vocal awareness through
exploration of the connection between body, breath
Charles Sturt University
thought and impulse, and their relationship to
emotion and meaning. The major practical focus
is to release the natural voice and develop vocal
quality. In the Movement module the primary goal
is to integrate proper use of the anatomy with the
use of body mechanics for acting. Body awareness,
general well being, basic body activities, elements of
movement, healthy and individual use of the body as
a creative tool for acting are all part of the program.
ACT106 ACTING, VOICE AND MOVEMENT 2 (8)
Prerequisite: ACT105
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in the BA (Acting for Screen and Stage)
The Acting module extends students’ skills in using
the system of practical aesthetics and psychophysical action. Sensory and emotional memory
techniques, imagination, and observation are also
studied. Attention is paid to the transformation
necessary to create believable characters. The
actor’s place in the production process, from
auditions through rehearsals to performance and
post-production concludes the module. This module
focuses on speech and introduces students to its
professional application in relation to performance,
including auditions, character, sage and microphone
work. In the Movement module, students will begin
to refine their awareness and stage presence
through holistic methods such as: Yoga, Tai Chi,
Feldenkrais or Alexander Technique.
ACT110 MASKED THEATRE (8)
Prerequisite: ACT107 Modern Theatre
A cross-cultural survey examining modelling
techniques, and uses of the mask as a focus
for social communication. A critical examination of
twentieth century training regimes and performance
theory is integrated with physical training and studio
improvisations which are aimed at engaging the
necessary skills and in-role perceptions for masked
performance. Various materials and methods of
construction are examined - each participant will
create an original full-face mask.
ACT111 THEATRE HISTORY (8)
A survey of the major developments of western
theatre from tribal ritual to the present day, with a
focus on plays in performance in the theatre of their
time.
ACT112 PERFORMING ARTS IN AUSTRALIA (8)
Prerequisite: ACT111
Examines the history, philosophies, organisation and
economics of theatre, television and film in Australia
to provide students with an understanding of the
professional milieu.
ACT114 ACTING FOR THE SCREEN 1 (8)
The first in a sequence of six subjects devoted to
acting for the camera, this subject teaches students
the fundamentals of video camera operation so that
they will understand the contribution the camera,
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 399
camera techniques, cinematography and editing
make to the work of the screen actor. At its
conclusion students will be adept at operating
S-VHS cameras and understand the aesthetics
and practice of shot sizes, framing, composition,
storyboarding, shot lists, editing, and the effect of
these elements on the work of the actor.
ACT115 ACTING FOR THE SCREEN 2 (8)
Prerequisite: ACT114
The second in a sequence of six subjects devoted
to acting for the camera, this subject teaches
students the fundamentals of acting for the screen. It
explores the differences between stage and screen
acting before going on to cover in detail the practices
of Preparation, Character, Listening, Reacting,
Blocking, Business, the Closeup, Continuity, and
Focus. Workplace issues as they affect the actor,
such as the set, location work and the soundstage
are also explored.
ACT117 PERFORMANCE THEORY: KEY
CONCEPTS (8)
This subject introduces students to the nature of
performance in society, art, theatre, film, television
and popular entertainment by exploring the key
concepts of performance theory. Such concepts
include the cultural context of performance; space,
time and the place of performance in the hierarchy
of textual devices; reception and audiences;
gender, sexuality, race and ethnicity; typeage; the
performer as text; representational/presentational
signs; observed physical and vocal signs; and
strategies used in building the performance.
ACT205 THEORIES OF PERFORMANCE (8)
Prerequisite: ACT111 or THM205
An integrated approach to twentieth century theories
of performance, focussing on the Stanislavski
System and The Method but extending to
encompass expressionism and Brechtian theatre,
Theatre of the Absurd, and Theatre of Cruelty.
ACT207 ACTING
, VOICE AND MOVEMENT 3 (8)
Prerequisite: ACT106
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in the BA (Acting for Screen and Stage)
The acting module builds on the first year work
to explore pre-twentieth century styles of acting,
including Classical Greek; medieval; Shakespearian;
Commedia Del’Arte; comedy of manners; high
comedy; romanticism; and melodrama. The Voice
module provides for more advanced vocal
development through strengthening and promoting
greater flexibility of the voice by extending the range
and capacity of the instrument, exploring sound,
movement, rhythm and pitch. Major features of the
module are accents and dialects, which are explored
through mastery of the phonetic alphabet with
special reference to diphthongs and triphthongs,
and detailed work on classical texts. The second
year of movement introduces a range of new
skills and styles to expand the actor’s movement
vocabulary. Building training programs, introduction
to physical theatre, movement for period acting
styles, methodical intermediate individual training
and intermediate classes in Yoga and Tai Chi
standing techniques are all part of this module.
ACT208 ACTING, VOICE AND MOVEMENT 4 (8)
Prerequisite: ACT207
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in the BA (Acting for Screen and Stage)
The acting module continues the exploration
of stylised acting techniques by concentrating
on twentieth century forms, including symbolism,
surrealism, expressionism, Artaud; Theatre of
Cruelty; Brecht; Theatre of the Absurd, Grotowski,
Peter Brook, Chaikin, popular theatre techniques,
and Boal. The Voice module includes advanced
breathing techniques and vocal dexterity, but its
major features are detailed work on prose texts,
twentieth century realistic and stylised texts, and
contemporary and post-modern performance. In the
Movement module the focus is on movement for
twentieth century acting styles. This may include
standing and moving postures of any of the
following: Mime, Yoga, Qi Gong, Animal Movements,
Energy Exercises, characterisation.
ACT211 DRAMA IN EDU CATION (8)
Prerequisite: ACT107 Modern Theatre
An examination of Process Drama as it relates to
techniques of improvisation, personal development
and performance. Working in Role: vocal
communication and physical presentation. A survey
of drama methodology in educational settings.
ACT213 THEATRE & CULTURAL ACTION (8)
Prerequisite: ACT107 Modern Theatre or EML202
Drama for Young Children
An introduction to the way theatre is used as a
means of cultural action. Students will study the
way theatricalised events are designed for specific
contexts. The ideology and content of popular
theatre and its place in contemporary Australia will
also be looked at. Work will provide exemplars.
ACT214 ACTING FOR THE SCREEN 3 (8)
Prerequisite: ACT115 Acting for the Screen 2
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the BA (Acting for Stage and Screen)
The third in a sequence of six subjects devoted
to acting for the camera, this subject expands
the students skills in acting in single camera
drama and their understanding of the aesthetics
and processes involved. Taught in conjunction with
Television Production staff and students the subject
is essentially a television drama workshop through
which students act in a number of short dramas shot
on studio sets and on location, employing standard
professional work practices.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
400 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
ACT215 ACTING FOR THE SCREEN 4 (8)
Prerequisite: ACT115 Acting for the Screen 2
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the BA (Acting for Stage and Screen)
The fourth in a sequence of six subjects devoted
to acting for the camera, this subject expands
the students’ understanding of the practices and
mastery of the skills of multi-camera drama. Taught
in conjunction with Television Production staff and
students, the subject is essentially a television
drama workshop through which students act in
a number of short dramas shot on studio sets,
employing standard professional work practices.
ACT216 STAGE PERFORMANCE 1 (8)
Prerequisite: ACT106
The first in a sequence of four subjects in which
students develop their knowledge and skills of
performing in scripted plays in public performance.
This subject puts into practice skills learned in first
year studio subjects. These skills will be developed
through appearing in a University Theatre Ensemble
studio or mainstage performance.
ACT217 STAGE PERFORMANCE 2 (8)
Prerequisite: ACT216
The second in a sequence of four subjects in
which students develop their knowledge and skills of
performing in scripted plays in public performance.
This second subject extends the skills learned in
Stage Performance 1. These skills will once again be
expanded through appearing in a University Theatre
Ensemble studio or mainstage performance.
ACT306 ACTING, VOICE AND MOVEMENT 5 (8)
Prerequisite: ACT208
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in the BA (Acting for Screen and Stage)
The Acting module explores the skills and
techniques required for devising an individual or
group performance. Genres may include dialogue,
song, dance, movement, circus skills, stand up
comedy, mask, video, etc. Students will be
responsible for developing the work through to
public performance level. The Voice module focuses
on voice and microphone technique for various
recording purposes such as radio, dubbing for film
and voice over for television. Advanced work on
vocal flexibility, character voice and the stageworthy
voice also figure. In the third year of movement,
individual needs and goals become the basis of
an actor’s training and warm-up. Training in skills
of an individual interest with a special emphasis
on contemporary theatre using: mime, mask, circus,
acrobatics and street theatre.
ACT307 ACTING, VOICE, MOVEMENT 6 (8)
Prerequisite: ACT306
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in the BA (Acting for Screen and Stage)
In the Acting module students develop the skills for
staging their own production of a scripted scene,
which they develop through to a public performance.
Charles Sturt University
The Voice module is designed to further consolidate
and refine the voice work for professional practice.
Individual tutorials will refine individual awareness
required in the professional life of the autonomous
actor. In the Movement module the individual
focuses on the development of a secondary
skill. Creative refinement of choreographic work,
and learning movement combinations and sharing
movement vocabulary with other actors also feature
in this module.
ACT310 AUSTRALIAN THEATRE (8)
Prerequisite: ACT107 Modern Theatre
Selected plays from contemporary Australian theatre
are studied with particular focus on cultural contexts.
Special attention is paid to periods of intensive
activity in playwriting.
ACT314 ACTING FOR THE SCREEN 5 (8)
Prerequisite: ACT215
The fifth in a sequence of six subjects devoted
to acting for the camera, this subject teaches the
acting imperatives of different screen drama styles.
It explores the theory and practice of acting for
dramatic features, single television dramas, serials,
series, mini-series, soap operas, and situation
comedies.
ACT315 ACTING FOR THE SCREEN 6 (8)
Prerequisite: ACT314
The final subject devoted to acting for the camera
concentrates on the pre-professional needs of the
student about to complete the course. Students
begin by preparing, rehearsing and taping their
Showreels (which are sent to agents and casting
directors) before learning the practices and skills
of non-drama elements of the actors’ work,
such as newsreading, announcing, commercials,
corporate video presentations, and public service
announcements. The subject also includes
professional issues such as interviews with agents
and casting directors, and screen tests.
ACT316 STAGE PERFORMANCE 3 (8)
Prerequisite: ACT217
The third in a sequence of four subjects through
which students develop their knowledge and
skill of performing in scripted plays in public
performance: either a studio production or a
mainstage presentation in the Riverina Playhouse
or similar venue. A high level of expertise
will be demonstrated in these performances as
students apply the skills explored in their previous
performance subjects and previous and continuing
acting, voice and movement classes.
ACT317 STAGE PERFORMANCE 4 (8)
Prerequisite: ACT316
The final subject in a sequence of four through
which students develop their knowledge and skills of
performing in scripted plays in public performance:
some will perform in a studio production, and all
will perform in a mainstage presentation as their
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 401
Graduation Production in the Riverina Playhouse
or similar venue. A high level of expertise
will be demonstrated in these performances as
students apply the skills explored in their previous
performance subjects, and previous acting, voice
and movement classes, prior to their entrance into
the entertainment industry.
ACT420 ACTING HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION FT (32)
Prerequisite(s): COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts (Acting
for Screen and Stage) (Honours)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research.
ACT421 ACTING HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION PT (32)
Prerequisite(s): COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts (Acting
for Screen and Stage) (Honours)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research.
ADV102 ADVE RTISING REGULA TION ISSUES
& ETHICS (8)
Prerequisite(s): COM111 Professional Writing
and Desktop Publishing
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to the
Bachelor of Arts (Communication - Advertising)
or Bachelor of Arts (Communication Commercial Radio)
This subject gives students an understanding
of the key areas of regulation governing the
advertising and marketing communication industry,
viz government law, case law and industry
self-regulation, as well as the different bodies
who govern the industry. It examines key
social, economic and ethical issues surrounding
advertising, as well as the fundamentals of moral
philosophy, the ethical implications of economic
pressure and social responsibility.
ADV103 DVELOPING CREATIVE SOLUTI ONS (8)
Prerequisite: COM113 Commercial Radio
Industry
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to the
Bachelor of Arts (Communication – Commercial
Radio)
Students will learn key principles and develop skills
in copywriting for the radio medium. They learn
about the steps in the radio commercial production
process – ‘live’ and pre-recorded – budgeting and
management and the overall process. Students
also learn about the creative process and creative
concept development.
ADV203 PRINCIPLE S OF ADVE RTISING (8)
Prerequisite: COM111 Professional Writing &
Desktop Publishing and MKT210 Principles of
Marketing (for BA (Communication) students);
MKT210 Principles of Marketing (for BBus
Marketing students)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Advertising); Bachelor of
Arts (Communication – Commercial Radio);
Bachelor of Arts (Communication - Online
Media Production); Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Public Relations and
Organisational Communication); Bachelor of
Business (Marketing)
This subject provides an overview of: advertising’s
role in marketing and marketing communication, its
role in society, an introduction to how advertising
works, steps in the advertising and marketing
communication process, organisation and jobs in
the marketing communication industry. It introduces
key areas of promotion activity: research, strategy,
creative and media. It also examines the importance
and application of consumer insight in advertising
and marketing communication development.
ADV204 ADVE RTISING MEDIA (8)
Prerequisite: ADV203 Principles of Advertising
or ADV205 Advertising Creative
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Advertising); Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Commercial Radio); Bachelor
of Arts (Online Media Production); Bachelor
of Arts (Communication - Public Relations
and Organisational Communication); Bachelor
of Business (Marketing)
This subject develops understanding and skills in
planning and selecting advertising and marketing
communication media. It examines the
characteristics and functions of each medium
and how to best integrate them. Students learn
about sources of media information, audience
measurement, media strategy and objectives, and
creative use of media. As well as traditional media,
it investigates direct response, PR, sales promotion
and new media such as the Internet.
ADV205 ADVE RTISING CREATIVE (8)
Prerequisite: To reflect a concurrent study
in ADV203 Principles of Advertising or other
subjects as approved by the Subject Coordinator
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Advertising), Bachelor of
Arts (Online Media Production); Bachelor of
Arts (Communication - Public Relations and
Organisational Communication); Bachelor of
Business (Marketing)
Students learn key principles and develop skills in
copywriting and art direction for print. Concentrates
on newspaper, magazine, poster and retail
advertising. Students learn about the steps in
the print production process, budgeting and
management of the process. They also learn
about the creative process and creative concept
development.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
402 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
ADV305 ADVERTISING 3 (8)
Prerequisite: ADV202
Enrolment restrictions: Fifth session BA
(Communication) students; Fifth session BBus
(Marketing) only.
Students put together an integrated campaign
plan and finished promotional material for a real
client. They study each of the different marketing
communication mediums available, assess their
effectiveness, and select the best media. They
develop further skills in research, strategy, creative
and production. A creative approach to media
selection and campaign planning is encouraged.
ADV310 ADVERTISING STRATEGY AND
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: ADV204 Advertising Media
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Advertising), Bachelor of
Arts (Online Media Production); Bachelor of
Arts (Communication - Public Relations and
Organisational Communication); Bachelor of
Business (Marketing)
Students study marketing communication strategy
and planning in more depth. They learn more
about the use of research at different stages of
a campaign, how to set and allocate campaign
budgets, consumer insight and the development of
strategy for competitive advantage. Campaign case
studies are examined. Account management skills
are developed and students learn more about the
industry organisation. This subject also examines
global marketing communication - the global versus
local debate, problems and opportunities and
industry organisations.
ADV311 ADVERTISING WORKSHOP (16)
Prerequisite: ADV310 Advertising Strategy &
Management or ADV305 Advertising 3
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Advertising); Bachelor of
Business (Marketing).
Students work in teams to develop marketing
communication campaigns. They take on roles (such
as strategy planner, account manager, copywriter,
art director, producer and integrated media planner)
and apply the skills they have learnt. Students are
encouraged to produce and implement campaigns.
Students also complete a four week internship in
industry as part of the subject. This is the capstone
subject in the advertising course.
ADV420 ADVERTISING HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION FT (32)
Prerequisite(s): COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Advertising)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research
Charles Sturt University
ADV421 ADVERTISING HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION PT (32)
Prerequisite(s): COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Advertising)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research
AGB150 AGRIBUSINESS ECONOMICS (8)
An understanding of the basic economic principles
and concepts applicable to agriculture and the role
of agriculture in the Australian economy.
AGB233 AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1 (8)
A comprehensive subject aimed at introducing the
principles and practice of business management
with particular emphasis on financial management
of small agribusinesses. Major topics of study
include: management concepts, understanding
financial statements, evaluating past performance,
planning ahead, financing the business, the taxation
system in Australia, investment appraisal and
business structure. The subject material is applied
to businesses involved in the equine sector,
agriculture, viticulture and issues in farm forestry.
AGB250 INTERNATIONAL AGRIPRODUCT
TRADE (8)
Prerequisites: AGB150 or ECO110 or equivalent
An introduction to international agrifood trade policy
and competitiveness. It begins with an exploration
of the basic theoretical framework for understanding
the benefits of trade, why there are barriers to
trade and why international trade rules are so
important. It then examines agriproduct trade policy
with a particular emphasis on new trade barriers
and the role of the World Trade Organisation. The
subject then looks at issues related to international
competitiveness including competitiveness theory,
transaction cost economics and international supply
chain management.
AGB301 AGRIBUSINESS MARKETING(8)
The modern food and fibre system is complex,
dynamic and international. The changes taking
place in this system are nothing short of
revolutionary. The system is becoming highly
demand-driven with marketing being of the utmost
importance. The purpose of this subject is to
examine the question of agriproduct marketing (raw
commodities, food, fibre and agricultural services)
in this new global environment. Agriproducts can
be categorized into undifferentiated products (also
called commodities) and differentiated products.
The marketing of these two different types of
agriproducts are examined in detail, focusing on
both conceptual and practical aspects.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 403
AGB330 AGRIBUSINESS SUPPLY CHAIN
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisites: (AGB150 or ECO110 or
equivalent) and (AGB250 or equivalent)
An introduction to supply chain concepts and their
application to business linkages in an agribusiness
supply chain system. It examines the reasons for
the growing interest in supply chain management.
These include megatrends (such as globalisation,
WTO policies and food safety), the need to minimise
transaction costs and the need to better manage
risk. It also provides an introduction to the two main
elements of supply chain management: supply chain
operations and supply chain relationships.
AGB333 FARM MANAGEMENT (8)
A subject aimed at the application of financial
business management principles to primary
production business. Major units of study include:
the gross margin system of farm analysis,
considering both enterprise and whole farm
performance measures; farm business planning;
income taxation for primary producers; techniques of
capital investment appraisal.
AGB340 RURAL RESOURCE ECONOMICS (8)
Prerequisites: (AGB150 or ECO110 or
equivalent) and (AGB233 or equivalent)
A multidisciplinary subject aimed at introducing the
economic principles and practice of rural resource
management with particular emphasis on the
economic and business implications of managing
salinity in the Australian rural environment. This
subject also covers economic approaches to
rural resource issues and their implications for
environmental policy and business management at
the farm and district level.
AGB350 AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT 2 (8)
Prerequisite: AGB233 or ACC100
A subject aimed at the application of financial
business management principles to primary
production businesses. Major units of study include:
agribusiness management & decision-making
principles; historical & projected agribusiness
financial analysis; preparation & management of
agribusiness financial records; benchmarking & best
practise analysis; managing agribusiness business
taxation; analysing and acquiring capital resources
and accounting for environmental agribusiness
assets.
AGB400 AGRICULTURAL POLICY (8)
Prerequisite: Postgraduate Committee approval.
Studies agricultural policy using economics and
politics. The processes of policy formation, concepts
of economic policy analysis and a detailed
examination of specific policies are covered.
AGB401 AGRICULTURAL MARKET ANALYSIS (8)
The application of advanced microeconomic theory
to agricultural market issues and the analysis of
market function and performance using market
analysis techniques.
AGB403 AGRICULTURAL MARKETING CASES
(8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinators Approval.
Students investigate and report on an individual
case study related to a marketing or management
problem in agriculture.
AGR120 INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL
SYSTEMS (8)
Development of an understanding of farming
systems and the agricultural operations involved
through a program of personal experience, skills
training and farmer contact.
AGR201 AGRICULTURAL PRACTICE (0)
Provides opportunities to gain practical work
experience on commercial farms and in other
agricultural industry situations.
AGR220 EXTENSION (8)
Introduces the people component of the agricultural
system and establishes its relationship with the
physical and biological components. Gives an
appreciation of the people component as the
primary means by which changes occur in
agriculture. Develops communication and social
skills needed to play an effective role in the
agricultural system, especially in relation to its
adaptation to change.
AGR301 AGRICULTURAL SYSTEMS (8)
Develops the skills of systems thinking and
considers the social, political and economic effects
on agricultural systems.
AGR403 GRADUATE TOPIC 1 (8)
Prerequisite: Postgraduate Committee approval
The subject provides the framework for an in-depth
study at an advanced level of a topic which must
be related to the discipline area selected by the
student.
AGR404 GRADUATE TOPIC 2 (8)
Prerequisite: Postgraduate Committee approval
The subject provides the framework for an in-depth
study at an advanced level of a topic which must
be related to the discipline area selected by the
student.
AGR405 GRADUATE TOPIC 3 (8)
Prerequisite: Postgraduate Committee approval
The subject provides the framework for an in-depth
study at an advanced level of a topic which must
be related to the discipline area selected by the
student.
13
AHP001 APPLIED HOSPITALITY PRACTICE (16)
Prerequisites: FBB113 and FSM113 and GSM213
This unit builds on the considerable hours of
practicum that students undertake in this course.
However where the emphasis in the practicums
is on skills acquisition in this unit the student
is encouraged to test the knowledge, skills and
experience gathered to date against the theory
studied.
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
404 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
ANT101 THE GENDER OF EVERYDAY LIFE (8)
Students learn to relate the history of studies
of gender and feminist theories of culture to the
ways in which daily life is lived and constructed.
From Simone de Beauvoir’s life and work in the
1940s through to the work of feminist writers
today, students learn to analyse and understand the
workings of gender.
ANT160 ANTHROPOLOGY (8)
Anthropology is the study of cultural differences.
Through the study of other cultures, students
explore the ways in which concepts of race, gender,
health, healing, initiation and culture shape our lives
and those of others.
ANT201 COMPARATIVE LEGAL SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: ANT160
Indigenous peoples living within national states
have much in common. Students will look at the
legal structures of colonial states and explore how
these respond to indigenous cultures. in particular.
Australian law in the areas of land ownership,
criminal law, summary offences, welfare law and
administration will be examined. Case studies from
Japan, Finland, Canada and Israel will provide a
comparative perspective.
ANT202 CHILDHOOD & AGING (8)
By developing a cross-cultural perspective, students
learn to question assumptions about the nature of
childhood, adolescence, old age and the ways in
which children grow and learn. The subject is of
particular interest to those preparing to work in
health and education.
ANT203 THEORIES OF CULTURE (8)
Prerequisite: ART101
Following the break-up of the European colonial
empires, new forms of cultural analysis emerged
which sought to capture the colonial experience.
Students begin to explore the development of postcolonial theories of culture and to study the ways in
which they relate to Australian society.
ANT260 ABORIGINAL STUDIES (8)
Prerequisite: ANT160 or PKM101
Aboriginal culture is a dynamic response to the
politics of colonisation. In this subject students will
explore Aboriginal history and culture and analyse
the ways in which race works within a society with
an important indigenous population. This subject has
a residential school.
ANT301 ADVANCED THEORIES OF CULTURE (8)
Prerequisite: ANT203
This subject charts the rise of post-modernism and
feminist theory from the 1940s until today. The focus
is upon the way in which these two bodies of
theory work through a series of resistances and
marginalisations in ways that remain to be resolved.
Charles Sturt University
ANT303 THE OWNERSHIP OF CULTURAL
PROPERTY (8)
Prerequisite: ANT201
This subject offers a mix of legal studies and a
comparative framework that focuses on the legal
and ethical issues surrounding the ownership of
cultural property and its return.
APS301 ADVANCED PARAMEDICAL SCIENCE
1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Paramedic students only
Prerequisites: FPS201
Students develop a comprehensive understanding
of cardiac electrophysiology and cardiac
pathophysiology. Pharmacology applicable to
neurologic and psychiatric illness as well as
anaesthesia is covered.
ARC260 AUSTRALIAN ARCHAEOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: ANT160 or PKM101
Australian Archaeology presents an overview of
prehistoric, archaeological research in Australia.
The goals, methods and history of archaeological
research are examined briefly. The patterns of
Pleistocene settlement are reviewed and the
various hypotheses concerning the biological
origins, pattern of colonization and cultural
development of the Pleistocene Aboriginal society
changes of the Holocene period are presented
and discussed. Selected aspects and issues of
prehistoric interpretation are examined.
ART101 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL THEORY
(8)
Students begin to explore the development of
recent theories of culture and to study the ways in
which they relate to daily life. The theoretical and
methodological approaches explored in this subject
will provide a basis for the study of cultural and
media studies.
ART102 VISIONS OF THE PAST (8)
This subject will explore how ‘the past’ is
conceptualised and used. Comparisons will be
made between a number of different cultures and
between various groups and communities in present
day Australian society. Emphasis will be placed on
how the past is mythologised, romanticised and how
it is used to establish, maintain and/or challenge
received notions of individual and group identity.
ART113 EUROPEAN ART 1850-1920 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have previously completed ART110
This subject introduces students to the study of
European art, focussing on those developments
which established the foundations of modern art.
The subject identifies some of the major concepts,
themes, movements and stylistic developments in
art during the period 1850-1920. Aspects of the
history of the decorative arts and design and of
photography are included.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 405
ART114 MODERN ART 1920-1970 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have previously completed ART112.
This subject is designed to extend the introduction
to European art begun in ART1xx into Modernism.
The Subject analyses specific artists and their works
as examples of the principal art movements of the
period 1920-1970. It considers the nature of these
movements, and shows how they interact, overlap,
or develop in parallel. It directs the student toward
seeking social and cultural causes, and influences.
ART201 HERITAGE PRACTICES (8)
Prerequisite: ART102
This subject examines the development and
implementation of the concept of ‘heritage’ in State
discourse, legislation and government policy and
practice. The principles and practices of heritage
management will be outlined and studied within
the parameters of government heritage authorities,
museums and the private sector heritage industry.
Basic heritage issues will be examined and students
will obtain the skills necessary for the development
and analysis of management and conservation
plans. This subject has a compulsory residential
school.
ART202 MUSEUM TECHNOLOGIES (8)
Prerequisite: ANT203
Students will learn the basic technological skills
required for museum and gallery practice. These
include topics like basic desktop publishing,
cataloguing and accessioning which require the use
of Macintosh computers and students should have
keyboard skills.
ART203 CONSERVING THE PUBLIC RECORD (8)
Students will learn the techniques of preventative
conservation, archival preservation and simple
museum practices. This subject requires students
to use Macintosh computers and students are
expected to have keyboard skills.
ART205 UNDERSTANDING MATERIALS & THEIR
ENVIRONMENT (8)
Students will learn basic principles of modern
conservation practice, including analysis of the
physical environment, principles of materials
technology and environment control for exhibitions.
ART206 RESEARCH, DOCUMENTATION &
INTERPRETATION (8)
The subject covers basic artefact documentation,
record keeping, curatorial documentation, the
principles of labelling and theories of interpretation
and representation..
ART210 AUSTRALIAN ART TO 1939 (8)
This subject traces the development of Australian
art from the beginnings of European settlement to
the outbreak of World War 2. A constant theme
is the interaction of overseas influences with local
and regional circumstances. Topics include the
pictorial codes used to represent the landscape
and fauna, depiction of the Aboriginal people, the
social functions of art, the Heidelberg School and
national identity, the artist as expatriate and exile,
the introduction of modernism, and the impact of
international art movements between the wars.
ART214 ASPECTS OF DESIGN, 1850 TO THE
PRESENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Not for students who have
previously completed ART212
This subject focuses on selected developments in
design in Europe, the United States of America
and Australian from the mid-nineteenth century
to the present. Within various historical periods,
selected key issues, social concerns and/or principal
stylistic trends are identified and studies through an
examination of a number of design areas including
architecture, textiles, furniture, metalware, jewellery,
fashion, ceramics, lass, graphics and stage design.
Attention is paid to issues such as the place of craft,
interconnections between practitioners in various
artistic mediums, and the impact of industrialisation.
ART215 AUSTRALIAN ART FROM 1939 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Not for students who have
previously completed ART213
This subject provides a survey of Australian art from
1939 to the present. It traces the shifting sources
of overseas influence, from Europe to the USA
to a recent rich variety. Themes discussed include
the ‘Angry Decade’ (1937-1947), the Antipodeans,
abstract expressionism, the function of international
exhibitions and art magazines, pop art, minimal
and conceptual art, neo-expressionism and post
modernity. The opening up of the processes of
art to include new forms and to represent groups
previously marginalised because of gender, class
or ethnicity is discussed via the examples of
specifically feminist art and contemporary Aboriginal
painting.
ART216 ISSUES IN ARTS MANAGEMENT
This subject will investigate the historical and
contemporary structures and infrastructures of the
Australian arts industry in both public and private
contexts. It will also analyse the fusion between
government policy and national identity in terms of
the production and management of the arts. The
function of sponsorship, volunteers, committees, and
submission and application writing are also key
elements within this subject. Finally this subject
addresses the ‘hands on’ processes and issues that
are required in the management of an arts product.
ART217 METHODS AND PROCESSES (8)
Prerequisite(s): ART107 or ART108
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have completed ART207
This subject extends the breadth and understanding
of the student’s perception of painting and/or
printmaking as a Fine Art medium. It explores
the multi-disciplined nature of current practice
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
406 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
using traditional and contemporary processes. This
subject is based on a series of assignments initiated
by the subject coordinator/lecturer.
ART218 ANALYSIS AND IMAGE DEVELOPMENT
(8)
Prerequisite: ART107 or ART108
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have completed ART208
This subject is designed to broaden the students
range of expertise and understanding in Fine Arts.
Students are encouraged to experiment widely with
techniques and concepts to expand their analytical
abilities. The subject is based on a series of
assignments initiated by the subject coordinator/
lecturer
ART219 TRADITIONAL AND CONTEMPORARY
PRACTICES (8)
Prerequisite: ART107 or ART108
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have completed ART207
This subject aims to foster a greater understanding
of the dynamics of visual language through
investigations in the Fine Arts. This subject focuses
on traditional and contemporary practices in the Fine
Arts.
ART220 IMAGE ANALYSIS AND RESEARCH (8)
Prerequisite: ART217 or ART218
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have completed ART208
This subject presents a series of issues which
extends the knowledge, skills and understanding
developed in the preceding subjects. Students
are encouraged to continue to research and to
implement strategies necessary to develop an
individual sensibility to the making of art.
ART222 ART, TECHNOLOGY AND CULTURE (8)
This subject is a critical analysis of the shifts in
practice and theory in the visual arts as a result of
the impact of technology; from photography to
the computer. The subject proceeds from the
advent of photography, and technical evolutions of
the past hundred years, to the destruction of the
concept of the “original” as a unique art work; to
mass reproduction, and the influence of installation,
sound, and audio technologies. The culture of
interdisciplinary arts arising from the breakdown of
traditional art forms is examined to give context
to hybrid arts, and art as text, and to study the
altered relationship of artist to media, and of artist to
audience, at the end of the twentieth century.
ART301 POLITICS OF THE PAST (8)
Prerequisite: ART201
This subject examines the range of current policy
issues and constraints influencing the assessment
of heritage sites and places, and the ways in which
they constrain heritage management practices.
Charles Sturt University
ART302 EXHIBITIONS (8)
Prerequisite: ART202 & ANT301
This is a practical subject in which students will
work in teams, research, design and fabricate an
exhibition which will open to the public.
ART305 PREVENTATIVE CONSERVATION (8)
Students will learn the range and scope of
preventative conservation and its techniques,
disaster preparedness and the principles of
headings. Topics covered include conservation
and preservation planning, disaster planning,
collections recovery, integrated pest management
and appropriate conservation for Keeping Places.
ART310 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY ART (8)
Deals with what is happening now, and may or
may not become history. Examines the extent,
functions, and sources of funding and support for
contemporary art, and how these are shaped by
practitioners, critics, theorists, journals, the popular
press, and the public. Analyses current debates
about what to fund and place in galleries, the
awarding of prizes, the value of the past and the
place of different cultures and ideologies. Rather
than seeking definitive answers, the course identifies
issues and canvasses various points of view.
ART312 STUDIO CONTRACT (16)
Prerequisite: PHT214 & PHT216 or PNT223
& PNT265
Students design strategies by which they can
develop a self-disciplinary work attitude. Students
are required to draft a contract outlining the work
they intend to execute. This contract will involve a
range of self-initiated topics which relate directly
to their body of work. Students are expected to
thoroughly research the history, technical aspects,
contemporary attitudes and trends of their ideas.
The subject involves a consistent program of
discussion between each student and the Subject
Coordinator.
ART313 STUDIO RESEARCH (16)
Prerequisite: PHT214 & PHT216 or PNT223
& PNT265
Students produce and present a major body of
work that was initiated and researched thoroughly
in ART312 Studio Contract and consolidated in
this subject. A self-motivated and initiated work
attitude is expected and will be reflected in the
students’ final major body of work which is exhibited
in a professional manner as presentation for final
assessment.
ART315 PERSPECTIVES IN PHOTOGRAPHY (8)
Concerns aesthetic, stylistic, historical and social
aspects of photography from its invention to
the present. Critical approaches of nineteenth
century writers are contrasted with those of
twentieth century photographic theorists and
historians. Particular attention is given to evaluating
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 407
changing attitudes to photography (as reflected in
photographic and art magazines and the popular
press), and analysing selected works by individual
photographers and artists in other related visual
media.
ART316 ITALIAN RENAISSANCE ART (8)
Looks at the emergence of Italian Renaissance art
which established conventions dominating artistic
expression until the 20th century. Traces the
development from the essentially symbolic art of
the Middle Ages to the ideal of the accurate
representation of reality, through the use of linear
and aerial perspective, architectural perspective,
indoor and outdoor scenes, landscape, light sources
and shadowing, the use of geometric shapes to
model and arrange figures, the use of colour, and
religious, civic and classical iconography.
ART317 ART AND BOOKS (8)
This subject offers a thematic study of art
and books. It focuses on the relationships
between image and text, between conception and
construction. These concepts art introduced through
the study of key examples, including illuminated
manuscripts, livres d’artiste, children’s illustrated
books, the ‘new comic’ and artists’ books in the
twentieth century. The subject also introduces
students to the literature and contemporary debate
about art and books and discusses the future of the
book in a digital age.
ART318 THE BODY IN ART (8)
The representation of the human figure, clothed or
unclad, is the mainspring of Western art, and a
significantly absent “other” in those artistic traditions
which are non-figurative. Since the 1960s a number
of critiques of traditional Western art have been
mounted, in theory and practice, which have argued
that the representation of male and female forms
both reflects and reinforces stereotypes which are
prejudicial to those social groups which do not
have hegemonic control of cultural production. This
subject combines theories of representation and
gender studies to consider the theoretical, social
and visual impact of changes in representation
of the body; why the body has continued as a
central motif throughout art history, and the role
of censorship and pornography in art and society.
While examples of “the body” as represented in art
will be drawn from a wide historical period and range
of localities, the critical literature is contemporary,
and derives from Kristeva, Irigaray and Mulvey.
ART322 STUDIO PROJECT (16)
Prerequisite: any second level second session
ART, SLV or TXT Enrolment Restrictions: Not
for students who have completed ART308,
SLV311 or TXT311.
Students undertake a limited number of staff
initiated assignments which are tailored to the
individual needs and directions of the student and
leads to the professional application of Arts practice
through the development of the student’s aesthetic
sensibilities, together with the promotion of critical
analysis.
ART323 STUDIO RESEARCH (16)
Prerequisite: ART322
Research leading to a final major work or body
of works, will be determined by the student in
consultation with the staff. Students will be expected
to define their own directions and areas of specific
interest. Students will be expected to demonstrate
a marked degree of independence, self-motivation
and professionalism.
ART401 THEORIES OF CRITICISM (16)
Enrolment restriction: BA Honours in Art History,
Fine Arts, Photography, Graphic Design and
Multimedia students only
This subject is intended to encourage and assist
critical understanding of the theory and practice of
art. It acquaints students with key types of theory
which seek to explain the nature of the visual and
performing arts and how they function. It deals with
styles, including how works can be categorised and
attributed, psychological processes of production
and consumption of art, the meaning of the content
of works and their cultural significance. The
subject covers traditional debates and approaches
to defining the purpose of art and judging it, as well
as contemporary theory and criticism.
ART402 READING SUBJECT (16)
Prerequisite: approval of discipline coordinator
and Head of School.
Enrolment restrictions: BA Honours in Art
History, Fine Arts, Photography, Graphic Design
& Multimedia students only and other areas
with the approval of the Subject Co-ordinator
This subject will involve in-depth reading of the
literature in a field of study of interest to the student,
under the guidance of a supervisor. Students
may concentrate on art historical issues, or may
choose to explore the theory or practice of art
as it relates to other discipline areas. Areas in
which supervision is available include most facets of
past and contemporary Australian and international
art, design, photography and digital art. This
includes modernism, landscape in art, the Italian
Renaissance, the psychology of visual perception
related to visual communication, the history, theory
and aesthetics of photography, textile design,
graphic design, performance art, and multimedia art.
Contextual issues such as women and art history,
modernism and marginalisation, Aboriginality and
art, theories of cultural production, art, technology
and culture, the body in art, and art and books, are
encouraged as options within the reading subject.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
408 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
ART403 ART HISTORY HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (32)
Prerequisite: approval of discipline coordinator
and Head of School.
Enrolment restrictions: BA Honours in Art
History students only.
A research program involving a topic, on area of Art
History, approved by the Course Coordinator. The
research will lead to the production of an original
paper about 15 000 words in length with appropriate
scholarly apparatus.
ART404 FINE ART HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION (32)
Prerequisite: Approval of Honours Coordinator.
Enrolment restrictions: Available only to
students enrolled in BA (Fine Arts)(Hons)
An individually supervised project on an approved
topic resulting in a major body of arts practice which
demonstrates the ability to research and determine
an appropriate visual outcome.
ASC148 INTRODUCTORY HORSE
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Applied Science
(Equine Studies) students only
Examines the horse as a performance and
companion animal. A brief history of horse breeds,
individual identification, safe and functional housing.
Sound horse management principles and skills
emphasising safety and horse welfare are taught.
ASC170 PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL PRODUCTION
(8)
An introduction to the types and nature of animal
enterprises on the farm.
ASC201 EQUINE REPRODUCTION (8)
Prerequisite: ASC246
A study of the functional anatomy and physiology
of the reproduction system of a horse, followed by
studies of breeding problems, foal development and
specialised breeding techniques such as artificial
insemination.
ASC202 EQUINE LOCOMOTION (8)
Relates the structure of the limbs, and the
functioning of the cardiovascular and circulatory
systems to produce normal movement in a horse,
plus some of the problems which can occur in these
systems.
ASC205 EQUINE INDUSTRY EXPERIENCE (0)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Applied
Science (Equine Studies) students only
Prerequisite: ASC148
This is an industry experience subject that enables
students to integrate theory and practice in the
workplace. Its modular format encourages students
to broaden their experience, but also allows students
to concentrate on their particular interests.
Charles Sturt University
ASC246 HORSE BREEDING (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Applied Science
(Equine Studies) students only
Deals with the practical management of horse
breeding stock in a stud situation. Social behaviour
in the context of breeding management is examined.
Safe and efficient handling of breeding stock is
emphasised.
ASC248 HORSE TRAINING MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: ASC148, Bachelor of Applied
Science (Equine Studies) students only.
Examines the education and handling of young
horses. The theory of equitation is studied and riding
skills developed.
ASC271 ANIMAL SCIENCE 1 (8)
A study of the anatomy and physiology of each body
system, excluding the reproductive system, and the
principles of nutrition and nutrient requirement of
livestock.
ASC272 ANIMAL SCIENCE 2 (8)
A study of the reproductive processes and
population genetics in farm animals, and the control
of the major health problems of farm animals.
ASC301 FARRIERY (8)
Involves the study of: the anatomy and physiology
of the normal hoof; maintenance and shoeing
techniques; correction of conformation and hoof
defects using corrective shoeing techniques.
ASC303 EQUINE HEALTH (8)
Prerequisite: ASC271
General health of the horse through a body
systems approach. Emphasis is placed on clinical
examination and diagnosis of common problems in
the equine.
ASC321 EQUINE EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisites: ASC202 and BCM201 and
ASC248
Corequisite: ASC303
The physiological adaptations of the horse to
exercise and training are studied. Emphasis is
placed on early detection and prevention of exercise
related problems.
ASC322 HORSE STUD MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: ASC201, ASC323, ASC303
Management strategies for a variety of horse
stud enterprises are critically examined in relation
to stud stock, husbandry techniques, labour and
professional service usage, facilities, marketing
and their interactions. Detailed and accurate
record keeping, planning and management skills
development are emphasised.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 409
ASC323 EQUINE NUTRITION (8)
Prerequisite: BCM201, ASC271
Studies all aspects of horse feeding and nutrition
including evaluation and preparation of feeds, and
advanced techniques of diet formulation, feeding
trials.
BCM206 STRUCTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY (8)
Prerequisite: CHM107
Outlines the chemical structures of the major groups
of molecules found in living cells (amino acids and
proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids),
and introduces the functions of each group.
ASC324 PERFORMANCE HORSE MANAGEMENT
(8)
Practical involvement with the planning and
performance program for a horse in a particular area
of equine performance. Emphasises effective record
keeping and monitoring, and the development of
decision making and organisational skills.
BCM208 METABOLIC BIOCHEMISTRY (8)
Prerequisite: BCM206
Considers the major biochemical pathways used in
living cells to both extract and conserve energy and
through this synthesise new cellular components.
Further examines intermediary metabolism and
the interrelationships between the major metabolic
pathways. Introduces the principles of gene
expression, including the function of DNA, RNA and
protein.
ASC370 GRAZING LIVESTOCK (8)
Prerequisite: ASC170
A study of the specific management techniques
used in the extensive animal industries.
ASC374 INTENSIVE ANIMAL PRODUCTION (8)
Prerequisite: ASC170
Technology and management of intensive animal
production units is presented. Emphasis is given to
feedlotting and dairy production.
ASC375 ANIMAL PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGY (8)
Presents the quality assessment of major animal
products in relation to marketing technology, product
acceptability and storage techniques.
ASC401 ANIMAL BREEDING (8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinators approval.
Use of new techniques in animal breeding. Particular
emphasis on immunogenetics, incorporation of
growth factors and increased reproductive
performance.
ASC402 ADVANCED ANIMAL NUTRITION (8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinators approval.
General nutrition including: recent re-evaluation of
fibre in livestock diets, interpretation of data from
feeding trials, errors in measurement and their
importance in animal nutrition, feeding standards,
cost effective diets, high density diets, and growth
promoting compounds.
ASC403 ANIMAL PRODUCTION SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinators approval.
Management of intensive animal production
systems, evaluation of alternative systems
acceptable to farmers and animal welfare. Design of
facilities, use of mathematical models, computers for
management and control.
BCM201 PRINCIPLES OF BIOCHEMISTRY (8)
Prerequisite: CHM107 or CHM108
Examines the structure and function of DNA, RNA,
amino acids and proteins, enzymes, carbohydrates
and lipids. Considers the expression of genetic
information and the theoretical basis of genetic
engineering. Introduces processes of metabolism
with reference to the central catabolic pathways and
photosynthesis.
BCM301 FOOD BIOTECHNOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BCM206 or BMS205
Introduces students to a number of molecular
biology techniques including genetic engineering
and examines a range of applications for this
technology in the food industry.
BCM306 RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BCM205
An advanced level subject with an intensive practical
schedule that familiarises students with techniques
in gene manipulation or genetic engineering
and related innovative applications in molecular
biotechnology.
BCM307 PERSPECTIVES IN BIOTECHNOLOGY
(8)
Prerequisite: BMS212 & BCM306 plus two
other Level 2 or Level 3 subjects.
Acquaints students with the developments at the
frontiers of biotechnology, with special reference to
the potential hazards and bioethical dilemmas posed
by the new technologies. Develops communication
skills via the presentation of critical reports and oral
seminars.
BIO100 CONCEPTS OF BIOLOGY (8)
Introduces the story of biology as a foundation for
later subjects. Covers a range of topics fundamental
to all biological disciplines, and provides a grounding
in biological principles and knowledge for students
drawn from several courses. This subject has a
residential school.
BIO115 MICROBIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BIO100 or BIO126 or equivalent
The subject provides an introduction to the different
types of microorganisms in our environment,
methods of cultivation and control of microbial
growth. Microscopy, staining and aseptic techniques
are emphasised in practical sessions. Students
will be able to specialise in either food or wine
microbiology.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
410 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
BIO121 PRINCIPLES OF MICROBIOLOGY (8)
The importance of micro organisms to the affairs
of man. An introduction to the biology, ecology and
taxonomy of micro-organisms relevant to agriculture
and related industries. Applied studies associated
with agricultural, industrial and applied aspects, wine
microbiology medical microbiology.
BIO261 WILDLIFE ECOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BIO100
Introduces aspects of the nutrition, physiology
and behaviour of Australian native vertebrates
necessary for an understanding of these animals as
components of natural ecosystems. This subject has
a compulsory residential school.
BIO126 BOTANY (8)
An introductory study of angiosperm plants, their
importance, structure, physiology and classification.
BIO262 VEGETATION ECOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BIO100
Provides a botanical basis for studies in plant
ecology. Basic plant physiology and morphology
are treated from cytological and histological
standpoints. Plant distribution is studied from
individual, population and community perspectives,
in the Australian context. This subject has a
compulsory residential school.
BIO200 PRINCIPLES OF ECOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BIO100
Teaches the principles of ecology, focusing on
Australian examples, species and habitats.
Discusses major concepts of evolution, individual
ecology, community and population ecology and
ecosystem ecology. Covers theoretical, conceptual
and practical skills required to understand and
pursue further studies in the interactions of
organisms and their environments. This subject has
a compulsory residential school.
BIO203 ANIMAL SYSTEMATICS (8)
Prerequisite: BIO100
This subject examines the taxonomy, classification
and identification of Australian vertebrates and
invertebrates. The emphasis will be on the major
groups, and the use of keys for identification.
The biology, ecological requirements and roles of
selected groups will also be examined.
BIO214 EVOLUTIONARY ECOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BIO200
This subject covers concepts of genetics, population
genetics and ecology which are relevant to
understanding the factors which maintain natural
populations and communities of plants and animals
through ecological and evolutionary time. The
subject is of particular importance for those wishing
to understand the population requirements for the
maintenance of biodiversity in natural and managed
landscapes.
BIO225 PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS (8)
Prerequisites: BIO100 or BIO126
A study of the principles of qualitative and
quantitative inheritance and their application in
agricultural science to manipulating gene pools of
organisms of economic importance.
BIO241 AUSTRALIAN VEGETATION (8)
Prerequisite: BIO126
Complements ecological studies by developing the
students’ knowledge of Australian vegetation and
effects of fire on such vegetation. Emphasises
skills necessary for recognition and identification
of the most common Australian plants with special
reference to the adaptations to their environment.
Charles Sturt University
BIO303 ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS (8)
Prerequisites: HRT202
Introduces the concept of environmental impact
assessment. The theory component comprises of
the history together with current requirements for
environmental impact assessment in Australia. The
practical component involves the collection and
analysis of environmental data for presentation
within an environmental impact statement.
BIO305 APPLIED PLANT ECOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BIO123
Introduces applied plant ecology with an emphasis
on plant population ecology and its application to
the management of Australian vegetation types. The
subject has a substantial fieldwork component with
an emphasis on data applicable to management
planning.
BIO306 ADVANCED PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY
(8)
Prerequisite: PSC306 or equivalent as approved
by the subject coordinator
The subject outlines the principles and practice
of advanced biotechnology in plants. Strong
themes in this subject are the principles of plant
biotechnology, requirement of a PC2 research
laboratory facility, restriction enzymes, DNA
methylation, gene transformation in plants via
Agrobacterium tumefaciens, biolistic particle
bombardment, microinjection, and electroporation,
viral plasmid and yeast vectors for plant gene
transformations, gene expression, promoters, DNA
sequencing, development of recombinant plant
DNA, different types of blotting, labelling and
probing, developoment methods of monoclonal and
polyclonal antibodies and ELISA for plant diseases,
gene splicing, gene rescue, secondary metabolites,
molecular markers and protein markers in plant
biotechnology and generation and examples of
agriculturally important plants.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 411
BIO307 ISSUES IN PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS305 AND PSC307
The subject outlines the principles, risks, issues,
assessment and regulations in plant biotechnology
and genetically modifies organisms (GMO). Strong
themes in this subject are regulatory areas,
regulatory topics, risk assessment data,
stadardization, Genetic Manipulation Advisory
Committee (GMAC), Institutional Biosafety
Committees (IBC), Australian New Zealand Food
Authority (ANZFA), other regulatory bodies in
Europe and USA, application and proposal of public
release of GM plants and GMO, biosafety resources,
public comment on new applications for deliberate
release of GMO in Australia and Overseas, safety
of genetically modified foods, labelling of genetically
modified foods, issues and examples of GM plants
and GMO field trials and case studies in Australia
and overseas.
BIO310 AQUATIC BIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BIO203
Provides an introduction to Limnology in Australia.
Limnology may be defined as the study of fresh
or saline waters contained within the continental
boundaries. Involves the study of both flowing
water and static waters and both permanent and
ephemeral situations. The emphasis will be on the
organisms found in these environments.
BIO316 APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BIO115, Bachelor of Applied
Science (Biotechnology) students only.
Provides current information on the applications of
microbiology and its links with biotechnology - both
‘traditional biotechnology’ eg fermented foods and
beverages and the ‘new biotechnology’ which relies
heavily upon molecular biology and recombinant
DNA technology.
BIO317 RESTORATION ECOLOGY (8)
Prerequisites: BIO203 & HRT202
Investigates the ecology of degradation and
restoration. The ecology of degradation covers
the following areas: Processes and principles of
environmental degradation; the classification of
environmental degradation; degrading activities of
people; degradation types and restoration potential.
The ecology of restoration covers the following
areas: Principles of restoration ecology; decision
analysis in deciding recovery goals, restoration
constraints; methodologies and techniques;
specialist methods; monitoring and criteria for
determining the degree of recovery and relevance
assessment.
BIO320 CONSERVATION BIOLOGY 1 (8)
Prerequisites: BIO203 & HRT202
Develops concepts and principles underlying the
conservation of terrestrial and freshwater biological
resources including an examination of the ethical
basis of conservation biology. The interactions
of conservation policy with ecology, politics and
economics are described within short and long
term scenarios. Patterns and processes relevant to
biological diversity are compared at local and global
levels. Further in-depth studies are undertaken
in population ecology and genetics, demographic
processes, community and ecosystem ecology. The
range of survey and experimental methods used in
conservation ecology are sampled or described in a
range of project-oriented team exercises.
BIO321 CONSERVATION BIOLOGY 2 (8)
Prerequisites: BIO203 & HRT202
Seeks to develop major management strategies at
population, community, ecosystem and landscape
level, in reserve and off-park conservation
scenarios. The subject also focuses on the
conservation of biodiversity within agricultural
systems and the problem of habitat fragmentation
and degradation, catchment management,
sustainable forestry and biological conservation
within urban systems.
BIO361 WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: BIO200
Develops familiarity with the dynamics of a selection
of native and feral animal populations, and provides
skills in wildlife survey and habitat analysis, so
management programs can be developed and
evaluated in terms of sound ecological principles.
This subject has a residential school.
BIO362 VEGETATION MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: BIO262
Emphasises survey methods in vegetation analysis,
allowing the student to specialise in various
aspects of vegetation management ranging from
forest economics to weed suppression. The latest
modelling and analysis techniques are utilised
in conjunction with species biology, distribution
patterns and processes of Australia’s major
vegetation types. This subject has a compulsory
residential school.
BIO365 FIRE ECOLOGY & MANAGEMENT (8)
Fire ecology is treated with particular emphasis
on fire prone plant communities of Australia. The
subject covers fire behaviour, plant responses,
management of fire prone vegetation, the legislative
basis and current predictive methods in fire control.
This subject has a compulsory residential school.
BMS101 BIOPHYSICAL SCIENCE FOR NURSES
1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available only to
students enrolled in Bachelor of Nursing
at Bathurst Campus.
An introductory subject covering physical science
(chemistry and physics), cell biology, histology and
microbiology. Wherever possible the subject material
is presented using examples relevant to nursing.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
412 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
BMS102 BIOPHYSICAL SCIENCE FOR NURSES
2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available only to
students enrolled in Bachelor of Nursing
at Bathurst Campus.
Pursues the foundation studies of the physical
sciences (physics and chemistry) relevant for health
professionals, introduces students to the anatomy
of the human body and covers microbiological
concepts related to the spread, development and
prevention of infectious diseases.
BMS105 INTRODUCTORY MEDICAL SCIENCE (8)
This subject aims to familiarise students with the
overall discipline of medical science that they
will encounter during employment. It introduces
them to quality assurance/control philosophy as it
applies to a workplace environment and safety;
aims to begin development of laboratory skills,
an understanding of laboratory instrumentation
and calibration; introduces them to a range of
professional and ethical issues related to medical
science.
BMS110 HUMAN BIOLOGY (8)
Explores the biological basis of structure and
function of the human body in health and disease.
Emphasis is placed on the hierarchical organisation
of the human body from molecules to organ
systems, as well as on concepts in physics,
chemistry and biochemistry related to human
biology.
BMS121 HUMAN BIOSCIENCE 1 (8)
Enrolment restriction: restricted to Bachelor
of Nursing students only
An introductory subject covering aspects of
the physical sciences (chemistry and physics)
and biomedical sciences (anatomical terminology,
homeostasis, organ systems, cell structure and
function and introductory microbiology). Wherever
possible, the subject material is presented using
examples relevant to nursing.
BMS122 HUMAN BIOSCIENCE 2 (8)
Prerequisite: BMS121
Enrolment restriction: restricted to Bachelor
of Nursing students only
The structure and function of the integumentary,
skeletal, muscular, nervous and endocrine and
cardiovascular systems, with particular emphasis on
aspects pertinent to nursing.
BMS123 HUMAN ANATOMY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS140
Corequisite: BMS220
Enrolment restriction: available to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Health Science
(Occupational Therapy) only.
Second year students of Occupational Therapy
undertake a course of study in anatomy relevant
to diagnosis, intervention and rehabilitation in
professional practice. Students will have the
opportunity to examine cadaveric prosections.
BMS111 APPENDICULAR ANATOMY 1 (8)
First year students of physiotherapy undertake
a course of study in the anatomy, design and
function of those components of the upper limb
critical to diagnosis, intervention and rehabilitation
in professional practice. Relevant anatomical
knowledge will be acquired by students using
cadaveric prosections.
BMS124 APPENDICULAR ANATOMY 2 (8)
Prerequisite: BMS111 or BMS116
First year students of physiotherapy undertake
a course of study in the anatomy, design and
function of those components of the lower limb
critical to diagnosis, intervention and rehabilitation
in professional practice. Relevant anatomical
knowledge will be acquired by students using
cadaveric prosections.
BMS115 INTRODUCTORY MEDICAL
MICROBIOLOGY (8)
Introduces microorganisms, their characteristics
and how they affect humans. The cultivation,
enumeration and identification of microorganisms,
and ways that their growth can be controlled are
emphasised. The mechanisms by which medically
important microorganisms cause disease, and
human defences and precautions against infection
are introduced.
BMS127 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
1 (8)
Provides a foundation study of the structure
and function of the human body, using an
integrated systems approach. After an introduction
to anatomical terminology and cell biology, the
emphasis of the subject is on the gross and
microscopic anatomy and physiology of the
cutaneous, skeletal, muscular and nervous systems,
with pertinent medical considerations.
BMS116 FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSIOLOGY
A (8)
Presents fundamental concepts important for
establishing a thorough understanding of physiology.
Cell and tissue physiology is introduced, followed
by the functioning of the skeletal, nervous and
endocrine systems. The content of this subject
has been specifically designed for those students
studying physiotherapy and podiatry.
BMS128 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
2 (8)
Prerequisite: BMS127
Continues the foundation study of the structure
and function of the human body with emphasis on
the gross and microscopic anatomy and physiology
of the cardiovascular, respiratory, digestive, renal,
reproductive, and endocrine systems, with pertinent
medical considerations. Culminates in a review of
surface anatomy and an introduction to regional
anatomy.
Charles Sturt University
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 413
BMS129 PHYSIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 1 (8)
This subject provides a foundation study of the
human body using an integrated systems approach.
The primary focus of this subject will be on
the physiological processes underlying the function
of each body system. After an introduction
to anatomical terminology and cell biology, the
emphasis of the course is on the physiology of
the cutaneous, skeletal, muscular, nervous and
endocrine systems..
human syndromes and malignancies which can
be diagnosed cytogenetically and normal variation
within the human karyotype will be studied.
BMS130 PHYSIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 2 (8)
Prerequisite: BMS129
This subject continues the foundation study
of the function of the human body. Topics
in this subject include the physiology of the
cardiovascular, respiratory, digestive, renal and
reproductive systems including pertinent medical
considerations.
BMS206 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS205 and BMS230
A comprehensive over-view of molecular genetics
covering: (i) simple and complex human gene
structures, their organisation and expression; (ii)
laboratory procedures in human molecular genetics;
(iii) applications of molecular genetics in clinical
diagnostics, forensic and medicine.
BMS140 FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSIOLOGY
B (8)
Explores the biological concepts underlying the
functioning of the human organism. This provides
students with a thorough grounding in the
fundamentals of human physiology with special
emphasis placed on the needs of students studying
occupational therapy and speech pathology.
BMS207 CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY 1 (8)
Prerequisites: BMS205 and BMS128 or BMS130
or BMS220
Introduces common biochemical techniques used
in pathology laboratories. Emphasises physiological
and biochemical rationale for performing each test
and analytical aspects of performance.
BMS202 CUTANEOUS SCIENCE (8)
Prerequisites: POD101 and POD102
This subject will introduce the fundamentals of
microbiology, immunology and cutaneous science.
Microbial disease and the immunological response
to disease causing agents and mechanisms are
of particular significance to podiatric practice.
The identification, classification and clinical
manifestations of microorganisms of medical
significance will be presented. This subject will also
offer further investigation and understanding of the
diseases of the skin and its integuments, and the
cutaneous manifestations of systemic disease.
BMS203 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY 1 (8)
Prerequisite: HSC202
Enrolment restrictions: Available to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Health Science
(Complementary Medicine), the Bachelor of
Health Science (Nursing Bioscience), the
Bachelor of Health Science (Nursing) and
Bachelor of Nursing.
Covers alterations and adaptations to cells, tissues
and their immediate environment. It outlines the
physiological mechanisms of self defence and the
results of alterations to these mechanisms. Also
details the normal physiology and pathology of
the endocrine, digestive, reproductive and musculoskeletal systems.
BMS204 GENETICS/CYTOGENETICS (8)
Prerequisite: BMS128 or BIO100 and BMS115
A broad overview of human genetic theory and
of cytogenetics laboratory techniques. Common
BMS205 HUMAN BIOCHEMISTRY (8)
Prerequisite: CHM107
An outline of the structure of molecules (proteins,
carbohydrates and lipids) that characterise human
cells, together with a treatment of the major
metabolic pathways operating in human cells.
BMS208 HUMAN NUTRITION (8)
Prerequisite: BMS205
Nutrients found in foods, and how the body uses
nutrients including ingestion, digestion, absorption,
transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and
excretion. This is then extended to consider the role
of diet and nutrition in therapy and disease states.
BMS209 MOLECULAR GENETICS (PHARMACY)
(8)
Prerequisite: BMS205
A comprehensive overview of human genetic theory,
molecular genetics and genetic engineering of
special relevance to pharmacy students.
BMS215 MICROBIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS115
Provides current information on the applications
of microbiology and its links with biotechnology
- both “traditional biotechnology”, eg. wastewater
processing and also the “New Biotechnology”.
BMS216 HAEMATOLOGY 1 (8)
Prerequisite: BMS128 or BMS220
Introduces the form and functions of blood,
emphasising techniques used in haematology
laboratories. Common blood disorders such as iron
deficiency anaemia are covered in detail.
13
BMS219 APPLIED PHYSIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS116 or BMS140
The subject deals with the coordination of the
individual parts of the organism to form an efficiently
functioning whole. Provides a comprehensive
overview of the nervous, cardiovascular, pulmonary
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
414 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
and musculoskeletal physiology with emphasis on
pathology and rehabilitation of these systems.
BMS220 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS140
Corequisite: BMS123
Describes the physiology of the human body,
emphasising aspects pertinent to medical laboratory
science, medical biotechnology and nursing. An
integrated mechanistic approach to cover all
systems of the human body.
BMS221 HUMAN BIOSCIENCE 3 (8)
Prerequisite: BMS121
Enrolment restriction: restricted to Bachelor
of Nursing students only
Aspects of pharmacology, respiratory and digestive
anatomy and physiology and nutrition and
metabolism pertinent to nursing.
BMS222 HUMAN BIOSCIENCE 4 (8)
Prerequisite: BMS121
Enrolment restriction: restricted to Bachelor
of Nursing students only
Study of the structure and function of the
renal and reproductive systems, immunology and
microbiology, and genetics with particular emphasis
on aspects pertinent to nursing.
BMS223 AXIAL ANATOMY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS124
This subject is designed uniquely to render
students of physiotherapy proficient in the anatomy,
design and function of those components of head,
neck and trunk critical to diagnosis, intervention
and rehabilitation in profession practice. In
addition, surface anatomy of structures pertinent to
physiotherapy practice will be considered.
BMS224 HEAD AND NECK ANATOMY (8)
This subject is designed uniquely to render students
of speech pathology proficient in the anatomy,
design and function of those components of head
and neck critical to diagnosis, intervention and
rehabilitation in professional practice.
BMS225 PHARMACOLOGY 1 (8)
Prerequisite: (BMS128 or BMS130 or BMS220
and CHM107) or BMS219
Introduces fundamental mechanisms of drug action
and pharmacodynamics. There is an emphasis
on drug-receptor interactions and structure-function
relationships of drugs, using drugs affecting
neurotransmitters and hormones as examples.
Includes an analysis of first-order, zero-order, timedependent and dose-dependent kinetics and factors
determining drug-receptor affinity and efficacy.
BMS226 NEUROSCIENCE (8)
Prerequisite: BMS116 and BMS224
Focuses on the physiology of excitable membranes,
cranial and peripheral nerves as well as the
Charles Sturt University
central nervous system. Sensation, perception,
neuropsychology, and movement control, especially
of the head and neck region are covered.
BMS228 INTEGRATED NEUROLOGICAL
SCIENCE (8)
Prerequisite: BMS219 and BMS223
Covers the anatomy and physiology of the central
and peripheral nervous systems. Emphasis is
placed on neuropathology and clinical neurological
assessment.
BMS229 HISTOTECHNIQUES (8)
Prerequisite: BMS128 or BMS130 or BMS123
Covers the theory and practice of section cutting
and staining. Topics include paraffin-wax section
processing and staining; cell chemistry; fixation and
staining theory; special method: resin and frozen
sections, enzyme and immune histochemistry, bone
decalcification, diagnostic cytology and microscope
optics.
BMS230 CELL BIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS128
Corequisite: BMS205
Introduces the current model of eukaryotic cell
at a molecular level, detailing aspects of cellular
structure and function, regulation, the cell cycle and
the flow of genetic information. It links aspects of
biochemistry and genetics as they pertain to cell
functioning and fits this knowledge into the broader
context of organism structure.
BMS231 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE FOR NURSES
1 (8)
Prerequisite: BMS101 or BMS118 or BMS121
Covers the anatomy and physiology of the
cardiovascular, respiratory, reproductive and
musculoskeletal systems for the profession of
nursing. It also introduces pharmacology, and the
main principles of vectors, radiotherapy and nuclear
medicine appropriate for nursing.
BMS232 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE FOR NURSES
2 (8)
Prerequisite: BMS101
Covers the anatomy and physiology of the renal,
gastrointestinal and nervous systems. It also
addresses fluid and electrolyte imbalance and the
chemistry of nutritional requirements.
BMS233 NUTRITIONAL PHYSIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS128 or BMS130
Corequisite: BMS208
In this subject students examine physiology
pertinent to the study of nutrition. The subject relies
on a basic understanding of human anatomy and
physiology and extends students understanding of
relevant topics with appropriate pathophysiological
examples.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 415
BMS234 PODIATRIC ANATOMY AND
BIOMECHANICS (8)
Prerequisite: PHS212
This subject continues the study of the structure
and function of the lower limb and related
structures in association with the establishment of
techniques in examination, evaluation and treatment
of biomechanical disorders. Areas of study include
the gait cycle and gait analysis, introduction to
pathomechanics and principles and practices of
orthotic therapy.
BMS235 PROTEIN BIOCHEMISTRY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS205
This subject gives an overview of protein structure
and function. Experimental methods of analysis and
manipulation of proteins are covered in both theory
and laboratory exercises. Special reference is given
to the application of proteins in biotechnology.
BMS240 HUMAN MOLECULAR GENETICS (8)
Prerequisite: CHM107 and (BMS128 or BMS130)
This subject contains basic genetic principles and
mechanisms with a focus on humans and theory of
molecular biology. It introduces molecular biology
tools and their application to mutation detection.
Ethical issues related to research, social issues,
prenatal diagnosis and screening are discussed
using case studies as a focus.
BMS241 MOLECULAR CELL BIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS240
This subject introduces the current model of
eukaryotic cell at a molecular level, detailing aspects
of cellular structure and function, regulation, the cell
cycle and the flow of genetic information. It links
aspects of biochemistry and genetics as they pertain
to cell functioning and fits this knowledge into
the broader context of organism structure, cancer
development and embryological development.
BMS242 HUMAN CYTOGENETICS (8)
Prerequisite: BMS240
This subject gives an overview of human
cytogenetics theory and laboratory methods.
Normal variation within the human karyotype,
common human syndromes and malignancies which
can be diagnosed and monitored cytogenetically are
studied.
BMS264 NEUROBIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisites: BMS123 and BMS219
Builds on BMS123 Human Anatomy and BMS220
Human Physiology, and concentrates specifically on
neurological processes in health across the lifespan.
Discussion includes neurological development that
is linked to the sensory, motor and autonomic
nervous system as well as the vascularisation of
the central nervous system. Higher cortical function
and dysfunction are also covered from a functional
perspective. Students use case studies to apply
knowledge in tutorials and practical sessions.
BMS301 MEDICAL SCIENCE SPECIAL TOPIC (8)
Prerequisite: Completion of 64 points towards
the course requirements
Enrolment restriction: Available only to students
enrolled in B Medical Science course.
This subject considers issues that may confront a
graduate medical scientist. Topics covered include
methods of information retrieval from published
literature and report writing. A literature survey
on a selected topic from medical science will be
presented both as a written report, a poster and an
oral seminar.
BMS302 CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY 2 (8)
Prerequisites: (BMS206 or BMS241) and BMS207
Advanced immunochemical techniques,
potentiometric analysis, advanced instrumentation,
toxicology and therapeutic drug monitoring.
Laboratory methods of investigating endocrine
disorders, inherited metabolic defects, and vitamin
deficiencies are considered.
BMS303 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY 2
Prerequisite: HSC202
Enrolment restrictions: Available to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Health Science
(Complementary Medicine), the Bachelor of
Health Science (Nursing Bioscience), the
Bachelor of Health Science (Nursing) and
Bachelor of Nursing.
Covers topics of systemic pathophysiology. It briefly
reviews normal function and details the physiology
underlying disorders of the haematological,
cardiovascular, respiratory, urinary and nervous
systems.
BMS304 DNA AND FORENSIC TECHNOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: (BMS206 and BMS204) or BMS241
Enrolment Restrictions: Students in the
Bachelor of Applied Science (Medical and
Applied Biotechnology) only
Based on the applications (research, medical,
diagnostic and forensic) of DNA technology
including polymorphism, gene therapy,
transplantation therapy, stem cell therapy and the
ethics involved with the use of technology in public
application.
BMS305 GENETIC ENGINEERING AND
BIOINFORMATICS (8)
Prerequisite: BMS206 or BMS241
An advanced level subject with an intensive
practical schedule that familiarises students with
techniques used in gene manipulation or genetic
engineering and related innovative applications in
modern medical biotechnology. This subject will
also provide a sound introduction to bioinformatics
through lectures and practical experience.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
416 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
BMS306 HAEMATOLOGY 2 (8)
Prerequisites: BMS216 and (BMS206 and
BMS230) or BMS241
Develops the theoretical concepts introduced in
BMS216 Haematology 1, and covers in-depth,
haemoglobinopathies, thalassaemias, and disorders
of coagulation and fibrinolysis. Gives practice
in blood film examination and interpretation,
and introduces some less commonly performed
haematological techniques.
BMS307 PERSPECTIVES IN BIOTECHNOLOGY
(8)
Prerequisite: BMS305, plus two other 2nd
or 3rd Level subjects.
Acquaints students with developments at the
frontiers of biotechnology, with special reference to
the potential hazards and bioethical dilemmas posed
by the new technologies. Develops communication
skills via the presentation of critical reports and
seminars.
BMS308 IMMUNOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS230 or BMS241
Considers the immune response antibodies and
the complement systems and a treatment of
experimental immunological techniques. The two
clinical application modules consider pathology
of immunodeficiency, autoimmunity and
hypersensitivity and laboratory evaluation of immune
function disorders.
BMS309 ONCOLOGY/CELL PATHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisites: BMS204, BMS128 or BMS123
or BMS130, and BMS229
Clinical oncology in a physiological context, together
with cytogenetic, cytological and histological
laboratory approaches to the diagnosis of human
malignancy.
BMS310 DISEASE PROCESSES (8)
Prerequisites: (BMS128 or MBS130) and BMS209
Examines the processes of disease development in
humans, together with the way that such processes
are detected and monitored using laboratory tests.
Emphasis will be placed on the role of common
point-of-care which may be utilised by practising
pharmacists.
BMS311 CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: (BMS115 and BMS204) or BMS240
This subject introduces students to a number of
cell-based technologies that are commonly used in
the biological disciplines of science. This subject
focuses on cell culture and its application to medical
and applied biotechnology. Assisted reproductive
technologies and developmental biology are used
as specific examples of the application of cellular
technologies to issues in biotechnology.
Charles Sturt University
BMS312 MOLECULAR IMMUNOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS212 or BMS308
An advanced level immunology subject emphasising
assays for human immune function, hybridoma
technology, organ transplantation immunology,
hypersensitivity, vaccine technology and molecular
immunology.
BMS313 PHARMACEUTICAL MICROBIOLOGY
(8)
Prerequisite: BMS115
Enrolment restriction: restricted to Bachelor of
Pharmacy students only.
This subject examines the pathogenic mechanisms
of microorganisams and how they affect humans,
with particular emphasis on the immune response.
Particular attention will be given to exposing
students to the actions of antimicrobial therapies
and the mechanisms of antibiotic resistance.
BMS314 BACTERIOLOGY/MYCOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS115
Provides an introduction to, and an overview of
infectious organisms, their collection, and diagnosis
of infection. Course specific modules are provided.
In-depth studies of the infectious diseases of
selected organ systems are conducted. Practical
sessions involve problems which emphasise
problem solving skills.
BMS315 VIROLOGY/PARASITOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS314
Builds on BMS314 Bacteriology/mycology. In depth
studies of viral and parasitic infectious diseases of
selected organ systems are conducted. The hostparasite relationship and anti-microbial agents and
chemotherapy are also studied in detail. Practical
sessions involve problems which emphasise
development of specialised techniques.
BMS321 CLINCAL NEUROSCIENCE
Prerequisite: BMS128
Covers the anatomy and physiology of the central
nervous system in health and disease. Emphasis
is placed on assessment of pathophysiology and
expected clinical presentations. The relationship
between neurophysiology and underlying
neuroanatomy is elaborated. Topics include brain
vascularisation, metabolism and motor and cognitive
skills. Pathological conditions include
hydrocephalus, translent ischaemia, infarction and
tumours. Also reviewed and discussed in relation
to their functional implications are epilepsy and
dementias of various aetiology and cognitive
disorders.
BMS322 NUTRITIONAL BIOCHEMISTRY (8)
Provides students with contemporary biochemical
aspects of nutrition and outlines the relationship
between nutrients and health. It presents techniques
involved in the assessment of both requirements
and deficiencies of particular nutrients and stresses
the importance of nutritional interactions.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 417
BMS323 INFECTIOUS MICROBIOLOGY AND
IMMUNOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: HSC202 or equivalent
Enrolment restrictions: Available to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Health Science
(Complementary Medicine), the Bachelor of
Health Science (Nursing Bioscience), the
Bachelor of Health Science (Nursing) and
Bachelor of Nursing.
Provides students with a thorough knowledge
of microbiology and immunology necessary for
a modern health professional. The microbiology
section concentrates on the pathogens responsible
for common infectious diseases. It highlights modes
of transmission of these diseases, their spread
and methods of their prevention and control.
The immunology section provides students with
a knowledge of immunological concepts vital for
a better understanding of clinical physiology and
pathology.
BMS324 IMMUNOHAEMATOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS216
Considers the principles of blood group serology,
blood transfusion and the transplantation of organs.
The laboratory component concentrates mainly on
blood group serology.
BMS325 PHARMACOLOGY 2 (8)
Prerequisite: BMS225
Further develops the pharmacology of drugs within
the context of the cardiovascular, respiratory
and renal systems as well as with reference
to autocoids. Also examines the principles
of clinical toxicology and poisoning and the
mechanisms of drug dependence, drug resistance
and drug tolerance. Includes indications and
contraindications for selected drugs, taking into
account factors such as the therapeutic objectives,
the therapeutic window, drug interactions and
unwanted side-effects.
BMS326 EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of
Physiotherapy students only
Prerequisite: BMS219
Exercise physiology requires the student to have
a thorough background in physiology. Physiological
changes associated with both acute and chronic
exercise will be examined. This subject also
introduces the student to concepts of fitness testing
and exercise prescription for healthy and diseased
populations.
BMS328 BIOTECHNOLOGY RESEARCH
PROJECT (8)
Prerequisite: BMS241
Corequisite: BMS305
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in
Bachelor of Medical and Applied Biotechnology
This tutorial/laboratory-based subject is specifically
targeted at developing research skills essential to
Biotechnology. Data retrieval, practical components
and reporting (oral and written) form the core
elements of this subject.
BMS330 MEDICAL PHYSIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS128 or BMS130 or BMS220
Examines in detail the three major areas of applied
physiology as they relate to medical biotechnology
and to the medical scientist. Each area is
described in relation to pathophysiology, therapy and
assessment. The subject draws together the major
areas of systems physiology and how each relates
to different diseases, their assessment and their
treatment options. An emphasis will be on how
the medical scientist may utilise an understanding
of these areas for the development of major new
therapies.
BMS400 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES HONOURS
RESEARCH METHODS (16)
Enrolment restrictions: restricted to students
enrolled in BMedSc(Honours),
BMedApplBiotech(Honours) courses
This subject considers the concept of research in
the Biomedical Sciences such that students acquire
the skills and knowledge required for independent
scholarship or research.
BMS406 HUMAN REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY (8)
Students will study aspects of human reproductive
biology. Topics will include the fertility, endocrine
control of reproduction, ovarian and testicular
function, fertilisation, implantation, embryonic and
foetal development, parturition, lactation and
neonatal development.
BMS408 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: BMed&App
Biotech)(Honours), BMedSc(Honours) and
BPharm(Honours) students only.
Students undertaking Honours in the biomedical
sciences requiring a single session eight subject
point subject for the undertaking of their major
project enrol in this subject.
BMS409 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (16)
Enrolment restrictions: BMed&App
Biotech)(Honours) and BMedSc(Honours)
students only.
Students undertaking Honours in the biomedical
sciences requiring a single session sixteen subject
point subject for the undertaking of their major
project enrol in this subject.
BMS410 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (24)
Enrolment restrictions: BMed&App
Biotech)(Honours) and BMedSc(Honours)
students only.
Students undertaking Honours in the biomedical
sciences requiring a single session twenty four
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
418 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
subject point subject for the undertaking of their
major project enrol in this subject.
BMS411 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (32)
Enrolment restrictions: BMed&App
Biotech)(Honours) and BMedSc(Honours)
students only.
Students undertaking Honours in the biomedical
sciences requiring a single session thirty two subject
point subject for the undertaking of their major
project enrol in this subject.
CED416 CLASSROOM SOFTWARE 2 (8)
Prerequisite: normally Graduate Diploma of
Education (Computers in Education), and
Bachelor of Education (Secondary) students
only.
As with CED412 Classroom Software 1 students
select from a list of units concerned with the
understanding of software in the classroom (eg
computer graphics, desktop publishing and robotics
- including Lego TC and Lego LOGO).
CHM104 CHEMISTRY 1A (8)
A study of current theories of the nature of atoms,
molecules and bonding to explain the behaviour of
bulk matter. Topics include gases, atomic structure,
chemical bonding, thermochemistry, condensed
states, solutions and chemical equilibrium. Initial
preliminary topics are provided to assist students
with poor chemical background.
CHM107 CHEMISTRY 1B (8)
Prerequisite: CHM104
An extension of CHM104 Chemistry 1A. Topics
include an introduction to organic chemistry
functional groups, thermochemistry and
thermodynamics, redox chemistry and chemical
kinetics.
CHM108 CHEMICAL FUNDAMENTALS (8)
Designed to provide a basic understanding of some
of the important elementary ideas and principles
across the fields of general, inorganic, and organic
chemistry. The material is pitched at a level suitable
for the beginning student in agriculture, equine
studies, winegrowing, and horticulture who have
little previous background in chemistry.
CHM112 INTRODUCTORY ENVIRONMENTAL
CHEMISTRY (8)
Prerequisite: CHM108 or CHM104
Extends the concepts introduced in Chemical
Fundamentals and applies them to environmental
systems emphasis with be given to aquatic systems.
Topics include equilibria; energy transformations;
redox processes; kinetics of chemical and
microbiological processes; nutrients and nutrient
cycling; colloids and ion exchange processes.
Charles Sturt University
CHM209 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY (8)
Prerequisite: CHM112 or CHM107
Examines sources, reactions, transport, effects and
fates of chemical species in the water, soil and air
environments.
CHM213 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY (8)
Prerequisite: CHM107
The philosophy of the analytical method is
introduced via a study of commonly used analytical
techniques. Includes chromatographic,
spectrometric and electrochemical procedures.
Classical wet chemistry methods are viewed as an
integrating theme.
CHM214 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (8)
Prerequisite: CHM107
Physical chemistry concepts introduced in CHM107
Chemistry 1B are extended. Develops knowledge
of thermal changes during chemical reactions and
an understanding of the driving force for chemical
reactions.
CHM215 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (8)
Prerequisite: CHM107
An examination of periodic trends in the nontransition elements and first transition series, with
brief mention of the later transition elements.
Bonding theories are treated and are used to predict
properties of simple compounds.
CHM216 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (8)
Prerequisite: CHM107
A further development of carbon chemistry and
functional group reactions from CHM107 Chemistry
1B. Emphasises molecular properties such as
isomerism, tautomerism, bonding theory,
confirmations, configurations, reaction mechanisms
and electronic theory, together with applications of
organic products to modern society.
CHM219 ORGANIC/ PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (8)
Prerequisite: CHM107
Application of basic principles to understand the
activity of pharmaceutical agents. Looks at
functional group chemistry and implications for
physical, chemical and metabolic properties. Major
areas include stereochemistry and its relation to
drug design and metabolism, radiopharmacy and
chromatography.
CHM320 INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS (16)
Prerequisite: CHM213, CHM214, CHM215,
CHM216
A study of advanced instrumental methods,
techniques and applications for chemical analysis,
covering such topics as theory and practice
of absorption spectroscopy; fluorescence
spectroscopy; flame and flameless atomic
absorption spectroscopy; infrared spectroscopy:
nuclear and magnetic resonance spectroscopy;
advanced high performance liquid and gas
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 419
chromatography; mass spectroscopy; gas
chromatography, mass spectroscopy techniques;
flow injection analysis, trace analytical techniques;
electoanalytical techniques.
CHM321 LABORATORY MANAGEMENT ISSUES
(8)
Prerequisite: CHM107
Covers aspects of communication, health and
safety which are of importance to science
graduates. Topics include communication theory
and communication within organisations with an
emphasis on report writing and presentation of
written and oral submissions; statutory regulations
governing health and safety, laboratory design
and accreditation, hazard monitoring and waste
minimisation and chemical disposal.
CHP301 ABORIGINAL HEALTH CONTEXTS (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Community and Public Health)
students only.
Provides an insight into the contexts of Aboriginal
and indigenous health focussing on Aboriginal
history, identity and culture, Aboriginal selfdetermination, self management and community
development and contemporary Aboriginal,
indigenous and societal issues influencing health
status.
CHP302 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN
ABORIGINAL HEALTH (16)
Prerequisite: CHP301
Factors contributing to Aboriginal health and well
being in Australia today are examined including
communication issues, lifestyle and community
practices, emotional and spiritual harmony, gender
and substance abuse.
CHP303 CONTEMPORARY ILLNESSES OF
INDIGENOUS AUSTRALIANS (16)
Prerequisite: CHP301 & CHP302
Provides a theoretical and practical overview of
the major illnesses affecting indigenous Australians
today, the conditions under which they prevail and
how these illnesses can be identified and treated.
CHP304 PRIMARY HEALTH CARE RESEARCH
PROJECT (16)
Prerequisite: CHP301, CHP302 & CHP303
Relates theoretical and practical application gleaned
from preceding subjects to Primary Health Care
model, to deduce full examination of an elected
aspect of contemporary Aboriginal Health. The
subject includes research of the topic and
contributing factors; Management and prevention
strategies and a plan for a health promotion strategy.
A one week clinical placement is a compulsory
component of this subject.
CHP305 DESIGNING AND IMPLEMENTING
HEALTH PROMOTION (16)
Provides a comprehensive understanding of the
principles and practices of health promotion through
focussing on the design, implementation and
evaluation of a health promotion program to be
developed by the student.
CLS101 CLINICAL STUDIES 1 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Paramedic students only
In this subject students will be able to integrate
pathophysiological principles and assessment
findings to formulate a field impression and
implement the treatment plan for the patient with
infectious and communicable diseases. Students will
learn techniques of physical examination, history
taking, and patient assessment. Students will
investigate the pathophysiology and management
of cardiac and respiratory arrest. The subject also
introduces the concepts of kinetic factors effecting
safe lifting and transport of patients, and the
management of fractures.
CLS102 CLINICAL STUDIES 2 (8)
Prerequisite: CLS101 & FPS101
In this subject students will be able to integrate
pathophysiological principles and assessment
findings to formulate a field impression and
implement the treatment plan for the patient
experiencing haemorrhage and shock, and
cardiovascular disease. Students will also
investigate airway ,management, rescue operations
and the management of hazardous materials
incidents.
CLS201 INTERNSHIP 1 (8)
Prerequisite: CLS101 & FPS101
Introduces students to the pre-hospital primary care
environment and allows them to develop specific
basic competencies in providing patient care, in
interacting and communicating with medical and
emergency care workers and writing case reports.
CLS202 CLINICAL STUDIES 3 (8)
Prerequisite: CLS102 or PHC03C
In this subject students will be able to integrate
pathophysiological principles and assessment
findings to formulate a field impression and
implement the treatment plan for the obstetric
patient. Students will investigate the management
of normal and abnormal birth, as well as the
management of common obstetric emergencies.
Neonatal and paediatric care in a prehospital
context is examined. Students will also learn
the skills of venous access and medication
administration, and the assessment and
management of burns and soft tissue injuries.
CLS203 INTERNSHIP 2 (8)
Prerequisite: CLS201
Students apply more advanced competencies
in complex areas of pre-hospital primary care,
including defibrillation and airway management and
resuscitative care with the critically injured.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
420 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
CLS301 CLINICAL STUDIES 4 (8)
Prerequisite: CLS202 and (FPS202 or PHC04C)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Clinical
Practice (Paramedic) students only
In this subject students will be able to integrate
pathophysiological principles and assessment
findings to formulate a field impression and
implement a treatment plan for the patient with
cardiovascular disease. Students will develop and
implement advanced neonatal and paediatric care
procedures, and advanced airway care techniques.
CLS302 INTERNSHIP 3 (8)
Prerequisite: PHC301 & CLS300
Enrolment Restriction: Bachelor of Clinical
Practice (Paramedic)
In this subject students will be required to apply
advanced life support skills in a supervised clinical
environment. Students apply their competencies in
all areas of Advanced Life Support in paramedics.
Students develop the necessary skills to manage
a major incident and gain experience in the
management of an Ambulance Station.
CLS310 MAJOR INCIDENT MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Available only to students
working in the pre-hospital, nursing or medical
fields
This subject will be able to integrate principles
and procedures of major incident and disaster
medical response, to formulate a field impression
and implement a major incident response plan for a
multi-victim situation. Students will learn principles
and techniques of major incident prevention,
preparedness, response and recovery. Students will
gain experience of major incident medical response
principles through participation in field exercises.
CLT105 MEDIA AUTHORSHIP (8)
Prerequisite: COM111 Professional Writing and
Desktop Publishing
This subject is a production-based analysis
of a range of media genres. It will analyse
collaborative processes of authorship, production
and performance theoretically and conceptually, and
in terms of the practices of media professionals
and media industries. The tensions of theory and
practice will be explored by analysing the production
contexts of news, soap opera, quality drama and
feature films. Students will therefore be introduced
to analytical techniques by learning to question
the apparent transparency of media forms and by
examining professional practices.
CLT209 MEDIA LANGUAGES AND CULTURES (8)
Prerequisite: CLT105 Media Authorship and
Production OR LIT111 Texts and Meanings
Production practices will be re-examined from
linguistic perspectives, with special attention to
practices within media industries. The subject will
introduce students to key concepts and functions
of language within a framework drawn from the
Charles Sturt University
vocational and professional contexts in which they
are likely to find themselves on completion of
university study. A sociolinguistic approach will be
used to build upon the concepts of text, genre,
performance, and audience.
CLT307 CONSTRUCTING CULTURAL STUDIES
(8)
Prerequisite: CLT202 and one level 3 Cultural
Studies subject
This final session subject involves students in
constructing in depth their own understanding of
cultural studies through a supervised project which
may be theoretical or practical in content. Theoretical
projects will involve a sequence of reading in
cultural studies theories of realism, modernism and
postmodernism and their application to the analysis
of a specific cultural text or social practice. Practical
projects can involve a piece of empirical research
or a placement within a government or community
organisation or cultural industry. The subject caters
to the differing needs and interests of students
they will all be required to develop a paper that
presents a reflexive consideration of their reading
and experience using the key cultural studies
concepts which they have acquired during their
degree program. A regular tutorial program will
support students through this project.
CLT401 AUDIENCES RESEARCH (8)
Enrolment restrictions: BA (Cultural Studies
and cultural Policy)(Honours) and BA
(Communication)(Honours) students only
Prerequisites: approval of Honours Coordinator
in the relevant School
This subject will explore from a critical perspective
the range of research approaches, both quantitative
and qualitative, and theoretical approaches that
may be used to study how audiences/readers
respond to media and other texts. The objective
is not only to introduce students to the range of
available audience research methods but also to
engage them in questions around the position of the
researcher and the researched, the ways in which
knowledge is constructed through the research
process and the claims to validity of the different
approaches.
CLT402 THEORIES OF CULTURE (8)
Prerequisites: approval of Honours Coordinator.
The purpose of this subject is to explore in depth a
number of major theoretical approaches to studying
culture, the subject and society. Among the areas
to be explored (depending on staff availability)
are cultural anthropology and ethnographic theory,
cultural materialism, new historicism, Marxism
and poststructuralism, Foucauldian and discourse
theory, psychoanalysis and culture, feminisms,
popular cultural and media theory and cultural risk
theory.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 421
CLT403 READINGS IN CULTURAL STUDIES
& POLICY (16)
Prerequisites: approval of Honours Coordinator.
This subject provides an opportunity for students
to focus on specific cultural studies and policy
topics of interest at an individual level under
supervisory assistance and guidance depending
on staff availability and expertise. Areas in which
supervision may be available include medicine and
public health; sexuality and the body; modernity and
writing; narrative theory; post-colonial studies; media
production, performance and audience theory;
history and culture of childhood; globalisation;
tourism; policy discourses; feminist theories; media
policy; nationalism; immigration policy and
citizenship. Students should contact the Honours
co-ordinator to discuss both their own interests and
the factors governing availability.
CLT404 CULTURE STUDIES HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (32 points)
Prerequisites: CLT401 Audiences Research,
CLT402 Theories of Culture and CLT403
Readings in Cultural Studies & Policy
This subject involves the completion of a supervised
research dissertation of 12-15000 words in length
on an approved topic.
COM103 MEDIA PRODUCTION &
PRESENTATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: BA (Communication)
students only.
Provides an introduction to a range of professional
production issues and procedures. Practical
workshops and group-based research projects are
designed to introduce and develop a range of
physical, interpersonal, and presentational skills.
Students develop their understanding of production
practices and test their knowledge by planning the
presentation of workshop-based production tasks.
The impact of different professional contexts upon
diversely framed presentations is examined. Studies
address changing patterns of media activity .
How communicators are challenged by emergent
technologies provides a focus for dialogue.
COM105 COMMUNICATION (8)
Introduces communication theory and language
within organisations, and develops competence in
the practice of communication. Focuses on critical
reading, public speaking, listening, report and
submission writing, and non-verbal communication.
COM108 VIDEO PRODUCTION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication) specialisations; Bachelor of
Social Science (Human Movement and
Recreation).
Prerequisites: COM112 Digital Media
Corequisite: COM112 Digital Media
This subject introduces students to the theory and
analysis of the moving image (film and video).
It introduces students to the practice of video
capture and manipulation, with specific reference
to the online environment. It uses digital video
cameras and Adobe Premiere editing software. It
also introduces students to scriptwriting for the
interactive environment.
COM111 PROFESSIONAL WRITING & DESKTOP
PUBLISHING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Advertising); Bachelor of
Arts (Communication - Journalism); Bachelor
of Arts (Communication - Public Relations
& Organisational Communication); Bachelor
of Arts (Communication - Online Media
Production); and Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Theatre & Media)
This subject introduces the basics of professional
media writing and document design to the
entire first year cohort within the School of
Communication. Through the application of theory
and practice, students gain a solid understanding
of genre, style and narrative form in a professional
communication context. Simultaneously students
will gain knowledge of design principles and the
relationship of design to effective communication.
Students will also be exposed to online technology
and will be given a basic grounding in WWW
research and communication.
COM112 DIGITAL MEDIA (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Journalism); Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Online Media Production);
Bachelor of Arts (Communication - Theatre
& Media); Bachelor of Arts (Communication
- Advertising); and Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Public Relations and
Organisational Communication).
In this subject students will explore the concepts
of converging technologies and the cultural and
ethical implications of the globalisation of digital
media. Students will be exposed to digital production
methods and will gain a grounded practical and
theoretical framework. This will be achieved through
a series of multiple media production exercises.
COM113 COMMERCIAL RADIO INDUSTRY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to the
Bachelor of Arts (Communication – Commercial
Radio)
Students will gain an overview of how the radio
industry as-a-whole has evolved, where it is going,
and some of the major challenges it faces. They
will be introduced to the key industry organisations,
legal and regulatory issues, find out about the
various job roles performed and learn about the
unique role of radio within the overall marketing
communications mix. Students will also be exposed
to the various station formats and learn how
individual stations measure their appeal to the
various target audiences. Also they will gain a firm
understanding of the key elements of revenue and
cost, as well as how stations build relationships with
their customers, creative and media agencies.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
422 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
COM116 PRINCIPLES & PRACTICES OF PUBLIC
RELATIONS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication) specialisations; Bachelor of
Business (Marketing)
This subject introduces students to contemporary
Australian and international public relations and
organisational communication practice. Students
develop an understanding of contemporary public
relations in the context of internal and external
organisational communication and in the relationship
between practice and theory.
COM120 REASONING
, VALUES &
COMMUNICATION
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have completed either GEN101 or GEN102
This subject develops skills that are relevant to
university studies in general ? skills in writing
and rhetorical analysis, and skills in reasoning
and critical thinking. The skills are exercised in
addressing issues that pertain to contemporary
Australian institutions and the ethical values that
underpin them. The way these values are at stake
in debates about language may receive particular
attention.
COM121 ELECTRONIC LITERACY FOR THE
HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have completed GEN101
Within the context of the burgeoning information
society, this subject offers students functional,
analytical and reflective skills in information and
computer literacy with particular reference to the
humanities and social sciences. Using a modular
format it begins with the practical tools of electronic
literacy such as word processing and electronic
communication, through an analytical study of types
of electronic information and their validity and status,
to arrive finally at an evaluation of the form, role and
impact of electronic information in society.
COM122 AUSTRALIAN SCREEN & STAGE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have completed FLM20 4
Through a study of theoretical perspectives and
the analysis of selections from Australian television,
stage and film productions, this subject examines
the way that the various elements of medium,
genre, structure and content are assembled to give
such productions impact and meaning. At the same
time the subject explores the aesthetic and technical
developments of the productions, and considers
their positions as cultural statements.
COM123 SCREEN STUDI ES (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Arts (TV/T heatre)
students only.
Introduces major themes in the development of
film and television. Emphasises analysis and
interpretation of films and television programs.
Charles Sturt University
Investigates the fundamental cinematic techniques
and their application to achieve a dramatic intention.
COM20 6 VISU AL COMMUNICATION (8)
Using examples from art, publishing and the media
this subject analyses a variety of communication
forms, primarily visual, and considers the ways in
which differing levels of meaning are conveyed or
implied. The cultural bases of meaning are also
examined, together with the function of convention,
both stated and unstated, in influencing the ways in
which these forms of communication are received
and understood.
COM20 7 SCIENTIFIC REPORTING (4)
Introduces communication theory and
communication within organisations. Emphasises
technical report writing and presentation of reports/
submissions in oral form.
COM20 8 HEALTH SCIENCE COMMUNICATION
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: B Health Science
(Occupational Therapy) students only.
In this subject students develop written and oral
communication skills, with an emphasis on accurate
reporting, verbal and non verbal communication
and the language of health professionals. Conflict
resolution and negotiation and mediation skills are
introduced. The use of therapeutic relationships
and counselling skills appropriate to occupational
therapy practice are examined. Small group
investigations and presentations address
communication situations including: communication
blocks, communication with people who have
hearing, visual or sensory deficits and the use of
technology to assist communication.
COM20 9 SPORTS MEDIA (8)
Prerequisite: COM108 Video Production
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to the
Bachelor of Social Science (Recreation and
Human Movement) course.
This subject develops practical techniques for
sports administrators to understand contemporary
Australian mass media practices. The roles of
journalists and editors are examined with emphasis
on sports news coverage. The role of the
professional public relations practitioner is examined
with emphasis given to sports events management.
COM212 SCRIPTWRITING (8)
Prerequisite: COM111 Professional Writing and
Desktop Publishing
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication) specialisations
The student will analyse and practice the craft
of scriptwriting, for film, stage, television, video
and radio. This will include study and exercises in
story construction, premise, theme, characterisation,
dialogue and action. The student will be required to
develop a minor and major script as well as weekly
projects relating to the lectures.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 423
COM213 ON CAMERA PERFORMANCE (8)
Prerequisite: COM212
Enrolment restrictions: BA (Communication)
specialisations
The technical and artistic elements of performing for
the television/ film mediums will be covered through
seminars, workshops and video scene study.
Television will be considered from the performer’s
point of view; the preparation for performance and
the production process.
COM215 PUBLI C RELATI ONS - PROCESS ES (8)
Prerequisite: COM214 Principles & Practices
of Public Relations
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication) specialisations; Bachelor of
Business (Marketing).
This subject examines communication processes
in organisational management. The subject also
develops an understanding of the theory and
practice of public communication campaigns,
including research and programming, planning and
implementation. Emphasis is given to the acquisition
of practical skills.
COM216 MEDIA AUDIENCES & PUBLI C OPINION
(8)
Prerequisite: CLT 105 Media Authorship &
Production
The subject examines contemporary theoretical
approaches to media audiences research, and
public opinion research, and traces their historical
roots. Audience and public opinion research
methods, including survey research designs, quasiexperimental designs, focus groups, ethnography,
and interviewing techniques are examined in terms
of their underlying assumptions about audiences
and public opinion.
COM218 ORGANISATIONAL COMMUNI CATION
(8)
Prerequisite: COM214 PR Principles and
Practices
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Public Relations and
Organisational Communication)
This subject first examines the management
of communication from the perspective of an
individual. It covers communication issues drawn
from a wide range of fields such as interpersonal
communication and semiotics. It examines the
role of communication in organisations by focusing
on communication with employees. Based on
this, students develop a range of implementation
skills in areas such as intranet design, print
production, writing for presentation and negotiation
management. This subject examines employee
participation, customer service, employee
performance and appraisal, and the role of
management within the context of Australian
Organisations, international contexts will also be
reviewed.
COM225 TELEVISI ON: HIST ORICAL AND
SOCIAL PERSPECTI VES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have previously completed FLM205
This subject traces the development of television
from its beginnings to the present. Particular
attention is given to the historical contexts in which
television has evolved and to relationships between
this mass communications medium and society.
COM226 MEDIA: HIST ORY & SOCIETY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have completed COM1034 or COM106 or HST210
This subject examines media development from the
late nineteenth century to the present. It introduces
students to the relevant historical context, analyses
evolving relationships between media and society
and between different media, and focuses on key
issues concerning media ownership and control,
organisation, use and operation. It is designed
to provide students in visual and performing arts
courses with an understanding of the significance of
the media in the modern and contemporary world.
COM227 CULTU RE, SOCIETY & THE MEDIA (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have completed COM1044 or COM107
This subject examines the nature of the
communications industries in contemporary
societies, with a particular focus on Australia. It
introduces students to some important sociological
concepts and suggests ways in which these can be
used to critically examine the structures, meaning
and interpretations of the media. Students are
encouraged to discuss current issues in relation
to control, regulation and the future of the
communications industries.
COM228 PROGRAMMING FORMAT – MUSI C
AND TALK (8)
Prerequisite: ADV 203 Principles of Advertising
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to the
Bachelor of Arts (Communication – Commercial
Radio)
This subject requires extensive industry input.
COM229 DOCUMENTARY & INFORMATION
PROGRAMMING (8)
Prerequisite: COM108 Video Production
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Online Media Production);
Bachelor of Arts (Communication - Theatre
and Media); Bachelor of Arts (Communication
- Journalism).
The subject further develops students’ directing
skills through the practical production of a
researched script. Students commence by
investigating how specific radio, screen and online
issues are represented. Students then develop a
personal directional approach to the representation
of information. This research culminates in students
directing radio, screen and online information
and documentary segments during the practical
workshop component of the unit.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
424 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
COM231 COMMERCIAL RADIO INDUSTRY 2 (8)
Prerequisite: COM113 Commercial Radio
Industry 1
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to the BA
(Communication – Commercial Radio) course
Students will gain an overview of how the industry
will adapt to developing new technologies. The
emergence of the Internet for marketing and
broadcasting will be investigated. The theoretical
and practical use of the latest A. C. Nielsen
audience measurement software “Adviser II” and
an introduction to “Selector” music and commercial
scheduling software will also give the students
“hands on” experience. A brief introduction to
the methods of Journalism and News Writing will
provide the students with an understanding of the
functions of a modern radio newsroom and also
give them the ability to write in a concise, brief and
factual manner which will also aid them in the study
of elementary financial planning and reporting.
COM301 COMMUNICATION INTERNSHIP (8)
Prerequisite: Appropriate fourth session
professional practice subject.
Enrolment restrictions: BA (Communication)
courses
Intensive industry internships with appropriate
employers in the public and/or private sector are
arranged in consultation with co-ordinators of each
of the specialisations.
COM313 PUBLIC RELATIONS - ISSUES
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: COM215 Public Relations Processes
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication) specialisations; Bachelor of
Business (Marketing).
This subject further explores public relations/
communication strategies to manage issues in
organisations. Emphasis is given to techniques for
developing appropriate communication strategies,
including media planning and crisis communication.
Students’ problem-solving faculties are developed
further.
COM314 PUBLIC RELATIONS PROJECT (16)
Prerequisite: COM313 Public Relations - Issues
Management
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Public Relations and
Organisational Communication).
This subject is designed to prepare students
for entry level positions in organisational
communication by further developing their
knowledge and skills in managing the
communication process for a variety of
organisational contexts. Emphasis is given to the
critical application of organisational communication
theories to problem solving; communications
planning, conflict resolution and negotiation.
Charles Sturt University
COM316 ADVERTISING & PUBLIC RELATIONS
RESEARCH (8)
Prerequisite: COM216 Media Audiences & Public
Opinion
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Advertising); Bachelor of
Arts (Communication – Commercial Radio);
Bachelor of Arts (Communication - Public
Relations & Organisational Communication).
The subject examines contemporary methods
used in advertising, and in public relations
and organisational communication research.
Communication campaign, and audience and public
opinion research, are examined as well as a variety
of techniques used by the advertising industries.
Emphasis is given to quantitative and qualitative
social science research methods, including survey
research designs, quasi-experimental designs, focus
groups, and related interviewing techniques.
COM317 MEDIA RESEARCH (8)
Prerequisite: MST230 Online Media Production
2 or THM205 Theatre Media 2 or MST228
Media Production 2
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Theatre and Media) and
Bachelor of Arts (Communication - Online Media
Production). A maximum of 15 Theatre and
Media students will be admitted to this subject.
This subject critically examines perspective on
the selection, production, and presentation of
information and entertainment genres within society.
Students are exposed to a variety of research
methods which relate to contemporary media
production. Through case studies utilising qualitative
research methodology, students investigate the
Entertainment, Communication and Information
industries. They conduct field research in the areas
of print, desktop, on-line, radio, film, video, television
and theatre. Students undertake and apply their
understanding in practical media research.
COM318 PUBLIC AFFAIRS (8)
Prerequisite: COM214 Principles and Practices
of Public Relations; POL101 Australian
Government and Politics
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Public Relations and
Organisation Communication); Bachelor of
Business (Marketing) with PR joint study
Provides students with an understanding of public
affairs campaigns in communities and strategies to
deal with governments in local, state, federal and
international contexts. Students will also study the
nature of lobbying, and its different applications.
Throughout the subject, students are asked to
analyse case studies and to review the processes
of policy formation and implementation through
stakeholder management techniques. In addition,
they review the role of organisations in society,
their responsibilities to the community and to the
environment.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 425
COM319 MEDIA ETHICS AND PUBLIC POLICY
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Second and third year
students only
The subject introduces students to a perspective
on professional ethics drawn from moral philosophy.
Students will examine specific cases of ethical
dilemmas as they affect the professional
communicator, with reference to their specific codes
of ethics, the ethical implications of censorship,
conflicts of interest, stereotyping, the impact
of economic pressures, and issues of social
responsibility.
COM326 INDUSTRIAL AND LEGAL ISSUES
IN THE ARTS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Access to computer
and internet/email facilities is essential. Not
available to students who have previously
completed LAW306
Employing a problem-based learning approach,
this subject concentrates on the industrial and
legal issues required by graduates working in
communication and the visual and performing arts.
It includes the core topics of intellectual property,
defamation, performing rights, basic contract and
agency law. Other areas, based on student
preference and occupational requirements, might
include: privacy and freedom of information;
obscenity, racial vilification and broadcasting
standards; advertising, consumer protection,
standards and industry regulation; insurance,
worker’s compensation, personal and public liability.
COM327 LITERATURE
& FILM (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed FLM307.
This subject focuses on a number of literary
works and their film adaptations. It explores the
relationships between the written word and the
visual image, some of the strategic decisions that
film-makers must make in adapting a written form
for the screen, and some of the strengths and
weaknesses of each medium. It places the works
in their historical and social contexts, contrasts the
production of meaning in books and films, and
critically explores the ideological implications of
narrative form and focus in each medium.
COM329 CULTURE
& POLICY IN AUSTRALIA (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have previously completed CO M309.
From the Bicentennial to the 2000 Olympics, recent
times have seen issues of culture move firmly onto
the policy agendas of governments, the public
sector and private industry. This subject explores
the theoretical and conceptual issues underlying
the policy making process; examines the roles
played by key groups; considers recent Australian
case studies; and asks questions about the
future directions of cultural policy. Students are
encouraged to work with a broad range of policyrelated materials. The subject is appropriate for
those hoping to be media practitioners and for those
who aspire to no more than to consume culture in
a critical way.
CO M332 RADIO WORK SHOP (16)
Prerequisite: ADV204 Advertising Media
Students work in teams to develop a marketing
communications campaign for a ‘real’ client. They
take on roles (such as strategy planner, account
manager, copywriter, visualiser, producer and
integrated medial planner) and apply the skills they
have acquired to date. Students are encouraged to
create, produce, test and implement their campaign.
This is the capstone subject in the Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Commercial Radio) course.
CO M333 RADIO INTERNSHIP (8)
Prerequisite: CO M316 Advertising and Public
Relations Research
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to the
Bachelor of Arts (Communication – Commercial
Radio)
Intensive radio industry internships with appropriate
employers in the private sector are arranged
in consultation with the course coordinator and
members of the Federation of Australian Radio
Broadcasters (FARB).
COM407 ADVANCED COM
M
U NICATI ON
STU DIES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Enrolment into
vocational education and training course.
This subject is designed to assist teachers
to analyse and improve their students’ written
communication skills.
CO M416 RESEARCH METHODS (HONOURS)
(16)
Enrolment restriction: BA(Communication)
(Honours) students only.
Students study communication and related research
methods including survey research, content and
textual analysis, qualitative research, ethnography
and field studies. Emphasis is given to application
of research techniques and critiques of underlying
theoretical assumptions.
CO M417 PROFESSIONAL WORKP LACE
RESEARCH (16)
Individually supervised research during which
students critically evaluate the practice of chosen
arts practitioners in a selected professional
workplace.
CO M418 DIRECTED READINGS (HONOURS) (16)
Enrolment restriction: BA (Communication)
(Honours) students only.
Students examine the contemporary communication
literature focussing on theoretical perspectives
and methodological assumptions. Current research
trends are examined in the context of the history of
the field.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
426 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
COM419 COMPANY MANAGEMENT (INDUSTRY
PRACTICE) (16)
A subject which will provide the student with a
critical analysis of the function, human management
operations and organisational structure of theatrical,
communication or television production companies,
and with the skills to manage their own project in an
appropriately professional manner.
COM420 PR/ORGANISATIONAL
COMMUNICATION HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION FT (32)
Prerequisite(s): COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Public Relations and
Organisational Communication) (Honours)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research.
COM425 PR/ORGANISATIONAL
COMMUNICATION HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION PT (32)
Prerequisite(s): COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Public Relations and
Organisational Communication) (Honours)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research.
CST101 VISUAL INVESTIGATION 1 (8)
This is an introductory subject which aims to
provide a basic knowledge of the elements which
underpin the development of a visual language. The
subject is an important core component for students
specialising in visual arts/design studies; and may
be used as an introduction to the visual arts for
students in other disciplines. Students will develop a
series of studio-based assignments which introduce
them to the basic elements of visual language and
visual experimentation.
CST102 VISUAL INVESTIGATION 2 (8)
This is an introductory subject which aims to provide
a good sound understanding of drawing as a
means of recording, analysing and experimenting
with visual imagery. The subject is an important core
component for students specialising in visual arts/
design studies; and may be used as an introduction
to the visual arts for students in other disciplines.
The subject will introduce drawing systems and will
relate to contemporary practices and the use of
‘new’ technologies.
CST201 VISUAL INVESTIGATION 3 (8)
Prerequisite: CST101 or CST102
This subject deals with the processes required to
develop imagery by exploring the techniques of
mark-making in a broad sphere of imagemaking
Charles Sturt University
techniques which include photo generated imagery
and basic printmaking. It will explore the technical
areas of rendering procedures as well as the
expressive possibilities and the illustrative potential
of different styles. Emphasis will also be on
experiment and the use of latent thought process.
Students will develop a body of experimental
imagery which will help to define an area of interest
and style.
CST202 VISUAL INVESTIGATION 4 (8)
Prerequisite: CST201
This subject will concentrate on the development
of the skill and theory needed to produce visual
imagery while at the same time concentrating on the
development of individual styles, approaches and
areas of investigation. The subject will be studio
based and will concentrate on producing imagery
from a variety of situations, including visual abstract
constructions, life drawing, on site sketching and
still life. Students will be encouraged to experiment
and to produce a series of works in their chosen
medium.
DES101 LIGHTING FOR THEATRE & TELEVISION
1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the BA (Design for Theatre and
Television), the BA (Television Production)
and the BA (Multimedia) courses.
This subject introduces the basic principles of
lighting design for television and theatre and will
teach students the skills of text analysis, equipment
choice and usage, and design realisation for both
television and theatre lighting. Students will then
learn to operate manual and computerised lighting
systems.
DES102 SOUND FOR THEATRE & TELEVISION
1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the BA (Design for Theatre and
Television), the BA (Television Production)
and the BA (Multimedia) courses.
This subject introduces the basic concepts of
sound theory and sound recording, and teaches the
theoretical and practical aspects of sound, such as
sound wave theory, sound reinforcement, selection
and use of sound equipment, and compiling
sound effects. Students will learn to operate sound
desks and consoles for stage and television studio
productions.
DES103 SETS & PROPERTIES FOR THEATRE
& TELEVISION 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the BA (Design for Theatre and
Television) course.
This subject introduces the basic skills needed to
design and realise set and properties for theatre
and television. Topics covered will include script
analysis, research, plan drawing, and construction
techniques.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 427
DES201 LIGHTING FOR THEATRE & TELEVISION
2 (8)
Prerequisites: DES101 Lighting for Theatre
and Television
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the BA (Design for Theatre and
Television), the BA (Television Production)
and the BA (Multimedia) courses.
This subject explores the role of the lighting designer
of a stage or television production and his/her
relationship with the director and the theoretical
design process, including the work of the set and
costume designers. Topics such as light and colour
theory and audience/viewer perceptions are also
covered. Students will also design lighting plans for
stage and television productions, and to implement
those designs.
DES202 SOUND FOR THEATRE & TELEVISION
2 (8)
Prerequisites: DES102 Sound for Theatre and
Television 1
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the BA (Design for Theatre and
Television), the BA Television Production and the
BA (Multimedia) courses.
This subject examines the specific requirements of
sound for theatre and for television, teaches the
principles and practices of sound design and the
role of the sound designer, and provides students
with sound design opportunities on studio theatre
productions, alternative theatre spaces, television
studio productions, and television location projects.
DES203 SETS & PROPERTIES FOR THEATRE
& TELEVISION 2 (8)
Prerequisites: DES103, Sets and Properties for
Theatre and Television 1.
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the BA (Design for Theatre and
Television) course.
This subject explores the role of the designer as a
member of the production team for both theatre and
television, and their relationship with the director and
the other designers. Non-verbal communication and
design history, and how they influence the design
process, is taught, and students also learn how
to design the set and properties for a stage and
television production from commission to realisation.
DES204 STAGE MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisites: PDN102, Fundamentals to
Theatre.
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the BA (Design for Theatre and
Television) course.
This subject explores the role of the stage
manager in the production and running of a stage
performance, and teaches the practical skills of
stage management. Topics taught include script
analysis, schedules, cue markings and prompt
scripts, organisational requirements, technical
rehearsals and show calling.
DES206 THEATRE AND TELEVISION
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT 1 (8)
Prerequisites: DES101 Lighting for Theatre
and Television 1, DES102 Sound for Theatre
and Television 1, DES103 Set and props for
Theatre and Television 1.
The first of two subjects exploring the nature
of production management in both theatre and
television, and which teaches the skills necessary
to operate efficiently as a production manager
for theatre productions and television projects.
Specific issues addressed include production roles,
script breakdown, scheduling, budgeting, meeting
procedures, and project management.
DES207 THEATRE AND TELEVISION
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT 2 (8)
Prerequisites: DES206 Theatre and Television
Production Management 1.
The second of two subjects exploring the nature
of production management in both theatre and
television, and which teaches the skills necessary
to operate efficiently as a production manager
for theatre productions and television projects.
Specific issues addressed include the roles of
the Art Department Coordinator, 1st Assistant
Director and Floor Manager; the art department
and pre-production, rehearsal, production and postproduction; researching project proposals; writing
and presenting reports; and event management.
DES302 TELEVISION DESIGN & PRACTICE (16)
Prerequisites: DES201 Lighting for Television
and Theatre 2, DES202 Sound for Television
and Theatre 2, DES203 Set/Props for Television
and Theatre 2.
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the BA (Design for Theatre and
Television) course.
This subject provides opportunities for students
to function independently in nominated design
and production management leadership roles on
television productions under professional conditions
and with minimal supervision.
DES303 THEATRE DESIGN & PRACTICE (16)
Prerequisites: DES201 Lighting for Television
and Theatre, DES202 Sound for Television and
Theatre 2, DES203 Set/Props for Television
and Theatre 2, DES204 Stage Management.
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the BA (Design for Theatre and
Television) course.
This subject provides opportunities for students
to function independently in nominated design
and management leadership roles on theatre
productions under professional conditions and with
minimal supervision.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
428 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
DES420 DESIGN HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION FT (32)
Prerequisite: COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts (Design
for Theatre and Television) (Honours)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research.
ECO210 LABOUR ECONOMICS (8)
Prerequisite: ECO110 & (ECO120 or ECO100)
Applies economic analysis to the labour market,
complements studies in human resource
management and industrial relations. Covers
economic principles relating to issues such as wage
and employment determination, wage relativities,
labour productivity and labour force participation
rates. Discusses unemployment, wages policy and
labour discrimination.
DES421 DESIGN HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION PT (32)
Prerequisite: COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts (Design
for Theatre and Television) (Honours)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research.
ECO220 MACROECONOMIC ANALYSIS (8)
Prerequisite: ECO110 & (ECO120 or ECO100)
Extends the study of macroeconomics to
encompass a comprehensive model of an open
economy such as Australia. Emphasis is placed
on the relationship between real and financial
sectors of the Australian economy and the impact of
various internal and external shocks to the domestic
economy and its financial markets.
ECO110 MICROECONOMICS (8)
The subject aims to develop understanding of the
functioning and limitations of the market system and
to apply micro models in economic problem solving.
The theoretical framework includes the basic
economic problems, supply and demand analysis,
consumer theory, production and cost theory, market
structure, market failure and microeconomic policy.
ECO120 MACROECONOMICS (8)
Macroeconomic concepts and principles are used
to study the structure and performance of the
Australian economy. Topics include national income
measurement and the business cycle, theories of
income determination, money, the financial system
and monetary policy, balance of payments and
trade, macroeconomic policy issues, stagflation and
economic growth.
ECO200 MICROECONOMIC ANALYSIS (8)
Prerequisite: ECO110 & (ECO120 or ECO100)
The primary aim of the unit will be to develop
a selected set of microeconomic topics related to
consumers, producers, markets both perfect and
imperfect, factor markets, types of market failure
an forms of government regulation as well as
introducing topics on dynamic analysis, welfare
economics and selected aspects of policy analysis
- at an intermediate level. The unit provides
the student with insight into the nature of
rational economic decision making by economic
agents while retaining a managerial perspective
on decision making through the use of a range
of microeconomic intermediate models and tools
of analysis. Emphasis will be on blending both
principles and selected applications in each topic
to increase student appreciation and understanding
of the relevance to contemporary managerial and
consumer decision-making of the topics explored in
the unit.
Charles Sturt University
ECO250 APPLIED ECONOMETRICS (8)
Prerequisite: QBM117
Applies econometric techniques which estimate
relationships, test hypotheses and provide forecasts.
Applications are illustrated from economics,
business, finance and management, using
appropriate software. Covers the regression model
in-depth by examining the problems applied
researchers encounter when using the model and
includes various extensions of the model.
ECO291 HEALTH ECONOMICS 1 (8)
Introduces students to tools and concepts of
microeconomic analysis. These tools and concepts
are then applied to examine economic issues of
the health care industry in Australia. Issues such as
the demand for health care, the costs of providing
health care and the alternatives of public or private
provision of health care are examined.
ECO310 ECONOMIC PHILOSOPHY & POLICY (8)
Prerequisite: ECO110 & (ECO120 or ECO100)
Key questions relating to the nature, scope and
methodology of economics are addressed with
emphasis on the historical origins and development
of the major schools of economic thought. Long
running philosophical issues in economic debate are
identified and used to explore current theoretical
and policy controversies of vital interest to business,
government and community decision makers.
ECO320 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS (8)
Prerequisite: ECO110 and (ECO120 or ECO100)
An in-depth and systematic coverage of the
concepts, theories and policies relating to
international trade and finance. Deals with
international trade theories, commercial policies,
foreign exchange determination and open market
macroeconomics.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 429
ECO330 URBAN & REGIONAL ECONOMICS (8)
Prerequisite: ECO110 & (ECO120 or ECO100)
Covers the operation of the market system in
the spatial allocation and use of resources, and
the limitations of its functioning. The theoretical
framework includes land use and location of
economic activity, urban and regional growth and
change, the quality of urban environment, and
regional problems and policy. Also introduces inputoutput analysis and its application to regional
economic issues.
ECO340 PUBLIC FINANCE (8)
Prerequisite: ECO110 & (ECO120 or ECO100)
Examines issues relating to public finance in the
Australian economy. Micro and macroeconomic tools
are used to analyse the expenditure, taxation and
debt policies of the federal and state governments
in Australia within the broad theoretical framework of
resource allocation in the public sector.
ECO350 APPLID ECONOMETRIC MODELS (8)
Prerequisite: ECO250
This subject introduces students to applied
econometric modelling. Learning by doing is
emphasised as students are required to complete
a major econometric project. The subject covers
modelling practices and philosophies, data collation,
econometric software implementation, econometric
research writing and presentation.
EDS405 SCHOOL COUNSELLING PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite: ESS402 or PSY404
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma in
Counselling (School Counselling) or
Postgraduate Diploma in Psychology students
only.
Students apply the knowledge and skills developed
throughout the course under the supervision in
an applied setting as trainee School Counsellors
or Guidance Officers. Documented supervision is
required in the use of psychological and educational;
tests, preparation of professional reports, and
logged activities demonstrating the full range of
duties expected in the position. This subject is
critical to the student’s development and is the major
vehicle for enabling students to obtain feedback on
their clinical skills and ethical practice.
EEA201 INVESTIGATION & PLANNING IN EARLY
CHILDHOOD (8)
Prerequisite: EPT239 or EPT205
Presents a framework for teaching and programming
in early childhood settings with a particular
emphasis on the need to integrate child
observations into ongoing planning.
Developmentally appropriate practice in curriculum
planning is examined across a range of teaching
and learning situations with a focus on the
implementation of science.
EEA303 RELATIONSHIPS IN EARLY
CHILDHOOD(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Teaching
(Birth - 5 Years) and Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only
Offers students opportunities to explore the
complexity of relationships that exist in early
childhood services. Teacher/carer-child-family
relationships are considered in an ecological
context. Using this approach emphasises the
degrees of connectedness between systems and
organisations. Leadership is studied as a multifacetted concept within the ecological context. The
concepts of pedagogical, administrative, advocacy,
community and conceptual leadership are examined
within the current context of the early childhood field.
These views of leadership are identified as essential
to the ongoing development of high quality early
childhood children’s services at local, national and
international levels.
EEA401 GROUP PROCESSES IN SCHOOL
& CLASSROOM (8)
Examines the operation of group processes
within the school and classroom. Develops an
understanding of the dynamic forces operating
within a group, complexities of group interaction and
necessary skills for effective group management.
Because it examines why and how people react
in a group situation, and because of its orientation
towards school and classroom situations, it is of
particular benefit as a teaching method subject.
EEA402 LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS IN EARLY
CHILDHOOD (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Develops understanding of the learning
environment. Covers practice affective aspects of
the learning environment and their influence
on classroom climate, behaviour and learning.
Explores current research, theory and curriculum
planning related to students’ teaching experiences
in an educational setting. Students investigate their
own teaching/learning environment and develop
strategies for change.
EEA403 CONTEMPORARY CLASSROOM
PRACTICES (8)
Designed to assist teachers to extend their range of
classroom practices and considers practical issues
relating to the management in such areas as
cooperative learning, integration, and classroom
discipline.
EEB101 CHILDREN & FAMILY SERVICES (8)
Familiarises students with the philosophy and
history of early childhood services in Australia
and the range and nature of early childhood and
family services in Victoria and New South Wales.
Emphasises current needs and future dimensions
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
430 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
in services for children and families and advocacy
skills appropriate in forums responsible for policy
and funding.
Current teaching practices in the early childhood
field will be explored in the light of recent policy
developments.
EEB121 THE EARLY CHILDHOOD PROFESSION:
AN INTRODUCTION (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only.
Provides a broad introduction to the profession
and its history. The role of the early childhood
educator as communicator is explored in the context
of service provision for young children and their
families in contemporary Australia.
EEB306 WELLNESS AND WELLBEING IN EARLY
CHILDHOOD CONTEXTS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Teaching
(Birth - 5 Years) students only
Explores the concept of wellness and wellbeing for
staff and children in early childhood services. It
brings together the areas of health messages and
practices, safety issues, positive environments and
behaviours to foster wellness and wellbeing.
EEB201 LANGUAGE, LITERACY &
NUMERACY(8)
Concerns the oral language, literacy and numeracy
demands of the workplace. Develops strategies for
assisting those engaged in vocational education and
training programs.
EEB307 DIVERSITY IN EARLY CHILDHOOD
ENVIRONMENTS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Teaching
(Birth - 5 Years) students only
This subject has two major aspects. Firstly,
it examines the ways in which all human
beings (especially young children) develop attitude
networks. Secondly, it examines issues related
to creating developmentally appropriate ant-bias
curriculum so that early childhood settings can
ensure that desirable attitudes towards human
diversity are able to develop.
EEB301 THE DEVELOPMENT OF EMPLOYMENTRELATED COMPETENCIES (8)
Designed to provide and overview of the
employment-related competencies needed for
entrants and re-entrants to the workforce, and to
describe a number of different ways in which these
competencies can be taught.
EEB303 ADMINISTRATION IN EARLY
CHILDHOOD (8)
Prerequisite:EED305 Child Development and
Learning in Early Childhood Contexts.
Management of early childhood services will be
discussed within the context of educational and
community services management in Australia.
Emphasis is placed on thoughtful planning and
organisation of services including such topics
as financial management, staff development and
professional communication. Musical instruction is
part of each professional experience subject.
EEB304 PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (8)
This subject introduces and elaborates the notion
that teachers are professionals with a range of
ethical and moral responsibilities underpinning their
work. The subject considers a range of issues and
responsibilities relating to ethics, pupil welfare and
teacher professional learning and development.
EEB305 RIGHTS OF CHILDREN (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Teaching
(Birth - 5 Years) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only
Provides and understanding of the United Nations
Convention on the Rights of the Child and explores
Australia’s recognition of these rights as federal,
state and local levels. The roles early childhood
educators play in intervention and as advocates
for children’s rights are examined, including the
professional, legal and moral implications of child
protection, to maximise children’s wellbeing and
developmental potential in early childhood settings.
Charles Sturt University
EEB400 ISSUES IN CARE AND EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students, Bachelor of
Education (Primary) students and Bachelor
of Early Childhood Teaching (Birth-5
Years)/Bachelor of Nursing students.
Corequisites: EPT424 Professional Internship
or EPT414 Primary Internship or (EER501
Qualitative Research Methods and EER502
Quantitative Research Methods) for student
in Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood)(Honours) program.
This subject provides students with opportunities
to examine current issues in care and education
of young children. A framework of landscapes of
Early Childhood Education (birth to eight years)
will be used to consider international, national
and local aspects of Early Childhood policy,
practice, professionalism, curriculum and learning
environments. Students will identify and deconstruct
issues from internship and practicum experiences.
In order to play an active role as a teaching
professional, students will explore one issue in
depth. The in-depth study will involve carrying
out a literature review, presenting findings to peers
and preparing a manuscript for publication in a
professional journal.
EEB401 ISSUES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD
EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: available only to
Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood)
students undertaking their Fourth Year by
distance education.
Presents some current issues and dilemmas facing
the early childhood field in Australia. Introduces
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 431
historical and philosophical foundations underlying
present practices and policies. Students are
expected to analyse and debate these issues.
EEB402 CHILD CARE IN THE FIRST THREE
YEARS OF LIFE (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
A detailed investigation of growth and development
in children from 0-3 years, acknowledging individual
differences and atypical patterns of development
that may occur. Theories of child rearing are
investigated relating the role of primary caregivers in
a range of societies and the practical application of
this in providing a variety of child care services.
EEB403 TEACHER, PARENT & COMMUNITY (8)
Enrolment restriction: available to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education and Bachelor of Education
(Secondary) students.
Presents contemporary perspectives about parental
and community involvement in educational
programs. Issues include the changing structure
of Australian society including family patterns,
teachers’ roles, and the rights of parents and the
community to be actively involved in the governance
and policy making processes in schools and early
childhood services.
EEB404 ADMINISTRATION & MANAGEMENT
IN EARLY CHILDHOOD (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Administration of early childhood services is placed
within the context of educational and community
services management in Australia. Emphasises
thoughtful planning and organisation of services
including financial management, staff development,
and parent communication. Students are expected
to apply their previous study and teaching
experience as they consider issues relevant to
the management of early childhood services in
Australia.
EEB405 FIRST YEARS OF SCHOOL (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Emphasises the importance of developmentally
appropriate practices to maximise children’s
learning. The emerging role of the early childhood
teacher in coping with organisational and societal
change is examined, taking into account regional,
state and national trends.
EEB406 SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students.
Prerequisites: EPT214 PRIMARY Practicum 3 or
EPT323 Professional Experience 3: Assessment
and Classroom Planning
The relation between schools and the communities
they serve are complex. This subject explores
the theory relating to community involvement,
participation and control of schooling as it is
manifested in Australia and overseas. Within
this theoretical framework schools must address
the practical questions of how to maximise the
effectiveness of the community’s contribution to the
school and the school’s to the community
EEB407 CULTURAL DIVERSITY &
EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS (8)
Enrolment restriction: available to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education and Bachelor of Education
(Secondary) students.
Investigates the changing nature of Australian
culture and Australian attitudes about cultural
differences. Cultural diversity is considered with
regard to the changing role of teachers,
developmental learning processes and educational
resources and policies.
EEB408 RURAL EDUCATION & PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Fourth Year Bachelor
of Education (Primary) students only.
Corequisite: EPT404 Extended Professional
Experience
Consists of two modules. The first concentrates on
the teacher operating in a small, rural school setting.
The focus of the module will be on the school and
its community, teaching organisation and classroom
management in the small multi-level rural school.
The second module focuses on the need for the
beginning teacher to examine issues related to their
own professional development.
EEB409 EARLY CHILDHOOD ISSUES (8)
Prerequisite: completion of Year 3 of the course.
Enrolment restriction: Fourth Year Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students only.
Structures a consideration of issues and dilemmas
facing the early childhood field in Australia.
Topics relevant to government policy, departmental
practices, social and cultural issues, ethics, and
professionalism will be considered. Students will be
expected to pursue an individual study of a current
issue of their own choosing.
EEB410 THE MANAGEMENT OF EDUCATIONAL
CHANGE (8)
A study of leadership in the management of
change in schools particularly with regard to the
development of new curriculum and technological
innovation.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
432 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
EEB411 SCHOOL & SOCIETY 2 (8)
This subject has a ‘core’ and a number of electives.
The core deals with the social influences of
education and their inter-relationship. The electives
include Aboriginal education, gender in education,
technology and education, and rural education.
EEB412 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT IN
SCHOOLS (8)
Covers contemporary financial and management
practices within schools. Develops skills in financial
management, control and evaluation, with special
reference to computer-based support systems.
EEB413 NEW DIRECTIONS IN EARLY
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Teaching (Early
Childhood) or equivalent.
Covers new directions in early childhood practices
and research. Develops an understanding of how
current issues impact on planning to provide for
children and their learning environments.
EEB423 LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood), Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Early Childhood
Teaching (Birth-5 Years)/Bachelor Nursing
students only
This subject provides students with an overview
of organisational structures and the diversity
of managerial and leadership roles in early
childhood services and schools. Principles of
effective management and leadership are studied.
Awareness of relevant legislation, government
policies and regulations is developed and
management functions and skills explored through
case studies.
EEB501 PREPARING A LITERATURE REVIEW (8)
Students study a topic of their choice within
education, and undertake a survey of the relevant
literature connected with the topic.
EEC100 WORK, LEARNING AND SOCIETY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: AssocDegVET or BVET
only
In this subject, students will begin to explore
the nature of work and become acquainted
with on-going debates. Students will research an
occupation and report on the vocational education
and training associated with that area. In addition
to this, students will engage with the concept
of work-related learning and study the role of
work and learning and how these fit with broader
aspects of society. Participants will begin to
consider additional frameworks for recognising and
organising knowledge about work that go beyond
those currently used in contemporary vocational
education and training.
Charles Sturt University
EEC201 EDUCATION STUDIES 4: CURRICULUM
DECISION MAKING (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Teaching students
only.
A third year subject, divided into two strands.
Both must be passed. Strand 1 - students
develop a conceptual framework for curriculum
decision making, programming and assessment
and evaluation. Includes understanding the social,
political and physical context of schooling. Strand
2 - explores issues related to legal rights, career
structures and the professional induction and
development of beginning teachers.
EEC401 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: available to Bachelor
of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) Fourth Year
students and Bachelor of Education (Secondary)
students only.
Covers contemporary curriculum issues which
impact upon schools and practising classroom
teachers such as outcomes-based education and
National Statements and Profiles.
EEC402 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM 2 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students only.
Prerequisite: EER403 and EPT405
Corequisite: EPT405
This subject extends knowledge and awareness of
the factors and processes influencing curriculum
policies and practices in early childhood education.
Examination of the influences of contemporary
Australian culture will include the historical and
philosophical bases of new theoretical and
curricular developments. The effects on practice
of these initiatives and developments will also be
examined. An extension of these ideas will be
to focus on the immediate professional needs of
students as they prepare to embark on their careers
as early childhood professionals.
EED100 HEALTH AND SAFETY IN EARLY
CHILDHOOD SETTINGS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students only
Prerequisites: EPT120 The Early Childhood
Profession: An Introduction
This subject introduces students to practices that
establish safe and health child care provision,
together with models of health education that
encourage safe, active and health habits in young
children. In preparation for students professional
experience in a birth to three-years setting, there
is a focus on best practice in childcare settings,
covering health policies, disease prevention, first
aid, occupational health and safety, and infant care
routines.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 433
EED102 CHILD DEVELOPMENT (8)
Introduces features of physical, cognitive, and
affective development. Emphasises an integrative
approach to development. The child is studied as
a developing member of family and society and
as a learner in school. Provides a developmental
basis for later studies in education including human
learning and special needs and abilities.
EED103 CHILDREN & LEARNING (8)
Prerequisite: EED102
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Covers the nature of human learning, particularly
as it occurs in the context of Australian schools.
Examines current theories of learning and research
related to instructional strategies, and students
apply these ideas to the problems encountered by
teachers in classrooms. Acknowledges the diversity
of learners and the way in which these differences
impinge on the learning process.
EED111 CHILD DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
This subject introduces the main theories of
child development and covers physical, cognitive,
emotional and social development in childhood and
adolescence with an emphasis on the primary age
range. The impact of contexts of development:
family, school, community and culture are evaluated
and a range of topical issues are considered from
a developmental perspective. Practical applications
for teaching are emphasised throughout.
EED112 LANGUAGE AS SOCIAL PRACTICE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary),
Bachelor of Human Movement/Bachelor of
Teaching (Secondary) and Bachelor of Social
Science (Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching
(Secondary) students only.
This subject introduces students to language as
a social semiotic, in particular the functional view
of language which enables and examination of
the relationship between language and its contexts
of use. Accordingly, language development is
approached from the perspective of socio-cultural
practice and provides the content in the subject
for exemplifying a range of textual choices at the
levels of discourse and grammar. The subject is
taught within an environment of multi-literacies with
specific emphasis on enhancing students’ facilities
with multi-modal texts.
EED113 ABORIGINAL AND MULTICULTURAL
AUSTRALIA (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
This subject provides students with an analysis
of the changing nature of Australian society
with particular emphasis on the position in this
society of Aboriginal people and ethnic groups.
Racism, sexism, social class and the distribution of
sociopolitical power and its articulation through key
societal institutions are major issues covered.
EED121 CHILD DEVELOPMENT: THE EARLY
YEARS (8
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) and Bachelor of Early Childhood
Teaching (Birth – 5 Years)/Bachelor of Nursing
students only.
This subject provides and introductory knowledge of
an experience with the developing young child, with
the following areas representing the early childhood
period: theoretical approaches to the study of
development; the biological and environmental
foundations of development; physical, cognitive,
emotional, social and moral development during
the first infant and toddler years and these same
aspects of development during the preschool and
infants school years.
EED122 ENVIRONMENTS FOR PLAY &
LEARNING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood), Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Early Childhood
Teaching (Birth – 5 Years)/Bachelor of Nursing
students only.
Prerequisite: EED122 Child Development: The
Early Years or EED111 Child Development.
This subject will extend the students’ knowledge
of child development and learning through study
of theories of play. This knowledge will be
applied to provision of appropriate high quality
learning environments for young children. Students
will confront assumptions about play and analyse
individual differences, adult roles, culture, power and
technology in the context of play. Practical sessions
will involve observation and planning experiences
for visiting children within the on-campus Early
Childhood Room. Students will be involved in
situation-based learning experiences to analyse
practice in the field.
EED200 RECONCEPTUALIZING EARLY
CHILDHOOD CURRICULA AND PEDAGOGIES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood), Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Early Childhood
Teaching (Birth to 5 Years)/Bachelor of Nursing
students only.
This second year subject introduces students to
both the contexts of curriculum and pedagogies
in early childhood settings. We also examine the
literature about rethinking curricula and pedagogies
by reconceptualizing the contexts. We will
undertake in depth investigation through situation
based learning experiences of the theoretical
and practical aspects of identity and identity
categories [gender, ethnicity, rurality, social class,
sexuality, etc]. The subject considers how these
characteristics and concepts impact upon curricular
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
434 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
and pedagogical decision-making and will focus on
valuing and developing pedagogy in EC settings
[including schools].
EED203 CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND LEARNING
IN EARLY CHILDHOOD CONTEXTS: UNDER
5’s (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) and as a general studies
elective.
This subject focuses on specific developmental
issues of particular significance to early childhood
educators in their work with children from birth
to five years and their families, in a range of
early childhood settings. Recognition is given to
the diverse social and cultural values in Australia
today, and the influence these values have on early
development and learning.
EED211 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
and Bachelor of Human Movement/Bachelor
of Teaching (Secondary) students only.
This subject addresses the major learning theories,
taxonomies and typologies and their instructional
applications. Current research and theory on student
motivation, student diversity, and effective and
ineffective teaching are reviewed. Implications for
managing classrooms are drawn from the subject
content on learning, motivation and teaching. A
dual emphasis is placed on critical evaluation and
practical applications for teaching.
EED212 SPECIAL EDUCATION (8)
Prerequisites: EED111 Child Development
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
This subject builds on previous studies in child
development, learning theory and curriculum ideas.
Students are introduced to issues involved in
meeting the special learning needs of children
with various disabilities. Particular attention is
paid to developmental disabilities affecting school
performances, including general learning disabilities,
disorders of communication, motor control, sensory
function and social development.
EED301 CHILD DEVELOPMENT & LEARNING
IN EARLY CHILDHOOD CONTEXTS (8)
Prerequisite: successful completion of EPT101.
Focuses on developmental issues of significance to
early childhood educators in their work with children
from 0-8 years and their families in a range of
early childhood settings. Recognises the diverse
social and cultural values in Australia today, and
the influence these have on early development and
learning.
Charles Sturt University
EED302 INDIVIDUAL & SPECIAL NEEDS (8)
Prerequisites: EED305 Child Development and
Learning in Early Childhood Contexts: 5-8 Years.
This is an introduction to the individual learning and
behavioural needs of children from birth-8 years
in Australia today. Each child and family is seen
as having special needs across the developmental
areas. Topics will be reviewed within a sociological
context acknowledging changing family roles and
cultural patterns with the aim of empowerment of the
families of all children.
EED303 CHILD, FAMILY & SOCIETY (8)
Prerequisite: EDT302 or EPT359
Encourages students to look ahead, not only to
their own beginning careers but to the direction
in which the needs of young children are being
met in childcare, preschool and school settings.
Emphasises the professional development of early
childhood teachers and their administrative roles.
EED304 CHILD DEVELOPMENT & LEARNING
IN EARLY CHILDHOOD CONTEXTS: UNDER
5 YEARS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: available to students
enrolled in BEd (Early Childhood) and as
a general studies elective.
Focuses upon the interaction between children and
their physical and social environments, and will view
families, schools and communities as contexts for
child development. Specific developmental issues
relevant to children in the first five years of life will be
discussed. Recognition is given to diverse social and
cultural values in Australia today and the influence of
these values on early development and learning.
EED305 CHILD DEVELOPMENT & LEARNING IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD CONTEXTS: 5-8 YEARS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: available to students
enrolled in BEd (Early Childhood)
Prerequisites: EED203 Child Development and
Learning in Early Childhood Contexts: Under 5’s.
This subject builds on understanding developed
in EED203. It focuses on specific developmental
issues of particular significance to early childhood
educators in their work with children from five to
eight years and their families, in a range of early
childhood settings. Specific emphasis is given to
the effects of developmental issues relevant to the
school-aged child as well as the influence of family,
peers, schools and other agents of socialisation.
EED311 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION (8)
Prerequisites: EED211 Child Psychology
This subject studies the practical and educational
implications of assessing and evaluating the
work of students and teachers in a classroom
setting. It introduces a sequence, from the
meaning of evaluation, through to the design
and implementation of assessment programs to
analysing and using such data to make decisions
and reports appropriate at both classroom and
school levels.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 435
EED312 SOCIAL CONTEXTS OF PRIMARY
EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
This subject is designed to develop the
understanding that primary schools are not
politically neutral, they do not exist in social vacuums
unconnected with society. Consequently, if teachers
are to develop curriculum and teach in ways
which benefit all students, they need to develop
a clear analytic grasp of a number of issues.
These include social class, gender and ethnicity
which demonstrate how social disadvantage is
produced in primary schooling and, in the absence
of appropriate teacher and curricula responses,
reproduced. Thus the subject requires students to
reflect on the nature of social justice and what it
requires.
EED313 MANAGING THE LEARNING
ENVIRONMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
This subject integrates theory and practice in
classroom management and includes prevention
and intervention approaches for application with
class groups and individuals. Positive methods of
increasing desirable behaviours provide the major
focus.
EED400 CURRICULUM DECISION-MAKING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
This subject develops students’ knowledge of and
competence in curriculum decision-making. It
explores teaching as a profession, particularly the
roles and responsibilities associated with making
collegial decisions about curriculums that affect
whole schools rather than just individual classes.
Of the four global roles of “Being a Teacher”
(Teacher as Learner, Teacher as Colleague, Teacher
as Community Partner and Teacher as Facilitator)
it focuses on the role of Teacher as Colleague.
It involves students in authentic decision making
situations in which, as group members, they reflect
on their whole group and individual performance
through the development of a simulated schoolcased curriculum policy.
EED401 EARLY CONCEPT DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: available to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education and Bachelor of Education
(Secondary) students.
Examines recent research trends in cognitive
development of children in the 0-8 age range.
Particular attention is given to research emanating
from the post-Piagetian and neo-Piagetian
frameworks. The contributions of information
processing paradigms to an understanding of
young children’s cognitive development are also
considered.
EED402 SOCIAL INFLUENCES ON CHILD
DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
An integrated approach to theory, research, and
practice. Students undertake a variety of readings
which address current and continuing social issues
within the context of child development learning and
teaching.
EED404 EDUCATION STUDIES: CHILD
DEVELOPMENT (8)
This subject provides an understanding of human
development from infancy to adolescence as it
occurs within a variety of social contexts. Within the
subject, there is an emphasis on the influences of
culture and the individual differences which arise.
The implications of these developmental outcomes
for teachers and schools are considered.
EED410 AUSTRALIAN INDIGENOUS STUDIES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
Prerequisites: EED312 Social Contexts of
Primary Education
This subject introduces Aboriginal education and
education policies; cultural differences and related
pedagogies. Maintains guidelines for including
Australian Indigenous Studies and Aboriginal
perspectives into curriculum. Includes strategies
for Aboriginal parental involvement and anti-racism
strategies.
EED411 PROFESSIONALISM IN EARLY
CHILDHOOD AND PRIMARY EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) & Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Bachelor of Early Childhood
Teaching (Birth-5 Years)/Bachelor of Nursing
and Bachelor of Social Science (Psychology)/
Bachelor of Teaching (Primary) students only.
Corequisites: EPT424 Professional Internship:
Induction of beginning teachers or EPT414 Primary
Internship or ESS409 Special Education Practicum
This subject will provide opportunities for students
to explore professional, ethical and legal
responsibilities of early childhood and primary
teachers. Links will be made between this subject
and the student’s specialisation practicum/internship
experiences. Theoretical and practical aspects
of being a beginning and developing teaching
professional will underpin all parts of the subject.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
436 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
EED412 EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Prerequisites: EED311 Assessment Evaluation
and EED312 Sociology of Education.
This subject helps students to prepare for their
professional responsibility as teachers by developing
their knowledge and ability to read, understand
and critique educational research. It seeks to give
an overview of educational research and introduce
such questions as: What is research? Why is
research conducted? What are some of the
research methods employed?
EED413 EDUCATION 10 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only
This subject aims to help students critically examine
their own theories of learning in the light of theories
espoused by others. It aims to expose students to
a range of explanations about how school students
and their teachers learn; it guides them in the
process of articulating and refining and further
developing their beliefs about how learning at its
best happens and can be supported. It aims to help
students develop a critical awareness of various
explanations of learning by showing them how
they need to identify and challenge the underlying
assumptions that inform these explanations.
EEE301 EVALUATION & ASSESSMENT (8)
Designed to provide a critical understanding of
assessment and evaluation strategies appropriate
to competency-based vocational education and
training.
EEE302 ASSESSMENT & EVALUATION IN THE
CLASSROOM (8)
Prerequisite: EDT301 or EDT302
Develops an awareness of the nature and purposes
of assessment and evaluation in the classroom.
Principles, rationale and methods of educational
evaluation are introduced and developed via test
item construction, test administration and test
analysis.
EEE401 ASSESSMENT, EVALUATION &
CLASSROOM TESTING (8)
Investigates how testing, judging and educational
decision making can be carried out rapidly, reliably
and fairly. Topics include the nature and purposes
of assessment, the various means of measuring
learning in the classroom, planning and construction
of these, and marking interpretation of them.
Explores report writing and communicating results
to others. Whilst this subject is designed for primary
and early childhood situations, secondary teachers
will find the principles and practices of value.
EEE402 ASSESSMENT & EVALUATION IN
EDUCATION (8)
Deals with practical issues and concerns of the
classroom teacher and matters relating to the
Charles Sturt University
broader context of the school. Includes methods
of gathering, recording, interpreting and recording
assessment information, curriculum evaluation,
teacher appraisal and school reviews.
EEE403 ASSESSMENT & EVALUATION:
VOCATIONAL EDUCATION & TRAINING (8)
Enrolment restriction: enrolment in VET course.
This subject is designed to provide an
understanding of student assessment and the
evaluation of programs, policies and practices.
EEL201 LEARNING & DEVELOPMENT:
ADOLESCENCE & BEYOND (8)
Covers the nature of human learning and aspects
of cognitive and social-emotional development of
adolescence and adulthood which have significant
implications for learning and teaching.
EEL301 LIFELONG LEARNING AND PROBLEM
SOLVING (8)
Covers the way in which learners handle information
to allow development of strategies which assist
adolescents and adults to become more
independent learners, better problem-solvers, and
engage in more reflective thinking throughout their
working life.
EEL302 RELIGIOUS EDUCATION IN THE
SCHOOL (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Teaching students
only.
Identifies essential elements of religion. Investigates
the nature of religious education and its varied
manifestation in government and independent
schools. Students study Christianity, Aboriginal
spirituality and two other world religions through an
inquiry based approach to learning. Studies current
curriculum models used in religious education,
implications for morality and value formation.
EEL403 GROWTH, LEARNING & INTERACTION
(8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Examines learning outcomes of classroom
interaction in terms of child and adolescent
development on the basis of several learning
theories, individual differences and personal
classroom experience.
EEL404 INFORMATION PROCESSING &
EDUCATIONAL PRACTICE (8)
Introduces current ideas about human information
processing. Improves capacity to assist learners
to become more effective thinkers and problemsolvers, to handle ideas more efficiently, and to
monitor their own thinking and memory processes.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 437
EEL405 LEARNING AND ADULT DEVELOPMENT
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma of
Education (VET), Graduate Certificate in
Vocational Education and Training students only.
This subject is designed to provide an overview
of learning and development in adolescence and
adulthood, including implications for vocational
teaching and training.
EEL406 MENTORS & MENTORING (8)
Provides an understanding of the place of
mentoring in education and training and develops
skills in the process of mentoring and the
design, implementation and evaluation of workplace
mentoring programs.
EEL407 COMPARATIVE EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Course Coordinator’s
approval is required.
Designed to introduce students to the nature and
purpose of comparative education studies and to
provide them with an opportunity to experience
working in another system for a short period and
reflecting upon that experience.
EEL408 EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION IN VET
Prerequisite: EEB201 or equivalent.
This subject is concerned with knowledge about
effective communication in the context of vocational
education and training and includes studies of
communication within the workplace and within
organisations. It prepares students to teach
communication in vocational education and training
settings.
EEL491 ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement / Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only.
This subject considers physical, cognitive, personal
and social aspects of adolescent development,
the interdependence of these aspects, and the
sociocultural or ecological factors influencing
development. Strong emphasis is given throughout
to implications for school structures, teaching, and
classroom management
EEP101 SOCIAL CONTEXTS: EARLY
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION & SOCIETY (8)
Enhances critical understanding of the social context
of early education. Considers the complex nature
of education in Australia, and examines contested
issues of social class, gender, Aboriginality, ethnicity,
and the hidden curriculum. An introduction to
the Curriculum Studies subject, Society and
Environment.
EEP102 ABORIGINAL STUDIES IN EDUCATION
(8)
Builds an understanding of Aboriginal societies and
Torres Strait Islander societies - their histories,
cultures, expectations and values. Aims to help
students identify with these peoples and
subsequently devise and utilise appropriate teaching
resources and strategies for use in the classroom.
EEP105 INDIGENOUS AUSTRALIAN STUDIES (8)
Students will be assisted to gain knowledge on
the histories and initiatives of Indigenous Australian
Studies and Indigenous perspectives. They will
understand the importance of teaching Indigenous
Australian Studies in full consultation with local
Indigenous Australian communities. Students will
evaluate, devise and utilise appropriate teaching
resources and be introduced to appropriate
pedagogy for Indigenous Australian Studies and
learning practices for the benefit of all children.
EEP110 SCIENCE: ISSUES & CONTEXTS (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Teaching students
only.
Covers the role of science in moulding our past,
present and future society. The effect of science on
our culture, beliefs and ethics is considered.
EEP200 CHILDREN, FAMILIES AND SOCIETY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) and Bachelor of Early
Childhood Teaching (Birth – 5 years)/Bachelor
of Nursing students only.
Prerequisites: EPT120 The Early Childhood
Profession : An Introduction.
In this subject, students will develop an
understanding of the relationships between families,
the broader society and social policy which can
inform their work with members of families with
young children.
EEP202 ABORIGINAL EDUCATION (8)
Prerequisite: 39112 or 26101, or Graduate
Diploma of Education students only.
Designed to create an understanding of the position
of Aborigines within the education system. Develops
skills in intercultural communication and the ability to
teach Aboriginal studies at preschool, primary and
secondary levels.
EEP203 HUMAN LEARNING: AN HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE (8)
Prerequisite: EED104
Integrates understanding of human learning
processes with the wider influences of historical,
social and cultural change and the notions
of human progress and primacy. Classical and
modern information processing views of learning
are introduced and applied to societal patterns of
change and progress.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
438 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
EEP301 INTERCULTURAL EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Teaching
(Primary) students only)
Prerequisites: EPT214 Primary Practicum 3,
EPT222 Professional Experience 2: Teaching
and learning
This subject will build on knowledge of teaching
and learning and apply this to a different cultural
context. It will be compulsory for groups of students
undertaking a teaching practice in a developing
country.
EEP321 CHILDREN, FAMILIES AND SOCIETY (8)
Prerequisites: EEB121 The Early Childhood:
An Introduction
In this subject students will develop an
understanding of the relationships between families,
the broader society and social policy which can
inform their work with members of families with
young children.
EEP400 RECONCILIATION IN THE EARLY
CHILDHOOD CONTEXT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) and Bachelor of Early
Childhood Teaching (Birth-5 Years)/Bachelor
of Nursing students only.
This subject aims to make students aware of the
need for the teaching of Australian Indigenous
Studies and perspectives at an Early Childhood
level. It will focus on empowering students to
understand Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander
peoples’ experience with and their expectations of
the early childhood education system. The major
function of the subject is to sensitise students to
the unique difficulties confronting Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander people and introduce culturally
appropriate and relevant programs to cater for
their aspirations, through the teaching of Australian
Indigenous Studies, in full consultation with local
Indigenous communities.
EEP401 SOCIAL FOUNDATIONS IN SECONDARY
EDUCATION (8)
An introduction to the sociology of education
which will enable students to critically analyse
contemporary issues and contexts of Australian
secondary education.
EEP402 ETHICS & EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: available only to
Bachelor of Education (Primary) and Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Explores normative aspects of the concept
education, assess the role of the teacher in
aiding children’s moral development, and extend
understanding of the notion ‘professional ethics’.
EEP403 HISTORY OF EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) students
Charles Sturt University
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Explores the development of public education in
Australia. Additionally, the subject sets out to
indicate the relationship between education and
social values.
EEP404 SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Introduces concepts, theories and methodologies of
sociology that are useful in the study of education
and schooling. Students will use these tools to
explicate, examine and evaluate the traditional
procedures, assumptions, beliefs and values that
guide educational practices in Australian schools.
EEP405 ISSUES IN ABORIGINAL EDUCATION (8)
Examines the way in which cultural, political and
socio-economic factors have influenced the pattern
of Aboriginal education. Implications for teachers
of Aboriginal children are drawn, and the value of
teaching Aboriginal Studies is analysed.
EEP406 GENDER & SCHOOLING (8)
Enrolment restriction: available to Bachelor of
Education (Primary), Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood), Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) and Bachelor of Primary
Education Studies students only.
This subject develops the students’ understandings
about the research into the social and historical
construction of sex and gender. We will examine the
role of language in constructing gender as well as
some feminist and post-structural critiques of these
constructs. Students will interrogate the interaction
of sex and gender in the school and classroom,
with an emphasis on an early childhood, primary
or high school setting. Research and observation
techniques will be used by students in their special
interest area. Students will be encouraged to
investigate their own experiences and to develop
strategies for change in schools and centres.
EEP407 EDUCATION IN A SOCIAL CONTEXT (8)
Through an examination of the major social
theories incorporating a consideration of the social,
political. economic and ideological dimensions, this
subject undertakes the development of a critical
understanding of the social contexts of Australian
education. The particular focus is upon issues
of policy and practice as they influence the
professional contexts of teaching and education
EEP408 SOCIAL EDUCATION 3 (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Education students
only.
Provides an analytical framework for practitioners
to critically examine their in-school experiences of
social education by incorporating an examination
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 439
of social education curricula in other states and
countries with an introduction to research methods
in curriculum evaluation.
EEP412 PROFESSIONAL PROJECT: RELIGIOUS
EDUCATION (8)
Prerequisite: EEP410
An individually supervised research project of
professional relevance, focussing on an aspect of
religious education.
EEP413 TEACHING AND ITS SOCIAL CONTEXT
(8)
This subject is presented in three modules: teaching,
curriculum and social issues. It presents a view of
teachers as active agents in curriculum change and
development whose work necessarily involves social
justice. Since teachers’ work affects people’s life
chances this subject requires that future teachers
should examine policies, school contexts, curricula
and pedagogies in terms of equity and equality of
opportunity
EEP454 EDUCATION (SECONDARY) 4 (8)
Prerequisite: EEC353
The final Education subject within the Bachelor of
Education (Secondary Maths) Course. Integrates
educational knowledge and understandings
acquired during the four years of the course. It
also introduces recent work in the Philosophy of
Education with a view to developing more precise
notions of what education is and how it might
be facilitated. Issues investigated include those
that affect students, school and teachers in the
contemporary society, eg. equity issues changing
roles of teachers, policy formulation for education in
Australia.
EEP491 SOCIAL CONTEXTS OF SECONDARY
EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only.
Through an introduction to sociology of education,
this subject assists students to critically analyse
contemporary issues and contexts of Australian
secondary education and apply their understandings
to classroom situations. Such issues and contexts
include social class, ethnicity, gender, family
structures, NESB, rurality, poverty, cultural diversity,
policy and practice, and the politics of education.
EER300 INQUIRY IN EARLY CHILDHOOD
EDUCATION (4)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood), Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Early Childhood
Teaching (Birth – 5 Years)/Bachelor of Nursing
students only.
This subject considers a range of approaches which
are used in research relating to early childhood
settings, children and their families. Through doing
simple research tasks, students will develop their
abilities to read and critically evaluate research.
EER301 INTRODUCTORY RESEARCH IN
RECREATION & HUMAN MOVEMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: students enrolled in
the Human Movement elective strand of the
Bachelor of Social Science (Recreation and
Human Movement) course and/or the Bachelor
of Social Science (Recreation and Human
Movement) (Honours) course.
Presents an overview of theory and practice of
research in recreation and human movement.
The focus will mainly deal with critical evaluation
of various tests and measurements used within
disciplines of recreation and human movement.
In this way, it will improve understanding of
measurement and evaluation processes and foster
development of research and practice.
EER302 TEACHER AS RESEARCHER (8)
This subject introduces students to ways of
gathering information about educational and
classroom practices. It consists of two components:
first, the nature and types of educational research
are examined; and second, ways of applying
research methodologies to solving educational
problems are explored.
EER303 RESEARCH AND PRACTICE (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Teaching
(Birth - 5 Years) students only
Introduces students to the growing body of
research carried out in Australian early childhood
contexts. The importance of policy and practice
being informed by research will be explored
through reviewing current research in practice
and discussing various ways these findings are
disseminated to the early childhood field and the
wider community. Students will complete a situation
based research project. The successful completion
of this subject will lead into the final session subject
Windows to the Community.
EER402 INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATIONAL
RESEARCH (8)
Enrolment restriction: available to Bachelor of
Education (Primary) and Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) Fourth Year students, Honours
students in undergraduate degrees, Master
of Education and Bachelor of Education
(Secondary) students only.
Intended for those preparing for the investigation
and solution of an educational problem using
recognised research methodology. Different
methods of acquiring knowledge are examined,
stages of the research process are described, and
published research reports are analysed.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
440 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
EER403 EARLY CHILDHOOD RESEARCH (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students only.
Considers a range of approaches which are used
in research relating to early childhood settings,
children and their families. Students will develop
their abilities to read and critically evaluate research
and question the reasons why certain topics in early
childhood are the subject of research and certain
others are not. A minor research project forms part
of this subject.
EER406 INVESTIGATING EDUCATIONAL
CONTEXTS (8)
Prerequisite: admission to Bachelor of
Education (Primary) or Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood).
Provides students with an opportunity to explore the
notions of education and schooling, and develop
a commitment to the concept of the teacher
as research to lead them to formulate their
personal understanding of the nature and function
of education.
EER500 UNDERSTANDING & CRITIQUING
EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH (8)
Enrolment Restrictions: Master of Education,
Master of Education (Special Education), Master
of Education (Teacher Librarianship), Bachelor
of Education (Primary) (Honours), Bachelor
of Education, Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) (Honours) and Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students only.
This introductory subject focuses on developing
the skills needed to read and understand
educational research. Today’s educators need to
be knowledgeable about the interpretation and
evaluation of research studies that are relevant
to their specific area of interest so they can
assess the significance of these research studies
and findings for their professional practice. It is
essential for professional educators to have skills
in understanding the research process so that they
can be informed consumers of research not naïve
readers of the introductions and conclusions of
research articles. This subject is closely linked
to EER501 Qualitative Research Methods, EER502
Quantitative Research Methods and ERP401
Education Honours Project/Dissertation.
EER501 QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Education,
Master of Education (Special Education), Master
of Education (Teacher Librarianship), Bachelor
of Education (Primary) (Honours), Bachelor of
Education (Primary), Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) (Honours) and Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) students only.
Prerequisite: EER500 Understanding and
Critiquing Educational Research
This subject develops an understanding and
awareness of the nature and conduct of qualitative
Charles Sturt University
research within educational contexts. Through
an examination of the underpinning tenets of
the paradigm, methodological approaches, and
research issues, the intention is to provide an
extensive, and broadly based, introduction to
qualitative research. From this foundation, students
are required to submit a research proposal which,
upon approval, will enable them to conduct a
small-scale investigation applying qualitative data
collection and analytic strategies within a chosen
educational context. By so doing, students have
the opportunity to engage in research activities,
while gaining a depth of insight into methodological,
ethical, and analytic strategies and qualitative
research. This subject is closely linked to
EER500 Understanding and Critiquing Educational
Research, EER502 Quantitative Research Methods
and ERP402 Education Honours Project/
Dissertation.
EER502 QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Education,
Master of Education (Special Education),
Bachelor of Education (Primary) (Honours)
and Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood)
(Honours) students only.
Prerequisite: EER500 Understanding and
Critiquing Educational Research
This subject introduces students to several
commonly used statistical procedures including
univariate and multivariate analysis of variance,
multiple regression analysis, factor analysis and
meta-analysis. Important issues such as hypothesis
testing and error, and statistical power are also
examined. As the central aim of the subject is to
enable students to become intelligent and critical
readers of research literature, the emphasis is
on understanding the purposes and constraints of
the various statistical procedures rather than their
mathematical underpinnings. this subject is closely
linked to EER500 Understanding and Critiquing
Educational Research, EER501 Qualitative
Research Methods and ERP402 Education Honours
Project/Dissertation.
EHR101 SOCIOCULTURAL FOUNDATIONS OF
HUMAN MOVEMENT (8)
This subject is designed to introduce key concepts
and new developments in the pedagogical,
philosophical, sociological, psychological and
historical bases of human movement. Examination
of the multidisciplinary nature of human movement
studies is undertaken in order to illustrate the
complexities of the social construction of physical
activity.
EHR106 APPLIED RECREATION 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EHR105 and EHR203
Builds on previous performance levels achieved
in gymnastics, dance and athletics. Introduces the
recreation industry through fieldwork experiences.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 441
EHR108 ECONOMICS & POLITICS OF THE
SPORTS INDUSTRY (8)
This subject familiarises students with the workings
of politics and economics in the national and
international sports industries providing theoretical
and practical experiences. Students will learn
about the links between politics, economics and
the media that form a foundation for students
interested in sports marketing and management as
well as those seeking to understand the role of
sport in contemporary society and similarities and
differences between sporting industries in Australia
and overseas.
EHR110 ANATOMICAL BASIS OF HUMAN
MOVEMENT (8)
The anatomical basis of human movement will
present practical information that students will be
able to apply to real-world situations they might
encounter in their chosen sub-discipline of human
movement. Furthermore, emphasis will be placed
on the fact that learning anatomy for movement will
enable students to become better acquainted with
themselves and others. The knowledge base will
deal with the gross structure of specific systems
of the human body. Emphasis will be placed
on enhancing appreciation of life through a better
understanding of the structure and magnificence of
their own bodies.
EHR111 SPORT & RECREATION IN SOCIETY (8)
This subject will explore the roles of sport and
recreation in human experience and community
living in past and contemporary societies. A major
emphasis will be placed upon the significance of
differences in recreation and sport opportunities
(eg. by gender, social class, age, ethnicity, physical
or mental abilities) and the implications of these
differences for community wellness.
EHR112 NUTRITION & CONDITIONING (8)
This subject will provide information on the
nutrition guidelines for optimising health, human
performance and wellness. It will highlight the
important dietary changes that people can make
to optimise performance. Emphasis will be placed
on the interrelated and protective roles of both
nutrition and physical conditioning in particular
disease processes. Furthermore, the nutritional
requirements for sustaining life will be dealt with.
EHR113 GROWTH, DEVELOPMENT & AGEING
(8)
The subject focuses on the basic developmental
principles, theoretical approaches and issues
related to the study of human growth, development
and motor behaviour across the life span. Issues of
ageing including osteoporosis, osteopenia and loss
of independence will be discussed.
EHR114 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: AQUATICS/
TRACK & FIELD (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Human
Movement and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
students only
This subject is comprised of two modules, Aquatics
and Track and Field. The subject will focus on
the performance and teaching delivery of the
various physical skills within each module. Emphasis
will also be placed on program design and
implementation.
EHR115 PHYSIOLOGICAL BASIS OF HUMAN
MOVEMENT (8)
This subject will present participants with
information on the physiology of human functioning.
It will enable participants to become acquainted with
the physiological function and integration of various
body systems, with emphasis placed on enhancing
the knowledge base related to the physiological
functions associated with human movement, health
and wellness.
EHR116 RESEARCH ESSENTIALS IN HUMAN
MOVEMENT (8)
This subject assists students in evaluating
knowledge, knowledge sources and developing
basic skills in human movement. It presents an
overview of the theory and practice of research
in this area. Students develop abilities to read
and critically evaluate research. In addition to
developing an understanding of the relationship
between theory and research practice, stages of
the research process are examined. Topics covered
include: accessing knowledge, critiquing literature
as well as basic data collection and analysis
techniques.
EHR117 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE 1 (8)
This subject will provide students with basic
techniques in programming, leading and delivering
human movement activities. Students will then be
required to put this knowledge into practice by
undertaking a 120-hour professional placement in
one of a variety of agencies which utilise the skills/
knowledge obtained (eg. camp leadership, customer
service, determining different clients’ needs/wants,
facilitating group interaction).
EHR118 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: DANCE (8)
This subject develops students’ knowledge and skill
in dance performance and dance education. While
the subject focuses on movement composition and
performance activities, dance is also framed within
social, historical and biomedical perspectives. More
specifically, students will be asked to examine
their own understandings about appropriate physical
education content for female, male and mixed
gender classes. Students will be encouraged to
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
442 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
consider the prominence afforded to competitive
sports in physical education. These issues are
explored with particular reference to teaching
children with a range of ability levels and movement
preferences as well as racial, socioeconomic,
geographic and cultural backgrounds.
EHR201 HISTORY OF OUTDOOR RECREATION
AND TOURISM (8)
This subject examines the historical development of
Western outdoor practices as they emerged in the
18th and 19th centuries and became consolidated
into capitalist enterprises by the 20th century.
European-based concepts of nature, the outdoors
and travel will be examined and subsequent
Australian attitudes towards, and uses of, the
outdoors will be explored.
EHR202 HUMAN EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY (8)
The aim of this subject is to understand the
principles by which exercise and human movement
affect human physiology and the influence that
human physiology has on exercise and movement
capacity. Practical work in measuring and evaluating
physiological capacities is undertaken.
EHR204 SPORT BIOMECHANICS (8)
Prerequisite: EHR102
Furthers knowledge of kinesiological principles.
Kinematic and Kinetic methods are used to
describe, analyse and predict human movement.
Qualitative analysis of both general and specific
physical activities is undertaken and applied to
teaching/coaching roles.
EHR205 SPECIAL PHYSICAL EDUCATION &
RECREATION (8)
Prerequisite: EHR202
The prescription and design of exercise and
recreation programs for special population groups
is the emphasis of the subject. Special population
concerns include the aged, diabetics, asthmatics,
the obese, those who are pregnant, the mentally
retarded and those with spinal cord injury.
EHR206 RECREATION RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject will introduce the student to the various
aspects involved in managing any facility and/or
service. Topics such as administrative procedures,
risk management, and the exercise environment
will be addressed. Occupational health and safety,
especially with respect to facility design and its effect
upon fitness management and community wellness,
will be examined.
EHR207 HEALTH & FITNESS MANAGEMENT (8)
Investigates factors and trends associated with
physical health and fitness promotion in the
workplace. Topics include occupational health and
safety, health and fitness program design, settings
for health and fitness programs, computers in the
Charles Sturt University
health and fitness industry and management of
health and fitness program issues.
EHR208 APPLIED RECREATION 3 (8)
Prerequisite: EHR105 and EHR203
Continues development of skilled performance
techniques and extends knowledge of safe practices
and performance repertoire in games, gymnastics
and athletic events. It also builds on field experience
in the recreation industry.
EHR209 SPORT AND EXERCISE BEHAVIOUR (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Human
Movement students only.
Introduces students to the behavioural aspects of
sport performance as well as an appreciation of
the issues pertaining to exercise program adherence
and dropout in community wellness programs.
Methods of intervention will be examined, together
with practical experiences to enable students to not
only confidently discuss relevant issues but also to
competently apply their knowledge to a variety of
situations.
EHR211 FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY & HUMAN
PERFORMANCE (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Human
Movement students only.
Designed to explore the human as a multifaceted
organism. It will enable students to extend
knowledge gained in foundation anatomy and apply
it to practical human environments. In this way, it will
give students necessary skills needed in evaluation
and design of apparati and ergonomic environment.
EHR212 HEALTH AND PERSONAL
DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Human
Movement and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
students only.
Health and Personal Development is an integrated
and dynamic field of study which challenges the
student to examine issues from both a social and
scientific understanding. Sexual health, disease
epidemiology, adolescent health and interpersonal
relationships will be addressed with application to
secondary classroom practice.
EHR213 PSYCHOLOGY OF ATHLETIC
PERFORMANCE (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Human
Movement, Bachelor of Education (Primary),
Bachelor of Psychology and Bachelor of
Social Science (Psychology) students only.
Designed to allow students greater opportunities
to participate in and acquire administration
proficiencies in a range of psychological
interventions currently used in athletic performance.
Relaxation techniques, imagery, mental rehearsal,
implicit learning and performance/automaticity/
anxiety and arousal, flow peak performance/
experience will be examined.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 443
EHR214 SKILL ACQUISITION (8)
Structured to impart to students an understanding of
the neurophysiological foundations of motor control
as well as the various theories related to motor
control and learning. The physical and behavioural
factors underlying neural development and motor
function will be highlighted in addition to the
growth and developmental factors that influence
the learning of motor skills. The application of the
theoretical knowledge base to human situations will
be examined through experiments and practicals.
EHR215 HEALTH AND EXERCISE PROMOTION
(8)
Considers health promotion principles and practices
and how these fit into the broader context of
enhancing public health and community wellness. A
range of settings including government, commercial,
the workplace, recreational, the school and home,
together with target populations will be examined
for intervention strategy effectiveness. Case studies
of program planning, intervention, management and
evaluation practice will be reviewed.
EHR217 PRINCIPLES OF SPORTS COACHING
AND PERFORMANCE (8)
Addresses the major issues related to sports
performance from a participatory as well as
a coaching perspective. Conditioning principles
of overload, specificity, recovery, reversibility and
individuality will be discussed in relation to physical
training and the optimisation of athletic performance.
Topics include: overtraining, training for the young
and old, the athletic triad, the role of the coach and
coaching styles, ergonomic aids and performance,
monitoring training status and performance and
development of periodisation training regimens.
EHR218 BIOMECHANICS (8)
Applies the principles of mechanics in analysing
human movement. Kinematic and kinetic methods
are used to describe, analyse and predict human
movement. Qualitative and quantitative analysis
of both general and specific physical activities
is undertaken with a focus towards injury and
rehabilitation.
EHR219 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: GAMES (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Human
Movement, Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
and Bachelor of Education (Primary) students
only.
Develops performance and skill level, knowledge
of rules, strategies of play, and teaching/coaching
methodology for a number if individual and team
games. Considers the teaching of games through
the NSW Personal Development, Health and
Physical Education syllabus perspective.
EHR303 HISTORICAL & SOCIAL ISSUES IN
SPORT (8)
This subject concentrates on developing an
understanding of the factors surrounding the
development of modern sports and the emergence
of the sports industry internationally and in Australia.
Changes in sport philosophy and practice is
considered from the ancient Greeks to modern
times. The way in which sport is implicated by wider
social and economic forces is carefully examined in
order to illustrate the complexity of sport’s place in
society and the way it is socially constructed.
EHR305 COMMUNITY HEALTH EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Human
Movement and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
students only.
The concept of community health is difficult to define
but is generally applied to health issues which have
the potential to affect, either directly or indirectly, the
lifestyle and wellbeing of large numbers of people in
a community. Issues to be explored within a local,
global and social context include: substance use and
misuse, sexuality and gender, disease control and
emerging diseases, environmental protection and
the public health care system.
EHR306 APPLIED RECREATION 4 (8)
Prerequisite: EHR208 Applied Recreation 3
Allows development of a high level of performance
in selected physical recreation activities. Extends
knowledge and appreciation of the technical
application required for elite performance.
EHR308 SPORT IN SCHOOLS (8)
Prerequisite: EDT301
Enhances knowledge and administrative skills
associated with the organisation, program
development and implementation of school sport.
School sports as an integrated aspect of the
Personal Development, Health and Physical
Education syllabus is examined, together with
educational policy guidelines. Theoretical and
practical involvement in coaching (gams and
athletics), carnival organisations and sports safety
are included.
EHR310 HUMAN SKILL ACQUISITION (8)
Prerequisite: EHR202 Human Exercise
Physiology or EHR204 Sport Biomechanics
This is a capstone subject which draws together
the social and biological content, in an holistic
approach to understanding how human movement
is performed. The subject covers the theoretical
aspects of motor learning and motor performance
and then applies the accumulated knowledge of this
strand of subjects to potential professional activities.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
444 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
EHR311 ADVANCED HUMAN EXERCISE
PHYSIOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
Human Movement course.
The subject applies physiological principles to
explain acute and chronic responses to exercise
and adaptations that result from long-term exercise
exposure, with emphases on the muscular and
cardiovascular systems. In addition, the laboratory
component is designed to provide the student with
the skills and knowledge necessary to undertake
physiological measurements that are applicable to
corporate and community fitness programs as well
as exercise and sport science research.
Develops skill level, knowledge of rules, strategies of
performance, and teaching/coaching methodology
for a variety of gymnastics tasks on a number of
gymnastics apparatus.
EHR312 PRINCIPLES OF SPORTS
PERFORMANCE (8)
Prerequisite: EHR211 Functional Anatomy and
Human Performance, EHR311 Advanced Human
Exercise Physiology
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in
the Human Movement elective strand of the
Bachelor of Social Science (Recreation and
Human Movement) course only.
Addresses sports performance from a coaching
perspective. The content will be concerned with
the theory and methodology of coaching. Emphasis
will be placed on developing practical skills and
on attaining national coaching accreditation in a
selected discipline.
EHR319 MOTOR INTEGRATION AND
REHABILITATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Human
Movement students only.
Focuses on relationships between output
(performance) measures of the human system
and underlying mechanical and neuromuscular
mechanism. The subject will employ the methods
of electromyography (neuromuscular function) and
dynamometry (force measurement) to evaluate
specific areas of neuromuscular recruitment
patterns in force output, central and peripheral
fatigue and neuromuscular implications in exercise
rehabilitation.
EHR313 SPORTING EVENT MANAGEMENT (8)
Extends the work covered in EMR304 Sports
Administration to give a national/international
perspective of the Australian Sport and Recreation
industry. It develops students’ knowledge and skill in
the areas of event/function management, marketing
processes and public relation skills to be used in a
professional sport context.
EHR314 EXERCISE FOR SPECIAL
POPULATIONS (8)
Physiological, anatomical, mechanical and psychosocial perspectives will be offered to promote
exercise prescription for a variety of special
populations/groups affected by diabetes, obesity,
ageing, arthritis, pregnancy, coronary heart disease,
spinal cord injury and mental retardation.
EHR315 INJURY PREVENTION AND
REHABILITATION (8)
Deals with prevention, care and rehabilitation of
injuries that result from physical activity. Topics
covered include the various factors associated with
injury, strategies to prevent injury, and the role of
exercise in the rehabilitative process.
EHR316 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: GYMNASTICS
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Human
Movement, Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
and Bachelor of Education (Primary) students
only.
Charles Sturt University
EHR317 RESEARCH DESIGN IN HUMAN
MOVEMENT (8)
Presents an overview of the theory and conduct
of research in human movement. Methodologies
employed in undertaking research will be examined
as well as essential qualitative and quantitative
assessment techniques. In addition, students will
undertake the preparation of a literature review for a
topic that they wish to investigate.
EHR320 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EHR206
Provides students with knowledge and techniques
for job application in the human movement field.
Students will also be required to arrange and
complete a 120-hour professional placement in one
of a variety of agencies which require the utilisation
of administration/management skills. Such agencies
might include Department of Sport and Recreation
offices, state/regional offices of specific sporting
organisations and health/fitness centres.
EHR321 RESEARCH PROJECT (8)
Prerequisite: EHR317
Permits students to put their knowledge gained in
the theory of research design and analysis into
practice. Either singly or in small groups, students
will undertake an investigation into a topic that falls
under the umbrella of human movement, prepare a
manuscript and present the findings to their peers in
an oral form or as a performance.
EHR322 THE OLYMPICS IN SOCIETY (8)
This subject examines the history and contemporary
role of the Olympic Games and the Olympic
movement in society. Students will learn about the
origins of the modern Olympic movement, changes
in the Olympics and Olympic movement over the
past century and the emergence of the Olympics in
the 1950s and 1960s as a nearly universal sporting
movement. Students will also specifically examine
politics, economics and media issues surrounding
bidding for Olympic Games and the staging of
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 445
Olympic Games. Particular emphasis will be placed
on an examination of the Sydney 2000 Olympic
Games.
ELA302 ELECTRONIC ART 6 (16)
Prerequisite: MST201, MST202, or ELA201,
ELA202
Corequisite: ELA301
Centres on the creation of works in the students’
choice of form - performance, installation, and
intermedia or stand-alone pieces (including video
versions of performances). Students follow paths
appropriate to their specialist interests - especially
as these relate to the particular media-mix of their
work. Emphasises the challenge and development of
each student - as an independent artist.
ELT021 CONFERENCE AND EVENTS
MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students in the Bachelor
of Hotel Management (through Holmesglen
Institute of TAFE)
The conference and event sector is growing in
importance with increasing potential for generating
high operating profits, and increasing requirements
for sophisticated planning processes. Conference
and event management has long been recognised
as a specialist area of hotels, convention centres
and other organisations such as sporting clubs,
and non-profit organisations. Operational aspects
include accommodation management, food and
beverage management, theming events,
engineering and technical services, marketing and
sales, and program planning.
ELT023 CLUB MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students in the Bachelor
of Hotel Management (through Holmesglen
Institute of TAFE)
Prerequisite(s): FSM113
This unit provides students with the opportunity to
examine and research an industry that is highly
varied in nature and size and from state to state.
The varied nature and purpose of clubs means
that services and style tend to be substantially
different from commercial hotels thus the unit aims
to compare and contrast the club culture with that
of a standard or five-star hotel. While the existence
of gentlemen’s and working men’s clubs have a long
history, the enormous growth in clubs as venues for
gaming purposes is a relatively recent development
and the unit examines the social and economic
imperatives underpinning this growth. Students will
further evaluate the moral issues associated with
gaming and the exclusivity of some clubs.
ELT024 GAMING MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students in the Bachelor
of Hotel Management (through Holmesglen
Institute of TAFE)
This unit examines the economic, historical and
social perspectives of gaming. The roles adopted
by governments are contrasted. Results of research
studies on gambling are analysed and interpreted.
The duties, liabilities and responsibilities of the
hotel manager in relation to gaming venues
are explored. Consideration is given to the
legislative requirements that govern the operation of
gaming venues. Ethical considerations confronting
managers of gaming venues are identified and
their implications considered in relation to problem
gamblers and self-exclusion provisions that may
exist. The way in which food and beverage services
are conducted in gaming venues is compared and
contrasted with those that operate in other areas of
a hotel.
ELT025 TIMESHARE RESORT MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students in the Bachelor
of Hotel Management (through Holmesglen
Institute of TAFE)
Timeshare or vacation ownership is a concept
whereby a group of people share the cost of owning
and operating a resort. This high quality holiday
product attracts consumers with its flexibility of
worldwide vacations. The nature of the timeshare
product can vary from a deeded interest to other
point based systems. Hence an understanding
of the service offerings of the major exchange
companies in this field is important. In addition,
professionals in the timeshare resort management
arena also need to be aware of legal and
ethical issues associated with the product. This
unit is designed to assist in the development of
professionals with adequate management skills to
resource this growing industry.
EMA101 ARTS 1 (8)
Explores how very young children acquire abilities of
aesthetic expression and perceptions in art, music,
drama, media studies and movement. Consideration
of various areas of expression will precede the
planning of integrated arts experiences for young
children.
EMA102 MUSIC EDUCATION IN THE PRIMARY
SCHOOL (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Develops students’ existing musical interests and
introduces students to ways in which they will
be able to bring music to children in their
classrooms. Students will participate in practical
music experiences which include performing,
creating, moving, and the reading and writing of
music.
EMA103 ART & DESIGN EDUCATION (PRIMARY)
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only
Aims to develop students’ awareness of how
children acquire abilities of aesthetic expressions
and perceptions in art and design as well as
understanding and skills in effective planning and
teaching practices which facilitate the development
of children through art.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
446 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
EMA104 CREATIVE & PRACTICAL ARTS 1 (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Teaching students
only.
Designed to develop a basic understanding of child
music and art. The importance of music and art
as a means of communication and expression
is developed through workshops and students
will acquire knowledge and develop appropriate
techniques for the introduction of the current music
and art curricula in schools.
EMA115 CREATIVE ARTS
Enrolment Restrictions: Students in the BEd
(Primary) program.
Designed to develop a basic understanding of
child music and drama. The importance of music
and drama as a means of communication and
expression is developed through workshops and
students will acquire knowledge and develop
appropriate techniques for the introduction of the
current music and drama curriculum in schools.
EMA105 CREATIVE ARTS 1 (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Teaching (Early
Childhood) and Bachelor of Early Childhood
Teaching (Birth – 5 years)/Bachelor of Nursing
students only.
Students develop an awareness of art and music
and their expressive function. This includes a
practical emphasis where creative and skills-based
activities are encouraged for implementation for
children 0-8 years in a variety of settings.
EMA200 CREATIVE ARTS CURRICULUM 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
This subject is designed to develop a basic
understanding of children’s creative Arts. The
importance of music, art, drama and dance
as means of expression and communication
are developed through workshops and students
will acquire knowledge and develop appropriate
strategies for the introduction of the current Creative
Arts curriculum in schools.
EMA107 VOCAL PERFORMANCE &
CONDUCTING (8)
Prerequisite: audition in singing/aural abilities.
Develops basic vocal ensemble singing skills and
the interpretation of music styles. An introduction to
conducting techniques, training, rehearsal strategies
and music repertoire, appropriate for the classroom,
theatre and community groups, are experienced.
EMA108 MUSICIANSHIP & PERFORMANCE 1 (8)
An introductory subject which provides the students
with a practical ability to expand their knowledge of
music as well as performing on the following chosen
instruments: keyboard, guitar, woodwind and brass.
EMA109 PAINTING & DRAWING 1 (8)
A practical course in basic drawing and painting.
Students work from the model studying principles
of action, direction and proportion using only paper
and charcoal.
EMA110 CERAMICS 1 (8)
Clay has been used as a material for self expression
for over 7000 years. This subject will examine
aspects of our ceramic cultural heritage, as well as
introducing the basic techniques of making with clay.
EMA114 MUSIC 1: PERCUSSION & CHORAL
PERFORMANCE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only
Prerequisite: a vocal audition.
This subject provides for the development of music
concepts, through the practical performance and
creation of percussion and vocal music. Students
are expected to explore and understand the
expressive potential of music in a variety of cultural
contexts and relate these to classroom applications.
Charles Sturt University
EMA203 CREATIVE ARTS 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EMA105
Provides students with the knowledge and skills to
plan, implement and evaluate arts based learning
in early childhood situations. Whilst it comprises
separate art and music strands, the subject
emphasises the integrated nature of the arts.
EMA206 PAINTING & DRAWING 2 (8)
A practical course in basic drawing and painting
aimed at further developing students to observe and
draw. The students work from the model studying
principles of action, direction and proportion using
only paper and charcoal.
EMA208 CERAMICS 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EMA110 Ceramics 1
This subject continues the development of skills and
understandings concerning the use of clay as well
as looking at the way ceramics has been used
throughout history.
EMA209 CREATIVE ARTS 2 (8)
Designed to develop a basic understanding of
child art and ways in which the creative arts
can be integrated. The importance of visual art
as a means of communication and expression
is developed through workshops and students
will acquire knowledge ad develop appropriate
techniques for the introduction of the current visual
art curricula in schools.
EMA214 MUSIC 2: PERCUSSION AND CHORAL
PERFORMANCE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 447
Prerequisite: EMA114 Music 1: Percussion
and Choral Performance.
This subject provides a continuation of the first level
specialisation in percussion and choral performance.
It is an extension of practical skills, cultural
awareness and music literacy for students who
choose to become performers and teachers.
EMA300 CREATIVE ARTS 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students only.
Prerequisites: EMA105 Creative Arts 1
Provides students with the knowledge and skills to
plan, implement and evaluate arts based learning
in early childhood settings. Though art and music
are separate strands, the subject emphasises the
integrated nature of the arts.
EMA301 ARTS 2 (8)
This subject continues student’s understanding of
the arts and will develop their awareness of how
children acquire abilities of aesthetic expression and
perceptions in art, music, drama, media studies and
dance. National curriculum statements and policy
documents of New South Wales and Victoria will
be examined in relation to the development of
effective planning and teaching practices. Students
will use their knowledge of child development and
curriculum content to plan, implement and evaluate
developmentally appropriate learning activities for
children 5-8 years of age. Student’s own personal
development in the arts will be supported through
community projects.
EMA312 CREATIVE ARTS CURRICULUM 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
Prerequisite: EMA200 Creative Arts Curriculum 1
This subject is designed to provide students with
the knowledge and skills to plan, implement and
evaluate a program of arts-based learning in
Primary school settings. The theory and practice of
cross-curriculum integration will culminate in a group
performance.
EMA401 CURRICULUM STUDIES 1: ART (8)
Examines ways of fostering creative expression
among children, developmental theories and
philosophies of art educators, the creative process,
individual expression and development of the NSW
art syllabus from the perspective of developing
one’s skills in selecting, planning, implementing and
evaluating art curriculum that facilitates creative
expression at the lower secondary school level.
EMA402 CURRICULUM STUDIES 2: ART (8)
Prerequisite: EMA401
Explores art syllabuses for Years 11 to 12, recent
developments in art curriculum, teaching methods
appropriate to senior students and art history
and aesthetics, learning resources, programmed
instruction and techniques of measurement and
evaluation from the perspective of developing one’s
skills in selecting, planning, implementing/evaluating
curriculum to facilitate understanding of art at the
senior secondary school level.
EMA403 CREATIVE & EXPRESSIVE ARTS IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD (8)
Introduces study material that incorporates all
areas of the arts, based on the philosophical
underpinning’s of early childhood education.
Developmental and arts-based theory is blended
with principles and examples of good curriculum
practice for teachers working with children aged to
up eight years.
EMA404 MUSIC K-6 (8)
Reflects on the nature of the music learning and
teaching process in the context of contemporary
music education philosophy, theory and practice.
Readings in music education provide a basis from
which students develop curriculum materials for
classroom use.
EMA405 VISUAL ARTS EDUCATION (8)
Exposes a variety of study materials to develop an
awareness of the importance of art in the child’s
total development. Developmental stages of child
art and its implications for teaching are examined.
Planning, implementing and evaluating art programs
K-12 within the context of the NSW Visual Arts
Syllabus.
EMA406 CREATIVE & PRACTICAL ARTS 3 (8)
Prerequisite: admission to the Bachelor of
Education students only.
A synthesis of arts-based experiences for the
developing professional, and introduces the
emerging researcher to more specialised aspects of
the learner at all levels.
EMA407 CREATIVE AND PRACTICAL ARTS 1 (8)
This subject is designed to develop a basic
understanding of child music and art. The
importance of music and art as means of
communication and expression is developed through
workshops. Students will acquire knowledge and
develop appropriate techniques for the introduction
of the Creative Arts curriculum in schools.
EMA408 INTEGRATED ARTS PERFORMANCE (8)
Prerequisite: Level 2 subjects in this minor
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only.
This subject will explore and identify key conceptual
links between the performance and visual arts.
Skills will be developed and synthesised through
the processes of creating, planning and performing
an original integrated arts event for children. The
relevance to a range of classroom settings will be
evaluated.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
448 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
EMA409 INTEGRATED PERFORMANCE (8)
Prerequisite: Level 2 subjects in this minor study
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only.
This subject will explore and develop links between
major areas in the arts. Skills in music, the visual
arts, movement and drama will be developed
through the process of writing, planning, set and
costume construction and performing in a fully
integrated arts event as it applies to a range of
educational situations.
EMA412 CREATIVE AND PRACTICAL ARTS 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EMA104
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
This subject consolidates the knowledge from
EMA104 Creative and Practical Arts 1. A variety
of techniques are introduced to develop confidence,
skills and imagination in preparation for classroom
teaching. Knowledge of the music and art curricula
is extended through theoretical and practical work.
EMC100 LEARNING AND THE SECONDARY
CURRICULUM (8)
Enrolment Restrictions: Bachelor of Teaching
(Secondary), Graduate Diploma of Education
students
This subject examines the nature of human learning
as it occurs in the context of secondary schools.
The nature and content of the junior secondary
curriculum (Years 7-10) is specifically examined.
The theories of human learning are applied to junior
secondary curriculum areas. The subject includes
an orientation practical program to secondary
schools.
EMC201 THE AUSTRALIAN TRAINING SYSTEM
(8)
The subject provides a broad overview of the
Australian vocational education and training system.
It looks at the diversity of providers in the training
market and also examines the economic, social and
industrial changes which impact upon VET.
EMC202 CURRICULUM THEORY & PRACTICE:
VET (8)
Prerequisite: EMC201
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Vocational
Education and Training, Graduate Diploma of
Vocational Education and Training, Graduate
Certificate in Vocational Education and Training
(Curriculum and Instruction) and Associate
Degree in Vocational Education and Training
Designed to assist teachers and trainers in VET
(Vocational Education and Training) to develop a
sound understanding of curriculum theory and to
relate it to their own specialist trade and technical
area. They will examine the implementation of
curriculum in VET, focussing upon competencybased curricula, and learn how to develop a
teaching program for curriculum documents and
training packages.
Charles Sturt University
EMC301 TRAINING IN ORGANISATIONS 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Vocational
Education and Training students only
The aim of this subject is for students to understand
the context for training within organisations, the
extent of training in Australian organisations, and
the way in which training programs are designed,
delivered, assessed and evaluated.
EMC302 TRAINING IN ORGANISATIONS 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EMC301
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Vocational
Education and Training students only
This subject provides in-depth study of three issues
of current concern in training in organisations: the
“learning organisation”, management development,
and the use of consultants in training.
EMC303 PLANNING FOR EMERGENT LITERACY
& NUMERACY (8)
Prerequisite: EML206 Child Literacy
Development 2, EMM204 Developmental Maths
2 or equivalent Primary subjects.
Focuses upon innovative approaches to planning
and implementing experiences to promote children’s
literacy and numeracy in the pre-school and early
school years.
EMC403 ASSESSMENT & DIAGNOSIS ACROSS
THE CURRICULUM (16)
Prerequisites: EMC301 Curriculum Studies 3A;
EMM301 Mathematics 2
Firmly establishes a broad overview of assessment
issues (including diagnostic assessment and related
interventions) in the K - 6 context. From this, it
develops procedures and strategies for monitoring
children’s learning. The provision of support in the
key learning area of Mathematics is addressed
specifically. Regional, state and national curriculum
and policy documents will be examined.
EMC404 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Investigates issues pertaining to development of
curriculum in early childhood programs. Influence
of contemporary Australian culture, new theoretical
perspectives on child development. The practical
consequences of these for early childhood curricula
are briefly considered.
EMC408 ADVANCED WORKPLACE TRAINING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Vocational
Education and Training students only
This subject, designed for students who are likely
to have experienced training mainly in the context
of educational institutions, examines training in
an organisational context. It includes a critical
study of the design, delivery and evaluation of
training programs and an examination of the role
of training in organisational effectiveness. The role
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 449
of workplace trainers and training consultants is
examined through a research project.
EMC409 CURRICULUM STUDIES 1:
VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Entry into appropriate
course
This subject is designed to introduce students to
teaching vocational education in secondary schools
and the nature and purpose of such studies in the
broader context of vocational education and training.
EMC410 CURRICULUM STUDIES 2:
VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (8)
Prerequisite(s): EMC409 Curriculum Studies
1: Vocational Education
Enrolment Restrictions: Entry into appropriate
course
This subject is designed to provide an opportunity
for students to develop expertise in teaching in their
major specialisation in vocational education and
training in the context of the relevant secondary
curriculum in their state or territory.
EMC411 ANALY
SING TRAINING
AND
ASSESSMENT REQ
UI REMENT S (8)
Provides students with the opportunity to study
authentic workplace training and assessment
programs and systems. Students will work
through and study a model of integrated and
contextualised workplace training. The subject
involves analysing the competency requirements
of a specific workplace setting and examining
the subsequent design of training courses. These
aspects will be directly aligned to Units of
Competency within the Diploma specified in the
Training Package for Assessment and Workplace
Training (BSZ98). In this way the subject offers both
an important overview and familiarity with the major
industry qualification for assessment and workplace
training and will also allow students to complete
some of the competency requirements specified in
the Training Package.
EMC412 DESIG
NING
CONT EXTUAL TRAINING
AND ASSESSMENT SYSTEMS (8)
Assists students to analyse the design and
development processes associated with effective
workplace learning and assessment systems. The
subject emphasises that workplace learning and
assessment systems need to be integrated with
workplace change. A holistic and systemic
approach is offered that links training, learning,
assessment and change processes in a way
that benefits the range of stakeholders involved.
The subject explores the way that training and
assessment activities relate to the goals of
the organisation, its systems, technologies, work
processes and work organisation. It includes a
review of effective management and evaluation
strategies as these apply to training and assessment
systems.
EMG100 INT RO
DU CTIO
N TO EMERGENCY
MANA GEMENT (8)
Examines the scope and diversity of emergency
management and its various functions. Also
focuses on the theory and concepts of emergency
prevention, preparedness, response and recovery,
the roles and functions of the key organisations
in emergency management and the dynamics that
occur in their interrelationships.
EMG101 EMERGENCY MANA GEMENT
PLANNING
1 (8)
Prerequisite: EMG100
Provides the skills and knowledge to produce a
hazard analysis/risk assessment for a community/
enterprise. This will include developing an
understanding of hazard identification, hazard
characteristics, community characteristics,
interaction consequences, risk assessment and
vulnerability.
EMG102 EMERGENCY MANA GEMENT
PLANNING
2 (8)
Students gain the skills and knowledge to describe
how and why people behave the way they do,
particularly in emergency situations. When applied,
these skills will enable the student to be a more
effective communicator and manager of people in
the planning, response and recovery stages of
emergency management.
EMG103 EMERGENCY MANA GEMENT
PLANNING
3 (8)
Prerequisite: EMG101
This subject introduces emergency management
planning. It examines the planning process, the
specification of emergency management needs,
resource availability, needs ratification,
organisational design, the selection of emergency
management strategies and planning
implementation.
EMG201 EMERGENCY MANA GEMENT
PLANNING
4 (8)
Prerequisite: EMG103
Students will gain the skills and knowledge to be
able to develop standard operating procedures for
the management of emergency situations, define
the relationship of standard operating procedures to
their emergency management plans, identify training
requirements and write exercises to test their plans.
EMG202 EMERGENCY OPERA
TI O
N S
MANA GEMENT 1 (8)
Students will enhance their understanding of
current emergency operations management and
specifically what actions could be taken during the
pre-impact phase of any emergency. The subject
will cover current legislation, emergency prevention,
communications during emergencies, the three
phases of an emergency and current pre-impact
arrangements.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
450 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
EMG203 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EMG202
Allows students to develop further their
understanding of the roles, responsibilities and
authority of the Emergency Services and specifically
what actions could be taken during the impact phase
of an emergency/disaster.
EMG204 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT 3 (8)
Prerequisite: EMG203
Analyses how an actual emergency/disaster was
managed and what appropriate changes or
initiatives could be enacted to enhance the future
management of a similar emergency/disaster.
EMG205 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT 4 (8)
Prerequisite: EMG203
Students will analyse the specific actions that should
be taken during the post impact phase of an
emergency to facilitate its effective management.
EMG301 EMERGENCY RECOVERY
MANAGEMENT 1 (8)
Introduces students to the principles and practices
of recovery management including the recovery
needs of a community/enterprise, the recovery
services that are available and how they might be
activated and issues associated with recovery and
restoration after an emergency/disaster.
EMG302 EMERGENCY RECOVERY
MANAGEMENT 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EMG301
Students develop a more comprehensive
understanding of the impact of trauma on
communities, industry and individuals and the range
of strategies for minimising trauma following an
emergency/disaster.
EMG303 EMERGENCY RECOVERY
MANAGEMENT 3 (8)
Prerequisite: EMG301
Focuses on the impact of trauma on communities,
industry, community infrastructure, groups and
individuals in the context of needs that emerge
following an emergency. Students compare the
current shape of an actual community with that of
another to highlight the differences in the recovery
capability of communities.
EMG304 EMERGENCY RECOVERY
MANAGEMENT 4 (8)
Prerequisite: EMG303
Students will develop an understanding of the
strategies to be implemented to assist a community
to recover after an emergency/disaster including
the reduction of the vulnerability of a community/
enterprise through decreasing their susceptibility
and/or enhancement of their resilience.
Charles Sturt University
EMH101 SOCIETY & ENVIRONMENT 1 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Prepares students to teach the Key Learning Area,
Society and Environment from Years K-6 in schools.
Deals with Change and Continuity and the Social
and Cultural strands. Develops an understanding
of the range and depth of content these strands
address, an appreciation of the role of values and
valuing when dealing with humans, their societies
and cultures, and a repertoire of strategies which will
assist in the achievement of cognitive and affective
objectives and outcomes.
EMH103 SOCIAL SCIENCE EDUCATION (8)
Provides a conceptual framework, competencies
and skills necessary to teach the curriculum area
Human Society and its Environment. Reviews global
issues impacting on local society, cultural issues,
the structure and impact of institutions on Australian
society, and historical developments of Australian
society.
EMH200 HUMAN SOCIETY AND ITS
ENVIRONMENT CURRICULUM 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
This subject provides a conceptual framework,
competencies and skill necessary to prepare
students to teach the Key Learning Area of Human
Society and its Environment. Students will examine
lesson content and teaching/learning strategies
suitable for primary students.
EMH201 SOCIETY & ENVIRONMENT 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EMH101 Society and Environment
1 or approval of lecturer.
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Designed to extend knowledge and understanding
of attitudes, values and skills that were developed
in Society and Environment 1. In particular, this
subject will concentrate on the social and cultural,
and especially the environmental, strands in the
NSW Key Learning Area. It will also stress the
interdisciplinary nature of Environmental Studies.
EMH203 SOCIETY & THE ENVIRONMENT (8)
Prerequisite: EEP101 Social Contexts: Early
Childhood Education and Society
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students only.
Continues to examine the social and natural
environment as a context for growing, interacting,
and participating. Students learn more about
themselves through a study of social education
and the skills relevant to social action. National
curriculum statements and the Victorian and NSW
policy documents will be examined. Resource
evaluation and the development of a climate of
respect, openness, and questioning will be some
aspects of this subject.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 451
EMH221 HSIE FOR YOUNG CHILDREN (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) and Bachelor of Early
Childhood Teaching (Birth-5 Years)/Bachelor
of Nursing
Provides students with understandings of child
development within the age range of birth to 8
years old, in relation to the learning of the key
learning area of HSIE. Deals with HSIE Syllabus
and support documents with an examination of
Change and Continuity, Environment, Social and
Cultural strands and units of work. Develops an
understanding of the range and depth these strands
cover along with an appreciation of the role of
values and attitudes when dealing with humans,
their societies and cultures. Students plan,
implement and evaluate appropriate enquiry-based
learning experiences for young children in the key
learning area HSIE. Explores aspects of NSW EC
Curriculum Framework QUIA Principles
into the secondary school, with special reference
to curriculum documents prepared for New South
Wales schools. Concerned with the implementation
of senior syllabus documents through effective
classroom planning and practice. Also examines
issues impinging on the teaching of the KLA within
the 7-12 framework.
EMH301 TEACHING ASIAN STUDIES (8)
Begins with an overview of the Asian region and a
study of the diversity of histories, religions, climates,
peoples, etc. Students will then select one Asian
nation for detailed research and study. Throughout
this overview and the detailed study, attention will
be given to strategies that will promote identification
with Asian cultures and peoples.
EMH404 ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION K-12 (8)
A study and analysis of issues concerning
the environment. Application of these ideas and
the practical issues of classroom practices in
environment education are drawn together to
develop teaching sequences for children.
EMH312 HUMAN SOCIETY AND ITS
ENVIRONMENT CURRICULUM 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
Prerequisite: EMH200 Human Society and its
Environment Curriculum 1
Extends the knowledge and understanding of
attitudes, values and skills that were developed
in EMH111. This subject will concentrate on the
social, cultural and environmental strands in this Key
Learning Area.
EMH401 CURRICULUM STUDIES 1: SOCIETY
& ENVIRONMENT (8)
Analyses teaching and learning within the human
society and its environment key learning area
of the secondary school. Looks at the junior
school, with special reference to relevant curriculum
documents. The subject begins by developing an
understanding of the place of the key learning
area on the curriculum of the school and of
the unique contribution made to the curriculum of
the school. Concentrates on the implementation of
junior secondary syllabus documents and effective
classroom planning and practice.
EMH402 CURRICULUM STUDIES 2: SOCIETY
& ENVIRONMENT (8)
Prerequisite: EMH401
Extends the analysis of the curriculum of the Human
Society and its Environment key learning area
EMH403 K-6 SOCIETY & ENVIRONMENT (8)
Prerequisite: EDL405 or EDE420
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Examines the philosophical and theoretical
underpinning’s of social studies education, and
applies them through practical exercises in
curriculum design, implementation and evaluation.
Stresses a critical approach to curriculum resources
and sources of information about society.
EMH405 AUSTRALIAN FAMILIES (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Develops a theoretical framework to understand
information about families, issues affecting families
and the state of family life in Australia. Deals with
specific issues relating to family life in Australia, and
the ways in which these are affected by changes in
the wider social, political and economic environment
of Australian life.
EMH407 CURRICULUM STUDIES: HUMAN
SOCIETY AND ITS ENVIRONMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Primary) students.
This subject prepares students to teach in the
Key Learning Area of Human Society and its
Environment in primary schools. The subject will
aim at giving students an understanding of different
syllabi and their rationales, a history of changes in
this subject in NSW, and practical approaches for
the classroom.
EMH408 SOCIETY AND THE ENVIRONMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students only.
This subject prepares students to teach in the
Key Learning Area of Human Society and Its
Environment (NSW) and Studies of Society and
Environment (Vic) in schools. The subject will aim
to give students an understanding of the range
and depth of content and skills and a repertoire
of strategies that will assist students to prepare
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
452 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
curriculum for children. Resource evaluation and the
development of a climate of respect, openness, and
questioning will be some aspects of this subject.
EML101 ENGLISH 1 (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Education (Primary)
and Bachelor of Teaching (Vocational Education
and Training) students only.
Focuses on a functional analysis of oral and written
texts and on enhancing students’ written language.
Bachelor of Education (Primary) students will be
introduced to traditional and fantasy literature and
to working with young children on their literary
development. Bachelor of Teaching (Vocational
Education and Training) students will focus on
writing at a tertiary level, including library research
and referencing techniques.
EML102 WRITTEN COMMUNICATION (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Vocational Education
and Training students only.
Introduces students to reading and writing at the
tertiary level in the context of communication theory
and specifically prepares them for studying in the
distance education mode.
EML105 COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN
EDUCATION (8)
The subject is divided into strands. The first
strand addresses the elements of oral and written
communication necessary for early educators in
their work with children and adults in the
profession and how to improve skills in this are
of work and education. The send strand addresses
numeracy skills, including numeration, the four basic
operations, measurement, space and chance and
data.
EML121 LANGUAGE & LEARNING (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) and Bachelor of Early Childhood
Teaching (Birth-5 Years)/Bachelor of Nursing
students only.
This subject provides a foundation for the
development of students’ own language, literacy and
computer skills at a university level. It introduces
students to the functional view of language
which enables them to examine the relationship
between text and social context. The subject
also introduces students to theories about how
young children acquire language, focussing on those
theories informing English K-6 syllabus documents.
Information technology is used as a tool to facilitate
students’ literacy skills and to consolidate, through
the use of presentation software, the knowledge
developed in the subject.
EML200 ENGLISH CURRICULUM 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
Charles Sturt University
This subject introduces students to theoretical
frameworks which explain the development of
listening, talking, reading and writing in school-aged
children. The place of an outcomes-based
framework is examined within the context of a
teaching and learning cycle. Clear guidelines
for planning and teaching within a comprehensive
literacy session are provided.
EML201 ENGLISH 2: READERS & FACTUAL
TEXTS (8)
Prerequisite: EML101
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Focuses on readers and texts, examines the
reading process and how readers transact with a
variety of texts. Explores the nature of texts, their
characteristics and functions. Includes the influence
texts have on readers, evaluation of texts, and a
variety of classroom strategies which might promote
effective and strategic reading and writing across the
curriculum. Students continue to pursue their core
reading program of children’s books.
EML203 ENGLISH (K-6) 1 (8)
Prerequisite: ESL104
Develops an understanding of the reading process
and its relationship to overall language development.
Traces the development of reading skills and covers
a broad range of methods, materials and curriculum
policy statements related to the teaching of reading.
Introduces procedures which can be used for the
assessment and treatment of reading difficulties
experienced by children in the classroom.
EML207 FROM ORAL NARRATIVE TO
MULTIMODAL TEXTS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students; Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students.
The subject focuses on the constructions of culture
through and in storying v traditions. Students
examine a range of texts drawn from oral traditions,
prose and poetry, visual texts and cybertexts, and
consider the ways in which cultural knowledge and
notions of self, time and place are shaped by
popular texts.
EML208 ENGLISH 2: READING AND WRITING
ACROSS THE CURRICULUM (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Prerequisites: EML101 English 1, or approval of
the Subject Coordinator
This subject focuses on how learners create
and interpret factual information texts. Students
will examine socio-critical literacy as a resource
to develop individual and social perspectives.
The subject explores the nature of texts, their
characteristics and functions. It will assist students
to evaluate texts and to use a variety of classroom
strategies which might promote effective and
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 453
strategic reading and writing across the curriculum.
Students will continue to pursue their core reading
program of children’s books by focussing on
reference and information texts.
EML221 CHILD LANGUAGE & LITERACY 1 (8)
Prerequisites: EML121 Language and Learning
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) and Bachelor of Early
Childhood Teaching (Birth – 5 Years)/Bachelor
of Nursing.
This subject reviews young children’s language
and literacy development from a socio-cultural
perspective. The diversity of social and cultural
pathways into literacy for children in the preschool
and early school years provides the framework
to explore contexts for making meaning through
spoken, written, visual and multimodal texts. The
subject focuses on teaching/learning strategies
which build on and extend all children’s literacy
experiences by making links to home practices
and popular culture. Children’s talk, adult-child
interaction and small-group work are examined as
enabling teaching/learning strategies for language
and literacy development in the preschool and early
school years. A functional approach to language is
adopted throughout and early reading development
is studied.
EML300 CHILDREN’S LITERATURE IN THE
CLASSROOM (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood)
Prerequisites: EML200 English Curriculum 1
This subject enables students to extend their
knowledge of text and textual practices to explore
children’s literature and contemporary social views
of literacy practice. Students use the text-based
grammar of current syllabus documents as a tool for
critical literacy in an action research approach.
EML301 ENGLISH 3: CREATING LITERATE
ENVIRONMENTS (8)
Prerequisite: EML201 English 2: Readers and
Factual Texts
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Builds upon the foundations developed in English
1 and 2 and has three areas of emphasis. Firstly,
students will have opportunities to further develop
their understandings of the features of literary texts,
how these vary across literary genres and ways
to work with literary texts. Secondly, students will
have opportunities to consider the components
of a balanced classroom reading program and
appropriate reading strategies. Thirdly, students
will have opportunities to further develop their
understandings of how to plan and program for
literacy development throughout the curriculum.
EML302 LEARNING LANGUAGE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Teaching
(Birth - 5 Years) students only.
Students will study the variety of home and
community language practices experienced by
children including bilingual children. The acquisition
of oral language and its conditions supporting
emergent literacy are considered within diverse
social and cultural contexts. The central role of
parents, carers and teachers in guiding language
and emergent literacy through interaction with
children is a special focus. The potential for learning
and language development through dramatic play,
music and movement is examined.
EML303 PROCESS DRAMA IN EARLY
EDUCATION(8)
This subject explores how drama can be used
as a learning/teaching method with children in the
preschool and primary school years. It examines
the many forms that drama can take, appropriate
teaching strategies for drama and how to plan
for drama across the curriculum. The Creative
Arts syllabus is used to inform practical drama
experiences which are planned, taught and
evaluated.
EML304 CHILDREN’S LITERATURE (8)
As well as providing information of the historical
development of children’s literature, this subject
introduces students to a wide range of books and
story forms. Evaluative skills are fostered through
the study of this material.
EML305 ESL (ENGLISH AS A SECOND
LANGUAGE) TEACHING (8)
This subject aims to prepare students to meet the
needs of bilingual learners of English in educational
settings. The subject considers the nature and
needs of ESL learners as well as addressing
first and subsequent language development, current
curriculum frameworks and their informing theories,
and issues of assessment and evaluation.
EML312 ENGLISH CURRICULUM 2 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only
Prerequisite: EML200 English Curriculum 1
The subject examines the teaching of English using
literary, factual, media and everyday texts. It builds
on the knowledge and skills that students have
gained through the subjects ‘Language as Social
Practice’ and ‘English Curriculum 1’. This subject
develops students’ understanding of programming
and implementation issues in English K-6 and
is specifically concerned with relevant curriculum,
teaching and assessment practices together with
appropriate assessment and evaluation strategies
for the diversity of learners in schools.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
454 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
EML322 CHILD LANGUAGE AND LITERACY 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) and Bachelor of Early
Childhood Teaching (Birth-5 years)/Bachelor
of Nursing students only
Prerequisites: EML221 Child Language and
Literacy 1
This subject builds on knowledge about diversity
and similarity in children’s language and literacy
development across social and cultural categories.
The teaching and learning of talking and listening,
reading, viewing and writing in the early years of
school are studied within the context of the K-6
English Syllabus and other support documents.
Approaches and formats for assessing, planning
and evaluating language and literacy in the early
school years are examined and applied in the
assignments. A socio-cultural approach informs the
study of technological and popular culture contexts
for literacy learning and the critical analysis of
teaching and learning materials..
EML401 CURRICULUM STUDIES 1: DRAMA (8)
Explores a range of drama in education techniques,
the use of dramatic role, elements of the theatre in
the classroom, building belief, and enactment and
the dramatic frame.
EML402 CURRICULUM STUDIES 2: DRAMA (8)
Prerequisite: EML401
Designed to further develop skills in the practice of
educational drama and to deepen an understanding
of the major theoretical content areas relevant
for Years 11-12. Areas include improvisation,
production, performance, Australian theatre and
cross-cultural drama studies.
EML403 CURRICULUM STUDIES 1: ENGLISH (8)
Explores current philosophies and methodologies in
the teaching of English in the secondary school.
Focuses on English syllabuses for Years 7-10. It
explores appropriate pedagogical, curriculum and
assessment practices. Topics include linguistics and
the teaching of English, reading, writing, talking and
listening, language in everyday use, literature, and
the mass media.
EML404 CURRICULUM STUDIES 2: ENGLISH (8)
Prerequisite: EML403
Explores current philosophies and methodologies in
teaching literature in secondary school. Focuses on
English syllabuses for Years 11 and 12. Explores
pedagogical, curriculum and assessment practices.
Topics include literary theories, fiction, poetry,
drama, and relevant pedagogical practice for postcompulsory students in English.
EML406 INTRODUCTION TO TESOL (8)
Enrolment restriction: available to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education, Bachelor of Education (Secondary)
and Graduate Diploma of Education (Secondary)
students.
Charles Sturt University
Concerned with teaching English to speakers of
other languages. Focuses on teaching English
as a second language in the classroom. The
intention of the subject is not to train TESOL
teachers, but to help classroom teachers of NonEnglish Speaking Background students develop
more effective strategies for their classroom.
An understanding of the learners, introduction
to theories of second language acquisition and
demonstrations of effective classroom practice.
EML407 LITERACY IN EARLY CHILDHOOD (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
From the day children are born they become
language learners. Covers processes involved
across the language modes of speaking, listening,
reading and writing. Children’s literature provides
a major focus for the development of classroom
strategies.
EML408 DRAMA K-6 (8)
A study of dramatic activity as a creative, expressive
and developmental medium in the context of the
K-6 curriculum. Focuses on theory, an historical
overview of creative drama and a contemporary
analysis of the field, as well as practice.
EML409 CHILDREN’S LITERATURE: RESPONSE
(8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Students will have the opportunity to read widely
in the field of children’s literature, to read about
children’s literature and to explore ways of bringing
children and books together.
EML410 CHILDREN’S LITERATURE 2 (DEPTH
STUDY) (8) - see EML425
EML411 LINGUISTICS FOR TEACHERS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Certificate in
TESOL, Graduate Certificate in LOTE Teaching,
Graduate Diploma of TESOL, Bachelor of
Education (Primary) Upgrading by Distance
Education.
This subject is designed to provide students with the
general nature of language: phonology, morphology,
syntax, semantics, pragmatics, language variation
and register theory. It will also cover applications of
general concepts to TESOL and LOTE teaching.
EML420 DISCOURSE ANALYSIS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Certificate in
TESOL, Graduate Certificate in LOTE Teaching,
Graduate Diploma of TESOL, Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) and Bachelor
of Education (Primary) students only.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 455
This subject draws on language in a functional view;
that is, it addresses text and context, the relationship
between language and the social purposes it
serves. It also examines the systems of English
grammar and considers traditional grammar in light
of language teaching trends. Understandings of text
and discourse are developed in relation to second
language teachers’ development and needs.
EML425 LITERATURE FOR CHILDREN &
ADOLESCENTS: DEPTH STUDY (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma of
TESOL, Graduate Certificate in TESOL, Graduate
Certificate in LOTE Teaching and Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students only.
Literature in the classroom is presented within a
cultural framework which also takes account of the
grammar requirements of the NSW K-6 English
Syllabus (March, 1998). A stimulating selection of
recent texts, from picture story books to popular
novels, is the basis for the subject which examines
the role of narrative in the reproduction or disruption
of cultural patterns, including behaviours, beliefs,
ideas and values. The subject transforms ideas
about the nature of reading.
EML431 CURRICULUM STUDIES ENGLISH (8)
This subject aims at developing students’ skills
and knowledge in the area of primary school
literacy education. The notion of literacy adopted
incorporates talking and listening, reading, viewing
and writing as interrelated skills of text creation and
interpretation.
EML432 DRAMA IN THE EARLY YEARS (8)
The subject is divided into three parts and contains
two strands: The two strands relate to the text used
and relates to the student’s working situation, or
the age-group of children they intend to work with.
Strand 1 will relate to middle and upper primary
and above. Strand 2 is for lower primary and
pre-school children. Part 1 focuses on theory and
an historical overview of creative drama and a
contemporary analysis of the field. Part 2 focuses
on practice, detailing an approach that is connected
to the theories and the set text and readings. Part 3
looks at curriculum and planning, and places drama
in the student’s program.
EML497 CURRICULUM METHOD 1:LOTE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary),
Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of
Education (Vocational Education), Bachelor of
Education (Technology and Applied Studies),
Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood),
Bachelor of Education (Primary) and Graduate
Certificate in Languages Other Than English
Teaching students only.
This subject introduces students to the pedagogy
of languages other than English. Contexts for
learning language from K-12 are addressed with
pathways emphasising the early (K-4) and middle
(5-12) years of schooling. An appreciation of the
range of appropriate teaching/learning strategies is
developed and particular attention is devoted to
the skills of lesson planning, the implementation
of syllabus documents and appropriate forms of
assessment and evaluation.
EML498 CURRICULUM METHOD 2: LOTE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary),
Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of
Education (Vocational Education), Bachelor of
Education (Technology and Applied Studies),
Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood),
Bachelor of Education (Primary) and Graduate
Certificate in Languages Other Than English
Teaching students only.
This subject expands upon the fundamentals
of teaching LOTE developed in EML497. It is
concerned with the development of programs to
meet syllabus demands in terms of the broader
educational and school context. It also explores
the means by which technology might be used to
support teaching and learning in the LOTE. The
importance of basic literacy, information literacy
and computer literacy in LOTE learning are also
explored.
EMM101 MATHEMATICS (8)
Prerequisite: admission to the BEd (Early
Childhood).
Considers the growth of mathematical concepts
in young children, consistent with recent research
in children’s learning. Mathematics is seen as
a means of processing information, and of
communicating and representing ideas. Content,
learning environment and teaching strategies for
learning about number, space and measurement are
covered.
EMM102 INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICS &
SCIENCE EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Introduces early concepts common to mathematics
and science, how children construct such
understandings and how teachers may use these
understandings to structure classroom learning.
EMM103 DEVELOPMENTAL MATHEMATICS 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) and Bachelor of Early
Childhood Teaching (Birth – 5 years)/Bachelor
of Nursing students only.
Prerequisite: EED121 Child Development: The
Early Years
The subject introduces students to the excitement
and extensiveness of mathematical development for
children 0 to 5. Students are expected to reflect
on their own mathematical learning and develop a
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
456 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
position on mathematical learning of young children.
Students must demonstrate competence in basis
skills of mathematics.
curriculum. Content includes puzzles, patterns,
mathematics in nature, architecture and design, and
elementary number theory.
EMM105 MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 1
Enrolment restrictions: Students in the BEd
(Primary) program.
This subject considers the growth of mathematical
concepts and understandings in young and primaryaged children in a framework consistent with
recent research in learning and problem solving.
Mathematics is viewed as a means of processing
and constructing information, and of communicating
and representing ideas. The development of
children’s thinking and learning processes are
explored through the content areas of space,
number and measurement.
EMM206 MATHEMATICS 2
This subject further develops students’
understanding of mathematics and children’s
emerging mathematical concepts as they enter
school. National curriculum statements and the
NSW and Victorian policy documents will be
examined. The identification of children’s individual
needs and the development of maths programs to
cater for these needs will be addressed.
EMM111 MATHEMATICS AND NUMERACY (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Education (Primary)
and Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood)
students only.
This subject is studied in the first session
of the course and considers the foundations
of numeracy through exploring aspects of
contemporary mathematical ‘senses’. Students
explore numeracy as an enjoyable way of
constructing mathematical meaning and concepts.
This subject also introduces students to the use
of technology both as a personal tool for study
at a tertiary level and as a medium for learning.
Students use technological media effectively as an
aid to learning.
EMM201 MATHEMATICS 1 (8)
Prerequisite: EMM102
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Further develops the prerequisite by extending the
range of concepts to cover all areas in the K-6
mathematics curriculum. Students are expected to
develop competence in a theoretical framework for
teaching mathematics, and use the framework for
teaching space, measurement and number.
EMM202 MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only.
Prerequisite: EMM111 Mathematics and
Numeracy
This subject introduces students to the content
of the primary school mathematics curriculum.
A range of appropriate teaching strategies for
mathematics are covered. Students must
demonstrate competence in basic skills of
mathematics and pass a competency test prior to
the completion of this subject.
EMM205 DIVERSIONS IN MATHEMATICS (8)
Prerequisite: EMM302 or EMM103
Presents mathematical ideas and concepts to
complement and extend the K-6 mathematics
Charles Sturt University
EMM207 MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EMM105
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
This subject examines the way mathematical ideas
and skills are developed and promoted in the social
context of the primary-school classroom. The notion
that mathematics is a powerful and meaningful
means of communication used to represent, to
interpret, to explain and to predict phenomena
is presented in a framework that explores more
advanced mathematical ideas.
EMM300 MATHEMATICS AS A HUMAN
ENDEAVOUR (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only.
Prerequisites: EMM111 Mathematics and
Numeracy or EMM103 Developmental
Mathematics 1.
The content of the subject is selected to provide the
student with a broader appreciation of the nature
and the use of mathematics, and to sensitise the
student to human characteristics of mathematics.
As a result of exposure to the content of this
subject the student should acquire and increased
knowledge base and an enhanced perspective.
Such acquisition should facilitate the student’s
sympathetic treatment of mathematics as a key
learning area, assist with the student’s efforts
to enrich mathematics lessons, and provide
imaginative integration of mathematics across the
curriculum.
EMM301 MATHEMATICS 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EMM201
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Focuses on the role of problem solving in the
teaching of mathematics, across number, space
and measurement. Considers gender and cultural
issues, looks at the role of fractions and decimals
in measurement situations. Students are expected
to develop a personal framework for teaching
mathematics, including forming their own concepts
of Mathematics and its place in society.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 457
EMM302 MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 3 (8)
Prerequisite: EMM207 Mathematics Education
2 or approval of the lecturer
This subject explores ways in which children develop
mathematical understandings when engaged in a
variety of problem-solving activities. Procedures
and strategies for monitoring children’s learning
(including a range of diagnostic assessment
techniques) are also established so that
individualised programs can be designed for
children with a diverse range of needs and abilities.
EMM303 COUNT ME IN TOO (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only.
Prerequisites: EMM202 Mathematics Curriculum
1 or EMM304 Developmental Mathematics 2
The subject requires students to use their
knowledge and experience of teaching and learning
in mathematics to implement a numeracy project
such as Count Me in Too (nsw Department of
Education and Training).
EMM304 DEVELOPMENTAL MATHEMATICS 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students only.
Prerequisites: EMM103 Developmental
Mathematics 1
The subject extends student knowledge and
understanding of mathematical development for
children 0 to 8. Students are expected to
reflect on their own mathematical learning, develop
competence in the content of the NSW K-6
Mathematics Syllabus and develop skills for
planning and implementing mathematical learning of
y9oung children.
EMM312 MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
Prerequisite: EMM202 Mathematics Curriculum 1
The subject continues the study of the content
of the primary school mathematics curriculum and
prepares students for professional responsibilities
associated with desirable classroom practices in the
teaching of mathematics. Students are expected
to reflect on their own mathematical learning and
develop a position on mathematical learning of
young children.
EMM401 CURRICULUM STUDIES 1:
MATHEMATICS (8)
Prerequisite: Appropriate study of tertiary
mathematics and admission to GDipEd or
BEd (Sec Maths) Stage 2 or BEd (Sec).
Explores the nature of mathematics and its role
in the education of secondary school students,
learning theories and their relevance to mathematics
teaching. Selected curriculum topics are used to
study the mathematics lesson and specific teaching
skills, the laboratory approach, aids and resources,
assessment and evaluation, current issues in
mathematics education.
EMM402 CURRICULUM STUDIES 2:
MATHEMATICS (8)
Prerequisite: EMM401 or admission to BEd
(Sec Maths Stage 2).
Explores the role of mathematics in the senior
school. A study of senior syllabi, and appropriate
teaching methods for selected topics from these
syllabi. Also deals with assessment for the Higher
School Certificate.
EMM403 EARLY CHILDHOOD MATHEMATICS (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Develops understandings and skills to teach
mathematics at the Preschool and K-2 levels of
schooling. Considers current research findings in the
development of good classroom practices. Options
are given in assignment tasks to allow for different
interest and work settings.
EMM404 CREATIVE CLASSROOM
MATHEMATICS (8)
Demonstrates an approach to teaching based on the
encouragement of creativity and the role of teachers
as facilitators in the learning of mathematics. The
Maths/Science Learning Cycle provides a guide
to current theory and practice in mathematics
education. A problem solving approach to learning
is adopted, emphasises facilitation of learning by
students who are gifted or talented in mathematics.
EMM405 LEARNING DIFFICULTIES IN
MATHEMATICS (8)
Provides a diagnostic approach to teaching
mathematics to students with learning difficulties.
Assumes it is the teacher’s role to assist children
to construct mathematical concepts by adapting
instruction to the present level of the learner.
Means of diagnosing students’ present thinking are
suggested, and appropriate teaching interventions
outlined.
EMM406 TEACHING MATHEMATICS K-6 (8)
Prerequisite: admission to BEd (Early
Childhood) or BEd (Primary) Stage 2.
Examines contemporary issues in mathematics
education of the K-6 child. The constructivist
approach to teaching and learning mathematics
is considered in the context of various theoretical
positions on the nature of mathematics learning.
The role of investigations in relation to process
and product objectives are examined as well as
principles and techniques for planning, implementing
and assessing mathematics programs for K-6
children.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
458 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
EMM407 CURRICULUM STUDIES 3:
MATHEMATICS (8)
Prerequisite: EMM402
Current issues and trends in mathematics
education. Curriculum construction in mathematics,
current practice and research in secondary
mathematics education, teaching of further selected
topics from Years 11 and 12 syllabus.
EMM409 CURRICULUM STUDIES:
MATHEMATICS (8)
This subject aims at developing students’ knowledge
and skills in the area of primary/elementary
mathematics education. Mathematics concepts and
understandings are developed through a problem
solving environment that explores the way children
construct mathematical ideas.
EMM412 MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM STUDIES
2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only
Prerequisite: EMM202 Mathematics Curriculum
Studies 1
This subject continues the study of the content
of the primary school mathematics curriculum and
prepares students for professional responsibilities
associated with desirable classroom practices in
the teaching of mathematics. Students are expected
to reflect on their own mathematical earning and
develop a position on mathematical learning of
young children.
EMM454 SECONDARY MATHEMATICS STUDIES
4 (8)
Prerequisite: EMM353
Introduces the teaching of topics from the NSW
HSC 3 and 4 Unit Mathematics courses. Continues
to examine assessment requirements for the award
of the N.S.W. HSC in these courses.
EMM491 CURRICULUM METHOD 1:
MATHEMATICS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to Graduate
Diploma of Education (Secondary) or Bachelor
of Human Movement/Bachelor of Teaching
(Secondary) or Bachelor of Education
(Secondary) or Bachelor of Education
(Vocational Education) or Bachelor of Education
(Technology and Applied Studies).
This subject introduces the student to aspects
of teaching secondary mathematics. It assists
students to reflect on the nature of mathematics and
its role in the school curriculum. It also introduces
the student to principles of instruction, planning,
teaching and assessment in a contemporary
context. Syllabus Years 7-12 interpretation and
implementation relevant to the student’s setting are
also explored.
EMR102 PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT, HEALTH
& PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
Charles Sturt University
(Primary) students only.
Develops personal knowledge and skills related to
the Key Learning Area of Personal Development,
Health and Physical Education. From this basis
students develop concepts, knowledge, skills and
attitudes that enable them to plan effective learning
experiences in PD/H/PE. Examines implications for
a PD/H/PE in a K-6 framework, with emphasis given
to the development of programs for young children.
EMR103 MOVEMENT & HEALTH IN THE
PRIMARY SCHOOL 1 (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Teaching students
only.
A core subject designed to investigate the content
strands of the Personal Development/Health/
Physical Education K- 6 syllabus. Students will be
introduced to concepts of lifestyle, health, fitness,
movement exploration and personal development.
Practical studies will focus on fundamental skill
learning, games, dance and gymnastics suitable for
Years K - 3.
EMR200 PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT, HEALTH
AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
This subject introduces students to the Key Learning
Area (KLA) of Personal Development, Health and
Physical Education (PDHPE). Students will examine
the history, rationale and content of the NSW
K-6 PDHPE curriculum documents with a view to
developing their planning, teaching, assessment and
evaluation skills in this KLA. Students are also
invited to consider sport, physical activity and health
in their wider social contexts and to see PSHPE
in relation to both their own and other people’s
personal politics.
EMR201 PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT, HEALTH
& PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EMR102 Personal Development/
Health/Physical Education 1
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Examines the role of recreation and leisure, sport
and dance/movement in modern society. Issues
raised are related directly to the development of
understanding of the factors involved in the adoption
of healthy lifestyle. From this understanding,
students develop concepts, knowledge, skills and
attitudes to enable them to plan, implement and
evaluate effective learning experiences for K-6
children.
EMR204 HEALTH AND MOVEMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students only.
The subject will address issues related to
personal health care for young children and
examine implications of these issues for early
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 459
childhood programs. Students will also develop
an understanding of the importance of motor
development in young children’s overall
development. On the basis of this understanding
they will plan educational environments for young
children conducive to health motor development.
EMR221 MOVEMENT & PERSONAL
DEVELOPMENT IN EARLY CHILDHOOD (8)
Prerequisites: EED121 Child Development: The
early years and EED122 Environments for
Play and Learning
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) and Bachelor of Early
Childhood Teaching (Birth – 5 years)/Bachelor
of Nursing.
This subject introduces the knowledge base and
practice of movement and personal development
education in young children 0-8 years. This
subject also introduces students to the Key Learning
Area (KLA) of Personal Development, Health and
Physical Education (PD/H/PE), focussing on K-2.
Students are also invited to consider physical
activity, sport and health in their various social
contexts and to see physical activity and personal
development in relation to both their own and other
people’s personal politics.
EMR300 PD/H/PE IN PRACTICE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Human
Movement students, Bachelor of Teaching
(Secondary) students, Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students, Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students
This subject focuses on the role of the PD/H/PE
specialist teacher in primary schools. It extends
students’ existing knowledge and skills in planning
and implementing PD/H/PE programs for K-6
students by giving them the opportunity to apply
them in a practical setting. Based on this experience,
it also challenges students to consider, discuss
and plan for the complex social contexts in which
PD/H/PE occurs in Australian primary schools.
EMR301 MOVEMENT PROGRAMS IN EC (8)
Prerequisites: EPT313 Practicum 3: Curriculum
Decision-Making; or equivalent
This subject develops those skills needed to plan,
implement and evaluate movement programs in
a variety of settings for 0-8 year olds, with
consideration of cultural context and policy issues.
EMR304 SPORTS ADMINISTRATION (8)
This subject gives an overview of Australian sporting
systems and develops those skills, knowledge and
attitudes required for the role of sports administrator
in a variety of settings.
EMR312 PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT, HEALTH
AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
Prerequisite: EMR200 Personal Development,
Health and Physical Education Curriculum 1.
This subject extends students’ knowledge of
the content, teaching strategies, assessment and
evaluation models for Personal Development, Health
and Physical Education (PDHPE) Key Learning Area
(KLA). The subject focuses particularly on PDHPE
programming, assessment and evaluation. Students
will also examine models for integrated PDHPE
programs suitable for primary schools.
EMR403 CURRICULUM STUDIES 3:
PD/HEALTH/PE (8)
Prerequisite: EMR401 and EMR402
Presents a series of issues, educational policies and
school administration requirements which facilitate
entry into educational employment. An emphasis is
placed on the Year 11-12 PD/HP/E syllabuses, their
content and assessment protocols.
EMR404 K-6 PD/HEALTH/PE CURRICULUM
ISSUES (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Covers health status, lifestyle and health related
fitness, contemporary research on sports
participation of Australian school children, equity
and gender, teaching and learning of motor skills,
assessment and evaluation, within the context of an
integrated PD/Health/PE curriculum.
EMR405 THE HEALTH PROMOTING SCHOOL (8)
This subject expands the role of the teacher,
the school and the curriculum content within the
Personal Development, Health, Physical Education
(PDHPE) key learning area. The expanded role of
the Health Promoting School is examined through
the formal school curriculum, the parallel curriculum
and the school/home/community interface.
EMR406 CURRICULUM STUDIES: MOVEMENT
AND HEALTH IN THE PRIMARY SCHOOL (8)
This subject introduces the student to the Key
Learning Area of Personal Development, Health and
Physical Education. First, students are asked to
interpret, assess and evaluate its content, stated
aspirations and educational value with a view
to stimulating thinking about the student’s own
philosophy and practical approach to this Key
Learning Area. Based on this background work,
students are asked to critically assess the teaching
of another person, and construct unites of PD/H/PE
work of their own.
EMR407 PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT/HEALTH/
PHYSICAL EDUCATION (8)
Prerequisite: EMR204 Health/Movement
This subject aims to develop the students’ personal
knowledge and skills related to the learning area
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
460 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
of Personal Development, Health and Physical
Education. From this basis students will be expected
to develop concepts, knowledge, skills and attitudes
that will enable them to plan effective learning
experiences in PD/H/PE. The subject examines
implications for PD/H/PE in a K-6 framework;
however, specific emphasis will be given to the
development of programs for young children.
EMR422 HEALTH, SAFETY AND NUTRITION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students in the BEd
(Early Childhood) program
Prerequisite: EMR221 Movement and Personal
Development in Early Childhood
This subject continues to develop students’
knowledge and attitudes towards a healthy and
active lifestyle. It also describes those benchmark
practices that establish safe and healthy child care
provision, together with models of health education
that encourage safe, active and healthy habits in
young children.
EMR491 CURRICULUM METHOD 1:
PD/HEALTH/PE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to
GradDipEd(Sec), BHuman
Movement/BTeach(Sec), BEd(Sec), BEd(VocEd)
or BSocSc(Psych)/BTeach(Sec)
In this subject, students become familiar with the
content of the health and physical development
syllabuses for years 7-12, particularly the NSW
Board of Studies Personal Development, Health and
Physical Education 9PDHPE) curriculum.
EMR492 CURRICULUM METHOD 2:
PD/HEALTH/PE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to
GradDipEd(Sec), BHuman
Movement/BTeach(Sec), BEd(Sec), BEd(VocEd)
or BSocSc(Psych)/BTeach(Sec)
Prerequisites: EMR491
This subject builds on competencies developed in
EMR491. Students analyse contextual factors which
impact on physical education, personal development
and health (PDHPE) curriculum. These are taken
into account in planning and teaching PDHPE
programs. Analysis of resources (including the World
Wide Web) for the health and physical education
syllabus is also an aspect of this subject.
EMS104 SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 1
Enrolment restrictions: Students in the BEd
(Primary) program.
This subject is designed to introduce students to
a wide range of practical activities suitable for
young children in a way which provides a sound
introduction to technology and science.
EMS200 SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
CURRICULUM 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
Charles Sturt University
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
Prerequisites: EED111 Child Development and
EPT114 Primary Practicum 2
This subject is designed to give students a basic
understanding of what is involved in the teaching
of science and technology in the primary school.
Organisation of the subject is based on the notion
of a knowledge-building community with emphasis
placed on students monitoring and analysing
their own learning in practical classes in light
of relevant readings from the research literature.
In this respect, students will generate their
own understandings of learning in science and
technology classes with practical sessions and
follow up discussions about implications for
teaching.
EMS201 SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY IN THE
PRIMARY SCHOOL (8)
Prerequisite: EMT102 Computers and
Technology in Education or approval of lecturer.
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Concerned with the nature of science and
technology, their role in the primary school
curriculum, and effective methods for teaching and
learning.
EMS203 SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY 1 (8)
Prerequisite: EPT119
Introduces the key learning area of Science
and Technology curriculum content and pedagogy
appropriate to infant and primary school children.
Emphasises inquiry experiences for pre-service
teachers to provide an understanding of Science
and Technology.
EMS205 EARLY CHILDHOOD SCIENCE AND
MATHEMATICS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
This subject presents both constructivist and
socio-cultural perspectives on the development of
mathematical and scientific concepts in young
children. Science and mathematics are perceived
as ways of processing perceptual, concrete and
linguistically available information. Students will
experience a range of theoretical and practical
experiences in order to understand the kinds
of contexts and strategies which facilitate young
children’s mathematical and scientific
understanding.
EMS206 SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EMS104 Science and Technology
1, or approval of Subject Coordinator
This subject is concerned with recent developments
in science and technology as part of the K-6
curriculum. It is designed to assist students with
practical issues and concerns relating to the design,
implementation and assessment of science and
technology units.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 461
EMS221 SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY FOR YOUNG
CHILDREN (8)
Prerequisites: EED121 Child Development: The
Early Years and EPT121 Professional
Experience: Child Development – Infants and
toddlers
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) and Bachelor of Early
Childhood Teaching (Birth-5 Years)/Bachelor
of Nursing students only.
This subject is designed to provide students with an
understanding of what is involved in the teaching
of science and technology to children in birth to 8
settings. The subject integrates aspects of science
and technology content knowledge with pedagogies
relevant for young children.
EMS300 TOPICS IN LIFE AND PHYSICAL
SCIENCE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only.
Prerequisites: EMS200 Science and Technology
Curriculum 1
This subject examines a range of topics in the
physical and life sciences. While focusing on the
science content to develop deeper understandings,
it also models appropriate pedagogies for young
children and considers such issues as the nature of
science, planning and assessment.
EMS301 SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students only.
Prerequisites: EMS205 Early Childhood Science
and Mathematics
This subject is concerned with recent developments
in science and technology as part of the K-6
curriculum. It is designed to assist students with
practical issues and concerns relating to the design,
implementation and assessment of science and
technology units. National, Victorian and NSW
curriculum documents are examined to establish
a context for appraising resources, planning and
managing units of work, assessing students and
maintaining a climate of inquiry in K-2 science and
technology programs.
EMS302 INVESTIGATION: TEACHING AND
LEARNING IN EARLY CHILDHOOD (8)
Presents the development of mathematical,
scientific and technological concepts by young
children (birth to five years) within a sociological
perspective. Science, mathematics and technology
are perceived as ways of processing concrete,
perceptual and linguistically available information to
form concepts and solve problems. Students will
participate in a number of practical but theoretically
based experiences in order to understand the kinds
of social, linguistic and imaginative contexts which
facilitate young children’s mathematical, scientific
and technological understanding.
EMS303 EDUCATION FOR ECOLOGICAL
SUSTAINABILITY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only.
This subject will explore the concept of integrating
the principles of ecological sustainability into
formal education. It will engage students in an
examination of the possibilities of the notion of a
critical ecological ontology informing their classroom
practice.
EMS312 SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
CURRICULUM 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
Prerequisite: EMS200 Science and Technology
Curriculum 1
This subject is designed to provide students with
strategies for planning and teaching science and
technology lessons in primary classrooms. The
subject investigates aspects of organising teaching
for science and technology such as: lesson and unit
planning, assessment and evaluation, science and
language links, equity issues in teaching science
and technology, national profiles, relevant key issues
arising from the research literature, and the uses of
ICT in science and technology lessons.
EMS400 ASTRONOMY AND COSMOLOGY FOR
PRIMARY TEACHERS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only.
Prerequisites: EMS200 Science and Technology
Curriculum 1
This subject addresses much of the content area
“The Earth in Space” in the NSW Science and
Technology K-6. It extends students’ scientific
knowledge and requires the student to undertake
practical work appropriate at the primary school
level.
EMS401 CURRICULUM STUDIES 1: SCIENCE
Enrolment restrictions: available only to
Graduate Diploma of Education (Secondary) and
Bachelor of Education (Secondary) students.
This subject explores science education as a
medium for the development of adolescent children
in the junior secondary (Years 7-10) school. It
examines current syllabus guides and outcomes,
curriculum materials and recent research in
science education and provides the context for
a developmental framework for science education.
The focus of this subject is on promoting skills
in selecting, planning and implementing teacher
sequences within a constructivist learning model.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
462 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
EMS402 CURRICULUM STUDIES 2: SCIENCE (8)
Prerequisite: EMS401
Examines the current aims of the senior secondary
science and agriculture courses with emphasis
on physical sciences and biology syllabuses; the
relevance of curriculum resources associated with
the teaching of each syllabus; the development
of skills in the selection, planning, implementation
and evaluation of program and lesson sequences
appropriate for students at the senior secondary
level; and the relationship between the nature
and philosophy of science and the senior science
syllabuses.
EMS403 EDUCATION FOR ECOLOGICAL
SUSTAINABILITY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students
This subject will explore the concept of integrating
the principles of ecological sustainability into
formal education. It will engage students in an
examination of the possibilities of the notion of a
critical ecological ontology informing their classroom
practice.
EMS404 SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY K-6 (8)
Concerns recent developments in science and
technology as part of the K-6 curriculum. Designed
to assist teachers with practical issues and
concerns relating to the design, implementation and
assessment of science and technology units.
EMS405 CURRICULUM STUDIES: SCIENCE &
TECHNOLOGY (8)
This subject explores the relevance and importance
of science and technology in the primary curriculum.
The subject expounds the theoretical background
of science teaching through practical “hands-on”
classroom experiences.
EMS431 INTEGRATING SCIENCE &
TECHNOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Education students
only.
This subject uses computers as a tool to collect
and analyse data concerning aspects of the natural
environment. Specific information processing tools
such as word processors, data bases, graphic
programs and telecommunications are used in the
scientific investigations.
EMS491 CURRICULUM METHOD 1: SCIENCE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to Graduate
Diploma of Education (Secondary) or Bachelor
of Human Movement/Bachelor of Teaching
(Secondary) or Bachelor of Education
(Secondary) or Bachelor of Education
(Vocational Education) or Bachelor of Education
(Technology and Applied Studies).
This subject explores science education as a
medium for the development of adolescent children
in the secondary school. It examines current Years
Charles Sturt University
7-12 syllabus guides and outcomes, curriculum
materials and recent research in science education
and provides the context for a developmental
framework for science education. The focus of the
subject is on promoting skills in selecting, planning
and implementing teaching sequences within a
constructivist learning model.
EMS492 CURRICULUM METHOD 2: SCIENCE (8
Prerequisite(s): EMS491Curriculum Method 1:
Science
Enrolment Restrictions: Admission to Graduate
Diploma of Education (Secondary) or Bachelor
of Human Movement/Bachelor of Teaching
(Secondary) or Bachelor of Education
(Secondary) or Bachelor of Education
(Vocational Education) or Bachelor of Education
(Technology and Applied Studies).
This subject examines the current aims of the
secondary science and agriculture courses, and
analyses the relevance of curriculum resources
associated with the teaching of each syllabus. It
covers the development of skills in the selection,
planning, implementation and evaluation of program
and lesson sequences appropriate for students at
the secondary level with a special focus on Stage 6
Learning Outcomes. The relationship between the
nature and philosophy of science and the science
syllabuses is examined.
EMS493 CURRICULUM METHOD 3: SCIENCE (8)
Prerequisite: EMS492
Enrolment Restrictions: Bachelor of Teaching
(Secondary), Graduate Certificate in Applied
Science (Science Education) students
This subject examines the theories of curriculum
design in the senior secondary science curriculum,
constructivism, and curriculum evaluation strategies.
These theoretical perspectives are applied to
the science major area of specialisation in the
secondary science curriculum.
EMT101 USING EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
(8)
Explores the nature of technology, its social context
and the use of educational technology in early
childhood settings. Develops skills in the use of
computers and other educational technology.
EMT102 COMPUTERS & TECHNOLOGY IN
EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Refines students’ understanding of technology as
a problem oriented design process and begins
to develop insights into the way it may be
incorporated into the curriculum for children aged
4-12. The computing strand introduces databases,
spreadsheets, word processing and graphics.
Computers are used in the process of designing and
making.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 463
EMT103 CURRICULUM STUDIES 1: DESIGN
& TECHNOLOGY A (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Technology and Applied Studies).
This subject is designed to introduce students to
a number of concepts associated with Technology
and Technology Education. Key concepts include
the nature of technology, the relationship between
science, technology and society, technological
literacy, the design process in technology, debates
about the nature of technology education and
the place of design and technology in secondary
schools.
EMT104 COMPUTERS AND INFORMATION
STUDIES IN EDUCATION
Enrolment Restrictions: Students in the BEd
(Primary) program.
This subject introduces the students to computing
skills and information technology concepts that can
form the basis for student utilisation of modern
information resources. The skills are essential for
professional studies and development, and for
application in teaching and learning.
EMT201 EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY (8)
Explores both the nature of educational technology
and the use of technology for the delivery of
instruction and the support of learning.
EMT202 CURRICULUM STUDIES 2: DESIGN
& TECHNOLOGY B (8)
Prerequisite: EMT103
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Technology and Applied Studies).
This subject builds on Design and Technology
A and explores issues associated with teaching
and learning of the design proves in secondary
classrooms. Concepts such as appropriate
technology, safe workshop practice and lesson and
unit planning are included.
EMT301 CURRICULUM STUDIES 3: MAJOR
STUDY (8)
Prerequisite: EMT103
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Technology and Applied Studies).
This subject is designed for students to explore the
issues and teaching skills required to implement
the 7-12 secondary syllabi associated with their
area of discipline major (one of Agriculture, Food
Technology and Computing).
EMT401 CURRICULUM STUDIES 1:
AGRICULTURE (8)
Examines current syllabus guides, curriculum
materials and trends in agricultural and junior
science education in a progressive development
framework. Concentrates on promoting skills used
in selecting, planning and implementing teaching
sequences in a constructivist learning model.
EMT402 CURRICULUM STUDIES 1: DESIGN
& TECHNOLOGY (8)
Module 1 introduces the socio-political context
of design and technology, outlining changes in
teaching and learning. Module 2 explores design
as a concept and its role in teaching and learning.
Module 3 looks at assessment in design and
technology.
EMT403 CURRICULUM STUDIES: COMPUTER
STUDIES (8)
Specifically for students who wish to be qualified
as computer studies teachers. Concerned with
the syllabus and teaching methods, computers in
school administration, and school computer policy
development.
EMT405 CURRICULUM STUDIES 3:
AGRICULTURE (8)
Prerequisite: appropriate subject background in
Agriculture and some experience in teaching
the subject at the secondary level.
Deals with the general context in which
contemporary curriculum decisions are made
in secondary schools together with recent
developments relating specifically to school
agriculture. Covers teaching strategies, conceptual
frameworks, organisational practices and resources
which assist teachers in developing appropriate
courses in agriculture and cognate fields.
EMT407 CURRICULUM STUDIES 4: MINOR
STUDY (8)
Prerequisite: EMT103
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Technology and Applied Studies).
This subject is designed for students to explore the
issues and teaching skills required to implement the
7/10 secondary syllabi associated with their area
of discipline minor study (one of Agriculture, Food
Technology, Computing, Graphics, Industrial Arts,
Textiles).
EMT408 TECHNOLOGY ACROSS THE
CURRICULUM (8)
Prerequisite: EMT104 Computers and
Information Studies in Education or the approval
of the lecturer
The use of technology for professional teacher
activities is the guiding paradigm for this subject.
This subject deals with the use of technology,
especially information technology across the key
learning areas and the use of computers in
various aspects of management and administration.
It involves student reflection on school-based use
of technology within the teaching and learning
environment and the development of student
capabilities in the development and use of
educational technologies in teaching, assessment,
and educational administration.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
464 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
EMT493 CURRICULUM METHOD 1: COMPUTER
STUDIES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to Graduate
Diploma of Education (Secondary) or Bachelor
of Human Movement/Bachelor of Teaching
(Secondary) or Bachelor of Education
(Secondary) or Bachelor of Education
(Vocational Education) or Bachelor of Education
(Technology and Applied Studies).
This subject introduces students to the issues
associated with the pedagogy of Computer Studies
for Years 7-12. An appreciation of the range
of appropriate teaching/ learning strategies is
developed and particular attention is devoted to
the skills of lesson planning, the implementation
of syllabus documents and appropriate forms of
assessment and evaluation.
properties of engineering materials, selection criteria
and environmental considerations are examined.
EMV301 VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Technology and Applied Studies).
This subject has three components relating to
a knowledge about vocational education and
developing vocational competencies to ASF level
3 in an area related to the student’s major study.
The first component is concepts associated with the
training agenda and competency based training, the
second is personal competency skills development
and the third is an industry placement to apply the
competencies and to understand the organisation of
workplaces.
ENG210 FOOD & BEVERAGE ENGINEERING (8)
Prerequisite: PHY107 or ENG108
This subject provides the student with the basic
engineering concepts relevant to the food and wine
industries. Topics covered include units, energy
sources, electrical and mechanical power, fluid
mechanics, pumps, heat transfer and refrigeration.
EMV401 VOCATIONAL EDUCATION 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EMV301
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Technology and Applied Studies).
This subject has three components relating to a
knowledge about vocational education and for the
developing vocational competencies to ASF level
3 in an area related to the student’s major study.
The first component is concepts associated with
vocational education in secondary schools and
assessment of CBT, the second is further personal
competency skills development and the third is an
industry placement to apply the competencies and
to compare workplace organisation and issues with
previous experiences.
ENG108 ENGINEERING (8)
A study of fundamental engineering principles in
agriculture, horticulture and viticulture industries.
Introductory surveying (map reading), engineering
mechanics of solid and fluid (machines. pipes
and pumps), heat transfer (greenhouses, heating
and cooling),structures (trellises. fences, sheds),
oil hydraulics (electrical and hydraulic power)
and transmission (tractors and horticultural and
viticultural machinery), soil conservation (design of
banks). waste management and farm safety.
ENG115 MATERIALS (8)
This subject is designed to introduce students to
the science of materials. Concepts such as the
Charles Sturt University
ENG202 HORTICULTURAL IRRIGATION (8)
Studies principles and practices involved in the
design and operation of irrigation and drainage
systems for horticulture/viticulture.
ENG205 FOOD ENGINEERING 2 (8)
Prerequisite: ENG210
This subject is designed to expand on the
theoretical concepts treated in Food and Beverage
Engineering. Additional unit operations from the
food industry will be covered such as drying,
evaporation, separation and mixing. Other topics
include instrumentation, engineering materials,
factory planning and industrial safety.
ENG302 WINERY ENGINEERING (8)
Prerequisite: ENG210 and WSC201
Deals with specialised areas of engineering
and focuses on aspects relevant to winery
establishment. Topics include process energy
sources, equipment selection, instrumentation and
control, layout and planning, structural engineering,
waste disposal and winery safety.
ENG401 SOIL CONSERVATION SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: Approval of Course Coordinator.
An advanced study of agricultural engineering and
land management techniques with emphasis on
catchment management including the extent and
causes of erosion, land management practices,
property planning, agricultural hydrology and the
design of soil conservation works, dryland and
irrigation salinity, wind erosion, surface run-off and
erosion modelling, catchment management on a
river basin basis geographical information systems
and the economics of soil conservation.
ENM400 ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: completion of appropriate Level
2 subjects
Examines the relation between people and their
living and non-living environment within the context
of a thorough understanding of ecological concepts.
ENM401 ENVIRONMENT & SOCIETY (8)
Prerequisite: completion of appropriate Level
2 subject.
The nature and consequences of the interaction
between people and their environment: the
processes which influence people’s perceptions
about and attitudes towards their environment; and
the philosophy of environmentalism and the place of
this philosophy in society.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 465
ENM402 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (8)
Prerequisite: ENM400 & ENM401 or completion
of appropriate Level 2 subjects.
Explores techniques associated with the inventory
and assessment of the environment, including the
preparation of local environmental studies and
environmental impact statements.
ENM406 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY &
PLANNING (8)
Prerequisite: ENM402
Develops a working knowledge of theory as it relates
to techniques and procedures in environmental
planning, taking students beyond the limited
perspectives of procedural ‘rule books’.
EPI201 WORKSHOP 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Tech & App Stud).
This subject provides the student with the
opportunity to develop workshop skills and safety
procedures in the use of wood as a material.
EPI202 WORKSHOP 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Tech & App Stud).
This subject provides the student with the
opportunity to develop workshop skills and safety
procedures in the use of metal as a material.
EPT101 PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE 1:
UNDER 3s (8)
Enrolment restrictions: available only to
students in the BEd (Early Childhood)
Considers the growth and development of young
children from birth to 3 years. Child development
theory is studied in order to identify and prepare
programs which meet the wide ranging needs
of very young children and their families. The
significance of play in early childhood will be
discussed. During their professional experience
in early childhood settings, students will further
develop their communication strategies with both
children and adults.
EPT102 INTRODUCTION TO TEACHING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Introduces the roles of the classroom teacher
in providing an effective learning environment for
children. During the on-campus component students
review literature related to effective teaching, identify
teaching strategies consistent with the roles of
the teacher, develop skills in lesson planning, and
examine a range of issues related to classroom
organisation and management. The importance
of professional collaboration for professional
development are emphasised and reinforced by
pairing students in classrooms for the associated
practice. Students are required to complete a threeweek block practicum in a school. The practicum
focuses on the development of the skills which have
been introduced in the on-campus component of the
subject.
EPT103 TEACHING & TRAINING PRACTICES
1 (8)
Designed to begin to develop the competencies
commonly used in vocational education and training
settings. It includes 100 hours field experience.
Exemption from the first module of this subject may
be granted to students who have completed TAFE or
Services instructional techniques courses.
EPT104 LEARNING AND TEACHING
Prerequisites: EED102 Child Development or
approval of subject coordinator.
Enrolment restrictions: Students in the BEd
(Primary) program.
This subject aims to acquaint students with the
nature of student learning, particularly as it occurs
in the context of Australian schools. Although the
subject examines current theories of learning and
research related to teaching strategies, students are
continually encouraged to apply these ideas to the
problems encountered by teachers both inside and
outside the classroom. The subject acknowledges
the diversity of learners and the implications for
teachers in managing classrooms and facilitating
learning.
EPT106 ORIENTATION TO TEACHING
(SECONDARY) (0)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
students only.
This subject is undertaken at the conclusion of
Session One. One week is spent observing a Year
6 class at a K-6 school, and a second is devoted to
observing a range of classes in a secondary school.
The experience includes guided observation, group
teaching and specific assignments in the class and
school settings. The ability to communicate with
children and staff of the school is an important
criterion in determining the student’s suitability for
the profession.
EPT107 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to Bachelor
of Social Science (Psychology)/Bachelor of
Teaching (Secondary).
This subject has an academic component and a
practical component. The academic component
focuses on the nature of schools and the
communities they comprise. The roles of teachers
and school counsellors will be described and
basic teaching and counselling skills introduced.
Theories of social welfare practice will also be
introduced as they apply to the diversity of
children and families who make up our schools.
The practical component involves a period of
supervised classroom observation and teaching
practice in which the student conceptualises the
roles and responsibilities of the classroom teacher
and develops initial teaching practices. It also
includes a period of observation in the role of
school counsellor to assist students in connecting
theoretical and practical aspects of learning and
provide an initial model for future development.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
466 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
EPT108 PRIMARY PRACTICUM 1:
INTRODUCTION TO THE PROFESSION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
This subject introduces students to the teaching
profession and enables them to examine their
suitability for teaching through observation and firsthand experience. It also begins the exploration
of the Key Learning Areas (KLAs) of the primary
curriculum. This subject also involves a two-week
in-school placement.
EPT110 ORIENTATION TO TEACHING (PRIMARY)
(0)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
The first practical experience in the course. Students
examine their suitability for teaching through
observation and first hand activities.
EPT111 PRACTICUM (PRIMARY) 1: PLANNING
TO TEACH (8)
Prerequisite: EPT110 Orientation to Teaching
plus satisfactory academic progress.
Provides the theoretical framework and practical
contexts for students to conceptualise the roles and
responsibilities of teachers and to establish their
personal and professional suitability for a teaching
career. Particular emphasis is placed on planning
for pupil learning, learning styles, management,
communication, assessment and evaluation.
EPT114 PRIMARY PRACTICUM 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
Prerequisite: EPT108 Primary Practicum 1:
An introduction to the profession.
This subject provides students with their first
supervised classroom practicum (4 weeks) and
enables them to examine their suitability for teaching
through first-hand experience. It also introduces
action research and its relationship to the practicum.
EPT120 THE EARLY CHILDHOOD PROFESSION:
AN INTRODUCTION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood), Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Early Childhood
Teaching (Birth to 5 Years)/Bachelor of Nursing
students only.
This subject provides a broad introduction to the
early childhood profession, its history, and the
context of service provision for young children and
their families in contemporary Australia. Skills for
early childhood teaching are developed, with a
focus on communication and observation. Students
are introduced to early childhood care and
education settings during two weeks of professional
experience in settings for children aged from birth
to eight years.
Charles Sturt University
EPT121 PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE : CHILD
DEVELOPMENT – INFANTS AND TODDLERS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) and Bachelor of Early
Childhood Teaching (Birth to 5 Years)/Bachelor
of Nursing students only.
Prerequisite: EPT120 The Early Childhood
Profession: An Introduction, EED121 Child
Development: The Early Years, plus normal
progression in all preceding sessions.
The focus of this subject is the first three years of
development. It will provide a theoretical framework
for understanding developmentally appropriate
practice in early childhood settings and a foundation
for future study relating to children within the early
childhood years. Principles of care and education
will be examined in reflecting on the bases for
best practice. Throughout this subject students
will engage in self directed inquiry, stressing the
ability to relate theoretical perspectives to practical
situations. The subject includes four weeks of
professional experience in a birth to three-years
setting.
EPT130 ORIENTATION TO TEACHING (EARLY
CHILDHOOD) (0)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only.
This observation and teaching practice session
gives students the first experience of teaching
settings for children from 0-8 years and future
responsibilities as early childhood professionals.
EPT201 PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE 2: 3-5
YEARS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: available only to
students in the BEd (Early Childhood).
Prerequisite: EPT101 Professional Experience 1
This subject includes an on-campus component that
develops students’ abilities to identify and prepare
developmentally appropriate programs for young
children aged 3-5 years. It will include a three
week professional experience in a preschool or child
care centre which will enable students to develop
communication skills with children and adults and
practice skills in observation and planning. This
subject will also include a music component that will
develop students’ keyboard and musicianship skills.
EPT202 TEACHING: THE SOCIAL CONTEXT (8)
Prerequisite: EPT102 and EEP102
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Covers social context of teaching focussing on social
issues of justice and equity in terms of social
class, gender and ethnicity. Critical pedagogy are
applied through reflection-in-action during a threeweek period of professional experience.
EPT203 TEACHING & TRAINING PRACTICES
2 (8)
Prerequisite: EPT103
Designed to develop the knowledge and skills
introduced in Teaching and Training Practices 1
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 467
and to introduce advanced techniques such as
allowance for individual difference and group work,
and the use of self-paces and competency based
learning materials. It includes 100 hours of field
experience.
EPT204 PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE 3: K/P
- YEAR 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EPT101 Professional Experience
1 and EPT201 Professional Experience 2
Enrolment restriction: for Bachelor of Teaching
(Early Childhood) students only.
This subject includes an on-campus component that
develops students’ abilities to apply principles of
individual and group learning to their teaching of
children in the first years of school. During a three
week professional experience in schools students
will develop a variety of approaches to facilitating
learning in group settings. Strategies which enable
children to develop competence in their relationships
with learners, parents and fellow professionals will
also be emphasised. Music instruction.
EPT205 PRACTICE OF TEACHING (EARLY
CHILDHOOD) 2: SOCIAL SCIENCE EDUCATION
(8)
Prerequisite: EPT105 plus normal progression
in all preceding sessions.
Enrolment restriction: for Bachelor of Teaching
(Early Childhood) students only.
Employs an integrated approach to providing
students with the conceptual framework, necessary
competencies and skills to successfully
communicate essential understandings of the Key
Learning Area, Human Society and its Environment.
Students will plan, implement and evaluate a unit of
work during a four week practice teaching session.
EPT206 PRACTICE OF TEACHING 2:
SECONDARY CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT AND
DISCIPLINE (8)
Prerequisite: EPT491
Enrolment Restrictions: Bachelor of Social
Science (Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching
(Secondary)
This subject integrates theory and practice in
classroom management and includes prevention
and intervention approaches for application with
class groups and individuals. Positive methods of
increasing desirable behaviours provide the major
focus.
EPT207 LEARNING AND TEACHING PRACTICE
1 (8)
Enrolment Restrictions: Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
This subject has an academic component and
a practical component. The academic subject
introduces the student to the language of
educational discourse. It assists the student to
develop classroom skills, knowledge and planning
strategies, evaluation and assessment procedures.
It investigates social relations in the secondary
school classroom and enables the student to
develop appropriate pedagogical practices. The
practical component involves a period of supervised
classroom teaching practice, in which the student
conceptualises the roles and responsibilities of
the classroom teacher, under5takes structured
observations and investigates effective teaching
practices. The subject assists the student in
making the connection between the theoretical and
practical aspects of learning so that they are not
seen as separate but part of a continuum. The
student begins the development of their professional
teaching portfolio.
EPT212 PRACTICUM 2: DISCIPLINE &
CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisites: EPT111 Practicum 1: Planning
to Teach
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary).
This subject integrates theory and practice in
classroom management and includes prevention
and intervention approaches for application with
class groups and individuals. Positive methods of
increasing desirable behaviours provide the main
focus.
EPT214 PRIMARY PRACTICUM 3 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
Prerequisite: EPT114 Primary Practicum 2.
This subject builds on the individual student’s first
supervised classroom practicum and enables them
to extend and develop their teaching skills through
first-hand experience in a 4-week practicum. It
extends their knowledge of action research and its
relationship to the practicum.
EPT219 TEACHING PRACTICE (PRIMARY) 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EPT119 plus normal progression
in all preceding sessions.
Continues development as teachers in the school
context. From an initial three lessons per day, the
teaching load is increased to whole day teaching.
Specific expectations are outlined in the Teaching
Practice Handbook.
EPT222 PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE 2:
LEARNING AND TEACHING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) and Bachelor of Early
Childhood Teaching (Birth – 5 Years)/Bachelor
of Nursing students only.
Prerequisites: EPT121 Professional Experience
1: Child Development – Infants and Toddlers,
EEB121 Child Development: The Early Years.
This subject provides a systematic coverage of
selected topics in education psychology within the
following areas of relevance to educational setting:
theories of development; theories of learning;
learner diversity; learner motivation and learner
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
468 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
instruction, management and assessment. There
is an emphasis throughout on the integration of
psychological concepts and teaching strategies, for
early childhood in particular. A four week block of
practicum in a school setting is a component of this
subject.
EPT239 TEACHING PRACTICE (EARLY
CHILDHOOD) 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EPT139 plus normal progression
in all preceding sessions.
Progressing from single lessons to sessions and
finally full days of teaching, students are required
to translate the theory of planning and management
into classroom practice. Details are outlined in the
Teaching Practice Handbook.
EPT251 MATHEMATICS PRACTICUM 1 (8)
Prerequisite: EMM151
Students begin to relate theory to the practice
of teaching mathematics in the junior secondary
school. By the end of the five-week period, students
should have established their suitability for teaching,
continued their conceptualisation of the role of
teacher and begun to develop specific teaching
skills.
EPT300 PRACTICE OF TEACHING (PRIMARY)
3: THE PROFESSION (8)
Prerequisite: for Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
Develops an awareness of teaching as a profession
and the legal implications of issues which confront
teachers as professionals. The climax of the subject
is a six week field experience where students will
assume the role of full-time reflective classroom
practitioners.
EPT301 PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE 3: 5-8
YEARS (8)
Prerequisite: successful completion of all
previous Professional Experience subjects.
Includes an on-campus component that develops
students’ abilities to apply principles of individual
and group learning to their teaching of children
in the first years of school. During a three-week
professional experience in schools, students
develop a variety of approaches to facilitating
learning in group settings. Strategies which enable
children to develop competence in their relationships
are emphasised.
EPT302 PLANNING, PROGRAMMING &
CURRICULUM
Prerequisite: EPT202 Teaching: The Social
Context
Enrolment restriction: for Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
Examines techniques of planning and programming,
as influenced by a range of different curriculum
models. Students will engage in the process of
curriculum development which will enable students
Charles Sturt University
to design, implement, evaluate and critically reflect
on a curriculum within a specific educational setting
during a five week period of professional experience.
EPT303 PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE 4: EARLY
CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: for Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) students only.
Prerequisite: EPT101, EPT201 and EPT204
Examines the influences on curriculum, models of
teaching and learning and frameworks for planning
in children’s services and schools. Students will
utilise the knowledge and experience they have
gained in the first two years of the course to further
develop their skills in observing learner needs and
abilities and planning for their development. A three
week professional experience placement at the
conclusion of this subject will provide an opportunity
to apply this learning. Instrumental music instruction
os a part of each professional experience subject.
EPT304 TEACHING & TRAINING PRACTICES
3 (8)
Prerequisite: EPT203 Teaching and Training
Practices 2
This subject involves students in designing,
delivering and evaluating a training program.
EPT305 PRACTICE OF TEACHING (EARLY
CHILDHOOD) 3: PROGRAMMING & PLANNING
FOR DIVERSE SETTINGS (8)
Prerequisite: EPT205 plus normal progression
in all preceding sessions.
Enrolment restriction: for Bachelor of Teaching
(Early Childhood) students only.
Provides students with a framework for
understanding the diversity of children’s needs
within specialised early childhood settings. Students
plan appropriate experiences for children in one
of several early childhood settings where they will
undertake a six week teaching practicum.
EPT306 INDIGENOUS STUDIES IN EDUCATION
This subject aims to make students aware of the
need for the teaching of Australian Indigenous
Studies and perspectives at an early childhood level.
It will focus on empowering students to understand
and teach Australian Indigenous Studies effectively.
Students will be assisted to: gain knowledge
on the histories and initiatives of Australian
Indigenous people; learn appropriate teaching skills
and strategies for teaching Australian Indigenous
Studies and Indigenous perspectives; understand
the importance of teaching Australian Indigenous
Studies in full consultation with local Australian
Indigenous communities; and evaluate, devise and
utilise appropriate Australian Indigenous Studies
teaching resources. Students will also be introduced
to appropriate pedagogy for teaching Australian
Indigenous children and shown how Australian
Indigenous teaching and learning practices can be
of benefit to all children.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 469
EPT307 CURRICULUM 1 (UPPER PRIMARY) (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students only.
Examines the influences on curriculum, models of
teaching and learning and frameworks for planning
in children’s services and schools. Students will
utilise the knowledge and experience they have
gained in the first two years of the course to further
develop their skills in observing learner needs and
abilities and planning for their development. A three
week professional experience placement at the
conclusion of this subject will provide an opportunity
to apply this learning. Instrumental music instruction
os a part of each professional experience subject.
EPT308 WINDO
W
S
TO THE COMMUNITY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Teaching
(Birth - 5 Years) students only.
This subject takes an ecological approach to
exploring the interactions between young children
and the environment in which they live. The
relationships between child and family, family and
early childhood service and family and local
community are examined. Carrying out a community
research project will allow students to study these
relationships in the context of their workplace or
their guided professional practice placement. The
guided practice aspect of this subject s designed to
take into account a students’ previous experiences.
The negotiated guided practice will take place over
a period of up to six weeks in a range of early
childhood services.
EPT309 LEARNING AND TEACHING PRACTICE
2 (8)
Prerequisite: EPT207 Learning and Teaching
Practice 1
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
This subject has an academic and practical
component. The academic component extends the
study undertaken in EPT401 and focuses more
explicitly on the nature of learning as it integrates
psychological and language based approaches
to learning into teaching practice. Further, this
subject will provide opportunities for students
to explore professional, ethical and legal
responsibilities. It provides opportunities for
the student to demonstrate self-sufficiency and
developing independence as a preservice teacher.
Students will be placed with a specialist PDHPE
teacher in a secondary school and work with a
range of classes where possible, extending their
knowledge and understanding of effective pedagogy.
EPT313 PRACTICUM 3: CURRICULUM
DECISIO
N -MAKING (8)
Prerequisite: EPT212
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
This subject develops students’ knowledge and
competence in curriculum decision-making and
planning for teaching and learning. It explores
teaching as a profession and the implications of
issues which confront teachers as professionals.
The subject culminates in a six week practicum
during which students assume the role of a full-time
teacher.
EPT314 PRIMARY PRACTICUM 4 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
Prerequisite: EPT214 Primary Practicum 3
This subject builds on the individual student’s
second supervised classroom practicum and
requires the student to demonstrate their capability
as a full time teacher during a 6-week practicum.
It extends their knowledge of Action Research and
its relationship to the practicum by undertaking a
reflective action research project.
EPT319 TEACHING PRACTICE 3 (PRIMARY) (8)
Prerequisite: EDT203
Consists of three mass lectures and a six-week
session in a primary (K-6) school. During this
session, the student is required to progressively
increase the teaching load to include two full weeks
of teaching. Details are outlined in the Teaching
Practice Handbook.
EPT323 PROFESS IO
N AL EXPERIENCE 3:
ASS ESS MENT & CLASS RO
O M PLANN ING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) and Bachelor of Early
Childhood Teaching (Birth-5 Years)/Bachelor of
Nursing students only plus normal progression
in all sessions preceding this enrolment.
Prerequisites: EPT222 Professional Experience
2: Learning and Teaching.
This subject provides the student with a
comprehensive coverage of contemporary
techniques, issues and trends in assessment and
classroom management. It focuses on how to
interpret and apply assessment information in the
planning of learning experiences for young children.
Students will consider a variety of management
strategies in forming a personal philosophy for
classroom practice. Four weeks professional
experience in a Kindergarten to Year 2 setting forms
a component of this subject.
EPT324 PROFESS IO
N AL EXPERIENCE 4:
INT EGRATED CURRICULUM IN THE PRIMARY
YEARS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students only plus normal
progression in all sessions preceding this
enrolment.
Prerequisites: EPT323 Professional Experience
3: Assessment and Classroom Planning.
This subject develops students’ knowledge of and
competence in curriculum and planning for teaching
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
470 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
and learning in the middle and upper years of
Primary School. It explores conceptual frameworks
and practical means for implementing an integrated
approach to curriculum. A four week practicum in
Years 3 to 6 of Primary School forms a component
of this subject.
EPT339 TEACHING PRACTICE 3 (EARLY
CHILDHOOD) (8)
Prerequisite: EDT204
Consists of three mass lectures and a six-week
session in a preschool, day care centre or an infants
(K-2) school. During the session the student is
required to progressively increase the load to two
full weeks of teaching. Details are outlined in the
Teaching Practice Handbook.
EPT352 MATHEMATICS PRACTICUM 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EPT251
Students relate theory to the practice of
mathematics teaching, in this instance with Years
9 and 10 of the secondary school. By the end
of the five-week period, students should have
re-affirmed their suitability for teaching, concluded
their conceptualisation of the role of teacher and
consolidated specific teaching skills.
EPT404 EXTENDED PROFESSIONAL
EXPERIENCE (16)
Prerequisite: EPT302 Planning, Programming
and Curriculum
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) Fourth Year students only.
Seeks to extend the development of pre-service
student to a point where the student is able
to assume all the responsibilities, roles and
expectations of a beginning teacher. The subject
draws together the prior experiences in the
pedagogical and educational strands of the
course which are integrated in the extended
practicum where the student will develop into the
reflective classroom practitioner. The student is
required to demonstrate satisfactory competence
and proficiency in an extended practicum.
EPT405 EXTENDED PROFESSIONAL
EXPERIENCE 5 (16)
Prerequisite: successful completion of all
previous Professional Experience subjects.
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) Fourth Year students only.
Students in the final year of their course will work
in a centre or school for a term. This experience is
expected to provide a realistic opportunity to reflect
on the work of an Early Childhood teacher within
the context of a community. During this experience,
students will be members of staff in this setting, and
will be responsible for a group of children with whom
they will work as an associate teacher. Students
will reflect on their developing profile as an early
childhood educator and evaluate the contribution
of this extended experience to their professional
growth.
Charles Sturt University
EPT406 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT (16)
This year long subject provides students with
the opportunity to assess and address their own
professional development needs and to document
their progress.
EPT409 PRACTICE OF TEACHING (PRIMARY)
1: LEARNING & TEACHING (8)
In its academic component, this subject introduces
fundamental principles and practices of teaching. It
encourages reflection on and in professional action
and examines various responsibilities. It presents
a range of explanations about how students learn,
drawn from the discipline of educational psychology.
It addresses four major roles of the teacher:
the teacher as facilitator, learner, colleague and
community partner. The first teaching practicum is
an integral part of this subject and is designed to
help students interrelate the study of learning and
teaching with the practice of teaching.
EPT410 PRACTICE OF TEACHING (PRIMARY) 2:
SPECIAL EDUCATION (8)
In its academic component, this subject provides a
broad understanding of the nature and requirements
of children with special education needs. The needs
of children with a wide array of physical, sensory
and learning impairments, as well as children
with special abilities, are discussed. Particular
consideration is given to the implications for both
families and schools. Students will be required
to undertake a period of supervised teaching
involving children with special needs in their second
practicum.
EPT411 TEACHING PRACTICE 4 (SECONDARY)
(8)
Prerequisite(s): EMC409 Curriculum Studies
1: Vocational Education
This subject introduces students to secondary
schools through a period of practice teaching in
which they gain experience in two curriculum areas.
EPT413 PRACTICE OF TEACHING (SECONDARY)
3 (8)
Prerequisite: EPT402
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Teaching
(Secondary) students only
This is an on-site (school-based) practicum in the
student’s chosen area of specialisation. It provides
opportunities for the student to demonstrate selfsufficiency and independence as a beginning
teacher. The expectation is that the student will
teach full-time for the full six week duration of this
practicum. Teaching in ways which promote social
justice for diverse groups is an essential part of this
subject. Students will be placed with a teacher in
a secondary school and devote the entire time to
working with specific classes in the Years 7 - 11
range.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 471
EPT414 PRIMARY INTERNSHIP (16)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology)/Bachelor of Teaching (Primary)
students only.
Prerequisite: EPT314 Primary Practicum 4
This is the final placement in the student’s four
year practicum program. This experience occurs
over Term 3 (10 weeks) of the school year
and provides opportunities for the student to
demonstrate self-sufficiency and independence as a
beginning teacher. Induction into the profession is
an important element of the internship experience.
Placements in non-school settings are encouraged
for example, the Dubbo Zoo, Field Studies Centres
and isolated Aboriginal communities in the Northern
Territory and Western Australia.
EPT419 GRADUATE TEACHING EXPERIENCE
(16)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Teaching
(Primary) or equivalent 3 year teaching award.
Provides the setting for translation of the theory of
research, teaching, management and provision for
individuals, into practice.
EPT424 PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP:
INDUCTION OF BEGINNING TEACHERS (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood), Bachelor of Early Childhood
Teaching (Birth to 5 years)/Bachelor of Nursing
students only plus normal progression in
all sessions preceding this enrolment.
Prerequisite: EPT323 Professional Experience 3:
Assessment and Classroom Planning, EPT324
Professional Experience 4: Integrated
Curriculum in the Primary Years
This is a professional
school/centre/service/community internship based
subject in the student’s chosen area of
specialisation, providing opportunities for the
student to demonstrate self-sufficiency and
independence as a beginning teacher. This subject
will have close links with other final year subjects:
Leadership and Management in Early Childhood,
Issues in Care and Education and Professionalism
in Early Childhood and Primary Education.
EPT453 MATHEMATICS PRACTICUM 3 (16)
Prerequisite: EPT352
Students convert theory into practice of
mathematics teaching across the 7-12 Year range of
the secondary school. By the end of the eight-week
period students should have assumed the full role of
teachers and be able to perform independently.
EPT491 LEARNING & TEACHING PRACTICE 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to
GradDipEd(Sec) or BHuman
Movement/BTeach(Sec)
This subject has an academic component and
a practical component. The academic component
focuses on the nature of secondary students’
learning and its implication for teaching. It integrates
psychological and language-based approaches to
learning, and deals with related matters such as
motivation, attention, perception and cognition. The
practical component involves a period of supervised
classroom teaching practice in which the student
conceptualises the roles and responsibilities of the
classroom teacher and develops effective teaching
practices. It assists the student in making the
connection between the theoretical and practical
aspects of learning so that they are not seen as
separate but part of a continuum.
EPT492 LEARNING& TEACHING PRACTICE 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to
GradDipEd(Sec) or BHuman
Movement/BTeach(Sec)
Prerequisite: EPT491
This is an on-site (school-based) practicum in the
student’s chosen area of specialisation. It provides
opportunities for the student to demonstrate selfsufficiency and independence as a beginning
teacher. The expectation is that the student will
progress from teaching two 40 minute lessons per
day to a load equivalent to about 80% of a full-time
teacher’s load by the last week of this practicum
which is of a minimum of 4 weeks duration. Teaching
in ways which promote social justice for diverse
groups is an essential part of this subject. Students
will be placed with a teacher in a secondary school
and work with as wide a range of classes as
possible.
ERP301 SPECIAL STUDY IN EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Vocational
Education and Training
This subject is designed to help students address
their own professional development needs.
ERP401 EDUCATION HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood)(Honours) and Bachelor of
Education (Primary)(Honours) students only.
Prerequisites: EER500 Understanding and
Critiquing Educational Research, EER501
Qualitative Research Methods and EER502
Quantitative Research Methods.
This subject is designed to enable students
to use appropriate research techniques gained
from the prerequisite subjects which deal with
educational research, to design and present an
individual research project. The opportunity to
apply knowledge and skills learned in prerequisite
subjects to research an area of education are
provided in this subject. Furthermore, this subject
allows students the opportunity to actively undertake
the processes leading up to research, including
ethical approval, and the ability to collect and
analyse data for their individual research project.
Finally, this subject allows students to demonstrate
their skills in the presentation of a concise, accurate
and relevant research report.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
472 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
ERP402 HUMAN MOVEMENT HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (32)
Enrolment restrictions: Students admitted to
the Bachelor of Human Movement (Honours)
program
This subject permits students to apply their
knowledge of research methodology to a problem in
the area of Human Movement and to present their
findings in the form of a project report. Students
are required to apply a research proposal under
the guide of a supervisor, to plan and carry out
the research, and to present the findings in an
academically conventional fashion. This subject is
normally restricted to candidates enrolled in the
Bachelor of Human Movement (Honours) program.
ERP403 SPECIAL TOPIC IN EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to students
who have successfully completed a minimum of
4 subjects in the field of Education at levels 3
or 4. Course Coordinator’s approval is required.
Provides students with an opportunity to study a
topic of special interest or a topic which is necessary
to complete requirements for an award.
ERT600 PREPARATION OF THESIS PROPOSAL
(8)
Students enrolled in Education honours courses
prepare a thesis proposal indicating content and
methodology proposed, together with a preliminary
review of literature and a time schedule for
completion. Students should refer to the Faculty
guidelines for additional information.
ESA302 MANAGEMENT & ADMINISTRATION (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Education Stage
2 Students only.
Develops an understanding of the school/
preschool/child care centre as an organisation, and
identifies executive responsibilities. In addition, the
administrative structure of the organisation, and the
impact of the administrator on communication and
staff morale are examined.
ESA402 MANAGING SCHOOLS 2 (8)
Prerequisite: ESA401
Examines aspects of the management of schools.
Applies the study of interpersonal relations and
group processes to issues and the practice of staff
development in schools. Investigates structures and
processes of communication in organisations and
applications to schools, and explores the part played
by school culture and school leadership towards
effective (quality) schooling.
ESC302 DIGITAL ENCULTURATION IN THE
21ST CENTURY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only.
This subject examines the digital culture that
children are immersed in the 21st century. This
Charles Sturt University
examination will assist students to come to a deeper
understanding of the culture of their students of the
future.
ESC303 VIRTUALLY TEACHING: LEARNING
VIRTUALLY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only.
This subject develops students’ knowledge of and
competence in the design, management and flexible
delivery aspects of education using Information and
Communications technology (the World Wide Web).
It explores the conceptual frameworks and practical
means for designing, implementing and evaluating
courses from both the practical and pedagogical
perspective, while having students learn through
the experience of being the student in an online
environment.
ESC331 TECHNOLOGY IN EARLY CHILDHOOD
SETTINGS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) students
This subject will explore the possibilities of
technology education in early childhood settings
concentrating on the design, make and appraise
heuristic.
ESC401 INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATIONAL
COMPUTING (8)
Enrolment restriction: available to Bachelor of
Education (Primary) and Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) Fourth Year students, Bachelor
of Education (Secondary) and Graduate Diploma
of Education (Secondary) students only.
Introduces the computer and related technology
to students, and overviews the operation of
the microcomputer. Students are expected to
become confident users of a word processor, as
well as working with other application software
(eg. databases, spreadsheets and graphics). The
potential of the computer in educational settings is
also discussed, with reference to the applications
packages and LOGO.
ESC402 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN
EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only.
This subject will examine the issues and
practicalities involved with integrating the World
Wide Web into the classroom. It will endeavour
to engage students in action research that will
make the theory presented in the subject practical,
relevant and immediately useful to classroom
practitioners.
ESG401 RECOGNISING THE GIFTED CHILD (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) students
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 473
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Introduces the area of Gifted Education and
provides information of the best methods of
recognition of the gifted and talented children
presently available to workers within the field.
ESG402 PROGRAMMING FOR GIFTED
CHILDREN (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Explores various approaches and provisions
currently available for gifted children. These are
related to historical and research data, and to
philosophical theories which frame the policies
offered in Australia and overseas. The student
examines these policies in a school environment.
ESL101 EARLY CHILDHOOD LITERACY
STUDIES 1 (8)
Introduces the nature of language and the young
child as a language user. Considers various theories
relating to the child’s oral language and early literacy
skills, and explores how a supportive language
learning environment, using children’s literature and
explicit literacy practices, can be developed.
ESL201 EARLY CHILDHOOD LITERACY
STUDIES 2 (8)
Prerequisite: ESL101
Develops the material introduced in ESL101 Early
Childhood Literacy Studies 1. Focuses on theory
and practice of reading and writing during early
school years, supported by reading and using a
wide range of children’s literature. Relevant Victorian
and NSW policy documents are examined and
placed in context with subject content.
ESL301 EARLY CHILDHOOD LITERACY
STUDIES 3
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
Prerequisite: ESL201 Early Childhood Literacy
Studies 2
This subject focuses upon catering for individual
differences in a literacy program. A variety of literacy
observation, assessment and evaluation strategies
will be used to develop a balanced literacy learning
program including Reading Recovery and First
Steps. A sequence of ESL and LOTE sessions will
introduce the theory and practice of catering to the
needs of second language learners.
ESL401 CHILDREN’S LITERATURE 1,
RESPONSE (8)
Students read widely in the field of children’s
literature, read about children’s literature and explore
ways of bringing children and books together.
ESL402 READING DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Consolidates student awareness of current views of
the reading process. Draws on teaching experiences
of students and resources such as the English
K-6 syllabus. Programming for reading instruction is
emphasised as is the child as an active learner.
ESL403 WRITING PROCESSES (8)
Investigates the nature of composing processes
and their classroom implications. Students reflect
on their own understandings of the composing
processes and their practices.
ESL407 LITERACY ACROSS THE SECONDARY
CURRICULUM (8)
This subject is designed to help secondary
teachers develop an understanding of the
The subject explores the nature of texts, their
particular characteristics and functions. It will
assist students to evaluate texts and to use a
variety of classroom strategies which might promote
effective and strategic reading and writing across the
curriculum.
ESR201 RURAL EDUCATION IN AUSTRALIA (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only.
Prerequisites: EPT214 Primary Practicum 3 or
EPT222 Professional Experience 2: Learning
and Teaching.
This subject provides an introductory study of rural
Australia, giving students the opportunity to develop
an appropriate understanding of rural culture and
the development of educational provision in nonmetropolitan areas. The subject explores the
effectiveness of this provision, particularly the
use of educational technology in achieving quality
education.
ESR202 TEACHING IN RURAL COMMUNITIES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) and Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only.
This subject deals in depth with management,
planning and implementation of quality education
or care programs for rural communities. A major
function of the subject is to sensitise students
to opportunities and constraints associated with a
rural location and the expectations and demands
of communities and sponsoring organisations or
systems.
ESR302 TEACHING IN RURAL SCHOOLS (8)
Prerequisite: EDT301 or EDT302
Prepares students for teaching in rural schools
and with multi-grade classes. This subject will
acquaint students with an understanding of the
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
474 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
unique advantages and problems of teaching in rural
schools. Topics include: programming, planning and
grouping techniques in the multi-grade classroom;
and the school and its community - the social
dynamics and the community as a resource.
ESR401 TEACHING IN RURAL SECONDARY
SCHOOLS (8)
Examines issues facing the teacher in rural schools.
Prepares staff for the retention of teachers in
rural schools, multi-grade teaching, integration of
technology into curriculum delivery and school and
teacher responses to declining enrolments are
examined. Management issues of rural schools
at the administrative and organisational levels are
explored.
ESR402 EDUCATION IN RURAL AREAS (8)
This subject examines the professional roles facing
rural primary teachers. The subject considers the
preparation of and retaining of teachers in rural
schools. The relationships between the school, its
teachers and the community as well as classroom
organisation and management issues in small
schools including the use of technology based
delivery systems and multi-age classroom teaching
strategies are examined.
ESS201 YOUNG CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL
NEEDS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood)
Prerequisite: EED121 Child Development: The
Early Years
This subject builds on previous studies in child
development, learning theory and curriculum ideas.
Students are introduced to issues involved in
meeting the special learning needs of children
with various disabilities. Particular attention is
paid to developmental disabilities affecting school
performances, including general learning disabilities,
disorders of communication, motor control, sensory
function and social development.
ESS202 PSYCHOLOGICAL DISORDERS OF
CHILDHOOD (8)
Prerequisite: ESS101 or ESS201 or ESS251
or EED106
Covers a wide range of child development
issues affecting mental health. Considers theoretical
explanations and practical outcomes of specific
psychological disorders. Introduces the process of
assessment and treatment.
ESS203 SPECIAL NEEDS AND ABILITIES (8)
Prerequisite: EED102 or EPT104
This subject provides students with a broad
understanding of the nature and requirements of
children with special educational needs. The needs
of children with a wide array of physical, sensory,
and learning impairments, as well as children
with special abilities, are discussed. Particular
consideration is given to the implications for both
families and schools.
Charles Sturt University
ESS251 SECONDARY SPECIAL EDUCATION (8)
Prerequisite: successful completion of EED151
& EEA252
Develops skills to recognise and address the
educational needs of adolescents with disabilities,
learning difficulties or behaviour disorders.
Emphasises practical delivery of appropriate
assessment, programming and evaluative
strategies, in the context of current practice and
policy direction.
ESS301 SPECIAL NEEDS & ABILITIES (8)
Prerequisite: EED102 Child Development and
EED103 Children and Learning
Provides students with a broad understanding
of the nature and requirements of children with
special educational needs. The needs of children
with a wide variety of physical, sensory and
learning impairments as well as special abilities are
considered.
ESS401 INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONALITY
(8)
Enrolment restriction: available to Bachelor
of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) Fourth Year
students and Bachelor of Education (Secondary)
students only.
Introduces ideas about the nature and requirements
of children with special educational needs. The
needs of children with physical, sensory, and
learning impairments as well as special abilities are
considered, as are educational strategies currently
in use to support these students.
ESS402 ASSESSMENT IN SPECIAL EDUCATION
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Graduate Certificate in Education
(Special Education). Graduate Diploma of
Special Education and Master of Education
(Special Education) students only.
This subject develops and extends theoretical
principles in psychoeducational assessment and
the application of these principles in practice.
It develops skills in the selection and use of
assessment instruments, and the interpretation of
results for teaching purposes. Assessment is
defined in process terms where factors impacting
on the whole child operating within the whole
environment are considered systematically. Within
this frame, norm referenced, criterion referenced
and curriculum based testing procedures are
considered in detail.
ESS403 MANAGING BEHAVIOUR PROBLEMS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Graduate Certificate in Education
(Special Education), Graduate Diploma of
Special Education and Master of Education
(Special Education) students only.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 475
This subject examines both pro-active and reactive
approaches to behaviour management within
ecological, psychoeducational, cognitive and
behavioural theories. These approaches are
examined from the perspective of special educators
and applied in naturalistic environments.
oral components and students will be introduced
to linguistic theory and language development
in children. Assessment procedures will be
examined as well as various teaching strategies and
approaches to deal with difficulties children may
have with reading, writing and communication.
ESS404 SPECIAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
& TEACHING STRATEGIES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Graduate Certificate in Education
(Special Education), Graduate Diploma of
Special Education and Master of Education
(Special Education) students only.
Covers a range of programming and instructional
approaches, all focussing on improving learning
outcomes in individuals with special needs. A range
of strategies, derived from behavioural, cognitive
and metacognitive literature are presented and
discussed.
ESS408 DIAGNOSTIC TEACHING OF
MATHEMATICS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Graduate Diploma of Special
Education and Master of Education (Special
Education) students only.
Prerequisite: EMM412 Mathematics Curriculum
Studies 2 or EMM304 Developmental
Mathematics 2 if enrolled in undergraduate
course.
Overviews development of acquisition of
mathematical concepts. The diagnostic remediation
process is examined. Teaching strategies
appropriate to children with learning difficulties are
described. Individual diagnosis and analysis of a
particular child’s mathematical problems, including
teaching to this analysis are developed in case study
form. Current research on teaching mathematics to
children with special needs is examined.
ESS405 EARLY INTERVENTION FOR CHILDREN
0-5 WITH DEVELOPMENTAL DELAY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Graduate Diploma of Special
Education and Master of Education (Special
Education) students only.
Covers recent developments in the organisation
of early educational intervention for infants and
children in early childhood programs. Family–
centred interventions are considered with maximum
possible use of generic services recommended.
ESS406 CONSULTATION AND COLLABORATION
IN SPECIAL EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Graduate Diploma of Special
Education and Master of Education (Special
Education) students only
This subject develops the process of interpersonal
and organisational communication from theoretical
principles to effective practices in collaborative
consultation. Practical application of developing
skills is required in regular communication settings.
ESS407 UNDERSTANDING LITERACY
PROBLEMS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Graduate Certificate in Education
(Special Education), Graduate Diploma of
Special Education and Master of Education
(Special Education) students only.
This subject has been designed to develop
and increase student awareness and knowledge
of linguistic development and literacy problems
experienced by children. This subject has an
emphasis on ‘hands-on’ approach to dealing with
children who have literacy difficulties. Literacy
in this topic will include reading, writing and
ESS409 SPECIAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM (8)
Enrolment Restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students, Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students, Graduate Diploma of
Special Education and Master of Education
(special Education) students.
Prerequisite: successful completion of four
subjects in Special Education specialisation.
This professional experience allows students to
demonstrate skills, knowledge and attitude
development in the special education subjects
covered in this specialisation. Supervision will
provide affirmation of strength as well as
opportunities for improvement in the students
teaching contexts. The professional experience is
six weeks in duration for internal students, this will
be followed by an academic component.
ESS415 THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD (16)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Education students
only.
Focuses on exceptional children and issues involved
in providing for them. Emphasises planning and
teaching programs which foster the literacy and
mathematics development of children with varying
abilities. Catering in regular classes for students
with a wide range of special needs, is an important
theme in the fourth year.
13
ESS490 ADOLESCENCE AND EXCEPTIONALITY
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary),
Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
476 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
Education (Vocational Education) or Bachelor
of Education (Technology and Applied Studies)
students only.
Prerequisites:EEL491.
Provides students with a broad understanding of the
nature and requirements of adolescents with special
educational needs. The needs of adolescents with
a wide array of physical, sensory and learning
impairments, as well as children with special
abilities including the gifted are discussed. Particular
attention is given to the implications for both families
and schools.
ETH201 ETHICS, LAW & AGEING 1 (8)
This subject begins with a study of the dominant
ethical theories underpinning health and welfare
policy. From there, the ethical principles of
autonomy, beneficence and justice are examined.
Centring on the ethical concept of care, a number of
legal and ethical issues concerned with ageing are
considered, including breakdown of care and abuse
and neglect of the elderly. A comparative study of
laws from the US, UK and Canada, concerned with
the protection of vulnerable adults, will be included.
ETH202 ETHICS, LAW & AGEING 2 (8)
Prerequisite: ETH201
This subject continues ethical and legal themes
developed in Ethics, Law and Ageing 1. In particular,
it examines the issues of diminished capacity and
impaired decision making; ethical and policy issues
relating to the allocation of health and welfare
resources with respect to the aged; legal and ethical
issues relating to death and dying.
ETH203 ETHICS AND SOCIAL WELFARE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: not for students who
have previously studied ETH401, SWK423.
Using a problem based focus, this subject explores
the relationship between ethical theory, ethical
principles, and social welfare practice and policy.
The conflict between personal and professional
values and the legal and organisational context of
practice will form the central part of this subject.
The ethics of intervention and issues of privacy,
autonomy, paternalism and coercion will also be
studied. The subject will conclude with a discussion
of moral risk, responsibility and accountability.
ETH301 ETHICS, DRUGS AND ADDICTION (8)
This subject makes use of recent philosophical
literature to examine ethical issues arising from
the use of drugs and alcohol. These include
rationality and weakness of will, personal
authenticity and intoxication, paternalism and
freedom, the relationship between addiction and
personal responsibility, and arguments for a against
decriminalisation of recreational drug use.
ETH401 ETHICS & SOCIAL WELFARE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: BSocSc(Social
Welfare)(Honours) students only.
This subject explores the relationship between
ethical theory, ethical principles, and social welfare
Charles Sturt University
The conflict between personal and professional
values and the legal and organisational context
of practice will be considered. The ethics of
intervention and issues of autonomy, paternalism
and coercion will be studied. The subject will
conclude with a discussion of moral risk,
responsibility and accountability.
ETL401 TEACHER LIBRARIANSHIP (8)
Provides students with an understanding of the role
of the teacher librarian within the school. Special
attention will be directed at the teacher librarian’s
collaborative role in facilitating inquiry learning.
EZR301 RECREATION & THE AUSTRALIAN
COMMUNITY (8)
Prerequisite: EZR102 and Principles and
practices of Sports Coaching
Aims to develop a greater understanding of the
nature of Australian society and how leisure and
recreation pursuits have influenced the development
of a lifestyle. The importance of the rural and
urban communities in this unique development will
be examined. Consideration of programming needs
for the individual and community and subsequent
development in the context of the human life cycle
will be an important facet of this subject together
with implementation and leadership.
FBB113 FOOD AND BEVERAGE OPERATIONS
(16)
This unit provides foundation knowledge and
specialist skills for hotel management and requires
a heavy practicum component over two semesters.
Students undertake practicums, in food and
beverage preparation, cuisine-knowledge and food
service to identify the administrative and functional
requirements of these operations. All practicums
are conducted in commercial, operating venues.
Food and beverage operations constitute a major
source of hospitality business, therefore the unit
aims to provide students with a broad overview of
the function of food outlets across a variety of venue
types and contexts while examining the implications
of venue type and size on function and operational
structure. The unit intends that students understand
the role of attitude in achieving ‘good service’ and
the importance the industry places on this both
in cultural terms and as integral to successful
core business. In addition, the unit will examine
and analyse the fundamental principles behind the
regulations relating to hygiene, safety and patron
care and their relevance in an increasingly litigious
society.
FDS101 FOOD PROCESSING (8)
Prerequisite: CHM104
Corequisite: ENG131
Provides an overview of the food processing
industry and introduces students to issues such as
food safety and nutrition, causes and control of food
spoilage, diet and health, food additives and food
laws as well as the manufacture of some of the
common food products.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 477
FDS201 FOOD TECHNOLOGY 1 (8)
Prerequisite: FDS101
Corequisite: FDS202
Considers the technology of the major processes of
food preservation in depth and also deals with the
technology of liquid foods.
FDS202 FOOD MICROBIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BIO115
Provides an overview of the role of micro organisms
in the food industry.
FDS207 INDUSTRY EXPERIENCE (0)
Enrolment restriction: available to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Applied Science
(Food Science) and the Associate Degree
of Applied Science (Food Processing).
This subject is designed to provide students with
experience in the food industry. The experience will
compliment the theoretical aspects of the course
and will enable students to broaden their outlook on
how foods are developed, processed and marketed.
Students with considerable work experience in the
food industry should still enrol in this subject but may
apply to have this experience credited towards the
subject.
FDS301 FOOD TECHNOLOGY 2 (8)
Prerequisite: FDS201
Considers a number of important solid and
semisolid foods-their composition, manufacture and
quality control.
FDS304 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT (8)
Prerequisite: MKT210 & STA201
This subject is project based. Students will study
in an integrated fashion the development of a new
or modified food product, its market potential and
legislation relevant to the product, its composition,
packaging and labelling. Evaluation of the product
will include sensory evaluation.
FDS305 QUALITY ASSURANCE (8)
Prerequisite: STA201 & FDS201
General principles involved in quality management
in a competitive market is discussed as well
as statistical process and quality control tools.
Objective and subjective methods of food quality
assessment are outlined and students will gain
some knowledge of food standards and legislation.
Given these tools, students are expected to be able
to plan and monitor the introduction of a quality
management system (and sustain such system)
within a food manufacturing organisation.
FDS306 WASTE MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: BIO115 & CHM107 & FDS301
Considers pollution control legislation, regulatory
bodies and methods for disposal of waste especially
those arising from the food processing industries.
FDS307 FOOD CHEMISTRY (8)
Prerequisite: CHM213
Introduces the language and principles of chemistry
as they relate to foods and to present a unified
picture of foods from the chemical standpoint.
FDS400 TECHNOLOGY OF CEREALS (8)
Prerequisite: Honours students only.
Considers the technology of cereals and food
production from cereals.
FDS401 TECHNOLOGY OF DAIRY PRODUCTS (8)
Prerequisite: Honours students only.
Considers the nature, production and marketing of
milk, cream, butter, anhydrous milkfat and cheese.
FDS402 TECHNOLOGY OF MEAT PRODUCTS (8)
Prerequisite: Honours students only.
Examines the nature of meat, its chemistry and
microbiology and its processing at an advanced
level.
FDS403 TECHNOLOGY OF FRUITS &
VEGETABLES (8)
Prerequisite: Honours students only.
Considers the technology of production, storage,
handling and processing of fruit and vegetables.
FIN211 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT(8)
Prerequisite: ACC100
Focuses on the goals and objectives of corporate
financial management. The principal approach is to
examine the theories and practice of investment,
financing and dividend decisions from a corporate
perspective.
FIN221 INVESTMENTS (8)
Prerequisite: (FIN211 or FIN210) and QBM117
The financing and risk management aspects
of corporate finance, and security and portfolio
analysis. Valuation techniques introduced in the
subject Financial Management are applied to
various investment types. Current theories in
Finance are examined.
FIN230 FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS & MARKETS
(8)
Prerequisite: ECO110 & (ECO120 or ECO100)
Examines the nature and operation of financial
institutions and markets in Australia and the
economics of the financial system in which they
operate. A wide range of financial institutions,
markets and securities are examined in detail,
together with financial intermediation, financial
flows, interest rate determination and money supply
formation. Emphasises contemporary issues in our
financial system.
FIN310 COMMERCIAL BANKING & FINANCE (8)
Prerequisite: (FIN220 or FIN221) & FIN230
Examines the financial management of domestic
financial institutions. Focuses on the measurement
and management of interest rate risk, off-balance
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
478 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
sheet risk, liquidity risk and capital risk. Also
examines loan pricing and diversification issues,
securitisation and bank transfer pricing.
FIN320 FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS LENDING (8)
Prerequisite: ACC110 & (FIN211 or FIN210)
Examines principles and techniques of lending in
financial institutions, and techniques involved in the
analysis and application of financial data for lending,
together with approaches for effective credit risk
management.
FIN331 FINANCIAL PLANNING (8)
Prerequisite: FIN211 or FIN210
Introduces the concepts involved in personal
Financial Planning, placing particular attention on
the various processes and principles which are
involved. It also provides an overview of the laws
and regulations relating to the financial planning
industry, the forms of government assistance to
individuals, the choice of investments available, and
the role of insurance and superannuation.
FIN340 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE (8)
Prerequisite: (FIN211 or FIN210) and (FIN230
or ECO320)
Covers a representative range of issues in
international finance and global financial markets.
Topics include spot and forward exchange rates,
interest rate parity, currency hedging and exchange
rate forecasting techniques. Also covers new
developments in the international financial system
such as euro-commercial paper and the
internationalisation of the equity market.
FIN350 STRATEGIC FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
(8)
Prerequisite: (FIN221 or FIN220) and FIN230
This subject examines the principle of adding value
for shareholders through the selective restructuring
of assets, liabilities and capital in the corporation
organisation. The subject uses the case study
method of instruction to expose students to
actual financial decision making situations, providing
them with greater insight into problems/strategic
issues faced by the financial manager in the
contemporary business environment. Topics
examined include capital budgeting and corporate
strategy, management of shareholders’ equity,
corporate debt policy and financing tactics and
instruments.
FIN360 TREASURY RISK MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: (FIN221 or FIN220) and FIN230
Examines financial risk management within the
context of a corporate treasury. Focuses on the
rationale for risk management, the dimensions of
corporate financial risk (interest rate, currency and
commodity risk), and techniques for managing risk
(both direct and synthetic). Students will become
conversant with the pricing and application of
derivative financial products.
Charles Sturt University
FIN370 FUNDS MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: (FIN221 or FIN220) and FIN230
This subject examines the construction,
management and protection of an investment fund
in the contemporary financial environment. Students
will apply their learning from previous finance
subjects to the process of managing an international
portfolio comprising both financial and real assets.
Students will also examine institutional aspects of
the managed sector in Australia.
FLM103 GENRES, MEANINGS & VIEWERS (8)
Studies a number of popular contemporary film
genres, such as romance, science-fiction and war
films, in relation to the audiences that watch or
consume them and in relation to the industries
that produce them - for example, Hollywood and
the Australian Film Industry. Introduces students
to contemporary methods of film analysis such
as semiotics and psychoanalytic criticism, and the
uses these methods to develop an understanding of
‘hybrid genre’ films of the 1980s and 1990s in terms
of their social and cultural contexts.
FLM104 AMERICAN FILM: DIRECTORS &
GENRES (8)
Enrolment restriction: cannot be included with
FLM101
A historical overview of the American cinema from
the silents to the 1940s. Emphasis is placed on
the development of specific cycles and genres. Key
American directors are examined with emphasis on
their relationship to the studio system. The role of
the studios in developing distinctive narrative modes
and visual styles is considered.
FPS101 FOUNDATIONS OF PARAMEDICAL
SCIENCE 1 (8)
Corequisite: CLS101
This subject develops the student’s knowledge of
human body structure and function, and investigates
the interrelationships between organ systems that
maintain homeostasis. Concepts are applied to the
investigation of disease and injury encountered in
the pre-hospital phase of patient care.
FPS102 FOUNDATIONS OF PARAMEDICAL
SCIENCE 2 (8)
Prerequisite: FPS101
In this subject students will be able to integrate
pathophysiological principles and assessment
findings to formulate a field impression and
implement the treatment plan for the patient with
haemorrhage, shock and cardiovascular problems.
Students will also investigate respiratory and renal
physiology and pathology in order to recognise and
manage conditions affecting these systems.
FPS201 FOUNDATIONS OF PARAMEDICAL
SCIENCE 3 (16)
Prerequisite: FPS102
This subject begins with an introduction to the
topic of pharmacology. Students will integrate
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 479
pharmacological and pathophysiological principles
as well as assessment findings to formulate a
field impression and implement a treatment plan
for the patient with respiratory, urological and
gastroenterological problems, soft tissue injuries,
musculoskeletal trauma and burns. This subject also
encompasses the investigation of immunity and the
management of infectious diseases, anaphylaxis
and allergic reactions.
FPS202 FOUNDATIONS OF PARAMEDICAL
SCIENCE 4 (8)
Prerequisite: FPS201 or PHC03C
In this subject students will be able to integrate
pathophysiological principles and assessment
findings to formulate a field impression and
implement the treatment plan for the patient with
cardiovascular disease, neurological problems, and
thoracic trauma. Students will also investigate
the pathophysiology and management options
for the patient with an environmentally induced
or exacerbated medical or traumatic condition,
abdominal trauma, spinal injuries, head and facial
trauma.
FPS203 READINGS IN PARAMEDICAL SCIENCE
(16)
Students study the latest advances in paramedical
science by undertaking and reporting on a
comprehensive literature search and analysis
of recent scientific, technological and medical
advances influencing paramedics.
FPS204 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
PARAMEDICAL SCIENCE (16)
Students apply their knowledge in paramedical
science by identifying an area of independent study
and presenting their findings in the form of a
project report. Students are required to develop an
independent study proposal under the guidance of a
supervisor, to plan and to carry out the study and to
present the findings.
FSM113 FOOD SERVICE MANAGEMENT (8)
This is a foundation unit in which the emphasis is
primarily on practical and physical aspects of food
and beverage management. Many of these aspects
have broader applications across the industry and
students must bring their knowledge from this unit to
their later unit study, GSM213. Students will study
the underlying theory and principles of management
in their second year unit, MGT211. By undertaking
case studies, research and simulations, students
formulate and apply routine systems and practices
for monitoring cost and stock control, maintaining
service standards, ensuring effective
communication between outlets and adhering to
Victorian and Australian legislative acts, regulations
and codes of practice. Through a practicum and
workshops, attention is given to the resolution of
issues both at the operational and management
level. Students role-play and review their decisionmaking ability. Students set their own study of the
factors that influence decision making, utilising those
practicums where they have observed decisions
being made by outlet managers. Specific protocols
of food and beverage management are identified
and the position of the food and beverage manager
in the hotel structure is examined.
GEO160 INTRODUCTION TO LANDSCAPE
PROCESSES (8)
Covers materials and processes that shape the
landscape. These principles provide a basis
for applied studies in vegetation, wildlife and
cultural heritage which will support planning and
management subjects later in the course. This
subject has a compulsory residential school.
GEO161 RESOURCE MAPPING (8)
Resource Mapping introduces student to mapping
and develops the essential skills of map and
aerial photo interpretation required by all resource
managers and recreation planners. Resource
Mapping is therefore a foundation subject for your
other studies. Skill development is an important part
of this subject. Much of your work will focus upon
the management issues and planning tasks where
maps and photos are invaluable tools. You will
also be exposed to important mapping technologies,
particularly Geographic Information Systems (GIS).
GEO164 EARTH SYSTEM PROCESSES (8)
Presents a global view of landforms and the
atmosphere. Landform evolution is placed in the
context of plate tectonic theory and the operation
of the hydrologic cycle. Meteorology deals with
the composition of the atmosphere, heat balance
and the greenhouse effect, cloud and precipitation
formation, the understanding of synoptic charts and
global climates.
GEO225 CONCEPTS OF GEOLOGY (8)
Introduction to important geological concepts of
crystals, minerals, rock types, fossils, stratigraphy,
structure and geological mapping techniques.
GEO226 SOIL & LAND SURVEY (8)
Prerequisite: GEO164 or GEO225 or GEO104
or GEO105
A major emphasis is made in the subject of the
origin, character and spatial distribution of soils at
a number of scales: local, regional and globally.
The close relationship of soils to both landscape
history and geomorphic processes is stressed.
Australian techniques for the mapping, description
and classification of soils and landscapes are
taught. Field mapping programs are supported by
Geographic Information Systems technology and
airborne and satellite imagery.
GEO227 ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: GEO164 or GEO225 or GEO104
or GEO105
Considers principles of optical mineralogy, genesis
and petrology of main rock types, geological
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
480 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
resources (mining, ores, fossil fuels), mining and the
environment, geological evolution of Australia.
GEO302 QUATERNARY GEOMORPHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: GEO226 or GEO313 or GEO202
or GEO206
Deals primarily with the late Tertiary and Quaternary
evolution of Australian landscapes. Techniques of
landscape reconstruction and geochronology are
treated in some detail prior to an examination of
the relict landscapes of Australia and particularly the
Murray Basin.
GEO313 FLUVIAL GEOMORPHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: GEO164 or GEO104
Fluvial geomorphology is the study of rivers
and their associated landforms and sediments.
This subject examines the hydraulics of open
channel flow as a basis for the understanding of
channel morphology, floodplain formation and river
management.
GEO360 CATCHMENT MANAGEMENT THROUGH
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT (8)
Prerequisite: PKM160, PKM101, GEO161
Links the protection of biodiversity and achievement
of sustainable development to catchment planning
that acknowledges the fundamental role of
community development. Students study the
theoretical and legislative foundations and the
achievements of landcare and integrated catchment
in Australia, examine the development and
implementation of regional natural resources
management strategies, and observe and assist
the work of landcare groups. This subject has a
compulsory residential school.
GER101 INTRODUCTION TO GERONTOLOGY (8)
Challenges many of the taken-for-granted ideas,
images and perspectives about old age. Critiques
traditional views about the role and status of older
people and examines demographic changes relating
to the aging of the population. Overviews the
significant changes that have occurred in retirement
patterns, in health care provision for older adults,
in family structure and old age and in residential
patterns associated with the aged.
GER102 GERONTOLOGY THEORY & RESEARCH
(8)
Introduces concepts and theories from biology,
sociology and psychology which have been applied
to the study of aging. Focuses on the development
of the multi-disciplinary field of gerontology and on
the research methods used in gerontology.
GER201 HEALTH & WELL-BEING IN LATER
LIFE (8)
Prerequisite: GER102
Examines the health status of older adults in
Australia including their life expectancy, prevalence
of dementia, the relationship between increasing
survival and morbidity, dominant patterns and
Charles Sturt University
causes of illness and disability amongst older adults
and patterns of health service delivery for older
Australians. Critiques the dominant ‘illness’ model of
aging and contrasts this with a well-being model
which highlights illness prevention, health promotion
and quality of life in old age.
GER202 CARING & AGEING (8)
Prerequisite: GER102
Distinguishes between everyday helping and
supporting and the concept of care. Focuses on
caring for older adults with common pathologies,
including dementia and/or mental health problems,
and the legal rights of these older adults. Examines
how care of older adults has moved away from a
purely illness and geriatric medicine orientation to a
broader gerontological approach.
GER203 AGEING IN RURAL AUSTRALIA (8)
Prerequisite: GER102
Identifies older adults living in rural Australia as
disadvantaged by certain quality of life indicators,
including low income, poor housing and limited
access to transportation and health and social
services. Introduces a range of demographic and
gerontological explanations and studies of these
trends. Students analyse various solutions and
policies for overcoming barriers to the health
and well-being of older people who live in nonmetropolitan areas.
GER301 CHOICES & OPTIONS IN LATER LIFE (8)
Prerequisite: GER102
Health and well-being in later life are the
central themes. Examines theoretical and practical
issues associated with life-style choice and selfdetermination of older adults. Topics include nutrition
and aging, education and learning in later life,
and reminiscence therapy. Students will have the
opportunity to select an additional topic area in their
field of specialisation or interest.
GER302 ISSUES IN GERONTOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: GER102
Examines two key issues in understanding the
phenomenon of ageing and the world of older
people: the impact of gender and of embodiment,
the latter through a discussion on the sexualised
body. Students are invited to reflect on the meaning
of sexuality in older people’s lives and its relevance
to students’ practice, and to explore the intersection
of gender and ageing.
GPM401 MANAGEMENT THEORY & POLICE
PRACTICE (B)
Examines various schools of management thought
and presents models through which personal and
organisational performance may be evaluated. The
work of the police manager is analysed in terms of
inherent informational, decisional and interpersonal
roles. The skills specially relevant to modern police
managers are analysed, including ethical decision
making, planning and human resource management
skills.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 481
GPM402 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN POLICING
(B)
Discusses contemporary debates about the origins
of modern policing, including the political and legal
relationship between police agencies and other
government departments; and the sociology of
policing and criminological theory.
GPM408 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTABILITY IN THE
PUBLIC SECTOR (8)
The knowledge and skills to effectively and
efficiently manage financial resources are covered.
Contemporary budgeting and financial systems
within the student’s organisation and the public
sector in general are examined with the emphasis
being on accountability for programs delivery and
activities.
GRP101 FUNDAMENTALS OF DESIGN (8)
The lectures and studio will explore the
fundamentals of design. Initial studies will introduce
design theory, the design process, design in context,
and the purpose of design as it relates to a
number of design disciplines. The students will
explore 2D and 3D design, scale, colour, repetition,
spatial relationships and design techniques. These
principles will then be applied to explore a series of
design problems through studio exercises.
GRP102 FUNDAMENTALS OF DESIGN 2 (8)
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Design 1
The lectures and studio will explore design
processes, typography and conceptualising in
the design process. The students will undertake
lectures and studio based assignments in colour,
design techniques and examine the application of
computers in the design industry in a 2D framework.
These principles will then be applied to explore a
series of studio based assignments.
GRP103 INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL
TECHNOLOGIES AND DESIGN (8)
This subject focuses on contemporary change in
the design industry as traditional design tools are
integrated with new techniques based on digital
technologies. Students are introduced to computer
technology and the range of implementation of
software programs to achieve design solutions.
GRP115 DESKTOP PUBLISHING &
TYPOGRAPHY (8)
This subject will examine the principles and
application of typography and digital publishing
as a means of expression and communication.
It will explore the graphic and communication
opportunities of a number of computer based
software.
GRP116 INTRODUCTION TO GRAPHIC DESIGN
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have completed GRP113
This subject is divided into two modules. The
first is an overview of the Graphic Design Industry,
its origins, influences, and future direction. It
canvasses the designer’s role in the design
processes including such notions as focal point,
scale, balance, use of contract, use of space.
The second focuses on drawing and illustration
introducing such things as drawing and illustration
technique, design composition, colour, texture,
space and figure.
GRP117 GRAPHIC DESIGN THEORY &
PRACTICE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not for any students
who have completed GRP113
This studio will explore the fundamentals of Design.
Initial studies will examine principles and theories
of Visual Organisation eg: scale dynamics, colour,
repetition, and progression with the use of line and
tone. These principles are then applied to explore a
variety of graphic solutions.
GRP223 DIGITAL DESIGN (8)
Prerequisite(s): GRP115
Enrolment restrictions: Not for any student who
has completed GRP221
This subject will examine the application of the
design process using computer-based systems
involving scanning, drawing, and typography in a
complex 2 dimensional framework. The application
of these elements and the integration of studio skills
will be developed through specific assignments.
GRP224 DESIGN FOR INDUSTRY (8)
Prerequisite(s): GRP115 DTP & Typography
Enrolment restrictions: Not for any student who
has completed GRP222
This subject will examine the more complex design
processes, limitations and demands that industry
place on the creative process. Students will study
the essential elements of pre-press production with
an emphasis on creating the right files for the
job. They will also learn how to prepare a brief
and in turn brief others such as printers and
photographers. This subject will explain the function
and design development of corporate identity,
promotional techniques, packaging and signage for
specific clients and these will be integrated into the
design outcomes.
GRP225 EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN (8)
Prerequisite(s): GRP223 Digital Design
Enrolment restrictions: Not for any student who
has completed GRP221
This subject will explore different avenues of 2 and
3D design - integrating computer application with
a variety of alternative techniques and disciplines.
An emphasis will be on a ‘hands-on’ teamwork
approach where groups of students plan, design,
and present their work(s) from initial concepts to a
pre-press solution.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
482 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
GRP226 ADVERTISING & DESIGN (8)
Prerequisite(s): GRP224 or GRP223
Enrolment restrictions: Not for any students who
have completed GRP22
This subject will examine the role of advertising;
how ads work and why certain campaigns
are more successful than others. Students will
examine award winning campaigns and consider
the changing trends in advertising and the effects
of technology. The application of these elements
and the integration of design and studio skills will
be developed through specific assignments and
seminars.
GRP327 CREATIVE ADVERTISING (8)
Prerequisite(s): GRP226 Fundamentals of
Advertising
This subject will focus on the creative aspect of
advertising, developing strategies, campaigns and
promotional ideas. Students will examine the various
roles within an advertising agency. Device concepts
and, within budget guidelines, develop ideas for
specific media. The application of these elements
and the integration of design and studio skills will
be developed through specific assignments and
workshops.
GRP328 COMPETITIVE DESIGN (8)
Prerequisite(s): GRP225 or GRP226
This subject requires that students accept
commissions from a variety of clients of both profit
and non profit organisations and are encouraged to
compete in a number of national and international
competitions.
GRP329 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND
FOLIO (16)
Prerequisite(s): GRP327 or GRP328
This subject has two strands; the first aims
to present a comprehensive understanding of
the graphic design industry and specifically the
designer/client relationship. The second strand is
aimed at properly preparing an effective and
successful portfolio that reflects the student’s skill
and commitment.
GRP330 ILLUSTRATION & CONCEPTS (8)
Prerequisite(s): DRW203 or DRW204
This subject will look at the range of professional
illustration and visualisation as a way of building
a portfolio of commercially viable illustrations and
images. The student will explore architectural
and advertising visualisations (eg storyboards) in
markers and other quicker techniques as well
as cartoons, comic art and caricatures. The
subject will also cover illustrative techniques within
diagrammatic presentations.
GRP331 PROFESSIONAL ILLUSTRATION (8)
Prerequisite(s): DRW203 & DRW204
In this subject the student will produce professional
style illustration within the formats of magazines,
book illustrations, CD’s and publications with specific
Charles Sturt University
briefs that target specific groups and is commercially
orientated. Students will also look at the role of
illustrators and possible career paths within the
design profession.
GRP401 DESIGN MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: approval of Course Coordinator.
This subject provides the student with a critical
analysis of the function, human resource
management operations and organisational
structure of design and advertising agencies.
GRP402 GRAPHIC DESIGN HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (32)
Prerequisite: approval of Course Coordinator.
A research program involving an area of graphic
design, approved by the course co-ordinator. The
research will lead to the production of a new body of
design work supported by an historical perspective
of the field.
GSM213 GUEST SERVICES MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: CMT112
This unit covers those aspects of service and
management relating specifically to rooms division,
front of house and associated services eg.
concierge, bellboy, business centre. This is a
foundation unit and provides students with the
operational knowledge upon which management
responsibilities and decisions must be made.
Students examine a range of venue types from
five star hotel and resort to clubs, and evaluate
the influence of style and size on the management
of accommodation services. As in FBB113 and
FSM113, students confront the issues of health and
safety, cost control, staff rosters and quality control.
Students will have learnt the applications of the
relevant computer systems in CMT112 and can now
evaluate these in terms of their relationship to the
needs of a particular venue.
HHS101 INTRODUCTION TO MENTAL HEALTH
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Mental Health) students only.
Introduces students to the broad concepts of mental
health and disease. Explores issues in mental health
in relation to the locus of care and examines the
roles and functions of the mental health worker
in relation to the various services involved in the
delivery of mental health care.
HHS103 ABORIGINAL MENTAL HEALTH &
WELL-BEING 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Mental Health) students only.
Explores the factors contributing to mental health
problems among Aboriginal people. Examines the
barriers and cultural issues associated with why
Aboriginal people do not utilise mainstream mental
health services. The role of the Aboriginal mental
health worker in addressing some of these issues is
also examined.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 483
HHS104 ASSESSMENT & CLINICAL
INTERVENTION 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Mental Health) students only.
Students apply and transfer the theoretical
knowledge gained in Session 1 to practice in a
clinical mental health setting in order to develop their
clinical competence.
HHS105 DIAGNOSIS & MANAGEMENT IN
PSYCHIATRY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Mental Health) students only.
Introduces students to the classification and
management of the main psychiatric and anxiety
disorders. The labelling process and societal values
amongst Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal people are
addressed. Biopsychosocial treatment modalities of
intervention are also examined.
HHS111 HEALING OUR SPIRIT: GRIEF AND
LOSS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Mental Health) students only.
Examines the causes and consequences of
grief and loss in Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander communities, focusing in particular on
multigenerational trauma and unresolved grief.
It explores the healing process which enables
personal and community recovery - looking at
both ancient and developing ways Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander people mourn. Students are
encouraged to explore their own healing process
and the significance of healing for achieving selfdetermination in Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander
communities.
HHS112 HEALING OUR PEOPLE
(COUNSELLING 1) (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Mental Health) students only.
Focuses on developing effective therapeutic
relationships with mental health clients. Emphasises
identifying personal values, attitudes, personality
factors and limitations which may help or hinder
the development of positive therapeutic relationships
with clients. Aims to enhance the self awareness of
the mental health worker in relation to occupational
stress and burnout.
HHS113 SUBSTANCE ABUSE - ASSESSMENT
& MANAGEMENT 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Mental Health) students only.
Introduces students to the psychosocial reasons
contributing to substance abuse in Aboriginal
communities. Examines ways of implementing
primary prevention programs and assessing and
managing people with substance abuse problems.
HHS114 ASSESSMENT & CLINICAL
INTERVENTION 2 (8)
Prerequisite: HHS104
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Mental Health) students only.
Students apply and transfer the theoretical
knowledge gained in Sessions 1 and 2 into practice
in a clinical mental health setting in order to enhance
their clinical competence.
HHS200 ABORIGINAL MENTAL HEALTH &
WELLBEING 2 (8)
Prerequisite: HHS103
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Mental Health) students only.
Examines Aboriginal culture and belief systems
and the effects of colonisation and social upheaval
on the mental health status of Aboriginal people.
Introduces educational strategies that could be
implemented to inform and educate non-Aboriginal
people about the effects and consequences of
colonisation upon the mental health status of
Aboriginal people. Traditional methods of healing are
also examined.
HHS203 ABORIGINAL MENTAL HEALTH &
WELLBEING 3 (8)
Prerequisite: HHS200
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Mental Health) students only.
Provides students with an understanding of the loss
and grief issues that affect Aboriginal people. Also
focuses on the Mental Health recommendations
contained in the Royal Commission into Aboriginal
Deaths in Custody Reports.
HHS204 ASSESSMENT & CLINICAL
INTERVENTION 3 (8)
Prerequisite: HHS114
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Mental Health) students only.
Students apply and transfer the theoretical
knowledge gained in Session One of Year Two to
practice in a clinical mental health setting in order to
enhance and consolidate the clinical skills acquired
in Year One and to acquire new skills required
to deal with child and adolescent mental health
problems and common crisis situations.
HHS205 CRISIS MANAGEMENT 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Mental Health) students only.
Provides students with an understanding of the
nature of crisis, crisis theory and crisis intervention.
The role of the mental health worker in crisis
situations is examined within the context of crisis
theory.
HHS210 ABORIGINAL HEALTH PROMOTION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Mental Health) students only.
Explores creative approaches to Aboriginal health
promotion within the context of community
development. Issues of empowerment, self
determination and partnership arrangements
between Aboriginal communities and the
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
484 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
mainstream health system are examined. The
role of the Aboriginal Mental Health Worker in
the community development and health promotion
process is closely examined.
HHS214 ASSESSMENT & CLINICAL
INTERVENTION 4 (8)
Prerequisite: HHS204
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Mental Health) students only.
Prepares the student for practice as a professional
Aboriginal Mental Health Worker and as such
it represents a synthesis of various theoretical
perspectives and clinical skills. The major emphasis
in the subject is on integrated problem solving,
skills mastery, time management, and a holistic
approach to mental health practice. It also gives
students a chance to consolidate their clinical skills
in order to manage clients presenting with difficult
and challenging behaviours.
HHS221 DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT IN
PSYCHIATRY 2 (8)
Prerequisite: HHS105
Enrolment restriction: Available only to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Health Science
(Mental Health)
This subject expands on HHS105 Diagnosis and
Management in Psychiatry 1 and provides students
with additional theoretical knowledge and skills to
enable them to correctly identify and manage the
major mental disorders. The subject examines
various management strategies with an emphasis
on culturally appropriate assessment and
management.
HHS222 SUBSTANCE ABUSE: ASSESSMENT
AND MANAGEMENT 2 (8)
Prerequisite: HHS113
Enrolment restriction: Available only to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Health Science
(Mental Health)
In this subject students further enhance their
knowledge and competence for addressing alcohol
and other drug problems within Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander communities, clinical mental
health and/or alcohol and other drug settings. The
subject focuses particularly on developing clinical
management strategies as well as community based
interventions.
HHS301 ACTION RESEARCH IN MENTAL
HEALTH (16)
Enrolment restriction: Available only to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Health Science
(Mental Health)
This subject equips students with a grounding in
basic research methodology. The subject integrates
action research theories and practice methods and
is designed to prepare students to conduct action
research projects within Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander communities and mental health settings.
Charles Sturt University
HHS302 WORKING WITH FAMILIES (8)
Enrolment restriction: Available only to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Health Science
(Mental Health)
This subject explores both the internal and external
dynamics of families as systems. It looks at the
range of diversity of families in relation to culture,
family roles, communities and service provision. The
causes of family breakdown are examined and ways
of initiating a healing process are discussed.
HHS303 HEALING OUR PEOPLE
(COUNSELLING 2) (8)
Prerequisite: HHS112
Enrolment restriction: Available only to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Health Science
(Mental Health)
This subject expands on HHS112 Healing our
People: Counselling 1. It examines specific
counselling models and their application as well
as focusing on healing practices for Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander people.
HHS304 MENTAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE
ABUSE (DUAL DIAGNOSIS) (8)
Prerequisites: HHS222 and HHS221
Enrolment restriction: Available only to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Health Science
(Mental Health)
This subject examines the correlation between
mental health, substance abuse and associated
social, emotional and physical issues. It explores
appropriate assessment and intervention strategies
to ensure holistic care of clients.
HHS305 ASSESSMENT AND CLINICAL
INTERVENTION 5 (8)
Prerequisite: HHS214
Enrolment restriction: Available only to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Health Science
(Mental Health)
This subject is a synthesis of the various theoretical
perspectives and clinical skills covered during the
course. The major focus is on the consolidation
of the clinical and theoretical knowledge, skills and
attitudes gained throughout the course in order to
enhance the skills of the Aboriginal and Torres
Strait Islander Mental Health and Drug and Alcohol
professional.
HHS306 CRISIS MANAGEMENT 2 (8)
Prerequisite: HHS205 Crisis Management 1
Enrolment restrictions: Available only to
students enrolled in the Bachelor of Health
Science (Mental Health) course
This subject expands upon the subject content
covered in Crisis Management 1. It examines
psychiatric emergencies and the management of
aggression, post traumatic stress reactions, suicide
and the acutely disturbed psychotic client. Legal
and ethical aspects of managing such clients are
discussed.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 485
HHS307 CHILD AND ADOLESCENT MENTAL
HEALTH (8)
Enrolment restriction: Available to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Health Science
(Mental Health) course
This subject examines the issues related to child
and adolescent development and the common
emotional behavioural problems experienced in
these age groups. The impact of racism on
common emotional and behavioural problems faced
by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander youth is
examined.
HLT100 PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN THE
CLINICAL SCIENCES (8)
This subject introduces students to basic hospital
practice, patient care and the responsibilities of
the health care professional. The subject will
consider topics such as ethics, medico legal issues
and communication. When this subject is taught
on campus with mixed groups there will be an
opportunity for students to work in their discipline
groups to discuss the relevance of the subject to
their own discipline.
HLT200 INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH
INFORMATICS (8)
Introduces students to the uses of information
technology (IT) in health care. The application
of IT to clinical record keeping, data retrieval,
research, communication, decision support and
financial management will be examined. Facilitates
the development of basic skills necessary for the
use of information technology in the health care
setting through various teaching-learning activities
including electronic mailing lists (listservers),
discussion forums and the World Wide Web.
HLT300 CLINICAL SCIENCES RESEARCH
PROJECT (8)
Prerequisite: RAD330
This subject is an independent research study in
clinical sciences involving the critical review and
evaluation of existing data and knowledge and if preapproved, the collection, analysis and interpretation
of new data. Students will be expected to relate their
study to practical applications within their own area
of professional practice ie nuclear medicine students
will be expected to undertake a project which is
related to the practice of nuclear medicine.
HLT322 RESEARCH METHODS FOR HEALTH
PROFESSIONALS (8)
Prerequisite: PSY102
This subject familiarises students with a range
of research methods that are used by health
professionals, and provides them with the skills
needed to engage in original research. Both
qualitative and quantitative techniques are
presented, and students are required to analyse
data with computer-based packages. Students are
also given skills for applying scientific principles to
routine clinical practice, exposed to ways in which
research results are disseminated, and encouraged
to apply critical evaluation to individual pieces of
research as well as to more general aspects of
research activity.
HMT122 INTRODUCTION TO HOSPITALITY LAW
AND QUALITY CONTROL (8)
This unit aims to equip students with an
understanding of the legal obligations of
management in relation to employees and third
parties as defined in the relevant state or
tertiary acts. In relation to hospitality and hotel
management these apply to Occupational Health
and Safety, Food Handling and Hygiene and Public
Liability.
HMT313 PROJECT MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students in the Bachelor
of Hotel Management (through Holmesglen
Institute of TAFE)
The lifecycle of a project is studied through
the conceptual, developmental and implementation
phases. Specific theoretical techniques which have
been developed to manage projects effectively are
examined. The contribution of computer software
packages to the task of project management is
studied in practical settings. Risk factors, which may
threaten the execution of projects, are identified. The
responsibilities of the project manager, particularly in
tourism projects, are studied in simulated situations.
HRM210 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: MGT100
Develops an appreciation and understanding of
human resource management from both the
specialist and generalist perspective. Identifies how
the role of the specialist human resource manager
fits into an organisational framework, and how it
contributes to better people management.
HRM310 DEVELOPING HUMAN RESOURCES (8)
Prerequisite: MGT210
Deals with the process of training and developing
people in organisations. Covers study of learning
theory and study of the core functions of HRD and
its application in the organisation. Keeps a practical
and theoretical balance in its approach.
HRM320 ISSUES IN HUMAN RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: HRM210
Examines issues in Human Resource Management
that are currently of importance in the academic
study of human resources and/or in the practice
of human resource management in Australian
organisations.
HRM330 STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: HRM210
Integrates various functional areas of human
resource management with business strategy, to
provide a business orientation of HRM. Theoretical
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
486 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
and application issues in staffing, compensation,
performance appraisal, training and development,
and industrial relations are studied.
HRM507 RESEARCH METHODS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Admission to the
Bachelor of Business (Honours) or Master
of Business (Human Resource Management)
or (Industrial Relations).
This subject introduces students to the various
methodologies that can be used in the collection and
interpretation of data. Qualitative and quantitative
methods are both considered in a critical fashion.
Students will then be able to select the most
appropriate methodology for further research
projects and be able to asses the validity of research
reports in the context of the methodology used.
HRS408 SCIENCE HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Honours students only.
The subject is one of a suite of Honours research
subjects allowing a sufficiently flexible combination
of subjects to reflect the subject equivalent load
of their Honours research project. Within these
subjects, students will develop an advanced level
of knowledge in a nominated discipline, and
develop research, verbal and written skills in a
specialised field. The Honours research includes the
presentation of two seminars, project reports and a
final dissertation.
HRS416 SCIENCE HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Honours students only.
The subject is one of a suite of Honours research
subjects allowing a sufficiently flexible combination
of subjects to reflect the subject equivalent load
of their Honours research project. Within these
subjects, students will develop an advanced level
of knowledge in a nominated discipline, and
develop research, verbal and written skills in a
specialised field. The Honours research includes the
presentation of two seminars, project reports and a
final dissertation.
HRS424 SCIENCE HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (24)
Enrolment restrictions: Honours students only.
The subject is one of a suite of Honours research
subjects allowing a sufficiently flexible combination
of subjects to reflect the subject equivalent load
of their Honours research project. Within these
subjects, students will develop an advanced level
of knowledge in a nominated discipline, and
develop research, verbal and written skills in a
specialised field. The Honours research includes the
presentation of two seminars, project reports and a
final dissertation.
HRS432 SCIENCE HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (32)
Enrolment restrictions: Honours students only.
Charles Sturt University
The subject is one of a suite of Honours research
subjects allowing a sufficiently flexible combination
of subjects to reflect the subject equivalent load
of their Honours research project. Within these
subjects, students will develop an advanced level
of knowledge in a nominated discipline, and
develop research, verbal and written skills in a
specialised field. The Honours research includes the
presentation of two seminars, project reports and a
final dissertation.
HRT100 INDUSTRY WORK EXPERIENCE (0)
Prerequisite: Environmental Horticulture
students only.
Students must undertake the equivalent of six
(6) weeks work experience (off-campus) in the
horticultural industry.
HRT106 GENERAL HORTICULTURE (8)
This subject is a study of those horticultural
principles and activities as practised and how they
span fundamental concepts of the biological and
physical sciences, art and design, common sense
and social responsibility.
HRT107 INTRODUCTORY LANDSCAPE DESIGN
(8)
The Design Process, as it applies to Landscape
Design, is introduced and landscape design
considered as a component of landscape planning.
Effective graphic communication, an inseparable
component of any design process, is investigated
through a range of graphic techniques suited to the
illustration of Landscape Design propos.
HRT202 PLANT TAXONOMY AND SYSTEMATICS
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Usually taken by
students enrolled in BAppSc(EnvHort) and
BAppSc(EnvSc)
Prerequisite: BIO126 or BIO100
An introduction to the classification, naming,
identification and floral biology of plants. Skills
in identifying native and exotic species, using
conventional and computer-based keys, will be
developed. The recognition of plant family
characteristics is emphasised.
HRT209 LANDSCAPE PLANTING & DESIGN (8)
Prerequisite: HRT107
The framework of the design process, established in
HRT107 (Introductory Landscape Design), is further
expanded by detailed consideration of the design
of plant assemblages for amenity purposes. Design
work for landscape concept, through Master Plan
design, to implementation drawings is an important
component of the subject.
HRT210 HORTICULTURAL GROUND CROPS (8)
Students will study the major vegetable crop groups,
including root crops (eg; potato, alliums, carrots),
leaf and stem crops (eg; lettuce, brassicas, celery)
and fruit/flower crops (eg; cucurbits, legumes,
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 487
solanaceous vegetables and cut flowers). Specific
production requirements and management options
will be matched to the anatomy and physiology of
each group, as well as to the crop origins. This
subject will encourage students to apply scientific
principles to a spectrum of specific production
systems.
HRT211 HORTICULTURAL PERMANENT
PLANTINGS (8)
An overview of the range and origins of tree
crops is presented, followed by an overview of the
domestic and global industries. The establishment
and ongoing management of an orchard are then
covered from a biological perspective, including
site assessment, planting, tree size, inter-row
management, pruning, harvesting and manipulation
of flowering and fruit set.
HRT301 PLANT PROPAGATION (8)
Prerequisites:BIO126
A study of the theoretical and practical aspects of
the commercial propagation of horticultural plants.
HRT302 NURSERY PRODUCTION (8)
A study of the production of quality, containerised
plants in a nursery environment.
HRT303 PLANT ESTABLISHMENT (8)
Prerequisites: HRT209
An introduction to the principles and practices
involved in the successful establishment of plant
assemblages for amenity purposes. General
principles and the range of practices involved in
a diversity of environmental circumstances are
studied.
HRT304 LANDSCAPE MANAGEMENT (8)
Landscape Management requires an appreciation of
environmental processes acting on the landscape,
as well as its recreational and cultural/social role.
This is approached, along with the processes
and technologies used to manage plants and
landscapes.
HRT310 ISSUES IN PRODUCTION
HORTICULTURE (8)
This subject will provide students with a grounding
of the current trends, issues and developments
in production horticulture. This subject explores
how Australian horticultural industries are regulated,
protected and improved. It then looks at trends and
issues, such as enterprise complexity, alternative
production, quality assurance, genetically modified
organisms and seasonal labour.
HRT311 POSTHARVEST TECHNOLOGY (8)
Students gain a detailed understanding of how
horticultural products change after harvest, and the
pre-and post-harvest conditions that will maintain
quality of produce for an extended shelf life. Topics
include the physiological and biochemical principles
of ripening and decay, and the techniques for
controlling temperature, water loss, atmospheric
conditions, pathogens and physical injury.
HSC101 HUMAN HEALTH SCIENCE 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available only to
complementary medicine students.
Provides a foundation for Human Health Science 2,
3 and 4. The subject covers chemistry, anatomical
terminology, cell biology, histology, integumentary
system and the principles of support and movement.
HSC102 HUMAN HEALTH SCIENCE 2 (8)
Prerequisite: HSC101
Focuses on the topics which play key roles in
survival and continuation of life. Areas covered
include structures and functions of the endocrine
and reproductive systems, major features of
human heredity and prenatal development, basic
microbiology and immunology and fundamental
principles of pharmacology.
HSC201 HUMAN HEALTH SCIENCE 3 (8)
Prerequisite: HSC102
Explores the structure and function of the
human nervous and cardiovascular systems and
emphasises the role of these systems in the
maintenance of homeostasis.
HSC202 HUMAN HEALTH SCIENCE 4 (8)
Prerequisite: HSC201
Covers anatomy and physiology of the lymphatic,
gastrointestinal, respiratory and urinary systems
and their contribution to the maintenance of
homeostasis. In particular, this subject will include
an in-depth study of specific and non-specific body
defences; the metabolism of carbohydrates, fats and
proteins; and the regulation of various body fluid
compartments for the maintenance of homeostasis.
Continual development of practical and problemsolving skills is emphasised.
HSM161 HEALTH SERVICES ORGANISATIONS
(8)
This subject is an introduction to the complex
nature of contemporary organisations. Knowledge
is applied to understand and analyse management
practice in the Australian health service industry.
HSM179 CONCEPTS OF HEALTH & ILLNESS (8)
Students compare and contrast a variety of
definitions and models of health, disease, disability
and ageing. Physical, psychological, socio-cultural,
political and environmental health determinants are
explored.
HSM180 INTERDISCIPLINARY HEALTH CARE (8)
In this subject, the knowledge base, skills mix and
philosophical orientations of a variety of clinical
health professions is overviewed. An understanding
of the roles, priorities and interrelationships of
these professions in the delivery of health care is
developed.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
488 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
HSM201 HEALTH MEASUREMENT & ANALYSIS
(8)
Prerequisite: ITC180
This subject introduces the measures used in
health services management, epidemiology and
biostatistics, and develops the skills necessary for
the description and analysis of quantitative health
science and epidemiological data.
HSM202 MANAGING HEALTH SERVICES (8)
Prerequisite: HSM160
This subject introduces the student to the nature
of management practices with an emphasis on the
development and practical application of relevant
workplace skills-based knowledge. This subject
emphasises behavioural dimensions of health
services management with attention focused on
the functions of decision-making, managing conflict,
organisational communication, understanding power
relationships, working with and leading groups/
teams, managing organisational change and
understanding organisational culture.
HSM243 HEALTH SERVICES POLICIES (8)
Prerequisite: NHA160 & NHA161
Provides a framework to analyse issues affecting the
development of health care policies and procedures
within the Australian health care system, which
have impacted on the planning, administration
and delivery of health care services. A number
of perspectives are used to provide insight
including economic, political, sociological and
epidemiological. Emphasis is given to the politics of
contemporary health care issues including resource
allocation, patients rights and informed decision
making, the role of the private sector, the impact of
technology, the dynamics between provider, payer
and consumer and the political dimensions of health
care strategies.
HSM244 HEALTH SERVICES RESOURCES
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: NHA160 and NHA161
This subject aims to provide students with the
understanding, knowledge, skills and ability of what
is required to manage health services effectively.
Students will be required to assess the types
of systems and resources available to the health
services manager in order to make resource
decisions within the context of strategic or business
plans and financial constraints.
HSM249 ISSUES IN UK AMBULANCE SERVICES
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: HSM161
Enrolment restriction: Available only to students
enrolled in the Diploma of Ambulance Service
Administration (UK offering only)
This subject introduces and develops students’
understanding of a variety of issues impacting
on the management of UK Ambulance Services.
Although identifying a range of topics there is no
suggestion that the range of topics identified are the
most important in any absolute sense.
Charles Sturt University
HSM282 HEALTH MANAGEMENT EVALUATION
(8)
Prerequisite: NHA160 and NHA161 (for Bachelor
of Health Services Management students),
NHA161 or NHA181 (for Bachelor of Health
Science (Pre-Hospital Care) Conversion
students).
Students analyse the conceptual framework
underpinning the evaluation of health care services.
Students will be required to develop and justify
evaluation methods and tools pertinent to the
measurement of effectiveness of a particular health
care service.
HSM288 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
IN HEALTH SERVICE ORGANISATIONS (8)
Prerequisite: NHA287
This subject examines the general functions,
roles and skills of managers, and the particular
responsibility of line/operational managers for
human resource management. It examines the
role of line managers in personnel practices such
as recruitment, selection, induction, performance
appraisal, and staff development and suggests
that human resource planning is an integrating
mechanism in this process. Aims to make students
aware of how human resource management
specialists can assist line managers in activities
associated with personnel management.
HSM370 INDUSTRIAL & PROFESSIONAL
ISSUES IN HEALTH SERVICES (8)
Prerequisite: NHA180
This subject explains the historical and political
background to the recent changes that have
occurred in the Australian industrial relations
system, and the significant impact that they have
had on the management of health services today.
HSM410 MANAGEMENT OF AGED CARE
SERVICES (8)
Aims to acquaint managers of health and aged
care services with the issues involved in aged
services provision. Students will consider the history
of aged care service development in Australia.
A framework for analysing aged services policies
will be introduced and students will study the
implementation of policy directives in their own
organisation.
HSM513 HEALTH SERVICES MANAGEMENT
RESIDENTIAL SCHOOL (0)
Corequisite: Either HSM161 or HSM401 and/or
HSM404 or HSM403
Enrolment restriction: Restricted to students
enrolled in undergraduate and postgraduate
courses in Health Services Management and
Aged Services Management by distance
education
This subject is designed to develop skills required
for effective distance learning in Health Services
Management and Aged Services Management.
Practical exercises, interviews and visits exploring
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 489
both the content and delivery of courses and
subjects will be undertaken.
HST101 THE CONTEMPORARY WORLD 1 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Not available to students
who have completed HST103 or HST104.
This subject examines the major political,
ideological, economic, social and technological
changes which characterised world history from
1914 to 1945. Topics include total war, the
Russian revolution and its impact, liberalism and
its opponents, responses to fascism, decolonisation,
mass media and the arts. The importance of
historical memory for an understanding of the
present, and the role of the individual historian in
interpreting the past are also considered.
HST102 THE CONTEMPORARY WORLD 2 (8)
This subject examines the major political,
ideological, economic, social and technological
changes which have characterised world history
from 1945 to 1995. Topics include the Cold War,
social and cultural revolutions, the third World, mass
media and the rise of global culture. The importance
of historical memory for an understanding of the
present, and the role of the individual historian in
interpreting the past are also considered.
HST105 AUSTRALIAN STUDIES (HISTORY) (8)
This subject examines the history of Australia
focusing on social, economic and political changes
over time.
HST201 COLONIAL AUSTRALIA (8)
Surveys Australian history from 1788 to the
beginning of the 20th century. A wide range of views
on the origins, development and nature of Australian
society in this period is considered.
HST204 TWENTIETH CENTURY AUSTRALIA (8)
Surveys Australian history from Federation to 1988.
Covers a range of events, debates and social
developments that have shaped Australia during the
20th century.
HST209 PUBLIC HISTORY (8)
This subject provides an introductory survey of
history produced by, and for, the public sphere.
Overall, the subject will seek to investigate the
different ways in which people seek to know,
present and understand their past in order to better
understand the historical sensibilities of their own
time and culture.
HST210 MEDIA AND SOCIETY IN THE
TWENTIETH CENTURY (8)
Enrolment restriction: Not for students who
have previously completed COM106, COM226
or COM1034
This subject analyses the significance of the media
in the modern and contemporary world, examining
developments from c.1870 to the present. Topics
include the rise of the mass press and film, radio
and television industries, the use of communication
media for economic and political persuasion through
advertising and propaganda, interrelationships of
the media, the military and society during war, and
the impact of globalisation on the media. The subject
is designed to provide historical perspective on the
media as key institutions of modern societies.
HST211 GENDER, SEXUALITY & IDENTITY IN
EUROPE FROM 1890 (8)
This subject would give an historical review of
changes in gender roles, sexual behaviours and
forms of identity over the past century. The course
will concentrate on Europe. Topics covered will
include women and citizenship rights, homosexuality
in British culture, changing patterns in marriage
and divorce, and gender roles in both fascism and
communism.
HST301 INTERNATIONAL HISTORY FROM 1945
(8)
Examines international relations after 1945.
Concentrates on the origins, rise and resolution
of conflict between America and Russia, and the
erosion of the bi-polar world system of the Cold War
by the fragmentation of Eastern and Western blocs
and emergence of the Third World. Topics include
the Korean and Vietnam Wars, the Cuban missile
crisis, and foreign relations of China and Japan.
HST303 LITERATURE & SOCIETY (8)
Studies English social history in the period
1914-1939 using literary sources. Examines war
memoirs, best sellers, detective stories, and novels
of recognised literary merit for social insights.
HST304 REGION, COMMUNITY & LOCALITY (8)
Examines the influence on regional, community
and local studies of broader developments in
historical studies, particularly changing emphases
in historical investigation and the use of new
methodologies. Developments in Europe and
Australia are considered. Selected studies of an
Australian region or locality are critically appraised in
terms of their theory, methodology and content.
HST307 APPLIED HISTORY (8)
Prerequisite: HST209 (or simultaneous
enrolment in HST209)
Introduces the practice of applied public history in
the community.
HST308 AUSTRALIA & ASIA
Examines the history of Australia’s political, cultural
and economic relations with Asia, aiming to provide
an understanding of the complex issues involved in
Australians present-day attempt to come to terms
with their region. Changing perceptions of Asia are
emphasised: from alien source of threat, both Yellow
Peril and Red Peril, to Asia as a region inextricably
bound to Australia’s future. Particular attention is
given to the roles of race, culture and ideology
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
490 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
in Australian attitudes to Asia and to tension in
Australia’s history between the nations British and
Western cultural heritage and political and economic
interests arising from its geographical location in the
Asian-Pacific region.
HST310 DRUGS AND ALCOHOL: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVES (8)
Drugs and alcohol have been looked upon in vastly
different ways over time, and according to the
cultural context in which they are being considered.
Even the term ‘illicit drugs’ is a relatively modern
one. Yet, current debates are most often ahistorical
– they proceed from the assumption that drug and
alcohol use, public policy and law do not have a
past. In this subject we explore how drugs and
alcohol have been considered at key moments in
history.
HST401 HISTORY HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (32)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Arts
(Honours) students only.
Requires research in primary sources on an
approved topic and the submission of a dissertation
of 15 000 words.
HST411 THEORY & METHOD OF HISTORY (16)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Arts
(Honours) students only.
Studies the nature of historical inquiry and the
writing of history. Preparation for the undertaking of
independent historical research.
HST412 HISTORY READING SUBJECT (16)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Arts
(Honours) students only.
This subject Involves in-depth reading and seminars
in one of a range of possible fields of study from
modern Australian, American, British, French and
Russian history. Individual reading subject proposals
are negotiated with the appropriate supervisor.
INF100 LIBRARY & INFORMATION SERVICES (8)
The subject introduces students to the role,
functions and operations of libraries, to the needs of
clients, and develops an awareness of current trends
in information delivery.
INF101 INFORMATION SEEKING (8)
Introduces the area of information seeking and
information needs. The concepts of what is
information, how information is communicated,
barriers to the communication of information
are discussed. Some commonly-used information
sources are introduced.
INF102 ORGANISING INFORMATION (8)
Introduces students to the ways in which we provide
access to documents, whether they are in print,
audiovisual or electronic format. In particular, it
examines the creation of records (surrogates) to
Charles Sturt University
identify and describe documents and the use of
classification schemes, artificial indexing languages
etc, to provide users of an information resources
with a subject approach to information retrieval.
Students are given the opportunity to learn
basic principles of organisation and retrieval,
which will serve them in a variety of
information-related environments. Students are
expected to demonstrate a practical understanding
of cataloguing, classification and indexing through
use of bibliographic tools such as AACR2 and DC.
INF107 PROFESSIONAL STUDY VISIT 1 (2)
Prerequisite: INF100; INF101
For all students - the equivalent of at least
twenty hours spent on obtaining information about
libraries and information agencies in the student’s
geographic region or other approved centre at one
of a range of centres defined by the University.
INF109 LIBRARY SCIENCE RESIDENTIAL
SCHOOL (0)
This course based residential school introduces new
undergraduate students to the discipline of library
science and the structure of the BA (Library and
Information Science) course.
INF115 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY IN
LIBRARIES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: BA (Library &
Information Science) students only
This subject aims to provide students with an
overview of the use of information technology
in libraries and related information agencies. It
introduces them to the application of computer and
communication technologies in libraries, the basics
of information systems and technology, and a variety
of management issues: staff training, user education
and the impact of information technology on library
services. It is intended to prepare students to
function in a computerised environment, enable
them to keep abreast of current developments and
encourage them to evaluate information systems
and technology in terms of user needs.
INF116 DESCRIBING AND ANALYSING
INFORMATION RESOURCES (8)
This subject introduces students to the principles
and practices of describing and analysing
information resources in library and related
information contexts. It uses metadata standards
to illustrate the basic principles which underlie
effective information organisation practice. Examples
are drawn from a range of information environments,
including but not limited to libraries, and from a
variety of information carriers. The organisation of
electronic resources is particularly noted.
INF200 LIBRARY SUPERVISION &
MANAGEMENT (8)
Basic management competencies and skills are
addressed as a foundation for their application in
library-related activities. Emphasis is on effective
human relations to the supervisory level.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 491
INF201 COLLECTION MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: INF100
Enrolment restrictions: BA (Library &
Information Science) students only.
Focuses on the creation and management of
collections of print, audiovisual and electronic
resources to achieve the goals of libraries and
other information agencies. Attention is devoted
to the assessment of community information
needs, collection policy formulation, selection and
acquisition of materials, financial management,
de-selection of materials, collection evaluation,
cooperative collection management and resource
sharing, and issues relating to the preservation of
materials and censorship.
INF202 INFORMATION SOUR CES & SERV ICES
(8)
This subject introduces students to information work
in libraries and to the underlying philosophy of
reference service. It examines the major information
sources and services used and developed by
librarians to answer information requests. The
concept of search strategies is introduced for both
electronic and manual searching. The role and
dynamics of reference interviews and their role in
the larger reference process is studied. A variety of
search strategies is examined and evaluated.
INF204 PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION (8)
Discusses aspects of publishing and the ‘book trade’
pertinent to the provision of resources in various
formats. While emphasis is on the Australian
scene, treatment of topics is general enough to
have application in most countries. It covers the
role of authors and other creators, the physical
production of resources, the publishing industry
and its structure, and the supply industry. It takes
account of the impact of technological innovations
(electronic publishing, CD-ROM, etc.) in this field.
INF205 TRE NDS IN LITERATURE
FO
R CHILDRE N
(8)
This subject traces the development of children’s
literature (including illustration) with special
emphasis on the English speaking world, paying
particular attention to the technological, cultural
and social influences that have shaped that
development. The context is set by a short history of
Children’s Literature, from its beginning until present
day, using important examples of the literature as
illustration. Examination is made of the impact
on the literature of social issues, educational and
literary trends, the developments of library services
for children, literary awards, advances in publishing,
the impact of the media and latterly the Internet.
INF207 PROFESSIONAL PLACEMENT (4)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts (Library
and Information Science).
All students - three weeks practical experience
(unless determined otherwise by the Subject/Course
Coordinator) in a given library or other information
agency, to gain an overview of a library or selected
information agency, to aid the student to relate the
theory of librarianship to practical situations, and to
assist in assessing suitability for the profession and
eventual job placement.
INF301 CONTEMPORARY LIBRARY
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: INF200
Introduces students to the theory and some practical
skills required of library supervisors and managers
in planning, organising, maintaining and developing
the library’s human resources. Introduces students
to library financial management.
INF302 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT IN
ORGANISATIONS (8)
Aims to provide students with an overview
of information management in an organisational
context. It explores how information is used in
support of organisational objectives, examines
information resources and information processes
in an organisation, discusses ways in which
information managers assess information needs
(both corporate needs and the needs of individual
users) describes techniques used to evaluate
information provision in the organisation, and
introduces students to the development of corporate
information policies. The subject is intended to set
corporate library services within the wider context
of strategic information management and to give
students an opportunity to study the management
of information in a context which is not necessarily
library-based.
INF303 INFORMATION SOCIETY ISSUES (8)
Students will study the issues facing library and
information services in the information age, the
changes and developments in communication,
technology and social and political issues
(information policy, information rich/information
poor), and the legal and ethical issues regarding
information (eg censorship, freedom of information).
INF304 PERF ORMANCE EVALUATION FOR
LIBRARIES (8)
Prerequisite: INF301
This subject introduces the need for, and means of
evaluating library and information services. Different
staff appraisal models are also evaluated.
INF307 PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES (2)
This subject requires students to attend and
report on a minimum of 30 hours of professional
activities (such as conference sessions, seminars,
workshops) of value to the development of library
and information services professionals.
13
INF310 TOPICS IN LIBRARY MANAGEMENT (8)
Provides students with an introduction to and
analysis of some current topics and issues in library
management. Initial topics are the development of
teams and teamwork, and an introduction to the
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
492 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
theory and practice of marketing as applied to library
and information agencies.
INF311 PRESERVATION OF INFORMATION
RESOURCES (8)
Prerequisite: INF201
Recognising that the preservation of library
collections is now a major responsibility of
information professionals in Australia, this subject
seeks to educate students in the administration
and technical aspects of preservation programs. It
investigates the settings in which such programs
occur, the factors involved in program planning
and management, the relationship between library
materials and scientific advances, financial
considerations, sources of expertise at state and
national level. The focus is on management and
administration rather than on technical procedures.
INF314 ADVA NCED INFO
RM
A
TION
RETRIEVAL
(8)
Prerequisite: INFI02
Builds on INF102 and provides students with a more
in depth study of information retrieval, including
techniques, developments and problems. This is an
area in which considerable change is taking place
and the subject will adapt to take developments
into account. It’s overall aim, however, is to alert
students to the changes and to research in the
area, encourage them to evaluate and be critical of
existing systems and provide them with the base
knowledge with which to develop systems.
INF421 DA
T ABASE M
A NAGE M
E NT SYSTEM
S
Prerequisite: INF413
Computer databases are an essential technology
component in the delivery of an information service.
Two database technologies: relational databases
and text retrieval systems; are examined and
contrasted in the subject. Database design, creation
and manipulation are topics covered with a
hands-on practical component.
INR200 INDUSTRIAL RELA
T IONS IN THE
HEA LTH INDUSTRY (8)
Prerequisite: NHA181
This subjects provides a general introduction to
the character and nature of Australia’s industrial
relations system. It will also specifically outline the
main features of the operation of industrial relations
within the broad health industry. Particular attention
will be directed to the main industrial relations
participants in the health industry, the processes of
interaction relied upon and the range of issues of
most concern to the health industry. A contemporary
focus will be used throughout the subject.
INR210 INDUSTRIAL RELA
T IONS IN AUSTRALIA
(8)
Prerequisite: M
GT 100
Covers background and history of Australian
industrial relations in order to understand the
contemporary scene. The main participants, their
structures, activities and roles are studied together
Charles Sturt University
with the institutions and processes which constitute
industrial relations in Australia. Industrial relations
outcomes and the relationships to other aspects
of management are also covered. Provides the
necessary foundation for further studies in industrial
relations.
INR220 ISSUES IN INDUSTRIAL RELA
T IONS (8)
Prerequisite: INR210
Identifies and analyses main contemporary issues
in Australian industrial relations. Highlights the
dynamic nature of industrial relations. Of particular
concern is the impact that political, social and
economic changes have on the evolution of a
system of industrial relations.
INR230 WOR KPLACE INDUSTRIAL RELA
T IONS
(8)
Examines the nature of contemporary employment
relations operating at the micro or workplace level
of Australian industry. In doing this the subject
establishes the role and nature of the main
participants, the processes of interaction used
and the broad employment relations outcomes
that critically define the nature and purpose of
employment. In identifying workplace employment,
the subject also analyses the current industry,
national and international contexts which impact on
the individual employment relationship.
INR240 EM PLO YM
E NT RELA
T IONS IN THE
ARTS (8)
This subject examines and analyses the practice
of employment relations within the arts industry
by combining elements of industrial relations
and human resources management. A broad
employment relations framework is used to analyse
the specific challenges currently associated with
managing and working in the arts industry
in Australia. The subject identifies the various
participants in the employment relationship with the
arts industry, the major issues which concern them
in defining their relationship and the processes
they use to resolve conflict, codify practice and set
employment standards.
INR310 COMPARA
T IVE INDUSTRIAL RELA
T IONS
(8)
Prerequisite: INR210 or M
GT 250
Examines in detail the character of the industrial
relations systems in Britain, the USA, Sweden
and Japan. Comparative studies cover brief
background material and detailed identification
and discussion of the main features of each
industrial relations system. The significance of these
comparative studies to contemporary Australian
industrial relations is carefully analysed.
INR320 INDUSTRIAL RELA
T IONS PRACTICE
A (8)
Prerequisite: INR210 and LAW240
Concentrates on the practice aspects, the nuts
and bolts of industrial relations, including industrial
relations procedures and processes. Negotiation
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 493
theory and practice is emphasised with students
practicing the necessary skills and industrial
relations policies and institutional structures and
roles are evaluated; this subject brings together both
industrial relations theory and industrial relations
as it is practised.
This subject has a practical/skills orientation. Case
studies require application of broad industrial
relations theory and concepts. Focuses on
negotiation theory and techniques. Practices such
as grievance procedures and enterprise bargaining
are also examined.
INR330 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS PRACTICE
B (8)
Prerequisite: INR320
Continues the skills-related approach of INR320
by focussing on a range of industrial relations
specific preparation and presentation techniques.
Considerable attention is given to award
interpretation, advocacy and research
methodologies. These are further developed by the
use of practical case studies and exercises. There is
a residential school component in this subject.
INS101 INSURANCE FOUNDATIONS (8)
Enrolment restriction: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject develops the knowledge and skills
required to identify and meet the insurance
customers’ needs and to provide and maintain
quality service. It includes a study of the nature of
the economic and financial environment within which
insurance needs are generated.
INS102 INTRODUCTION TO INSURANCE
CLASSES AND PRODUCTS (8)
Enrolment restriction: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject provides an introduction to the various
types of insurances policies, policy documents,
underwriting and claims handling procedures.
INS201 POLICY AND CLAIMS HANDLING (8)
Prerequisite: INS101 and INS102
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject examines the basic knowledge and
skills required to analyse and settle insurance
claims.
INS202 INTRODUCTION TO UNDERWRITING (8)
Prerequisite: INS101 and INS102
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject provides and introduction to insurance
underwriting. It examines the knowledge and
skills required to assess and evaluate risk against
appropriate risk criteria.
INS203 INSURANCE LAW AND REGULATIONS
I (8)
Prerequisite: INS101 and INS102
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject provides the student with the
knowledge and skills to comply with relevant
insurance legislation to carry out operations
procedures in distributing and servicing insurance
products.
INS204 INSURANCE LAW AND REGULATIONS
II (8)
Prerequisite: INS203
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject introduces the student to the regulatory
framework for insurance and provides them with
the knowledge and skills to comply with relevant
insurance regulation to carry out operational
procedures in distributing and servicing insurance
products.
INS301 LIABILITY UNDERWRITING
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: INS202
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject provides the knowledge and skills
required to provide liability insurance, survey
risk exposure, review and interpret portfolio
performance.
INS302 PERSONAL LINES UNDERWRITING
MANGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: INS202
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject provides the student with the
knowledge and skills to assess and underwrite risk
relating to personal lines classes and to survey risk
exposure and interpret portfolio performance.
INS303 COMMERCIAL LINES UNDERWRITING
MANAGEMENT A (COMMERCIAL MOTOR,
PERSONAL ACCIDENT) (8)
Prerequisite: INS202
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject provides the knowledge and skills to
assess and underwrite risk relating to commercial
lines (covering commercial motor and personal
accident) and to survey risk exposure and review
and interpret portfolio performance.
INS304 COMMERCIAL LINES (PROPERTY, ISR,
CONTRACT WORKS) UNDERWRITING
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: INS202
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject provides the knowledge and skills to
assess and underwrite risk relating to Commercial
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
494 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
Lines (Property, ISR, Contract Works) classes and
to survey risk exposure and interpret portfolio
performance.
INS305 MARINE UNDERWRITING MANAGEMENT
(8)
Prerequisite: INS202
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject provides the knowledge and skills
to assess and underwrite risk relating to marine
insurance and to survey risk exposure and review
and interpret portfolio performance.
INS306 STATUTORY CL ASSES UNDERWRITING
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: INS202
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject provides the knowledge and skills to
assess and underwrite risk relating to Statutory
Classes and to survey risk exposure and interpret
portfolio performance.
INS311 LIABILITY CL AIMS MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: INS201
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject provides the knowledge and skills to
manage and resolve complex insurance claims in
liability.
INS312 PERSONAL LINES CL AIMS
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: INS201
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject provides the knowledge and skills
to manage and resolve claims in Personal Lines
classes of insurance.
INS313 CO MMERCIAL LINES CL AIMS
MANAGEMENT (CO MMERCIAL MOTOR /
PERSONAL ACC IDENT) (8)
Prerequisite: INS201
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject provides the students with the
knowledge and skills to manage and resolve claims
in Commercial Lines (Commercial Motor / Personal
Accident).
INS314 CO MMERCIAL LINES CL AIMS
MANAGEMENT (PROPERTY, INDUSTRIAL
SPECIAL RISKS, CO NTRACT WORKS) (8)
Prerequisite: INS2012
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject provides the student with the
knowledge and skills to manage and resolve
claims in Commercial Lines (Property, ISR, Contract
Works).
Charles Sturt University
INS315 MARINE CL AIMS MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: INS201
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject provides the student with the
knowledge and skills to manage and resolve claims
in Marine classes of insurance.
INS316 STATUTORY CL ASSES CL AIMS
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: INS201
Enrolment restrictions: No enrolments. This
subject provides credit for ANZIIF study
This subject provides the student with the
knowledge and skills to manage and resolve claims
in Statutory Classes.
IRR200 PRINCIPLES OF IRRIGATION (8)
This introductory subject provides a global and
Australian agricultural context for irrigation and
establishes the basic relations between soil, water,
plants and evaporation.
IRR300 IRRIGATION MANAGEMENT (8)
Using a range of irrigation systems, this subject
examines management practices and principles of
irrigation scheduling with an emphasis on critically
evaluating the most appropriate technology and
products to suit particular situations.
IRR301 CR ITICAL ISSUES IN IRRIGATION (8)
Prerequisite: IRR200
This subject identifies a number of critical issues
arising from irrigation in a semi-arid environment:
drainage through the soil profile, the accumulation
of salt and the effects of ground water, water quality
of river and wetlands and the property planning for
irrigated agriculture.
IRR302 RICE-BASED FARMING SYSTEMS (8)
This subject broadly deals with different aspects
of the Australian rice production in the Riverina
region of New South Wales, targets issues
relating to the sustainability of rice-based farming
systems, and specifically concentrates on the
environmental constraints resulting from different
irrigation practices. This subject is supported by the
Educational Program of the Cooperative Research
Centre for Sustainable Rice Production.
ITC102 OBJECT MODELL ING TECHNIQUES (8)
Prerequisites: GEN101 or ITC161 or ITC180
or ITC181 or ITC182
Covers the theory and practice of system
specification using object oriented (OO)
methodologies and computer assisted software
engineering (CASE) tools.
ITC108 GAMES 1 (8)
Enrolment Restrictions: Bachelor of Computer
Science (Games Technology) students only
This subject provides the student with an overview
of the history of games, games genres, the
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 495
game development process and examples of genre
breaking games. The subject also presents a brief
insight into the technology of games.
ITC114 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (8)
This subject provides a solid grounding in relational
database theory and application, and its place within
the implementation of computer based applications.
There will be an emphasis on conceptual modelling
to design the database, that is implemented and
queried using Structured Query Language (SQL).
ITC117 INTRODUCTION TO THE SENSES (8)
This subject introduces the way light, sound,
haptic and balance information are processed by
mammalian sensory systems. A brief overview
of physiology and appropriate behavioural and
psychophysical characteristics is accompanied by
an analysis of the information processing and
storage. The use of our understanding of
sensory systems in making artificial devices and
compressing image and sound data is discussed
throughout.
ITC118 INDUSTRIAL PRACTICE 1 (8)
Enrolment Restrictions: Bachelor of Computer
Science (Games Technology) students only
This subject is one of a suite of industrial experience
subjects allowing a sufficiently flexible combination
of subjects to reflect the subject equivalent load
of the student’s industry practice component of the
course. Within these subjects, a student will work in
an industry placement and develop advanced level
knowledge of the production of software projects.
They will also develop verbal and written skills in
their field of expertise.
ITC119 INDUSTRIAL PRACTICE 2 (8)
Enrolment Restrictions: Bachelor of Computer
Science (Games Technology) students only
This subject is one of a suite of industrial experience
subjects allowing a sufficiently flexible combination
of subjects to reflect the subject equivalent load
of the student’s industry practice component of the
course. Within these subjects ,a student will work in
an industry placement and develop advanced level
knowledge of the production of software projects.
They will also develop verbal and written skills in
their field of expertise.
ITC125 THE INFORMATION SUPERHIGHWAY (8)
This subject provides a general introduction to
Internet and web technology. Students will learn
about technical aspects of the Internet, including
protocols and standards. Other topics covered
include virtual libraries and online publishing.
Students study the principles of web page
construction using basic HTML, and learn how to
use online search tools effectively in order to create
an online report. It is expected that students will
have good Internet access, and be able to use
electronic communication facilities such as email
and forums.
ITC129 FUNDAMENTALS OF PROGRAMMING
USING JAVA (8)
Introduces problem-solving and computer program
design using the Java language. It presents
programming concepts within an Object-Oriented
context by using the rich set of object-based
resources which are available in Java. Students are
introduced to Java applets at an early stage and
learn the essential elements of program control,
functionality and user interaction within this highly
motivational environment. The subject also covers
elementary application programming and completes
its study with collections and user-defined objects.
ITC130 ON-LINE PUBLISHING (8)
Prerequisite: ITC125
How are documents published online? What
happens when you fill in an online form? This
subject introduces the editorial and publishing
process, introduces the programming languages
used, and examines how these processes can be
automated. This is an on-line subject. Students
studying this subject will require access to the
Internet.
ITC138 OBJECT STRUCTURES IN JAVA (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
enrolled in ITC220
Prerequisite: ITC129
Corequisite: ITC102
In this Java programming subject students learn
how to construct user interfaces which interact
with problem domain objects. The implementation
of class diagrams and the use of correct object
oriented programming heuristics are emphasised.
ITC161 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY (8)
Provides a foundation in the concepts of information
technology and their applications to a wide range
of disciplines. In their studies, students will acquire
professional communications skills which will be of
use to them throughout their course and beyond.
ITC162 BIOMATHS 1 (8)
Introduces basic statistical techniques for the
analysis of ecological data. Programming of
appropriate algorithms in BASIC is then used
to demonstrate the strengths and limitations of
computer packages in common use for the analysis
and storage of, and prediction from ecological data.
This subject has a compulsory residential school.
ITC180 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION
SYSTEMS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have successfully completed or are
currently undertaking ITC182.
Based on the theme of traditional systems
development life cycle and the five component
model of a computer system in the context of
both personal and distributed computer systems.
Fundamental concepts of computer applications
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
496 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
as well as specialist applications relating to the
student’s course major are studied. Current industry
standard hardware and software is used wherever
possible.
ITC182 UNDERSTANDING & USING
COMPUTERS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have successfully completed or are
currently undertaking ITC180.
An introductory subject for students who wish
to learn about computer technology and its
applications, and to provide them with a general
grounding in computing practices and principles. It
provides some scope for students to pursue aspects
of computer applications in their own field of interest.
ITC203 OBJECT MODELLING APPLICATIONS (8)
Prerequisite: ITC102
Builds on ITC102 and applies object modelling
techniques to the analysis of transaction processing
problems that are found in business information
systems. These techniques are also applied to
other types of information systems which may
include decision support systems, knowledge based
systems, and office information systems. The soft
systems methodology and other analysis techniques
are introduced and contrasted with object modelling
techniques.
ITC204 USER INTERFACE DESIGN (8)
Corequisites: ITC102 or ITC211 or nil for
Bachelor of Computer Science (Games
Technology) students
Introduces the human computer interaction (HCI)
discipline with an emphasis on graphical user
interfaces. A cognitive framework is developed
for human information processing and how this
framework affects human interaction with computer
systems is studied. Design methodologies,
implementation and evaluation techniques of a
range of interaction styles are explored.
ITC208 GAMES 2 (8)
Enrolment Restrictions: Bachelor of Computer
Science (Games Technology) students only
Prerequisites: ITC108 and ITC235
This subject covers aspects of game scripting as
well as dissecting a modern game and investigating
its structure. The student will gain practical
exposure to a games engine, level design and user
interaction. This subject has a highly practical focus
and will involve group work building on concepts
learnt in ITC108 Games 1.
ITC211 THE SYSTEMS ENVIRONMENT (8)
Prerequisite: ITC202
Provides students with an understanding of
the development of high quality computer-based
information systems for use within the business
systems environment. Students will develop
appropriate knowledge and skills in system analysis
and design methodology.
Charles Sturt University
ITC213 COMPUTER SUPPORTED
COLLABORATIVE WORK (8)
Prerequisite: ITC161 and ITC125 or equivalent
The subject will examine Computer Supported
Collaborative Work (CSCW), information
environments and groupware products (eg MOO,
ICQ, PowWow, Cobrow, Lotus Notes, Microsoft
NetMeeting, GroupKit, GDSS and TeamWave). The
subject introduces students to social and technology
issues (eg intellectual property, cost, equity etc)
associated with being a participant in a workgroup in
an applied field such as professional development,
information technology, library science, education,
teacher librarianship, health care or policing.
Students will explore the principles of workgroups,
various cognitive frameworks and collaborative
tasks (eg meetings, document generation, argument
support and policy work). They will learn to select
and tailor a framework appropriate to a specific
collaborative situation and guide the development of
workgroup-specific infrastructure. They will evaluate
the effectiveness of workflow and human interaction.
ITC215 MODELLING AND DECISION SUPPORT
(8)
Prerequisite: GEN101 or ITC161 or ITC180
or ITC181 or ITC182
Provides a practical introduction to the theory
and practice of decision support systems for
use in management, research or design decision
making. Major topics include modelling, prediction,
optimisation, problem solving, visualisation, and
the design of user interfaces to facilitate the
presentation of critical information. This is an on-line
subject. Students studying this subject will require
access to the Internet.
ITC216 ONLINE MULTIMEDIA (8)
Prerequisite: ITC125 or ITC525 or Nil for
students enrolled in Bachelor of Computer
Science (Games Technology)
This subject introduces the student to the
rapidly expanding field of multimedia and its
ability to improve the quality of presentation
and communication of information in electronic
publications.
ITC217 INTRODUCTION TO BIOINFORMATICS (8)
Prerequisite: Any introductory computing
subject and BIO100 or equivalent
This subject provides an introduction to the
rapidly growing discipline of bioinformatics, which
is the application of information technology to
biomolecular information. The aim is to provide
a practical understanding of the methods used to
gather, interpret and distribute information about
DNA/RNA and protein sequences, and related
information. Topics include sources of biomolecular
information, techniques for sequence comparison,
computational methods for interpreting structure,
function and taxonomic relationships, and on-line
facilities.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 497
ITC219 INDUSTRIAL PRACTICE 3 (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Computer
Science (Games Technology) students only
This subject is one of a suite of industrial experience
subjects allowing a sufficiently flexible combination
of subjects to reflect the subject equivalent load
of the student’s industry practice component of the
course. Within these subjects, a student will work in
an industry placement and develop advanced level
knowledge of the production of software projects.
They will also develop verbal and written skills in
their field of expertise.
ITC220 DATA STRUCTURES USING JAVA (8)
Prerequisite: ITC120 or ITC127 or ITC129
or ITC226 or ITC429
Builds on the students’ previous knowledge of
programming in a high-level language. It provides
a study of abstract data types and classical
data structures, including their implementation and
their use in applications. Students will use their
knowledge of object-oriented design techniques and
extend these to solve programming problems.
ITC222 COMPUTER ORGANISATION (8)
Prerequisite: ITC120 or ITC127 or ITC129
or ITC226 or ITC429
Provides a study of the organisation and operation
of computers through programming at the assembly
language level. It introduces the architecture of
microprocessors and relates low-level hardware and
software organisation to the structures with which
students are familiar from their previous knowledge
of programming in a high-level language.
ITC224 SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING IN C (8)
Prerequisite: ITC129
The C language is used to interface with the
UNIX operating system. UNIX shell programming
and UNIX utilities are taught and applied to
simple systems problems. Introductory X Windows
programming is introduced.
ITC226 APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT FOR
WINDOWS (8)
Prerequisite: ITC120 or ITC129 or ITC429
or (nil for Bachelor of Computer Science
(Games Technology) students)
This subject is designed for C programmers to
learn and practice how to develop well-designed,
consistent user interfaces for 16-bit Windows
applications. In addition, it introduces the processes
and procedures needed to develop 32-bit Windows
applications.
ITC233 NETWORK ENGINEERING 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed ITC342
Corequisites: ITC242 or ITC431
This subject is designed to provide students with
classroom and laboratory experience in current
and emerging networking technology. The subject
provides students with the skills and practice
needed to design, build and maintain small to
medium-sized networks. This subject is the first
in a series of three subjects that are closely
associated with the on-line Cisco Networking
Academy program.
ITC235 ADVANCED WINDOWS PROGRAMMING
(8)
Prerequisite: ITC226
This subject is designed to build on the knowledge
from the prerequisite subjects in the areas of
Windows Application Development and Database
Management Systems. Commercial strength
software will be developed in Visual C++ based
on the Microsoft Foundation Classes (MFC) and
Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) compliant
databases. The subject will introduce the
Component Object Model (COM).
ITC242 INTRODUCTION TO DATA
COMMUNICATIONS (8)
Prerequisite: GEN101 or ITC161 or ITC180
or ITC181 or ITC182 or (nil for Bachelor
of Computer Science (Games Technology)
students)
This subject provides a detailed understanding of
the following topics related to data communications:
concepts and facilities of business data
communications, an overview of the different
methods for organising and controlling networks,
network system software requirements,
management of the networks, and development of
interconnection standards. Management issues of
selection, security and industry trends are covered
in-depth.
ITC253 LOCAL AREA NETWORKS M (8)
Prerequisite: ITC242
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have enrolled in ITC252
The study and practical application of the selection,
installation and management of local area networks
(LANs). Students undertaking this subject will
be required to undertake tuition using materials
supplied by the Microsoft Corporation. They will
then be able to sit for a certification examination
in Microsoft Course Number 803: Administering
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0.
ITC262 OPERATING SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: ITC120 or ITC127 or ITC129
or ITC226 or ITC429
This subject aims to impart to students a knowledge
of computer operating systems. It aims to equip the
student with an understanding of the functions of a
modern operating system and to explain its major
components. In addition, students are instructed in
a systems programming language.
ITC270 C++ OBJECT ORIENTED
PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS (8)
Prerequisite: ITC129 or equivalent
This subject introduces students to the concepts
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
498 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
of Object Oriented Programming in C++. Students
are expected to have prior knowledge of elementary
data types and flow control constructs gained
through prior exposure to a programming language.
Upon completion of this subject, students will be
able to code, develop and debug solutions to simple
problems which require the creation, modification
and extension of C++ Classes.
ITC284 MICROCOMPUTER APPLICATIONS
Prerequisite: GEN101 or ITC161 or ITC180
or ITC181 or ITC182
PC based and aimed at any student who may have
a requirement for a substantial involvement with
PCs. Topics include database, training, operating
systems, new and interesting software, development
of an application. Much practical work and reading.
Currently emphasising windows & MS access.
ITC301 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT &
QUALITY ASSURANCE (8)
Prerequisite: ITC202 or ITC423
Corequisite: ITC203 or ITC211
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
in the Bachelor of Information Technology
course if they have passed the subject ITC304
Software Engineering Project Management
(obsolete from 1998).
The study of a practitioner’s approach to software
project management and software quality assurance
with respect to: the various phases of the software
life cycle; the project support functions; the software
development standards; the project environment; the
scheduling and estimating functions; the process
modelling, assessment and improvement process.
ITC302 DISTRIBUTED DATABASE
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: ITC202
Introduces and explains the theory, algorithms
and methods that underlie distributed and object
oriented database management systems. The
subject will also provide students with experience
in the design and implementation of a distributed
database.
ITC303 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING (8)
Prerequisite: ITC138 or ITC220
Introduces issues involved in software engineering
from the perspective of specification and design.
Software verification is treated, introduced and
examined as well as other theoretical aspects
of software engineering. A major project is also
attempted by the student.
ITC307 SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
(16)
Prerequisite: ITC202 and (ITC201 or ITC203
or ITC211)
Brings together the knowledge and skills acquired
by the student in earlier subjects and requires the
student to apply them to a live project developed for
organisations outside the School. Students practise
Charles Sturt University
skills in planning, estimating, analysis, design,
technical aspects of project management, quality
assurance, implementation and testing.
ITC315 DYNAMICS (8)
Prerequisites: MTH129 & MTH220
This subject presents an introduction to physical
systems and their related dynamics. Topics covered
include motion, mechanics, conservation of energy,
kinetics and dynamics. The subject will be
approached from the view of understanding how
bodies behave under various forces and conditions.
An emphasis will be placed on efficient modelling of
the physical environment.
ITC318 INDUSTRIAL PRACTICE 4 (32)
Enrolment Restrictions: Bachelor of Computer
Science (Games Technology) students only
This subject is one of a suite of industrial experience
subjects allowing a sufficiently flexible combination
of subjects to reflect the subject equivalent load
of the student’s industry practice component of the
course. Within these subjects, a student will work in
an industry placement and develop advanced level
knowledge of the production of software projects.
They will also develop verbal and written skills in
their field of expertise.
ITC319 INDUSTRIAL PRACTICE 5 (32)
Enrolment Restrictions: Bachelor of Computer
Science (Games Technology) students only
This subject is one of a suite of industrial experience
subjects allowing a sufficiently flexible combination
of subjects to reflect the subject equivalent load
of the student’s industry practice component of the
course. Within these subjects, a student will work in
an industry placement and develop advanced level
knowledge of the production of software projects.
They will also develop verbal and written skills in
their field of expertise.
ITC320 PROGRAMMING IN DIRECTX (8)
Prerequisite: ITC226
This subject presents the software services and
APIs that constitute DirectX. Topics that will
be presented include: the DirectX architecture,
DirectDraw, Direct3D, DirectSound, DirectMusic,
DirectInput and DirectPlay. Students will have
practical experience at programming in DirectX with
a special emphasis on 3D graphics.
ITC324 4GL PROGRAMMING (8)
Prerequisite: ITC202 and (ITC201 or ITC203
or ITC211)
Covers theory and practice of Fourth Generation
Languages (4GLs) in the development of business
applications at the requirements, specifications,
design and implementation stages of the Systems
Development Life Cycle. Prototyping is looked at
as a tool for eliciting, verifying and developing user
requirements. The effect of 4GLs and prototyping on
the traditional Systems Development Life Cycle is
investigated.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 499
ITC327 DISTRIBUTED PROGRAMMING IN JAVA
(8)
Prerequisite: (ITC120 or ITC127 or ITC129)
and (ITC102 or ITC270 or ITC381)
Introduces the Java Programming language and
uses it as a tool to develop presentation
techniques and methods for distributing objects
across networks; it introduces considerations for,
and programming of multithreaded applications. The
subject also provides students with experience in
the design of Internet based client-server symbiotic
processes.
ITC329 PRINCIPLES OF O
P ERATIONS
RESEARCH (8)
Prerequisites: STA201 or QBM117
The purpose of this subject is to cover many
of the rational approaches to managerial decision
making based on the field of management science/
operations research.
ITC330 LIFE, CHAOS AND VIRTUAL WO
R LD S (8)
Prerequisites: ITC215 or ITC569 or MTH220
or QBM217 or STA201
Why do stock markets crash? Why do rainforests
have so many species? This introduction attempts
to answer such questions by looking at the ways
in which order and chaos arise within systems of
interacting objects. Computation, both natural and
artificial, provides a unifying theme. Major topics
include connectivity, control, criticality, fractals,
evolutionary processes and self-organisation..
ITC331 COMPUTER MANAGEMENT ETHICS
& SECURITY (8)
Prerequisite: ITC102 and ITC242
Planning, establishing, and managing an
organisation’s computing facility involves specific
functions and tasks for the manager. This subject
investigates concepts and skills involved in
professional management of an information centre,
including the staffing and organisation of the centre,
daily operations, planning for the capacity of the
centre, its physical layout and its security and
control. Ethical and legal aspects involved in working
with information technology are also discussed.
Students studying this subject will need access to
the Internet. This is an on-line subject. Students
studying this subject will require access to the
Internet.
ITC332 SITE OPERATIO
N S FO
R WEBMASTERS
(8)
Prerequisite: ITC130
This subject introduces students to the rapidly
expanding profession of network publishing.
Students set up a working http server, and
establish a Web site on it. On this, they implement
all aspects of the subject including: security,
information content, site design, site management,
cost recovery and CGI and O/S programming. This
is an on-line subject. Students studying this subject
will require access to the Internet.
ITC333 SERVER ADMINISTRATIO
N &
MAINTENANCE (8)
Prerequisite: ITC242 and (ITC224 or ITC262)
Provides information on the functions of a server
manager/server administrator and the processes
needed to install and maintain a client server
system, emphasising support for an on-line
publishing and information service. This is an on-line
subject. Students studying this subject will require
access to the Internet.
ITC341 COMPUTER CON TRO
L SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: ITC222 and (MTH102 or MTH128)
Continuous and discrete control of systems, sensors
and actuators, applications of control to robots
and industrial processes, PLC controllers, real time
computer control languages and issues, introduction
to robotics.
ITC342 INTERNETWORKING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed ITC542
Prerequisite: ITC242
This subject focuses on the concept of
internetworking in general and TCP/IP Internet
communication protocols in particular. It aims
to cover both the architecture of network
interconnections and principles underlying protocols
that make interconnected networks function as a
single, unified communication system. Familiarity
with a programming language and the UNIX
environment is assumed.
ITC348 ADVANCED WINDO
W S ADMINISTRATION
(8)
Prerequisites: Familiarity with Windows 2000
or NT on the level of ITC253 or equivalents
The aim of this subject is to provide students
with the skills and knowledge necessary to
perform advanced administration tasks in a network
operating system environment, specifically in
Microsoft Windows network. The subject covers
administrative tasks to manage large numbers
of users and computers. It also provides
students with the knowledge and skills necessary
to implement and administer Windows directory
services infrastructure in an enterprise environment.
It describes key decision points for naming,
delegation of authority, and domain designs. The
implementation platform will be Microsoft Windows
2000 network.
ITC351 FRON TIERS OF DATA MINING (8)
Prerequisites: ITC114 and (ITC215 or QBM117
or STA201)
This subject will synthesise the techniques learned
throughout the course, notably databases, the
World Wide Web and Internet, statistics and
neural networks. It covers the principles of data
mining, the synthesis of data from many sources
and the search for patterns and prediction of
trends. It requires quantitative skills to understand
and develop methodologies of identification and
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
500 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
measurement of reliability and computational skills
to integrate information from disparate and
frequently geographically separated media.
ITC354 NETWORK ENGINEERING 2 (8)
Prerequisites: ITC233 or equivalent
This subject is designed to provide students with
classroom and laboratory experience in current
and emerging networking technology. The subject
provides students with the skills and practice
needed to design, build and maintain small to
medium-sized networks. This subject is the second
in a series of three subjects that are closely
associated with the on-line Cisco Networking
Academy program.
ITC355 NETWORK ENGINEERING 3 (8)
Corequisite: ITC354
This subject is designed to provide students with
classroom and laboratory experience in current
and emerging networking technology. The subject
provides students with the skills and practice
needed to design, build and maintain small to
medium-sized networks. This subject is the third
in a series of three subjects that are closely
associated with the on-line Cisco Networking
Academy program.
ITC357 WEB BASED INFORMATION SYSTEMS
(8)
Prerequisites: (ITC125, ITC161 and ITC102)
and (ITC202 or ITC114) and (ITC120 or ITC128
or ITC129)
Web based information systems, such as online
databases, .Intranet systems and electronic
commerce systems, are conceptually different
from traditional web sites, which are based on
static documents. This subject examines in
some detail the process of developing a web
based information system, including information
modelling, user-interface design, database design
and programming. The use of commercial tools
for developing database driven web sites is
emphasised.
ITC361 COMPUTATIONAL MODELS (8)
Prerequisite: ITC224 and (MTH101 OR MTH129)
Introduces theoretical bases of computation,
including the theory of parsing and complexity.
The practical component of the unit serves to
acquaint the student with the development of lexical
analysers and parsers. An alternative approach to
computation using neural nets is also examined with
some practical applications.
ITC363 COMPUTER GRAPHICS (8)
Prerequisite: ITC220 and MTH129
The display of data using an x-y plotter; interactive
graphics; geometrical transformations, projection
and 3-D views; data structures; raster algorithms
and software; hardware, special computers,
representation of 3-D shapes, removal of hidden
lines and surfaces; virtual reality; fractals; visual
realism and animation.
Charles Sturt University
ITC364 COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE (8)
Prerequisite: ITC220
Computational Intelligence is the study of the design
of intelligent agents. This subject develops and links
the theoretical and experimental aspects of the
discipline. The subject explores the specification and
design of intelligent agents, implementing, testing
and improving real software systems for many
challenging application domains. The application
areas include: delivery robots, diagnostic assistants
and information slaves. This subject will serve as
an introduction to the more specialised subjects
concerning neural networks, genetic algorithms,
expert systems, machine learning and machine
vision.
ITC366 EXPERT SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: (ITC101 or ITC102) and (ITC120
or ITC127 or ITC129)
Overviews expert systems and their structure.
Techniques of knowledge representation, knowledge
acquisition and logical inference are applied to
typical systems using Prolog, List and an expert
system shell.
ITC367 COMPUTER VISUALISATION (8)
Prerequisite: ITC363
Will develop and apply graphics techniques in
the visualisation of scientific problems as well as
investigating the use of computers in the field of
Virtual Reality. The use of colour, animation, multimedia and advanced rendering techniques will be
presented.
ITC370 CONCURRENT SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: (ITC224 or ITC262) and ITC242
Covers the concepts and design of modern
concurrent software systems. Focuses on the
key concepts of concurrency in the design of
operating systems, database systems, distributed
systems and communication networks. Covers
operating system management functions and
provides practical experience in the use of
concurrency facilities.
ITC381 OBJECT ORIENTED TECHNOLOGY WITH
C++ (8)
Prerequisite: ITC220
Develops and implements object-oriented
programming and design in C++. Includes the
design and use of classes, class inheritance
and polymorphism with an emphasis on reusable
software components.
ITC382 CLIENT SERVER ARCHITECTURE (8)
Prerequisite: ITC202 and (ITC120 or ITC127
or ITC129)
Integrates analysis, design and programming of
information systems in a client server environment.
Students will develop applications that have a
client user interface and database server using
a fourth generation programming environment.
In addition the subject examines technical and
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 501
management aspects of computer architectures,
networks, and operating systems that must integrate
in a successful client server application.
ITC383 STRATEGIC INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: ITC202
Enrolment restrictions: Third year students only.
Aims to examine how information systems can
be used to achieve a company’s strategic
objectives. After studying Business Strategic
Planning, techniques are introduced which allow
new technologies and applications to be examined
for effectiveness within a business environment.
ITC389 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: ITC160 or ITC161 or ITC180 or
ITC181 or ITC182 and (ITC220 or ITC138)
Provides topics relevant to the design and
implementation of multimedia /hypermedia systems.
It will deal with creation of systems for technologies
which include CDROM and Internet as well
as considering issues for the design and
implementation of such systems.
ITC553 APPLIED NEURAL NETWORKS (8)
Develops skills in the use of neural networks. After
a brief biological background, it covers the main
classes of artificial network and the methods of
training them. Over half the subject is devoted to
applications using standard software packages, in
the manner of statistics courses. Neural networks
are now a mature computational procedure with
many applications in industry, commerce and
information systems.
ITC554 EVOLUTIONARY COMPUTATION (8)
Develops skills in the use of evolutionary
computation. Biological data is still a rich source of
ideas for artificial algorithms and thus a survey of
the major transitions in evolution begins the subject.
Different classes of evolutionary computation are
described in addition to the mainstream genetic
algorithms. The subject will characterise the
problems best approached by these techniques and
contain a substantial number of real examples.
Practical work will use existing programming
tool boxes and scripting rather than low level
programming.
JRN101 NEWSWRITING (8)
Prerequisite: COM111 Professional Writing and
Desktop Publishing
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Journalism); Bachelor of
Arts (Communication - Public Relations and
Organisational Communication); Bachelor of
Business students undertaking the Joint Study
in Organisational Communication and Public
Relations.
Introduces students to the fundamentals of
interviewing and news reporting practice. The
emphasis changes from the core writing skills
of COM111 Professional Writing and Desktop
Publishing to information acquisition for broadcast
and print media. The course includes an introduction
to writing for organisational communication. The
subject develops the knowledge of English usage.
JRN112 PRINCIPLES OF JOURNALISM (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Journalism)
This is the foundation subject for journalism. It
engages students with the history of the profession,
the principles of contemporary journalism and
the major theoretical debates concerning the
selection, production and distribution of news and
information. Students will be introduced to the
structure of news organisations and the news and
information production process. Students gain an
understanding of the many roles and responsibilities
of the journalist. They are given an overview of the
Australian news media in print, radio, television and
online.
JRN113 DIGITAL IMAGING FOR JOURNALISM (8)
Prerequisite: JRN101 Newswriting
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication-Journalism) students majoring
in Print Journalism
Students will learn the craft skills of digital image
gathering and production in the context of class
discussion and practical workshops. Students will
engage in an ongoing analysis of the context of
a broad range of magazines, both domestic and
international. Students will explore the specific
role of images in magazine production and will
participate in workshop-tutorials in order to achieve
competence in the production of magazine images
and photo essays.
JRN 201 PRINT JOURNALISM 1 (8)
Prerequisite: JRN101 Newswriting
Enrolment restrictions: Third session BA
(Communication) students, majoring in print
journalism. Numbers permitting students from
other communication strands may be eligible
to enrol.
This first specialist print journalism subject develops
students’ newswriting skills and print writing styles
for newspapers and magazines. Students develop
their research and interviewing skills and gain
practical training in the arenas where stories break,
are gathered and written. Students also explore the
operation of newsrooms, major industry players and
ethics.
JRN 202 BROADCAST JOURNALISM 1 (8)
Prerequisite: JRN101 Newswriting
Enrolment restrictions: Third session BA
(Communication) students majoring in
broadcast journalism.
This first specialist broadcast journalism subject
exposes students to broadcast journalism writing
styles for radio news and public affairs reporting.
Students gain practical training and experience in
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
502 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
voice production and digital and analog radio studio
production, and the use of tape recorders, editing
suites, the recorder phone and television news
scriptwriting. Students are involved in the daily news
output of the Community Broadcasting Association
of Australia’s National Radio News Network and
local news and current affairs for 2MCE-FM. Legal,
professional and ethical issues are also discussed.
JRN203 PRINT JOURNALISM 2 (8)
Prerequisite: JRN201 Print Journalism 1
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Journalism).
This subject continues to develop students’ skills
in the print area as more complex assignments
are undertaken. By the end of the session,
students have the professional grounding to get
stories placed in various publications. Students gain
experience in sub-editing and feature writing as
they move towards advanced production areas.
Students also continue their investigations in ethical/
professional areas.
JRN204 BROADC AST JOURNALISM 2 (8)
Prerequisite: JRN202 Broadcast Journalism 1
Enrolment restrictions: Fourth session BA
(Communication) students majoring in
broadcast journalism.
This subject continues students’ practical
involvement with the news output of the Community
Broadcasting Association of Australia’ National
Radio News Network and local news and current
affairs for 2MCE-FM, to hone their news writing
and analog and digital radio production skills, and
to examine criminal court and local government
reporting. Students also study television news and
radio documentary production. Students further
examine the cultural contexts of broadcast news and
current affairs reporting.
JRN213 IMAGES AND TEXT FOR MAGAZINES (8)
Prerequisite: JRN131 Digital Imaging for
Journalism.
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Journalism) students
majoring in Print Journalism
Students will explore the role of relevance of
orthodox photojournalism in the age of digital media
and the changing role of the journalist in the
contemporary context, including that of the freelance
journalist. This subject will develop students’
theoretical and practical skills in the meaning and
placement of imaging and text in magazine media.
Students will devise, source and produce a dummy
magazine and contribute a section to the existing
online publication.
JRN301 JOURNALISM RESEARCH (8)
Prerequisite: JRN203 Print Journalism 2 or
JRN204 Broadcast Journalism 2
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Journalism).
Charles Sturt University
The subject examines critically perspectives on the
selection, production, presentation and distribution
of news and information within society. Students are
exposed to a variety of research methods which
relate directly to contemporary journalism practice.
JRN302 MAGAZINE & NEWSPAPER
PRODUCTION (8)
Prerequisite: JRN203 Print Journalism 2
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Journalism).
This is a practical subject which focuses on
magazine and tabloid newspaper page design,
editing, layout and production by desktop publishing
(DTP) computers. Students are required to write
news features to be published in the Faculty’s
Magazine and as inserts for local newspapers. As
well, students will consider key issues affecting the
journalism industry.
JRN303 BROADC AST JOURNALISM 3 (8)
Prerequisite: JRN204 Broadcast Journalism 2
Enrolment restrictions: Fifth session BA
(Communication) Broadcast Journalism
students.
This subject continues and expands students’
involvement with television journalism. It covers
TV news, current affairs and documentary
production and presentation. Students continue their
involvement with local and national community radio
news and current affairs programs. Students also
produce a 15-minute radio documentary and local
government meetings. The subject also includes the
planning of broadcast productions.
JRN308 ADVANCED MAGAZINE & NEWSPAPER
PRODUCTION (16)
Prerequisite: JRN302 Magazine and Newspaper
Production
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Journalism) (Print Journalism
students).
This is a companion subject to JRN302 Print
Journalism 3.In this subject students continue to
learn and practice all aspects of print production
- from writing to sub-editing to layout and to
communicating with printers. This subject provides
further instruction and application of principles and
practices introduced in JRN302.
JRN309 BROADC AST JOURNALISM
WORKSHOP (16)
Prerequisite: JRN303 Broadcast Journalism 3
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Journalism) (Broadcast
Journalism students only).
This subject is taken in the form of the equivalent
of separate month-long workshops in radio and
television news and current affairs production and
presentation. In the radio segment, students gain
intensive experience in working on news programs
for the Community Broadcasting Association of
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 503
Australia’s National Radio News Network and in
news and current affairs production for 2MCE-FM.
The students will be involved five days a week for
four weeks in various radio news and current affairs
organisation, gathering, production and presentation
exercises. The television segment involves intensive
experience in television news and current affairs
production and presentation. The students will be
involved five days a week for four weeks in various
television production exercises and in the production
of mock television news and current affairs material.
JRN315 ONLINE NEWSROOM (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Journalism) and Bachelor
of Arts (Communication – Online Media
Production)
This subject introduces students to researching,
writing and producing an online news and
information site. Online Media Production students
and Print and Broadcast Journalism students
work together to produce a site which contains
text, video and graphics to produce a series of
integrated news and information ezines for the
School of Communication online news site, Major
Linus. Students also engage with theoretical
issues concerning an online information production,
language and audiences.
JRN420 JOURNALISM HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION FT (32)
Prerequisite(s): COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Journalism) (Honours)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research.
JRN421 JOURNALISM HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION PT (32)
Prerequisite(s): COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Journalism) (Honours)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research.
JST100 PHYSICAL SKILLS & SAFETY (8)
This subject involves the physical components of
the course. It includes weaponless control, use
of equipment (batons, handcuffs, chemical agents,
firearms), crowd control, operational safety tactics
(buildings, persons and vehicles). Students will also
be introduced to a personal fitness program which
will assist them to meet the fitness requirements
of the subject. The safe driving component within
this subject provides an introduction to the use of,
and responsibility for, the operation of police service
vehicles. It allows the student to gain practical skills
in vehicle manoeuvring, vehicle servicing, vehicle
radio usage, lights and sirens activation and use
of hand signals in controlling traffic. The focus of
this component primarily rests with the need for the
students to be competent in vehicle manoeuvring.
JST104 FOUNDATIONS IN CRIMINOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed 24701 or SSC1034
Introduces the concept of law and the Australian
legal system, with particular reference to the formal
institutions and processes of criminal justice, and
to other areas of the law which bear directly on
criminal justice decision making. A major concern
is to locate legal institutions and processes in their
relevant social and institutional contexts.
JST106 POLICE ETHICS & INTEGRITY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Social
Science (Justice Studies-Policing) students only.
This subject explores the moral dimensions of
police work. The starting premise is that policing
is an ethically challenging and morally hazardous
occupation. Important implications of ethical and
unethical behaviour are explored from the point of
view of others, but especially from the point of
view of individual actors who, ultimately, either gain
in moral health and self-respect, or must pay the
moral-psychological price of self-contempt. Ethical
issues arising in policing will be critically examined
and assessed by reference to case studies within
a structured framework of contemporary ethical
theories.
JST107 COMMUNICATION PROCESSES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available only for
students in the Bachelor of Social Science
(Justice Studies - Policing) and Bachelor of
Social Science (Justice Studies - Criminal
Justice)
This subject aims to enhance students’
communication skills. It focuses on the theory
and practice of functional communication. It
explores the purposes of communication; various
forms of communication; the obstacles to good
communication; and techniques to aid in effective
communication, with an emphasis on conflict
resolution.
JST111 ETHICAL DIMENSIONS OF THE POLICE
ROLE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in
the Diploma of Policing Practice only
Using case studies as a starting point, this subject
introduces students to the moral dimensions of
police work. Using a case study methodology, it
explores the principles, values and theories which
underpin and shape effective, ethical policing. It
requires students to develop sound decision making
skills, as well as an understanding of the moral
vulnerability of those who practice policing. Conflicts
of interest, police corruption, and abuse of power are
also examined, as are individual and organisational
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
504 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
strategies promoting high levels of integrity and
professionalism throughout the service.
JST112 COMMUNICATION IN POLICING 1 (8)
This subject focuses on the development of
communication skills required by police in the
performance of their operational duties. Topics
covered include: written and oral communication,
barriers to communication, intercultural
communication, alternate dispute management,
negotiation and resolution skills for non-crisis
situations, communication management.
JST113 THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in
the Diploma of Policing Practice
This subject informs the student of the nature and
structure of the criminal justice systems and the
institutions which constitute it. It focuses on the
nature of criminal law, police investigations, the
criminal trial and correction. The history of the Police
Service, and the development of the role of the
police officer, are reviewed. These issues are placed
within an historical and comparative framework with
the aim of understanding the evolution and status of
the police role within the criminal justice system.
JST114 INTRODUCTION TO POLICING (A) (8)
This subject explores some core skills which
underpin professional police work: problem-solving
(as related to both investigation and problemoriented policing), fundamental investigative
processes, and ethical and legal principles in
relation to investigative practice. The issue of
emotional and physical impacts of the occupation
on its officers is also canvassed. Students, by
undertaking research projects relevant to the police
role, will acquire basic applied research and
investigative skills, develop critical thinking skills,
appreciate different forms of reasoning, and develop
a capacity to make judgements about the validity
and reliability of truth claims.
JST115 POLICING AND CRIME PREVENTION
(DRUGS AND PUBLIC PLACES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in
the Diploma of Policing Practice
This subject introduces students to the major
skills of generalist policing through an examination
of street offences and drug misuse. Students
will develop an understanding of these issues
through an examination of their political and social
antecedents, and use these understandings to
explore strategies for risk reduction, problem solving
and alternatives to prosecution. Students will also
examine the NSWPS Drug and Alcohol Policy, their
responsibilities under the policy and some ways to
handle the stressors associated with police work.
JST121 POLICE AND SOCIETY (8)
Prerequisite: Passes in three Trimester 1
subjects in DPP
Charles Sturt University
In this subject the aims are: (1) for the student to
gain an understanding of social inequality and power
in Australian society within the context of policing,
and (2) for the student to practice basic skills in
social investigation. Various dimensions of social
inequality and their impact on policing including
class, status, gender, education, employment, family,
locale, ethnicity, and aboriginality are surveyed.
Social investigative skills include observation,
interviewing, reflection and critical analysis.
JST122 POLICING AS A PROFESSION (8)
Prerequisite: Passes in three Trimester 1
subjects in DPP
This subject gives a thorough review of the
police organisation in NSW. The administration and
structure of the police service are explained. The
history of the police service, and the evolution of
the role of the police officer, are reviewed. This
includes the impact of historical turning points from
the colonial era to the recent Royal Commission.
Consideration of the making of an integrated police
service emphasises the process which diminish
negative aspects of police culture, and how
education contributes to this.
JST130 SOCIETY, LAW & PRACTICE (16)
Prerequisites: DPP – Passes in all Trimester
1 and 2 subjects; or graduate status as
determined on admission to the Diploma
of Policing Practice; BSocSc –completion of
all subjects in Sessions 1 to 5 (inclusive)
Corequisite: JST140 and JST100 (unless both
undertaken in a previous trimester to course
coordinator’s satisfaction)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
Diploma of Policing Practice and Bachelor of
Social Science (Justice Studies – Policing)
This subject encompasses offences under the NSW
Crimes Act, with three discrete modules (offences
against the person, property, and summary
offences). It examines the law, social issues
and police processes involved in the identification
and investigation of such crimes. The subject
uses case studies and scenarios to explore the
perspectives, practices and procedures required to
effectively respond to, investigate and prosecute
these offences.
JST132 COMMUNICATION IN POLICING 2 (8)
Prerequisites: Passes in all Trimester 1 and 2
subjects; or graduate status as determined on
admission to the Diploma of Policing Practice; or
JST225 Police Practicum.
Corequisite: JST140 AND JST100 (unless both
undertaken in a previous trimester to course
coordinator’s satisfaction)
This subject addresses three critical areas of
police communication: conflict management in
crisis situations, for example, where psychiatrically
disturbed, drug affected or suicidal people are
involved; the PEACE model of investigative
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 505
interviewing including cognitive interviewing for
cooperative subjects and conversion management
for uncooperative subjects; written communication
demands (especially computer-based records) of
policing.
JST135 INTRODUCTION TO POLICING (B) (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
Diploma of Policing Practice with graduate
entry status
This subject is for students who enter the Diploma
of Policing Practice with graduate status. It combines
some core themes (of police organisation, culture
and reform; police powers) with a police station
placement, and synthesises others (the ethical
dimensions of police work; imbalances of power
and how these can affect police/citizen interactions)
through the study of cases concerning drug use and
street offences.
JST136 POLICING ROAD SAFETY (8)
Prerequisite: DPP – Passes in all Trimester
1 and 2 subjects; or graduate status as
determined on admission to the Diploma of
Policing Practice; BSocSc – completion of
all subjects in Session 1 to 5 (inclusive)
Corequisite: JST140 AND JST100 (unless both
undertaken in a previous trimester to course
coordinator’s satisfaction)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in
the Diploma of Policing Practice or Bachelor
of Social Science (Justice Studies – Policing)
Vehicle use on the states’ roads poses a significant
safety risk to the general community. This subject
examines the police role in reducing this risk and
in dealing with the negative consequences of these
activities. Legislation, specific policing strategies,
police/stakeholder relationships and investigation in
relation to these matters are addressed in a subject
that places an emphasis on experiential learning.
JST140 ASSESSMENT CENTRES (8)
This subject will consist of Simulated Patrol
Assessment Centres which will give students
the opportunity to demonstrate their ability to
apply their knowledge, skills and attitudes in a
variety of practical policing situations to a level
of acceptable competency. Its purpose is to
test students’ capability to achieve satisfactory
outcomes in policing problems and situations,
ultimately without direct supervision or guidance.
Simulated Patrol Assessment Centres provide
sufficient scenarios to test the students’ knowledge
of law, policy, practice/procedures, teamwork and
officer survival issues.
JST201 CRIMINAL LAW & PROCESS (8)
Prerequisite: JST104
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed 24181.
Introduces the law as a discipline and the skills of
legal analysis. Focuses on the substantive criminal
law in New South Wales. Requirements for criminal
liability in the areas of homicide, assault (including
sexual assault), larceny and inchoate crimes are
reviewed, as well as the major criminal defences.
JST203 PUNISHMENT AND THE STATE (8)
Prerequisite: JST104
An historical overview of the theory and practice
of punishment and corrections through a critique
of the prison, prison reform and alternatives to
imprisonment. Studies of gender and indigenous
peoples in incarceration will highlight some of
the crises of the prison along with analysis
of contemporary policy shifts such as the
commercialisation and privatisation of the penal
system.
JST204 CRIME, DELINQUENCY & SOCIAL
WELFARE (8)
Enrolment restriction: not available to students
who have completed 24288.
Examines law, policy and theory with regard to
specific areas where criminal justice agencies and
welfare agencies interact, primarily in the juvenile
justice and child welfare systems.
JST205 CRIMINOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: JST104, and one Level 2 Justice
Studies subject
Enrolment restriction: not available to students
who have completed 24702.
Introduces major approaches to crime and criminal
justice. Examines the major philosophical,
methodological and political issues that cross the
boundaries of those disciplines that contribute to the
field of criminology, and relates theories of crime to
crime policies.
JST206 OPERATIONAL COMMUNICATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Available to Diploma of
Policing and Bachelor of Policing (Years 1
& 2) students only.
Focuses on basic communication theory;
confrontational and conflict communication;
overcoming communication barriers and assessing
cultural specifics in communication. It also analyses
a variety of interviewing models and emphasises
cognitive interviewing techniques. Students are
given the opportunity of putting theory into practice
through a range of exercises and self monitoring
tasks. This reinforces the practical application of
such skills to operational policing.
JST209 ISSUES IN INVESTIGATION(8)
Enrolment restriction: Available to Diploma of
Policing and Bachelor of Policing (Years 1
& 2) students only.
Examines the role of the police officer in
investigations and the relationship between
Community Based Policing and investigation.
Investigative processes are examined with reference
to logic, critical thinking and scientific method.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
506 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
Sources of information available to police and
the importance of victim support are canvassed.
The central theme throughout this subject is the
importance of ethical and legal issues which impact
on investigation. The final focus of this subject is on
investigation and interviewing as evidence.
JST212 JUVENILE JUSTICE 1 - CONTEXT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed JST213
This subject provides an overview of the context
of juvenile justice policy and administration. It
considers myths and facts about young people and
crime, with reference to media and research. Key
theories and research that have influenced official
responses to juvenile crime provide a framework
to explore the continuum of policy and program
responses to juvenile crime. New South Wales
exemplars are used to identify key players
in the juvenile justice system with influence
over administrative and policy decisions. Rights
and responsibilities of young people within their
community are considered. Students are
encouraged to critically examine the influence of key
players, policies and programs over outcomes for
young people and the community.
JST215 JUVENILE JUSTICE 2 - PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite: JST212
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed JST214
This subject shows how laws, policies and programs
shape the work of practitioners working with young
offenders in community and custodial settings,
using examples from the NSW Department of
Juvenile Justice. It shows how theory and research
underpin aspects of the Department’s community
and custodial programs. It explains how psychosocial theories of delinquency can be applied to
assessing the risks and needs of juvenile offenders,
with particular emphasis on categories of young
people whose representation in the juvenile justice
system raises particular concerns for practitioners.
The subject showcases approaches adopted by
youth correctional administrators, within NSW and
elsewhere, to programs and casework that aim to
reduce the potential for re-offending.
JST216 POLICE & VICTIMS
Enrolment restrictions: Available to Diploma of
Policing and Bachelor of Policing (Years 1
& 2) students only.
This subject introduces students to the study
of victimology as it relates to police officers.
After a preliminary review of existing theoretical
foundations, it takes an applied perspective to a
number of areas including ethical police practices in
dealing with victims. It focuses on the consequences
for the individual as a victim, whether of crime,
disaster or other traumatic event; the criminal justice
system and the police officer. It briefly considers the
role of the media in relation to victims in general.
Charles Sturt University
JST217 PROBLEM ORIENTED POLICING:
COMMUNITY SAFETY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available to Diploma of
Policing and Bachelor of Policing (Years 1
& 2) students only.
Problem Oriented Policing involves police looking
beyond the incidents they deal with daily on
a reactive basis, to see them as symptoms
of underlying problems which can be addressed
proactively. Problem-solving tools are provided. This
conceptual framework is then used to address
community safety.
JST218 CRITICAL ISSUES IN POLICING CUSTODY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available to Diploma of
Policing and Bachelor of Policing (Years 1
& 2) students only.
Police responsibilities as a consequence of their
‘duty of care’ to people in custody will be examined,
together with an analysis of the decision-making
process which determines either the use of arrest or
alternative non-custodial action.
JST221 ETHICS & ACCOUNTABILITY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available to Diploma of
Policing and Bachelor of Policing (Years 1
& 2) students only.
This subject highlights the importance of ethics
and accountability to the first line supervisor within
the sphere of policing. The responsibilities of the
police supervisor are examined, together with the
appropriateness of using ethical and accountable
management practices. The subject looks at how
ethics and accountability impact upon discretion, the
police structure and professionalism.
JST222 POLICING & SOCIETY (8)
Prerequisite: SOC101
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed SOC2144, 24184 or SOC207
This subject critically examines the role of police
in the community as well as in the criminal justice
system. It examines the relationship between the
police (and the broader criminal justice system) and
the state and community, particularly in terms of
the impact of policing on various groups in the
community including women, Aborigines and youth.
It also examines the tenets of community policing
and questions the role of state violence.
JST224 POLICE RESEARCH TECHNIQUES (8)
Prerequisite: JST104 Foundations in
Criminology
The focus of the subject will be appropriate
data collection and analysis for research in
policing. Techniques such as surveys, interviewing,
observation, focus groups, and unobtrusive
measures will be covered. Interpretation of crime
data (such as local and statewide crime statistics)
will also be addressed.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 507
JST225 POLICE PRACTICUM (8)
Prerequisite: JST106 and JST107
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Social
Science (Justice Studies - Policing) students
only
This subject requires students to spend 160 hours
in a policing environment and to incorporate that
experience and that of their colleagues in an
analysis of the realities of contemporary police
practice. The classic model of the occupational
development process, “professionalisation” provides
the intellectual framework for analysis and reflection
on the role of the police as professionals working
in a contemporary large scale bureaucratic setting.
Particular emphasis is given to the degree to which
actual behaviours are indebted to a code of ethics.
JST226 INTRODUCTION TO POLICE
INV ESTIGATION (8)
Prerequisite: JST104 Foundations in
Criminology
Enrolment restriction: available only for those
students enrolled in the Bachelor of Social
Science (Justice Studies-Policing). Where
possible this subject should be taken in
conjunction with JST225 Police Practicum.
This subject will provide those students who
intend seeking a career in a police service with
a fundamental understanding of the investigative
processes carried out by police. By adopting the
philosophy that investigators need to be searchers
for the truth rather than the obtainers of convictions,
this subject examines the role of the general
duties police officer in investigations. The central
theme throughout is the application of those ethical
and legal principles which impact on investigation
practice. Investigation processes are examined with
reference to logic, critical thinking and scientific
method. Sources of information available to
police are canvassed with the final focus being
on investigation and interviewing as evidence.
Specific reference will be made to the P.E.A.C.E.
model of investigative interviewing. The theoretical
component is applied to investigation practice.
JST227 PROBLEM-ORIENTED POLICING :
GEND ER ISSUES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available to Diploma of
Policing and Bachelor of Policing (Years 1
& 2) students only.
Problem-oriented policing involves police looking
beyond the incidents they deal with daily on
a reactive basis, to see them as symptoms
of underlying problems which can be addressed
proactively. Problem solving tools are provided
. This conceptual framework is then used to
address gender issues, including an examination
of the ethical dilemmas for police attending intrafamilial disputes and gender related violence. The
comparison of gender relations with particular
emphasis on the concept of patriarchy and the
degree to which the sexual contract between men
and women is explicit or implicit.
JST228 POLICING AND THE COMMUNITY (8)
Prerequisite: SOC101 Introductory Sociology
Enrolment restrictions: Available only to
students in the Bachelor of Social Science
(Justice Studies - Policing)
This subject deals with the relationship between
police and the community. It begins by
deconstructing the concept of community,
recognising that it has many meanings in academic
and common sense usage. Relations between
police and community are examined in the light
of this enhanced understanding of the concept of
community. A range of policing strategies are
examined, analysing the way each conceptualises
community and the effect of each on relations with
the community. A community placement allows
students to test and develop this knowledge through
observation of a practical setting.
JST237 PROBLEM-ORIENTED POLICING :
POLICE & THE MEDIA (8)
Prerequisite: Available to Diploma of Policing
and Bachelor of Policing (Years 1 & 2)
students only.
Problem-oriented-Policing involves police looking
beyond the incidents they deal with daily on
a reactive basis, to see them as symptoms
of underlying problems which can be addressed
proactively. Problem-solving tools are provided. This
conceptual framework is then used to address
media issues. This subject will examine practical
issues such as the police-media relationship in
Australia; how the media can both help and hinder
police operations and why; what makes a story
newsworthy; and how students can develop an
ethical and mutually beneficial relationship with
their local news media. Students will also be
given the theoretical base in media-studies required
to recognise positive and negative depictions in
the news media and how these depictions are
constructed. The emphasis will be on news coverage
of policing.
JST243 POLICING & VULNERABLE
POPULA TIONS (8)
Prerequisite: Successful completion of all
subjects in Trimesters 1 - 3 and employment
as a Probationary Constable by the NSW
Police Service
Individuals or groups which might be considered
vulnerable in certain situations include: children,
spouses, sex workers, homosexuals, the elderly, the
intellectually disabled, the mentally ill or disordered,
the homeless and indigent, and people with poor
English language skills. This subject provides a
contextual and conceptual framework within which
to develop an understanding of vulnerability and the
policing role and function, as well as considering the
interconnectedness of social problems and legal and
social welfare interventions.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
508 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
JST244 TRIMESTER 4 PRACTICUM (0)
Enrolment restrictions: Only for students who
have been attested as Probationary Constables
of the NSW Police Service.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of all
subjects in Trimester 1-3 and employment
as a Probationary Constable by the NSW
Police Service.
The student/probationary constable engages in
operational policing practice under close supervision
by a Field Teaching Officer and Supervisor for
14 weeks and covers 6 core areas of policing.
The student/probationary constable applies theory
to practice in supervision sessions, demonstrates
integrity, shows positive attitude and demeanour
to members of the public, communicates clearly
verbally and in writing and responds immediately to
protect members of the community and colleagues.
JST245 STATION, FIELD AND INVESTIGATIVE
PROCESSES (8)
Prerequisite: Attestation as a Probationary
Constable in the NSW Police Service
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in
the Diploma of Policing Practice
This subject requires students to gain an
understanding of the investigation process by
playing a major role in an investigation. During
an investigation the student will encounter many
customers both internal and external to the police
service. They will need to identify how they meet
the needs of these customers. The investigation is
split into two key areas, the field and the station.
Students will need to draw together all facets of
a fair and ethical investigation. This will range
from customer service, sources of information,
interviewing, dealing with diversity, use of police
powers, various legislation and police procedures.
JST247 PROBLEM ORIENTED POLICING:
MULTICULTURAL ISSUES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available to Diploma of
Policing and Bachelor of Policing (Years 1
& 2) students only.
Problem oriented policing involves police looking
beyond the incidents they deal with daily on
a reactive basis, to see them as symptoms
of underlying problems which can be addressed
proactively. Problem-solving tools are provided. This
conceptual framework is then used to address and
explore the complexity of ethical policing practices in
a multicultural society. This subject highlights intercultural communication, stereotyping, the concept
of justice, equity and fairness, and the need for
the ethical use of police discretion in cross-cultural
encounters.
JST251 CRITICAL ASSESSMENT OF
INVESTIGATIVE PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite: Successful completion of all
subjects in Trimesters 1 - 4 and employment
as a Probationary Constable by the NSW
Police Service
Charles Sturt University
This subject addresses the individual responsibilities
of police officers as investigators through the
critical examination of investigation plans, case
management activities, evaluations, and briefs for
which they have had carriage. Using some cases
provided, and their own work, the subject aims to
assist students in making independent judgements
about the quality of their work.
JST252 POLICE INTELLIGENCE PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite: JST241 Police Service: Station
& Field and JST242 Investigative Processes
and JST243 Policing & Vulnerable Populations.
This subject introduces students to the concepts and
practicalities of intelligence management and crime
analysis within the Police Service, and the function
of intelligence as a focus for problem-oriented
initiatives within an intelligence-led service. Issues
of intelligence gathering, analysis, dissemination
and action will be explored within the framework of
application areas such as combating high volume
crime and situational crime prevention initiatives.
The course is designed to develop a combination
of theoretical background knowledge and practical
application.
JST254 TRIMESTER 5 PRACTICUM (0)
Enrolment restrictions: Only for students who
have been attested as Probationary Constables
of the NSW Police Service.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of all
subjects in Trimesters 1-4 and employment
as a Probationary Constable by the NSW
Police Service.
The student/probationary constable engages in
operational policing practice as a colleague with a
confirmed police officer on at least 50% of general
duties policing tasks. This is completed under
supervision of a Team Leader or Duty Officer for
14 weeks and covers 6 core areas of policing.
The student/probationary constable applies theory
to practice in supervision sessions, demonstrated
integrity, shows a positive attitude and demeanour
to members of the public, communicates clearly
verbally and in writing and responds immediately to
protect members of the community and colleagues.
He or she attends and works with members of at
least one specialist unit.
JST261 POLICE FIELD PRACTICUM (8)
Prerequisite: Successful completion of all
subjects in Trimesters 1 - 5 and employment
as a Probationary Constable by the NSW
Police Service
This subject aims to allow students to demonstrate
the one-stop officer capabilities, working under
minimal supervision. Students will reflect on their
own practice, identify their own learning needs, and
identify ways of addressing these.
JST262 ETHICS & ACCOUNTABILITY (8)
Prerequisite: Successful completion of all
subjects in Trimesters 1 - 5 and employment
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 509
as a Probationary Constable by the NSW
Police Service
This subject provides students with an opportunity
to reflect on field experiences during their sworn
policing studies from the perspective of ethical
theory. Concepts of accountability and issues of
restorative justice, and the contemporary handling
of complaints within the Police Service will also be
addressed.
JST302 CRIMINOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON
SOCIAL PROBLEMS (8)
Prerequisite: JST205
Introduces a range of sociological theories dealing
with social problems. Focuses on six perspectives
on social problems which address processes
and consequences of problem-definition in society,
including the categorisation of activities as deviant
or criminal. The rise of prostitution as a social
problem is used as a case study within the subject,
and students are encouraged to explore other social
problems, eg. child abuse, domestic violence and
especially the neglect of victims of crime.
JST304 VULNERABLE POPULATIONS & THE
ROLE OF POLICE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Policing
students only.
This subject aims to increase understanding of the
circumstances of vulnerable populations (such as
frail aged, mentally ill and intellectually impaired)
among police officers and to consider the police role
in dealing with these individuals in the community.
JST305 ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS OF PUBLIC
SAFETY (16)
Addresses a wide range of factors which contribute
to public safety. Focuses on the prevention of
crime through environmental design and social
development and canvasses criminological
perspectives, identifying and reducing opportunities
for crime generated by urban design features;
fostering and supporting local initiatives capable
of reducing the negative impact of adverse
socio-economic conditions; identifying and reducing
opportunities for crime; and liaison with individuals
and groups (such as town planners, Community
Consultative Committees, government agencies,
architects and landscape architects).
JST306 DRUGS, ALCOHOL & CRIME (8)
This subject will examine issues relating to drug
legislation and the debate about individual rights
to privacy versus concerns for public health, wellbeing, and social morality. Issues of crime and its
causation in the context of the use abuse of alcohol
and other drugs will be dealt with and consideration
will be given to intervention strategies including
the treatment of drug and alcohol problems in the
reduction of crime.
JST307 COMPARATIVE POLICING (8)
This subject examines policing using comparisons
between contemporary industrial societies.
Emphasis will be placed on different organisational
structures and policing under different legal
systems.
JST308 THE PROFESSIONALISATION OF
POLICING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Policing
students only.
This subject examines the progress of Australian
policing on the classic professionalisation model
(Carr-Saunders, Wilson, Greenwood). It aims to
assess the progress of the occupation on the five
dimensions of the model. The subject will also
examine other models of the professionalisation and
the implications of these for policing.
JST309 ABORIGINAL ISSUES IN POLICING (8)
The Royal Commission into Aboriginal Deaths
in Custody indicated the critical importance to
Australian society of reviewing the nature of policing
practices in relation to Aborigines. The ways in which
Aboriginal/police relationships have developed are
examined by exploring how Aboriginality has been
constructed since colonisation, in the key fields
of anthropology and history. The social political
and legal ramifications of the changing views of
Aboriginality are examined. The views of Aborigines
about policing then form an integral part of the
critical assessment of a range of Aboriginal/police
initiatives.
JST310 INFORMATION AND INVESTIGATION (8)
Applies and extends the skills of investigation
analysis and interpretation into the broader areas
of information gathering and intelligence. Information
sources such as informants, intelligence and
surveillance are discussed and developed to
highlight their contribution to investigations
management and practice. Profiling is examined as
one of a range of information gathering tools. The
focus is on developing these sources as a proactive
as well as a reactive contribution to investigations.
JST311 EVIDENCE AND INVESTIGATION
Deals with the processes of transformation of
information into the stipulative reality known as
evidence. Using case studies drawn from past
Australian Royal Commission and High Court
decisions, the subject examines in detail the
ethical and legal complexities of the gathering and
presentation of evidence. The central theme of the
subject is the avoidance of the pitfalls which await
the undiscerning investigator.
JST312 CRIMINAL LAW & INVESTIGATION
MANAGEMENT (8)
Examines the management of information in
investigations and the management of people
involved therein. Information management includes
such vital areas as crime scene and systematic
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
510 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
evidence gathering. People management examines
the relationships and responsibilities of investigators
to victims, witnesses, suspects, peers, the judicial
system, the media and themselves. The subject
highlights the complexity of the ethical investigative
process from criminal act to court.
JST313 INVESTIGATIVE INTERVIEWING (8)
Prerequisite: appropriate interviewing
experience. Practical experience with the use
of Electronically Recorded Interviews with
suspected persons (E.R.S.I.P.) or similar method
(Police).
Enrolment restriction: available to Bachelor
of Policing or to students with relevant
occupational experience only.
The focus of the Investigative Interview is on
obtaining accurate information as opposed to the
obtaining of confessions which was the primary role
of the traditional Accusatory Interview. It recognises
that people are the prime source of information
available to investigators but acknowledges the
difficulties that can be encountered in accurately
eliciting this information. It is seen as a more ethical
model of interviewing. This subject explores such
ethical and legal matters as a suspects fundamental
right to silence and those judicial decisions which
impact upon police interviewing practice. It examines
the role of the interview within the adversarial
system of criminal justice in Australia and explores
the model of ‘Investigative Interviewing’ currently
being used by police in the United Kingdom.
JST314 ETHICS AND PROFE SSIONAL
PRAC TICE FO
R POL ICE DE TECTIVE S (8)
This subject deals with the ethical dimension of
policing, law enforcement and investigation for police
detectives. Students are introduced to a range of
ethical theories and perspectives. This theory si
then deployed in the interpretation and analysis
of a number of central ethical issues confronted
by police detectives. These include: various forms
of corruption; evidence, truth and fabrication; the
rights of suspects (privacy, non-self-incrimination);
and deception and entrapment.
JST315 ETHICS AND PROFE SSIONAL
PRAC TICE FO
R GENERAL DUTIES PO
L ICE (8)
This subject deals with the ethical dimension
of policing, law enforcement and investigation
for general duties police officers. Students are
introduced to a range of ethical theories and
perspectives. This theory si then deployed in the
interpretation and analysis of a number of central
ethical issues confronted by general duties police.
These include: various forms of corruption; coercive
force; discretion and original authority; the rights
of suspects (privacy, non-self-incrimination); and
deception and entrapment.
JST317 ETHICS AND PROF ESSIO
NAL
PRAC TICE FO R POL ICE PROSECU TORS (8)
Charles Sturt University
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have successfully completed JST303
This subject deals with the ethical dimension of the
role of police prosecutor. Students are introduced
to a range of ethical theories and perspectives.
This theory is then deployed in the interpretation
and analysis of a number of central ethical
issues confronted by police prosecutors. These
include: the rights of victims; factors relevant to
the decision to charge; corruption; evidence, truth
and fabrication; the rights of suspects (privacy, nonself-incrimination); honesty and deception in the
courtroom; punishment and its rationale.
JST318 HU MAN RIGHTS AND PO
L ICING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in Bachelor of Social Science (Justice
Studies) courses, Bachelor of Social Science
(Psychology) and Bachelor of Psychology
Prerequisites: JST205 or JST121
Human rights standards are increasingly considered
as a model for best practice policing in both
developed and developing nations. Policing plays
a primary role in the protection of human rights
and this subject will ensure students’ familiarity with
human rights concepts, standards, debates, and
the applicability of human rights to both policing
practices and substantive debates in policing. This
subject will engage students in the ways that human
rights underpins best practice policing in Australia.
JST319 EVIDENC E AND PROC EDU RE (8)
Prerequisite: JST201 Criminal Law and Process
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed JST202 Evidence and
Procedure
Building upon a basic understanding of the
law of evidence, this subject explores both the
legal requirements and the major evidential and
procedural issues involved in and underpinning the
prosecution process. The subject examines the
criminal justice process from pre-trial investigation
and arrest, to trial, summary and indictment and
appeals. Special attention is given to the law
relating to improperly obtained evidence.
JST320 DRUGS, CRIME AND SO
C IETY (8)
Prerequisite: JST205
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Social
Science (Justice Studies) courses
This subject examines social, legal and political
responses to illicit and licit drug use in contemporary
society, with emphasis on Australian society.
Students will need to examine local and international
debates on the current “war against drugs”, taking
in the complexities of human behaviour and social
action as it relates to substance use. The
relationship between key social concepts such as
race, gender and ethnicity and official and unofficial
interventions will be explored. Priority will be
given to an understanding of the legal implications
within a broad societal context, and the range of
interventions inside and outside the criminal justice
system.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 511
JST321 GOVERNMENT, CIVIL SOCIETY AND
JUSTICE
Prerequisite: JST205
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Social
Science (Justice Studies) courses or permission
of the Course Coordinator
Engages students with the criminal justice agency
that will inform their transition from tertiary study
to paid work. It prioritises critical understandings
of criminal justice organisations in civil society and
the role of non government organisations in criminal
justice and social policy development. Through a
forty hour placement it familiarises students with
the daily workings, concerns and processes of
criminal justice agencies and/or non government
justice organisations.
JST424 RESTORATIVE JUSTICE COMMUNITY
CONFERENCING (8)
This subject locates community conferencing
amongst interests based methods of dispute
resolution. These methods are increasingly being
favoured as a means to prevent disputes escalating
to the rights based court arena. This subject
contrasts mediation and community conferencing
as they are applied in diverse contexts, including
community justice centres, juvenile justice, schools,
child welfare and human resource management. It
includes a skills based workshop on youth justice
conferencing within the context of the New South
Wales Young Offenders Act 1997. It also identifies
key practice issues for conference convenors and
demonstrates the application of key theories.
JST436 ADVANCED CRIMINOLOGICAL THEORY
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Social Science
(Justice Studies) (Honours)
This subject will promote the examination of
criminology as a diverse and multi-disciplinary area
of study. Students will make an advanced study
of the real consequences of how different types
of behaviour, by both states and individuals, are
dealt with: drawing on criminological theory and the
relevant historical, political and social contexts.
JST437 SCOPE, CONTENT AND METHOD OF
CRIMINOLOGICAL RESEARCH (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Social Science
(Justice Studies) (Honours)
This subject proceeds through method and
methodological theory and practice in order to
elucidate the ethical, political and social concerns
of doing criminological research in contemporary
society with a focus on qualitative research.
JST438 CRIMINOLOGY HONOURS FIELDWORK
(16)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Social Science
(Justice Studies) (Honours)
To introduce students to working within the criminal
justice ‘industry’. This will require them to build
on existing knowledge in developing and presenting
a policy report after extensive and ongoing
collaboration with industry and university personnel.
Students will undertake a placement with a criminal
justice agency or organisation in order to engage in
policy development.
JST439 CRIMINOLOGY HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION (32)
Prerequisites: JST436 and JST437
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed JST445
Students undertaking the criminology honours
dissertation should demonstrate a clear
understanding of a specific field of study at an
advanced level. They should demonstrate clear
thinking and an ability to integrate theory and
method in a logical manner. The student must
be able to work in a concentrated way over an
extended period and must present their research
in scholarly fashion. This subject requires students
to engage in original research and submit a 15000
word dissertation.
JST445 CRIMINOLOGY HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION (P/T) (32)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in Bachelor of Social Science (Justice
Studies)(Honours). Not available to students
who have completed JST439
Prerequisites: JST436 & JST437
Students undertaking the criminology honours
dissertation should demonstrate a clear
understanding of a specific field of study at an
advanced level. They should demonstrate clear
thinking and an ability to integrate theory and
method in a logical manner. The student must
be able to work in a concentrated way over an
extended period and must present their research in
a scholarly fashion. This subject requires students
to engage in original research and submit a 15000
word dissertation.
LAW100 THE AUSTRALIAN LEGAL SYSTEM (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available to students
other than Faculty of Commerce students only
Examines some major features of the Australian
legal system including the Australian Constitution,
law making and statutory interpretation, the judicial
process and dispute resolution. Introduces some
major areas of substantive law, including tort, with
emphasis on professional negligence, economic
torts; property law; crime, with emphasis on
commercial offences and corporate criminal liability.
LAW104 COMMUNICATION LAW &
ETHICS (8)
Prerequisite: COM111 Professional Writing &
Desktop Publishing.
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to the BA
(Communication) courses.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
512 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
Introduces students to Australian law and the
legal system as they affect the professional
communicator. Content includes defamation, law
reform, privilege, contempt of court, freedom of
information, regulation of the press, radio, television
and copyright. Content also includes discussion of
the statutory bodies that affect the professional
communicator, the media and the justice system,
investigative journalism, and how to report a court
case. The subject also introduces students to the
fundamentals and major developments in moral
philosophy. Students will examine specific cases of
ethical dilemmas as they affect the professional
communicator, with reference to their specific
codes of ethics, the ethical implications of
censorship, conflicts of interest, stereotyping,
economic pressures and social responsibility.
LAW105 COMMUNICATION AND THE LAW (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Arts (Communication
– Public Relations & Organisational
Communication), Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Journalism) and Bachelor
of Sport and Recreation/Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Journalism).
The subject is designed to equip “front line”
professional communicators with a working
knowledge of the law relevant to their distinctive
callings, through an inductive pedagogy centred
on case study material drawn from the world
of practice. Students will acquire a practical
understanding of the legal issues associated with
professional communication in the digital age and
will be able to locate that practical understanding in
the context of the tension dynamic between freedom
of speech and the protection of individual and
community rights in one or a number of societies.
Students will be able to locate that understanding
within the State’s regulation of media ownership
and within the law’s protection of the communication
consumer in Australia, and where appropriate,
overseas jurisdictions.
LAW110 BUSINESS LAW (8)
Examines major features of the Australian Legal
System by analysing, describing and researching
its structure, creation and interpretation. Introduces
the concept of civil liability by looking at substantive
areas such as contract and tort law. Criminal liability
in business is also examined. Property, both real
and personal, is introduced through study of its
framework and various property interests.
LAW131 LEGAL & ETHICAL ISSUES IN HEALTH
(8)
Examines ethical and legal issues for nursing
practice in the context of modern health care
delivery. Starts with an analysis of the nurse
as a moral agent and the constraints on
ethical autonomy, then develops themes of patient
autonomy, patient rights and professional
responsibility. Also considers public health issues
and the ethics of resource rationing.
Charles Sturt University
LAW200 COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES: LAW AND
POLICY (8)
Prerequisites: LAW110
The legal environment for conducting business
is explored. Business relationships (licensing,
franchising, agency), financial transactions
(cheques, banking and EFT), trading activities
(trade practices, consumer protection) and risk
management (insurance, bankruptcy) are examined.
Property issues (leases, mortgages, bailment,
intellectual property) are considered. The balancing
of rights and responsibilities is also discussed.
LAW201 REHABILITATION & THE LAW (8)
This subject examines the law in relating to
rehabilitation. Topics include rehabilitation and the
legal system; the role of the Commonwealth in
regards to rehabilitation law; rehabilitation and
motor vehicle schemes; rehabilitation and workers
compensation, and the reform of rehabilitation law.
LAW207 SOCIAL WELFARE LAW 1 (8)
Prerequisite: POL105
Combines a critical analysis of the role of the social
worker or social welfare worker within the legal
system with a study of a range of laws that impact
on social welfare practice. The structure and form
of the Australian legal system is considered with
particular emphasis on the concept of unmet legal
need. Models of legal delivery are examined ranging
from referral to law based action, as well as issues
of ethics and responsibility.
LAW209 INTELLECTUAL DISABILITY & THE
LAW (8)
Considers some legal issues in the context of
intellectual disability, including the role of the
direct care/welfare worker. Broader ethical concerns
and policy issues are examined in relation to
intervention. Topics include autonomy and legal
capacity, guardianship, medical treatment, property
management, discrimination, the criminal law, and
the legal and ethical responsibilities of care givers.
LAW220 BUSINESS ORGANISATIONS LAW (8)
Prerequisite: LAW110 or LAW210
Examines the modern law of business organisations
including the law of trusts, partnerships,
unincorporated associations and corporations.
Internal rights and duties within organisations and
forms of management and control are examined.
The law of agency and its relevance to each type of
organisation are also examined. The legal liabilities
of managers in each organisation are considered
and principles of bankruptcy/insolvency and external
administration of corporations will be introduced.
LAW240 INDUSTRIAL LAW (8)
Prerequisite: LAW110 OR LAW100
This subject is designed to provide students with a
comprehension and understanding of the operation
of industrial law in Australia. Examines the term
‘industrial law’, the employer/employee relationship
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 513
at both common law and under statute, occupational
health and safety standards, workers compensation
principles, anti-discrimination legislation, the federal
industrial system and registered organisations, and
the state of the industrial system.
LAW260 ADMINISTRATIVE LAW (8)
Prerequisite: LAW110 or LAW100
Examines the relationship between legal persons
(including corporations) and government agencies
and instrumentalities. Covers the controls on
administrative action, remedies available to
aggrieved persons, grounds for judicial review
of decisions (including the concepts of ultra
vires and natural justice), new administrative
law remedies, the role of Administrative Appeals
Tribunal, Ombudsmen and freedom of information
legislation.
LAW291 ENVIRONMENTAL LAW &
ADMINISTRATION (8)
This subject introduces the legal framework of
environmental management with its major focus
on the legal concepts of environment, the system
of public and private legal opportunities for the
preservation and development of the environment,
and the processes of administrative decision making
in relation to specific environmental legislation.
LAW295 LEGAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES IN
HEALTH SERVICES (8)
In our society we are governed by law which
includes legislation and general law specific to
health service management. Health service
managers can be faced with situations that require
immediate decisions, some of which challenge our
social values. In this subject we are considering
a basic set of principles which will guide decision
making.
LAW301 TAXATION LAW (PRINCIPLES) (8)
Prerequisite: LAW110 or LAW210
The fundamentals of income tax law and practice
are covered. The basic ideas of assessable income
including capital gains, allowable deductions and the
essentials of tax accounting are examined in the
context of their impact on businesses and taxpayers
in general. Fringe Benefits Tax and tax avoidance
are also considered.
LAW302 TAXATION LAW (ISSUES) (8)
Prerequisite: LAW301
The subject builds upon student understanding of
the general principles of tax law by covering; the
taxation of partnerships, joint ventures, trusts, and
companies (and comparing the “entities” from
a tax and general commercial viewpoint); the
taxation of primary producers; the fundamental
taxation implications which arise when Australian
residents derive income from other jurisdictions and
where non-residents derive income from Australian
sources; and the operation of indirect taxes
(including the Goods and Services Tax).
LAW303 SOCIAL WELFARE LAW 2 (8)
Prerequisite: LAW207
Continues the theme of unmet legal need
introduced in LAW207 Social Welfare Law 1 and
considers a range of laws relevant to social work
or social welfare work practice. Topics include
discrimination, intellectual disability, mental health,
children, landlord and tenant relationships.
LAW306 INDUSTRIAL ISSUES IN THE ARTS
INCLUDING INTERNSHIP (8)
Prerequisite: COM317 Media Research
Enrolment restrictions: BA (CommunicationTheatre and Media); BA (Communication –
Online Media Production).
This subject covers contemporary industrial issues
in the arts in a series of action learning seminars
devoted to topics such as contracts for writing,
directing and acting for stage, radio, television
and film, the operations off commissions, political
issues in the arts in Australia and the policies and
functions of funding and industrial organisations.
Alternative structures and survival strategies will
also be explored. Each student will prepare a
personal portfolio, with a view to career aspirations
and the employment market as well as undertake an
industry internship with appropriate employers.
LAW307 YOUTH & THE LAW (8)
This subject aims to provide a critical analysis of a
range of laws concerned with the care, protection
and welfare of youth. Topics include legal rights,
protection and status of children, custody and
access, family violence, children in need of care
and protection, and adoption. Comparative current
law and policy in Australia and overseas will also
be considered as well as a brief examination of
laws relating to income support for children and
adolescents living away from home.
LAW330 FINANCE LAW (8)
Establishes the statutory infrastructure of banking
and financial businesses, statutory provision of legal
tender as a basis of financial transactions, and
examines the law relating to major banking and
financial transactions including international and
electronic banking.
LAW335 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS LAW (8)
Prerequisite: LAW110 or LAW100
Highlights the legal environment within which
international business operates and examines
the implications of international commercial
transactions. Focuses on business structures for
overseas marketing operations, including franchising
and the licensing of intellectual property, the
international sale of goods, the international
service trade, transport and the insurance of
exports, international payment systems, customs
controls and commercial dispute resolution. Besides
litigation, this subject also examines alternate
dispute resolution methods such as negotiation,
mediation and arbitration.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
514 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
LAW350 ADVANCED COMMERCIAL LAW (8)
Prerequisite: LAW220
This subject consists of three modules. Module
one looks at business governance - the ethical,
statutory and regulatory controls on business
and methods of dispute resolution. Model two
is a comprehensive study of available business
organisations - partnerships, trusts, companies and their regulation, advantages and disadvantages.
Module three is an introduction to international law
appropriate to the increasing internationalisation of
business.
LAW370 LAW OF EMPLOYMENT (8)
Prerequisite: LAW110 or LAW100
An experiential learning approach to the law relating
to the individual employer/employee relationship and
discrimination and occupational health and safety
issues.
LAW380 COMPANY & TAXATION LAW (8)
Prerequisite: For Bachelor of Business students,
LAW 100 or LAW110. For CPA students
or ICAA, nil.
Enrolment restriction: Not available for Bachelor
of Business (Accounting) students or students
who have completed LAW310 or LAW320.
The fundamentals of both company and income tax
law are studied. The company law module covers
company characteristics, incorporation, shares,
dividends, shareholders, company management and
director’s duties. The taxation law module covers
assessable income, allowable deductions, capital
gains tax, fringe benefits tax, tax accounting and the
goods and services tax.
LAW395 ELECTRONIC COMMERCE AND THE
LAW (8)
Prerequisite: LAW110 or LAW100
The regulation of behaviour across the Internet
is the focus of this subject. Key legal issues
are addressed. These include copyright, privacy,
methods of payment, consumer protection, taxation,
domain names and dispute resolution. The role
of government is critically analysed. Consideration
is given to the effectiveness of existing laws and
contemporary issues are explored.
LAW401 LEGAL ISSUES IN CHILD &
ADOLESCENT WELFARE (8)
This subject aims to provide a critical analysis of a
range of laws concerned with the care, protection
and welfare of children and adolescents. Topics
include legal rights, protection and status of children,
aspects of parental responsibility under the Family
Law Act 1975 (Cth), including residence, contact
and specific issues orders, family violence, children
in need of care and protection. Specific modules
will cover either current law and policy in Australia
and overseas relating to child protection including
child sex tourism laws, or a brief examination of
laws relating to adoption and fostering as well as
income support for children and adolescents living
away from home.
Charles Sturt University
LAW402 THE LAW OF EVIDENCE IN CHILD
ABUSE (8)
Prerequisite: LAW401
This subject aims to consider in depth the law of
evidence and procedure in both criminal and civil
matters relating to child abuse and protection. The
general concepts and basic principles of evidentiary
and procedural law are discussed. The relevant
law is considered from the initial notification or
investigation, through all pre-trial stages, to evidence
and procedural issues during the trial itself. Issues
relevant to child sex tourism and the current laws
relating there to will also be considered. The subject
will also focus on the current reforms to evidentiary
and procedural law in other jurisdictions, particularly
England and Scotland.
LAW411 MENTAL HEALTH LAW & POLICY (8)
Prerequisite: ETH402
This subject begins with the concept of competence,
and reviews the principles of autonomy and
beneficence, paternalistic intervention and the
mentally ill. Legal concepts of insanity and
dangerousness, committal to care and treatment,
provide the backdrop for a critical examination of
issues in mental health law, policy and practice in
Australia and overseas.
LAW490 GUARDIANSHIP & THE VULNERABLE
ADULT (8)
Prerequisite: ETH402
This subject continues ethical and legal themes
developed in Adult Protection: Law, Policy and
Services. In particular, it examines the issues
of diminished capacity, impaired decision making
and the role of guardianship. Legal and ethical
issues relating to medical treatment are considered.
The financial management of estates of vulnerable
adults is a major component of the subject which
has a strong comparative focus and, as well as
studying Australian law, students will examine the
different systems of guardianship operating in the
Canadian Provinces and Territories.
LES101 INTRODUCTION TO LEISURE & HEALTH
(8)
Improves the student’s outlook on the value and
benefits of leisure in relation to health and societal
issues. Beginning with the Greeks, the importance
of leisure concepts throughout history are analysed,
including changing patterns of work and leisure,
and how leisure has influenced lifestyle patterns.
Progressing to contemporary times, the subject
analyses the impact of technologies on current time
use patterns and incorporates health related issues
of today’s society and how leisure can influence
various states of health.
LES102 LEISURE PROGRAMMING WITH
DIVERSE POPULATIONS (8)
This subject examines the leisure and health needs
of a variety of diverse populations. It introduces
students to different types of leisure programming
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 515
for individuals, groups and communities. Attitudes
towards people with disabilities are explored as well
as strategies to promote social inclusion through
community leisure and recreation participation. The
concepts of programming for leisure are introduced
at the initial level of planning, implementation and
evaluation. The subject is designed to have students
become actively involved in programming leisure
opportunities for people with specific needs.
LES110 FOUNDATIONS OF LEISURE ACTIVITY
(8)
Explores leisure and recreational activity in relation
to the human body and its physical environment.
The student will obtain a practical understanding
of human anatomy and physiology and apply this
knowledge to the basis of leisure activity. Emphasis
will be placed upon adapting physical activities
encountered in leisure to the abilities and limitations
of specific groups of people taking into account
the physical, mental, emotional developmental and
social background of the participants. The health
benefits of leisure activity will also be assessed.
LES201 DIVERSIONAL THERAPY & LEISURE
ISSUES (8)
Prerequisite: LES102
An expansion of leisure activities used in diversional
therapy programs is provided as well as an
examination of critical issues and problems within
the field of diversional therapy. Students will
become aware of a range of issues which
influence caregiving within the context of diversional
therapy. This subject will further develop students
understanding of leisure and health issues related
to older adults and discuss the differences between
institutional and community care.
LES202 COMMUNITY LEISURE & HEALTH
ISSUES (8)
Prerequisite: LES102
Focuses on a broad range of topics concerning
community leisure and health for people with
specific needs. Community integration and
segregation issues are considered in regard to
community leisure participation and health. The
student will gain a broader understanding of
personal health which includes examining the
social, emotional, intellectual, physical, spiritual and
occupational aspects of the individual. The wellbeing of the individual and society are both analysed
in respect to advances in technology and lifestyle
changes in western society. Quality of life issues are
analysed and students investigate the role of leisure
participation to quality of life and attaining optimal
health.
LES301 ADVANCED PROGRAM PLANNING FOR
LEISURE (8)
Prerequisite: LES102
This subject expands upon LES102 Leisure
Programming with Diverse Populations, by exploring
issues related to policy, power and strategic
planning within leisure and health organisations.
The modules in this subject cover both theoretical
and practical dimensions of leisure program
planning which are relevant to a range of
professional contexts and client populations. The
key aspects of planning within leisure services are
covered along with issues relating to professional
ethics and power.
LES302 LEISURE AND SOCIAL RELATIONS (8)
Prerequisite: LES101
The study of the importance and impact of leisure
on the social life and health of the individual
throughout the life span is discussed. This subject
expands on LES101, Introduction to Leisure and
Health, investigating the nature of leisure and how
leisure behaviour is influenced by other humans and
environmental factors. Further analysis of free-time
activity and how work and leisure affect one another
is considered.
LES310 PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN LEISURE (8)
Prerequisite: LES101 & LES302
Examines the values, ethics and social
responsibilities of the leisure and health
professional, the leisure participant or client, and
society in general. There is also an investigation
of how social and political dimensions of leisure
policy affects values, attitudes and behaviour toward
leisure and health. The subject also analyses quality
of life issues surrounding leisure and health issues
in society. Students are introduced to social research
in leisure and health, and become acquainted with
methodological techniques for investigating leisure
and health related questions.
LIT107 ENGLISH LITERATURE 1 (8)
This subject provides a survey of English literature
from Anglo-Saxon times to the mid-seventeenth
century. A component of the subject will focus on
the practice of literary commentary and analysis,
thereby introducing the study of English more
generally.
LIT108 ENGLISH LITERATURE 2 (8)
Prerequisite: LIT107
This subject will examine the central texts of English
literature from the era of Dryden to that of William
Blake (inclusive), and thus form the second half
of the first-year English literature survey. Together,
these two subjects will bring students from the
beginnings of the literature to the end of the
eighteenth century.
LIT111 TEXTS & MEANINGS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Cannot be taken by
students who have completed LIT105.
An introduction to key concepts of contemporary
critical debate (eg. the gendering of reading
positions; postcolonial reading strategies) through
structural and stylistic study of selected ‘popular
classics’.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
516 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
LIT112 AUSTRALIAN STUDIES (LITERATURE) (8)
Explores aspects of Australian experience through
selected literary and other cultural representations,
then focuses on the images and myths which have
gained wide currency in Australian cultural life and
contemporary revisions of them.
LIT201 IRISH LITERATURE
Students will be introduced to major political and
social issues in twentieth-century Ireland which
provide a context for the literature. The focus then
will be on a selection of texts written by Irish writers
since the 1890s.
LIT207 CHILDREN’S FICTION (8)
The aim of this subject is to provide a critical
introduction to children’s fiction from the 19th
century to the present day. Classic examples of
fantasy, adventure and realism will be studied, as
well as contemporary novels from England, America
and Australia.
LIT212 AMERICAN LITERATURE
Prerequisite: One level 1 English subject.
This subject will firstly introduce students to
American literature through a survey of selected
early writing and an overview of selected prose
fiction and poetry from the Nineteenth and Twentieth
century, concentrating finally on the latter period.
Various challenges to the literary canon will be
explored so that students become aware of the
cultural diversity which constitutes American writing.
LIT214 AUSTRALIAN LITERATURE (8)
Prerequisite: One first level subject in Literature
(except LIT113) or approval of Subject
Coordinator.
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have completed LIT113.
This subject provides a survey of the development
of Australian literature up to the 1970s through a
study of significant novels, short stories and poetry.
From the entries of the diaries of Captain Cook to
contemporary multicultural writing students will be
introduced to the diversity of Australian literature,
focussing on key authors such as Henry Lawson,
Judith Wright, Patrick White as well as a range of
lesser-known writers and movements.
LIT216 INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY THEORY
(8)
Prerequisite: LIT107 or LIT108 or the approval of
the Subject Coordinator.
This subject introduces students to some of the key
concerns of contemporary literary theory (concerns
encountered across the field of literary studies). It
involves the consideration of a number of important
essays in the field both in terms of the theoretical
issues on which they comment and in terms of the
various ‘schools’ of theory and criticism that the
essays represent.
Charles Sturt University
LIT218 THE ‘WOMAN QUESTION’ IN
NINETEENTH-CENTURY ENGLAND & AMERICA
(8)
Prerequisite: One Level 1 Literature or cultural
studies subject.
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have completed LIT312.
An introduction to seminal nineteenth-century
English and American literary and expository writing
about the nature, role and rights of women.
LIT219 DRUGS AND ALCOHOL IN LITERATURE
(8)
This subject introduces students to a range of fiction
and poetry that alludes significantly to the use
of drugs and alcohol. The set texts are chosen
from the classical Greek, Romantics, Modernist and
Contemporary periods. The subject places each
work in its historical and social context, exploring
and analysing the relevance of drugs and alcohol
as an on-going literary subject and questioning the
validity of enduring Romantic concepts that link drug
and alcohol use with literary creativity.
LIT220 SCREENWRITING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Subject requires weekly
access to computer and Internet connection
This subject is a practical introduction to
screenwriting for television and multimedia. It is
organised into two equal parts: writing for television
and writing for multimedia. Students will participate
in weekly writing workshops designed to equip them
with some of the creative and technical skills for
writing professionally for both mediums.
LIT221 CREATIVE WRITING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Access to computer
and internet/email facilities is essential.
This subject aims to develop students’ skills
in imaginative writing by focussing on specific
techniques and genres. It is organised into three
modules: short fiction, poetry, script writing. The
subject will consist of seminars and workshops
on various aspects of writing – conceptual,
developmental and practical. Tuition by visiting
writers-in-residence will be a feature of this subject.
LIT301 MODERNISM (8)
Prerequisite: A second level subject in literature
or the approval of the Subject Coordinator.
The subject is a study of major works of literature in
English of the era 1890-1930, an era in which the
loss of faith in traditional authority that characterises
modernity in general became particularly evident
in the literary realm (and the aesthetic realm in
general). The subject not only focuses on key literary
texts of the era, but also interrogates the problematic
concepts of ‘the modern’ and of ‘modernism’, an
interrogation which broaches issues of gender and
race.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 517
LIT303 THE ENGLISH NOVEL FROM AUSTEN
TO LAWRENCE (8)
Prerequisite: One second-level Literature or
approval of the Subject Coordinator.
Through study and discussion of five novels this
subject re-examines the evolution of what has been
called ?the great tradition’ in English fiction. Rather
than restrict itself to an ‘ism’, or to a historical period,
the course assumes that the novel in English has
something of a life of its own, which manifests
itself in the way it responds to the historical or
aesthetic context at any given time. The scope is
broad, but there are enough considerations to keep
the texts in focus: social issues in general and
women’s emancipation in particular; children and
‘the innocent’ in post-Romantic literature: parents
and the lack of them in post-Romantic literature;
and, above all perhaps, the sense each of these
highly self-aware novelists had of what their
predecessors had attempted and achieved, and
what was left still to be done in these and other
spheres of interest.
LIT315 THE AUTHOR IN CONTEXT: SPECIAL
LITERARY STUDY
Prerequisite: 1 Level 2 English subject.
A focused and independent study of one author
from a substantial list in which students devise their
own topic and course of reading in consultation with
staff. The culmination of the semester’s work is the
production of a long essay.
LIT401 ENGLISH HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (32)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Arts
(Honours) students only.
A research subject involving critical analysis of
texts or other literary topics as approved by an
appointed supervisor. The dissertation is written over
two semesters and must not exceed 15 000 words
in length.
LIT411 READING SUBJECT A: LITERARY
CRITICISM (16)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Arts
(Honours) students only.
Investigates some of the main perspectives of
literary criticism from Aristotle to the present day.
Focuses on theory of literature and various critical
approaches which analyse the functions of literature.
LIT414 LITERATURE READING SUBJECT (16)
Prerequisite: Approval of Honours Committee.
Enrolment restrictions: Available only to
students enrolled in BA (Hons).
This subject provides an opportunity for students
to negotiate their field of study at a flexible and
individual level. Students will receive supervisory
assistance and guidance depending on staff
availability and expertise. The choice available might
include, for example, North American literature (both
Canada and the United States); children’s literature;
Australian literature; post-colonial literature; English
literature from the Romantic era to the present; film
studies; and ‘traditional’ literary theory from Plato to
the present day, with particular emphasis on moral
questions in literature. Students should contact the
discipline coordinator to discuss both their own
interests and the factors governing availability.
LNG110 INDONESIAN 1 (8)
A comprehensive beginner’s subject that assumes
no prior knowledge of Bahasa Indonesia.
Concentrates on ordinary language of everyday
communication, presented as it is used by native
speakers, with emphasis on developing aural/oral
skills.
LNG120 INDONESIAN 2 (8)
Prerequisite: LNG110 Indonesian 1. Students
who have completed HSC Indonesian will
be considered for exemption from LNG110
Indonesian 1
A continuation of Indonesian 1 assuming that
students have already mastered the most important
grammatical features of the language. The subject
concentrates on functional-communicative purposes
which enable students to communicate in
Indonesian for the most common everyday topics. In
addition, knowledge of Indonesian culture, society,
system of government will be enriched through
various kinds of reading materials.
LNG230 INDONESIAN 3 (8)
Prerequisite: LNG120 Indonesian 2
This is a continuation of Indonesian 2, which
assumes that students have already mastered
the communication skills and most grammatical
elements of the language. The subject provides
further advanced knowledge about the language,
develops more communicative skills, and involves
students in some Indonesian social and cultural
experiences in the settings similar to those of real
Indonesia.
LNG340 INDONESIAN 4 (8)
Prerequisite: LNG230 Indonesian 3
This is an advanced level subject and a continuation
of Indonesian 3, assuming that students have
already mastered advanced communication skills
needed for many different purposes. The subject
provides practice for advanced learners with
advanced linguistic skills and further cultural
exposure to the Indonesian society by studying
various original Indonesian texts. This will involve
Indonesian language books, newspapers and
magazines. The students are encouraged to watch
recorded Indonesian TV programs and listen to
the Indonesian radio critically and discuss issues
relating to the topics of these programs.
13
LNG350 INDONESIAN 5 (8)
Prerequisite: LNG340 Indonesian 4
This is an advanced level subject and a continuation
of Indonesian 4. The subject is designed to provide
students with more advanced linguistic skills and
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
518 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
further cultural exposure to the Indonesian society
through various original Indonesian texts. This will
involve Indonesian language books, both fiction and
non-fiction, newspapers and magazines. Further,
the subject requires students to analyse critically
some literary texts, which include poems, short
stories, novels and dramas. The subject will discuss
Indonesian literary works in terms of their social
backgrounds and will explore the role of Indonesian
literature in society.
LSC210 INTRODUCTION TO LIBRARY
MANAGEMENT THEORY (8)
Prerequisite: LSC102
Introduces management theory and places it
into the library and information services context.
Considers the activities at the heart of the
management function and looks at ways in which
those activities are practiced in libraries and
information services.
LSC211 LIBRARY PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
(8)
Prerequisite: LSC102
Students study of the essential elements of
personnel management within the modern library
, the practical knowledge and skills required of
library supervisors and staff development managers.
Current and related issues are explored in some
detail in specific topics.
LSC307 PROFESSIONAL PLACEMENT 2 (0)
Prerequisite: LSC207
All students are required to complete three weeks
practical experience in a given library or other
information agency.
LSC310 LIBRARY FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: LSC210
Introduces and analyses the financial management
of library and information services. Emphasises
budgeting, in particular program budgeting, as well
as sources of funding and user fees.
LSC311 MARKETING OF LIBRARY &
INFORMATION SERVICES (8)
Prerequisite: LSC210
Analyses the theory and practice of marketing as
applied to library and information agencies. Special
attention is given to marketing as a total concept and
includes study of public relations.
LSC321 RESEARCH & EVALUATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: BA (Library and
Information Science) students
Provides students with an understanding of the
role and value of research as applied to libraries
and related information services. It looks at: the
role of research in professional practice; major
philosophies of research; components of a research
study; major research methods; major research
techniques; evaluation of research literature; and
Charles Sturt University
interpretation of research results. The emphasis is
on ways in which research can be evaluated. The
assumption is that information professionals may be
called upon not only to conduct research in their own
organisations but also to apply research results at
some stage; therefore, they must be able to evaluate
research objectively in order to separate the feasible
from the ephemeral. Therefore, emphasis is on
both how to conduct a research enquiry and on the
components which one must understand in order to
evaluate effectively.
MGT100 ORGANISATIONS & MANAGEMENT (8)
Introduces and critically examines existing
management theory and practices. Covers
processes of planning, organising and controlling,
problem-solving and decision making, and critical
aspects of managing people, organisational
environments, and change. Deals with recent
developments in managerial thinking, and issues
of ethics, social responsibility, global and
environmental concerns.
MGT110 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (8)
Develops and refines communication skills required
of managers at various levels in the workplace.
Provides guided practice in listening, speaking,
reading and writing, and intra- and interpersonal
factors which underpin effective communication.
MGT200 PROPERTY MANAGEMENT AND
DESIGN (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students in the Bachelor
of Hotel Management (through Holmesglen
Institute of TAFE)
The critical role of the hotel manager in property
management is the focus of study in this unit.
This component of course addresses the need
for hotel managers to be better equipped to deal
with the use and maintenance of resources in a
hotel complex. The importance of the maintenance
procedures being documented is outlined. The
numerous operating systems that support the
operation of the plant in a hotel are examined.
Conservation of the use of energy is shown to be
economically and environmentally responsible. The
hotel manager’s involvement in and responsibility for
the development of new and/or the renovation of
existing facilities are explored.
MGT210 ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (8)
Prerequisite: MGT100
Studies how human behaviour occurs within
organisations at the individual, group and
organisational levels. Examines the factors which
influence behaviour as well as strategies which
may be adapted to increase the satisfaction and
productivity of organisation members.
MGT220 e-COMMERCE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Undergraduate
This subject is about conducting business in the
digital environment. Business and institutional
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 519
processes which are influenced by networked
technologies are examined. The origins of
e-Commerce are identified. The role of
communication with respect to business strategies
is critically analysed. These are then viewed
in different case studies. Management concerns,
legal matters and ethical issues in the networked
environment are considered. The role and function
of virtual communities with respect to business
is also analysed. Furthermore the importance of
creating and maintaining trust online is discussed.
No prior knowledge of computers is required to
successfully complete this subject.
MGT221 INTRODUCTION TO
MACRO-MICROECONOMICS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students in the Bachelor
of Hotel Management (through Holmesglen
Institute of TAFE)
In order for managers within the hospitality
industry to make informed decisions, critically
assess economic issues and solve complex
problems, they need to gain an understanding of
both macroeconomic and microeconomic theories,
concepts and analysis. It is important that students
gain a clear understanding of the critical role
macroeconomic and microeconomic principles and
policies play in shaping the Australian business
environment.
MGT225 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
COMMUNICATION (8)
Prerequisite: MGT100
This subject is designed to develop students’
theoretical understanding and practical skills so
that they communicate effectively with business
people of different cultures. Theories such as
the co-ordinated management of meaning are
examined; interpersonal, written and organisational
communication skills are practised. Students
identify the cultural factors underlying each person’s
group membership and learn to apply these
group concepts to information flow and relationship
development. They are persuaded to regard cultural
difference positively, accepting it as a challenge
to establish communication congruence for mutual
benefit.
MGT230 BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL
ETHICS (8)
The subject examines three major approaches to
ethics and defends one as preferable. This is
then applied to cases in contemporary business
and professional life which present concrete ethical
dilemmas. Topics include: conflict of interest, privacy
and confidentiality, bribes, insider trading; deceptive
advertising; fraud; “whistle-blowing”; employee rights
and duties; and differences in international business
culture and practice.
MGT250 ASIA-PACIFIC BUSINESS (8)
Prerequisite: MGT100
Studies recent developments in the Asia-Pacific
region and their implications for international
business. A thematic approach is used to analyse
economic systems, political systems and business
culture in the region. Case studies provide detailed
analysis of issues and problems in several countries.
Australia’s changing role in the region is assessed.
MGT260 YOUNG ACHIEVEMENT AUSTRALIA
PARTICIPATION (8)
Prerequisite: Successful completion of two full
years of study in either the Bachelor of
Business (all specialisations) or the Bachelor of
Information Technology (Information Systems).
The subject provides recognition of a student’s
active participation in the Young Achievement
Australia program over 24 weeks during one
calender year and the successful completion of
an examination based on the business skills
developed during the participation. The opportunity
to participate in a simulated real business
situation is a valuable learning experience. Amongst
the skills which the student will have the
opportunity to develop are leadership, personnel
management, financial management, production
management, marketing skills, team working skills
and communication skills.
MGT290 PROJECT MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: MGT100
This subject will impart an appreciation and
understanding of a number of aspects of project
management. In addition to technical aspects
of project planning and control, it will address
quality issues, including quality assurance, quality
management and quality of work life. The subject will
therefore enable the student to develop integrated
approaches to project management.
MGT310 SERVICE OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
(8)
Service operations are the sharp end of a business;
where the work is actually carried out. Service
operations management is concerned with how the
waiters and chefs are managed in a restaurant,
the floor plan of the restaurant, what happens
behind the scenes in a hotel, why certain plant
and equipment is used rather than the alternatives,
how inventory/materials should be managed, the all
important interaction between the service provider
and the customer and, perhaps most important, how
all these factors can improve the service to the
customer.
MGT320 MANAGING CHANGE (8)
Prerequisite: MGT210 or INR220 or INR230
An integrated approach to theory, research and
practice of the management of change, with
particular reference to organisational change,
including current and future issues in the
management of people.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
520 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
MGT330 BUSINESS STRATEGY (8)
Prerequisite: Three level two management
related subjects which may include ACC230,
FIN211 and/or MGT, HRM, INR, MKT, FIN,
LAW subjects.
This is a capstone subject. Successful completion of
the assignments will require that students draw on
material and concepts studied in prior subjects. The
subject focuses on the strategic planning function
in an organisation. There is consideration of the
audit of the organisation’s internal resources and
of the external factors which impact upon strategic
decision making. The formulation of strategic
alternatives which mesh with the organisation’s
current environment and then selection of the most
effective are also examined. The implementation
of strategic plans and their evaluation is the final
section.
MGT340 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: three level two Bachelor of
Business subjects, which may include FIN, MGT,
HRM AND MKT subjects
A strategic management approach is used to
analyse the operations of international business.
Considers major forms of international business
activities and financial markets for international
operations.
MGT350 INTERNATIONAL COMMERCE
PROJECT (8)
Prerequisite: Successful completion of two
years full-time study in the Bachelor of
Business (or equivalent).
This subject provides students with the opportunity
to combine an in-depth study of an International
business management issue with an international
experience. In doing so, students will develop
a stronger appreciation of the global business
environment in which Australia operates and will
gain exposure to one of our neighbouring cultures.
MGT370 BUSINESS INTERNSHIP (8)
Prerequisite: Successful completion of two
years full-time study in the Bachelor of
Business.
Enrolment restriction: Selected full-time on
campus students enrolled in the Bachelor of
Business course who have not completed
any other internship subject in the Bachelor
of Business.
The subject provides the opportunity for students to
gain practical experience in a professional setting as
part of their academic training course. The internship
is most valuable to the student if he or she is
assigned a variety of duties and is considered
a ‘professional’ in training. The learning outcomes
from the subject include a closer integration of
university learning and practice, valuable insights
into organisational life, and the opportunity to accept
more responsibility and achieve greater self reliance.
Charles Sturt University
MGT401 DISCIPLINE READING SUBJECT 1 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Admission to Bachelor
of Business (Honours).
This subject will be designed by the Course
Coordinator to develop specific skills in a particular
student or group of students (by way of a set of
readings) or to take advantage of a special area of
interest or expertise of existing or visiting staff. A
strategic management approach is used to analyse
the operations of international business.
MGT402 DISCIPLINE READING SUBJECT 2 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Admission to Bachelor
of Business (Honours).
This subject will be designed by the Course
Coordinator to develop specific skills in a particular
student or group of students (by way of a set of
readings) or to take advantage of a special area of
interest or expertise of existing or visiting
MGT403 DISCIPLINE READING SUBJECT 3 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Admission to Bachelor
of Business (Honours).
This subject will be designed by the Course
Coordinator to develop specific skills in a particular
student or group of students (by way of a set of
readings) or to take advantage of a special area of
interest or expertise of existing or visiting staff.
MGT517 ADVANCED RESEARCH METHODS (8)
Prerequisite: HRM507 or ACC540 or completion
of the equivalent of a basic research
methodology subject at undergraduate level
as approved by the Bachelor of Business
(Honours) Course Coordinator.
Enrolment restriction: Approval by the Bachelor
of Business (Honours) Course Coordinator.
This subject will develop not only specific skills
required for conducting alternative approaches
to qualitative data collection and analysis, but
also develop multivariate data analysis skills,
particularly in the areas multiple regression,
multiple discriminant analysis, canonical correlation,
structural equation modelling, and cluster analysis.
The student will develop competence in the use of
SPSS for these various analytical approaches.
MGT518 BUSINESS HONOURS PROJECT /
DISSERTATION (24)
Prerequisites: Completion of compulsory
coursework specified for Bachelor of Business
(Hons) programs
Corequisites: May be completed concurrently
with MGT517 Advanced Research Methods
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Business
students with requirement to complete a basic
research methodology subject
Students will carry out a supervised research project
in an area that falls within the approved fields
of research of the Faculty of Commerce. The
student will be able to test his/her ability to use
management theory and research techniques in a
business environment.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 521
MGT519 BUSINESS HONOURS PROJECT /
DISSERTATION (32)
Prerequisites: Completion of compulsory
coursework specified for Bachelor of Business
(Hons) programs
Corequisites: Nil
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Business
students with requirement to complete a basic
research methodology subject
Students will carry out a supervised research project
in an area that falls within the approved fields
of research of the Faculty of Commerce. The
student will be able to test his/her ability to use
management theory and research techniques in a
business environment.
MIS110 RADIOGRAPHIC FUNDAMENTALS (8)
Covers all aspects of radiographic photography and
the technical and physical processes involved in
hard copy, radiographic image production. Topics
include photographic and x-ray image production
variables, image processing, radiographic imaging
materials, image quality variables and sensitometry.
MIS203 IMAGING ANATOMY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS128
Considers the normal surface and gross anatomical
relationships and organisation, including normal
variants of major skeletal and soft tissue structures
of the head, neck, thorax, abdomen, pelvis and
the upper and lower limbs. The normal medical
imaging appearances of the structures and their
relationships, as demonstrated in the para-coronal,
para-sagittal and transverse planes on plain and
contrast radiographic, computer tomography and
magnetic resonance imagery, are considered in
detail.
MIS210 RADIOLOGICAL INSTRUMENTATION 1
(8)
Prerequisite: MIS110
Introduces the technological features of instruments
used in general diagnostic radiographic practice. It
considers design, construction, operation, practical
applications, appropriate calculations, and relevant
regulations and standards. Quality assurance
procedures and techniques are concurrently
introduced and considered with each general type
of instrument.
MIS211 IMAGING PATHOLOGY 1 (8)
Introduces students to basic principles, terminology
and aetiology of pathology by giving a fundamental
understanding and appreciation of the causes and
mechanisms associated with the development of
disease. It also provides a basic understanding
of various systemic disease processes underlying
the use and application of medical imaging
examinations and therapeutic (radio-isotope based)
regimes. Emphasis is placed on image appearance
of relevant pathologies.
MIS220 RADIOLOGICAL INSTRUMENTATION 2
(8)
Prerequisite: MIS210
Extends the technological features of instruments
used in general diagnostic radiographic practice
that were introduced in MIS210 - Radiological
Instrumentation 1. It considers design, construction,
operation, practical applications, appropriate
calculations and relevant regulations and standards.
Quality assurance procedures and techniques are
introduced and considered with each general type
of instrument.
MIS302 IMAGING PATHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: enrolment in BAppSc (MI/NMT)
Conversion Course (external/off-shore).
Focuses on diseases specifically encountered in
diagnostic medical radiation departments. Provides
a basic working knowledge of these diseases in
order to enhance the students’ ability to produce
diagnostic images and become more knowledgeable
members of the diagnostic team.
MIS303 APPLIED IMAGING (8)
Introduces and covers the fundamentals, concepts
and applications of digital image processing,
analysis and image review in the medical imaging
field. Also introduces and reviews the influences
made by the human observer in such systems.
MIS310 RADIOLOGICAL INSTRUMENTATION 3
(8)
Prerequisite: MIS220
Introduces the technological features of advanced
diagnostic imaging instruments. It considers design,
construction, operation, practical application and
appropriate calculations, quality assurance and
relevant regulations and standards.
MIS311 IMAGING PATHOLOGY 2 (8)
Prerequisite: MIS211
Focuses on systemic diseases specifically
encountered in medical imaging departments as
well as those diseases induced by exposure
to radiation. The subject also provides a basic
understanding of various systemic disease
processes underlying the use and application
of medical imaging examinations and therapeutic
(radio-isotope based) regimes. Emphasis is placed
on image appearance of relevant pathologies.
MIS320 RADIOLOGICAL INSTRUMENTATION 4
(8)
Prerequisite: MIS310
Extends the introduction of the technological
features of advanced diagnostic imaging
instruments. The subject considers design,
construction, operation, practical application and
appropriate calculations, quality assurance and
relevant regulations and standards.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
522 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
MKT110 MARKETING PRINCIPLES (8)
Examines the philosophy and role of marketing as
a management discipline. Elements of the marketing
process are examined so that students can apply
marketing principles and practices to service and
non service organisations in the public and private
sector.
MKT191 MARKETING HEALTH SERVICES
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Management) & Master of Health
Services Management & Master of Health
Services Management students.
Examines marketing and its role in health
service organisations, understanding customers and
segmenting the market, marketing strategy and
the marketing mix, communicating with internal
and external public’s’, developing a marketing plan
and evaluating the effectiveness of the marketing
program.
MKT220 BUYER BEHAVIOUR (8)
Knowledge of marketing principles is strongly
recommended prior to undertaking this subject
A developed integrated approach that progressively
examines buyer behaviour in relation to the
individual, as a social phenomenon, as a decision
making process, then through special topics such as
organisational buyer behaviour and buyer behaviour
in relation to service organisations.
MKT230 MARKETING RESEARCH (8)
Prerequisite: (MKT110 or MKT210) & QBM217
An applied approach to the design and
implementation of marketing research is
undertaken. Methodology, analysis, and
interpretation of results are explored. Different types
of data collection techniques are examined in terms
of a variety of research questions.
MKT310 PROMOTIONS MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: MKT110 or MKT210
Takes an integrated approach to the planning
and development of promotional programs. Buyer
behaviour theory which is relevant to the marketing
communication process is reviewed. A
comprehensive planning model is applied to
decisions about the elements of the promotion mix:
advertising, personal selling, sales promotion and
publicity.
MKT320 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING (8)
Prerequisite: MKT110 or MKT210
International economic, cultural, political and legal
environments are studied as a prelude to planning
marketing strategies for international markets.
Examines the role of marketing research,
international finance, market entry and expansion
strategies and the marketing mix in international
marketing.
MKT325 INTERNET MARKETING (8)
Prerequisite: MKT110 or MKT210
Charles Sturt University
The Internet involves new ways of doing business,
new methods of communication and new
approaches to marketing. This subject will assist
students to assess and develop a firm’s Electronic
Marketing Capability and delivered in an on0line
format, it will blend both technology and marketing
issues to provide a foundation for an assessment
of a firm’s Internet strategy and a practical
implementation plan.
MKT331 RELATIONSHIP MARKETING (8)
Prerequisite: (MKT110 or MKT210) and MGT100
The role of personal selling and the management of
the sales force are dealt with in this subject. Topics
integral to the planning, implementation, evaluation
and control of the sales program are covered.
MKT340 STRATEGIC MARKETING
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: (ACC110 or ACC230), (MKT110
or MKT210) and MKT220
Focuses on strategic approaches to marketing
management. The business mission, objectives and
strategies provide a basis for the development of the
strategic marketing planning process. An in-depth
situation analysis combined with concepts such
as the value chain and sustainable competitive
advantage provide the framework for the marketing
strategy decision process. The Marketing Plan is
reviewed and aspects of implementation and control
are examined.
MKT350 NEW PRODUCT MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: MKT110 or MKT210
Examines product innovation within organisations
beginning with strategic planning for new products,
and the integration of that planning with the entire
new product development process. Organisational
structures that encourage innovation are evaluated
and computer based decision models are applied to
facilitate decisions being made throughout the new
product development process.
MKT360 APPLIED MARKETING RESEARCH (8)
Prerequisite: MKT230 and permission of the
Subject Coordinator.
Students apply the knowledge of the marketing
research process by conducting, either individually
or as part of a group, a marketing research project.
MKT370 MARKETING INTERNSHIP (8)
Prerequisite: MKT110 or MKT210
Enrolment restrictions: Selected full-time on
campus students enrolled in the Bachelor of
Business course who have not completed
any other internship subject in the Bachelor
of Business.
The subject provides the opportunity for students to
gain practical experience in a professional setting as
part of their academic training course. The internship
is most valuable to the student if he or she is
assigned a variety of duties and is considered
a ‘professional’ in training. The learning outcomes
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 523
from the subject include a closer integration of
university learning and practice, valuable insights
into organisational life, and the opportunity to accept
more responsibility and achieve greater self reliance.
some of the structures and processes of multimedia
production. There is a concentration on imagery
creation and critical evaluation, and on the Internet
context for multimedia work.
MOR114 OPERATIONS RESEARCH (8)
Introduces the operations research approach to
problem-solving; formulation of problems; modelbuilding; implementation of a solution and the role
of management in an operations research project.
The analytical tools used in problem-solving are
introduced by consideration of decision analysis,
linear programming, critical path analysis, inventory
control and simulation.
MPI102 PHOTO IMAGING (8)
This subject concentrates on two major aspects of
multimedia production. It is intended for students
who wish to develop practical skills in both
analogue and digital photo-imaging for multimedia.
Internet, off-line, and non-digital presentations are
considered.
MOR214 DECISION ANALYSIS (8)
Prerequisite: MOR114 & STA117
Develops a framework for the analysis of decisions,
with emphasis on applications to selected decision
models. Topics include the basic structure of
decision situations, uncertainty and risk, the value
of perfect and imperfect information, sequential
decision problems, utility functions, further inventory
models, queuing theory, appraisal techniques for
investment decisions, renewal and replacement
strategies.
MOR224 LINEAR PROGRAMMING (8)
Prerequisite: MOR114
Introduces basic models and solution techniques
of linear programming, with emphasis on the
wide variety of problems to which linear
programming has been successfully applied. Topics
include the simplex method, duality, sensitivity
analysis, parametric programming, degeneracy,
transportation, trans-shipment, assignment method
and game theory. The student will solve some linear
programming problems using a computer package.
MOR313 SIMULATION (8)
Prerequisite: MOR114, MTH225 and STA117
Introduction to mathematical simulation methods of
solving problems for which analytical techniques are
not appropriate; use of various computer packages
such as TUTSIM and SPIDA.
MOR414 OPTIMISATION TECHNIQUES (8)
Prerequisite: MTH218 & MOR224
A unified treatment of models derived from real
life situations, a review of classical optimisation
methods, the Kuhn-Tucker theorem and properties
of convexity, line search by the Fibonacci method
and by curve-fitting methods, the method of steepest
descent, Newton’s method, conjugate direction
methods, quasi-Newton methods, feasible descent
algorithms for constrained optimisation, quadratic
programming.
MPI101 MULTIMEDIA & PHOTO IMAGING (8)
This subject provides an introduction to the
elements and scope of multimedia. It covers
numerous underlying concepts, takes an overview of
multimedia applications and modes, and introduces
MPI103 DESIGN & THE COMPUTER (8)
This subject introduces students to the computer
terminology and its potential within design. It focuses
on developing an understanding of design principles,
colour and 2 dimensional computer forms.
MPI104 INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIA (8)
This subject provides an introduction to the
elements and scope of multimedia. It covers
underlying concepts, and takes an overview of
multimedia applications and modes, and introduces
some of the structures and processes of off-line and
online multimedia production.
MPI105 INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOMEDIA (8)
This subject provides an introduction to the
elements and scope of photomedia. It covers
underlying concepts and takes an overview of
multimedia applications and modes, and introduces
some of the structures and processes of offline and
online multimedia production.
MPI106 AUTHORING AND DESIGNING
MULTIMEDIA (8)
This subject focuses on authoring and designing
offline and hybrid multimedia (CD/DVD) and
explores the relationships between creative artistic
and design processes and the programming
concepts structures and languages commonly used
in interactive multimedia authoring and design.
MPI107 PHOTOMEDIA AND IMAGING THEORY
AND PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisites: MPI105 Introduction to
Photomedia
This subject provides students with significant
concentration on photo-imaging as an important
element of their work. In the projects produced
there will be a greater complexity of digital imaging
and manipulation, as well as demonstrated practical
skills in photo-image creation for multimedia.
MPI201 PHOTOMEDIA & IMAGING (8)
Prerequisites: MPI101 Multimedia and Photo
Imaging or MPI102 Photo Imaging
This subject is intended for students wanting
significant concentration on photo-imaging as an
important element in their work. In the multimedia
projects considered - and in those produced there is also greater complexity of digital imaging
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
524 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
and manipulation, including non-photographic digital
image creation.
MPI203 3D MODELLING AND RENDERING (8)
Prerequisite: MPI103 Design & the Computer
This subject is designed to give students a
fundamental working knowledge and understanding
of 3d modelling and rendering in a computer
environment. This will allow the student to create
simple and complex 3d rendered models which may
be used in animations or multimedia, on and/or off
line products, or for proto-typing work in another
medium.
MPI204 WEB AUTHORING DESIGN AND
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisites: MPI106 Authoring and Designing
Multimedia.
This subject focuses on authoring and designing
interactive multimedia for online and hybrid delivery,
as well as the management, maintenance and
administration of complex internet sites in
informational, artistic, educational or entertainment
contexts.
MPI205 DIGITAL ANIMATION AND SPECIAL
EFFECTS (8)
Prerequisites: MPI107 Photomedia and Imaging
Theory and Practice OR MPI106 Authoring
and Designing Multimedia
This subject focuses on the software and hardware
used in the creation of animated motion and other
special effects and techniques such as assemblage
montage and collage of image and text, with
particular emphasis on their utilisation in on/offline
and hybrid interactive multimedia.
MPI206 DESKTOP VIDEO AUDIO AND TEXT (8)
Prerequisites: MPI204 Web Authoring Design
and Management OR MPI205 Digital Animation
and Special Effects.
This subject focuses on creating and manipulating
video, audio and text using digital processes and
techniques in a computer desktop environment for
on and offline and hybrid multimedia products in
informational, artistic, educational and entertainment
contexts.
MPI207 DIGITAL SOUND AND MUSIC (8)
Prerequisites: MPI204 Web Authoring Design
and Management OR MPI205 Digital Animation
and Special Effects.
This subject focuses on the hardware and software
used in digital sound production and manipulation,
and digital music composition and creation including
MIDI and other sampling and sequencing methods.
It is intended for students who wish to include a
significant specialisation in the area of digital sound
and music in their work. This subject is taught
in conjunction with the Riverina Conservatorium of
Music.
Charles Sturt University
MPI209 COMPOSITING AND SPECIAL EFFECTS
(8)
Prerequisite: MPI205
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Multimedia), Bachelor of Arts (Graphic Design),
Bachelor of Arts (Television Production)
The subject focuses on the uses and techniques
of compositing and the application of special
effects used in digital production processes for
on and offline and hybrid multimedia. Upon
completion students will have a working knowledge
and understanding of the software used in
post production to create digital effects used in
multimedia production.
MPI301 MULTIMEDIA PHOTO IMAGING PROJECT
(8)
Prerequisites: MPI201 Photomedia & Imaging or
MPI202 Interactive Multimedia.
This subject has the dual focus of a contractdetermined body of creative work, and a supporting
concentration on seminar topic(s) chosen for their
connection to that work. Individual contracts may
include such elements as a period of internship,
research and preproduction, production stages of a
longer work, or a completed multimedia project or
image portfolio.
MPI302 MULTIMEDIA & PHOTO IMAGING
CONTRACT (8)
Prerequisites: MPI201 Photomedia & Imaging or
MPI202 Interactive Multimedia.
This subject involves students in a substantial
practical supervised multimedia or photo imaging
project - usually, but not necessarily, an individual
one. The project may be one that has been
commenced in a previous subject.
MPI303 MULTIMEDIA PRODUCTION PROJECT
(8)
Prerequisites: MPI203 3D Modelling and
Rendering OR MPI206 Desktop Audio Video
and Text OR MPI207 Digital Sound and Music
Corequisite: MPI305 Multimedia Seminar and
Research Project.
The student develops a proposal for a significant
major work or a significant contribution to a major
collaborative project in which their contribution is
appropriate to their area of specialisation. In this
subject the student, either individually or as a
member of a team, produces and designs the media
assets for the project which is to be authored
in MPI306 Multimedia Authoring Project. This
may involve any combination of digital sound,
music, text, and/or video, image creation and
manipulation, animation, 3D modelling or other
special effects, interactive techniques and/or other
multimedia processes.
MPI304 MULTIMEDIA STUDIO AND PROJECT
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisites: MPI305 Multimedia Seminar and
Research Project
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 525
Corequisite: MPI306 Multimedia Authoring
Project.
This subject provides an understanding of the
main aspects of project management within
the multimedia design context: Students develop
and integrated skill base for multimedia project
management issues, with particular emphasis on
the various relevant technical considerations.
MPI305 MULTIMEDIA SEMINAR AND RESEARCH
PROJECT (8)
Prerequisites: MPI203 3D Modelling and
Rendering OR MPI206 Desktop Audio Video
and Text OR MPI207 Digital Sound and Music.
Corequisite: MPI303 Multimedia Production
Project.
Integral and parallel to MPI303 Multimedia
Production Project and MPI306 Multimedia
Authoring Project, the students research
approaches in interactive multimedia concept
development, scripting techniques and authoring
methods by multimedia artists and/or producers,
which may involve an appropriate industry
placement or internship. Together with a description
and evaluation of their major project or contribution
to the collaborative project, this research is
presented as a seminar and published as a website
in the cumulative research archives section of the
Multimedia web server.
MPI306 MULTIMEDIA AUTHORING PROJECT (8)
Prerequisite: MPI303 Multimedia Production
Project.
Corequisite: MPI305 Multimedia Seminar and
Research Project.
In this subject the student develops aesthetic,
conceptual and technical solutions to the authoring
of a complex multimedia project following on
from their work in MPI303 Multimedia Production
Project. Experimental and innovative approaches
are encouraged.
MPI401 MULTIMEDIA HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (32)
Enrolment restriction: only available to students
in the Bachelor of Arts (Multimedia)(Honours)
program.
An individually supervised project on an approved
topic resulting in a major body of multimedia practice
which demonstrates the ability to research and
determine an appropriate outcome.
MST114 PRODUCTION PLANNING (8)
Prerequisite: COM103 Media Production &
Presentation.
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Online Media Production);
Bachelor of Arts (Communication - Theatre
and Media).
This subject examines the conceptual, logistic,
financial, and communicative aspects of managing
production and marketing for a range of
entertainment, communication, and information
(ECI) industries. Diverse planning processes are
examined: from pre-production, through production,
to post-production. Students learn to use software
applications to develop partnered presentations
which integrate image, sound and text manipulation
for the purpose of critically interrogating the theory
content of the subject. The aim of this subject is
to develop students’ abilities to manage production
processes from concept development to project
completion.
MST115 ONLINE MEDIA PRODUCTION 1 (8)
Prerequisite: COM108 Video Production
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Online Media Production);
Bachelor of Arts (Communication - Theatre
Media). A maximum of 15 Theatre and Media
students will be admitted to this subject.
This subject introduces students to audio production
techniques and to the use of audio in the context
of interactive media. Students acquire core skills in
audio capture, editing and post-production, including
an introduction to ‘streaming’ audio onto the World
Wide Web. The subject also introduces students to
critical examination of relevant theory and policy.
MST116 PRINCIPLES OF ONLINE MEDIA
PRODUCTION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Online Media Production)
This subject introduces students to a range of
practical and conceptual skills common to the
Online Media Production degree. Students are
introduced to the production principles of convergent
technology through participation in the planning
and development of structured examples of online
media production. An integrated approach is
achieved using digital audio, image, text and
video components. Students are exposed through
workshops and lectures to the theory and practice of
all aspects of online media production. This includes
researching, organising and working in a production
team as well as budgeting and online architectural
development. Students are introduced to a critical
appraisal of the theories and practice of convergent
technology as practiced within the online media
production industry.
MST230 ONLINE MEDIA PRODUCTION 2 (8)
Prerequisite: MST115 Online Media Production 1
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Online Media Production);
Bachelor of Arts (Communication - Theatre
Media). A maximum of 15 Theatre and Media
students will be admitted to this subject.
This subject builds on MST114 and COM108 to
develop advanced video production skills, including
image capture and manipulation and using video in
the context of interactive media products. Students
are exposed through workshops and lectures to
the theory and practice of all aspects of the
production process from researching and selecting
an idea, through pitching the project, organising the
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
526 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
production team, budget and script development,
pre-production, shooting and editing the video,
and incorporating unto an interactive/online product.
The subject includes scriptwriting in the interactive
environment and more advanced project
management skills. Students also critically
interrogate theories of visual communication and
industry practices.
MST316 ONLINE MEDIA PRODUCTION 3 (8)
Prerequisite: MST230 Online Media Production 2
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Online Media Production);
Bachelor of Arts (Communication - Theatre
Media)
This subject brings together the skills and theoretical
understanding acquired in MST226 and MST228
to further develop students’ abilities as producers
of online media with an emphasis on project
management. Students further their develop their
knowledge of the range of relevant software
and hardware (cameras, scanners) for the design
and production of interactive media. Working
in production teams, students are required to
demonstrate technical production and project
management skills and put into practice theories
about human-computer interaction.
MST317 ONLINE MEDIA PRODUCTION
WORK SHOP (16)
Prerequisite: MST316 Online Media Production 3
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Online Media Production)
This subject aims to enable students to demonstrate
their abilities in the production of a major
interactive/online media work for the entertainment,
communication and information (ECI) industries. The
major work will demonstrate a high level of craft
skills, a readiness to engage with theory and ideas
and communicate them successfully through the
production process. The major work will (usually
but not necessarily) involve a collaborative process;
careful attention to all aspects of pre-production,
production and post-production phases is essential.
Emphasis in assessment will be on process rather
than final product.
MST420 ONLINE MEDIA PRODUCTION
HONOURS PROJECT/DISSERTATION FT (32)
Prerequisite(s): COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Online Media Production)
(Honours)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research.
MST421 ONLINE MEDIA PRODUCTION
HONOURS PROJECT/DISSERTATION PT (32)
Prerequisite(s): COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Charles Sturt University
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Online Media Production)
(Honours)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research.
MTH101 COMPUTER AIDED MATHEMATICS
1 WITH APPLICATIONS (8)
This subject provides an introduction to calculus and
linear algebra, with an emphasis on understanding
and applications addressed in geometry, physics,
economics and environmental modelling. A symbolic
algebra package is used to assist with computation.
Every topic will be presented geometrically,
numerically and algebraically. Formal definitions will
be based on investigation and practical problems.
This subject has a residential school.
MTH102 COMPUTER AIDED MATHEMATICS
2 WITH APPLICATIONS (8)
Prerequisite: MTH101
This subject continues the development of a number
of widely used techniques in applied mathematics.
Students will continue to develop their skills in
using advanced mathematical computer packages
to easily solve a wide range of practical problems.
This subject has a residential school.
MTH105 INTRODUCTORY MATHEMATICS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: students who have
completed MTH101 or an equivalent subject
may not enrol into this subject.
This subject is designed for students who
enter University without a strong background in
mathematics, and are enrolled in a science or
information technology course.
MTH129 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS (8)
The underlying mathematics behind all computing
is discrete in nature. This subject is a foundation
subject for further studies in either Mathematics
or Computing. The topics covered include: sets,
logic, number systems, probability, matrices, graphs,
recursion, algorithms, Boolean algebra and logic
circuits.
MTH135 MATHEMATICS & STATISTICS IN
HEALTH SCIENCES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: available to students
from the Faculty of Health Studies only.
This subject aims to provide students with the
necessary foundation in mathematics and statistics
for subjects in the health sciences.
MTH203 NUMERI CAL METHODS (8)
Prerequisite: MTH102
Introduces a range of frequently used numerical
algorithms. Topics include revision of Fortran 77
and computer graphics facilities, error analysis,
approximations to functions, roots of equations,
numerical solution of ordinary differential equations,
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 527
numerical integration, solution of linear and
nonlinear systems of equations, finite differences,
data smoothing, differentiation, integration,
interpolation, curve fitting, least squares curve
fitting, differential equations.
This subject has a residential school.
MTH218 MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS (8)
Prerequisite: MTH102
This subject extends the calculus to functions of
several variables, including the study of vector
fields. The topics covered include: 3-dimensional
coordinate Geometry; conics and quadric surfaces;
functions of several variables; partial differentiation;
differentials; Jacobians; Taylor series for functions
of several variables; extrema; Lagrange multipliers;
multiple integrals; vector algebra, calculus and
functions; line integrals; appropriate applications of
multivariable calculus and vector calculus.
MTH219 LINEAR ALGEBRA (8)
Prerequisite: MTH129 or MTH101
This subject builds on the matrix algebra covered
in previous studies and covers such topis as
vector spaces, subspaces, linear transformations,
eigenvalues and eigenvectors, inner products,
orthonormal bases, special matrix types and
applications of linear algebra are also considered.
MTH220 O
RDINAR Y DIFFERENTIAL EQ
UA TIONS
Prerequisite: MTH102 or nil for Bachelor of
Computer Sc ience (Games Technology) students
Ordinary differential equations: first order, second
order linear, solutions using Laplace transforms and
power series. Special functions: Gamma, Bessel
and Legendre polynomials; applications to industry,
biological and physical sciences.
MTH225 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS 1 (8)
Prerequisite: ITC121 or ITC120 & MTH118
or MTH129
Number systems and errors, interpolation by
polynomial, the solutions of a single non-linear
equation and numerical differentiation and
integration.
MTH307 MATHEMATICAL MO
D ELLING (8)
Prerequisite: MTH203 or MTH219
This subject is oriented towards developing students
practical skills by using spreadsheeting software
to solve mathematical applications in the solution
of partial differential equations and in-time series
forecasting.
MTH319 ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES (8)
Prerequisite: MTH219
Mathematical systems and structure of groups,
rings, integral domains and fields. Selection of topics
from: number theory, cryptography, error correcting
codes, symbolic logic.
MTH321 HISTORY & SURVEY OF MATHEMATICS
(8)
Prerequisite: MTH218 or MTH219
Evolution of mathematical concepts from the
early contributions of Middle Eastern and Greek
civilisations through Western Europe to modern
times. The relationship of mathematical concepts
with other studies (sciences, arts, philosophy,
religion) throughout this evolution.
MTH328 COMPLEX ANALYSIS (8)
Prerequisite: MTH218
Complex numbers and their properties, complex
functions, limits and continuity, derivatives, the
Cauchy-Riemann equations, analytic functions,
elementary functions, integration of complex
functions, power series methods, residue theory,
conformal mappings, applications of complex
analysis.
MTH418 TOPICS IN CALCULUS (8)
Prerequisite: MTH218
Covers material of Fourier Series Analysis, solutions
of systems of differential and partial differential
equations, complex variables and integral transform
methods. Topics essential for higher level technical
computer application.
NMT102 NUCLEAR MEDICINE FUNDAMENTALS
(8)
Introduces the role and responsibilities of the
Nuclear Medicine Technologist. This is achieved
by consolidating knowledge gained in HLT100
Professional Issues in the Clinical Sciences and
BMS127 Human Anatomy and Physiology 1, to
develop an understanding of the fundamental
principles of Nuclear Medicine technique. Basic
static examinations of various body systems will be
covered.
NMT221 NUCLEAR MEDICINE TECHNIQUE 1 (8)
Prerequisite: NMT102
Corequisite: PHY230, PHM212
Enrolment restriction: BAppSc (NucMedTech)
students only.
This subject will begin the students’ comprehensive
education in Nuclear Medicine procedures. It deals
with the development and comparison of methods
appropriate to each of a number of important body
systems.
NMT222 NUCLEAR MEDICINE TECHNIQUE 2 (8)
Prerequisite: NMT221
Corequisite: PHY231
Enrolment restriction: BAppSc (NucMedTech)
students only.
This subject will begin the students’ comprehensive
education in Nuclear Medicine procedures. It deals
with the development and comparison of methods
appropriate to each of a number of important body
systems.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
528 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
NMT302 NUCLEAR MEDICINE METHODOLOGY
(8)
Enrolment Restrictions: BAppSc(NucMedTech)
Conversion students only
This subject expands the student’s understanding
of Nuclear Medicine procedures. It includes topics
that have evolved, expanded or are being developed
as part of the repertoire of studies or therapies
available in Nuclear Medicine today. This subject is
intended to fill the gap for practitioners who studied
courses originally designed for certificate level.
NMT311 CLINICAL STUDIES 3 (8)
Prerequisite: NMT211
Corequisite: NMT301, PHY323, RAD326, PHM312
This subject expands on knowledge and clinical
skills gained in NMT211, through on-campus
lectures/practicals, as well as supervised clinical
practice experience. Students will research and
perform a wide range of nuclear medicine
procedures under appropriate supervision,
including: ‘hot’ and ‘cold’ lab procedures, imaging
and non-imaging procedures, radionuclide therapy
procedures, computer acquisition and data analysis.
Students will also gain exposure to other imaging
modalities such as ultrasound.
NMT331 NUCLEAR MEDICINE TECHNIQUE 3 (8)
Prerequisite: NMT222
Corequisite: PHY333
Enrolment restriction: BAppSc (NucMedTech)
students only.
This subject will expand the student’s education in
Nuclear Medicine procedures. It examines imaging
methods appropriate to body systems not already
covered in Nuclear Medicine Technique 1 and
2. The subject also includes paediatric methods,
therapeutic pharmaceuticals, radioimmunoassay,
and PET applications. This subject will further
build upon those areas covered in NMT201/222,
expanding the students’ clinical experience in
appropriate Nuclear Medicine Centres. Emphasis
will be placed on those areas of study contained
within the corequisite subjects. However, Problem
Based Learning styles will enable the students
to cover the topics where access has not yet
been gained. Some exposure to other imaging
modalities will be encouraged. By the completion
of this subject, all other areas studied should allow
students consolidate their knowledge in the clinical
setting as preparation for interim accreditation with
the Australian and New Zealand Society of Nuclear
Medicine upon full-time employment in the field.
NMT332 NUCLEAR MEDICINE TECHNIQUE 4 (8)
Prerequisite: NMT331
Corequisite: PHY334
Enrolment restriction: BAppSc (NucMedTech)
students only.
This subject will expand the student’s education in
Nuclear Medicine procedures. It examines imaging
methods appropriate to body systems not already
Charles Sturt University
covered in Nuclear Medicine Technique 1, 2 and
3. The subject also includes paediatric methods,
therapeutic pharmaceuticals, radioimmunoassay,
and PET applications. This subject will further
build upon those areas covered in NMT201/222,
expanding the students’ clinical experience in
appropriate Nuclear Medicine Centres. Emphasis
will be placed on those areas of study contained
within the corequisite subjects. However, Problem
Based Learning styles will enable the students
to cover the topics where access has not yet
been gained. Some exposure to other imaging
modalities will be encouraged. By the completion
of this subject, all other areas studied should allow
students consolidate their knowledge in the clinical
setting as preparation for interim accreditation with
the Australian and New Zealand Society of Nuclear
Medicine upon full-time employment in the field.
NRS101 PHYSICAL HEALTH NURSING 2 (8)
Deals with contemporary nursing practice in the
medical/surgical area. Examines how stress affects
physical health and the body’s ability to adapt to
the stress. Students apply specific nursing theories
and/or models to the care of individuals with the
problems examined.
NRS102 PHYSICAL HEALTH NURSING 3 (8)
A further subject in a sequence which deals
with contemporary nursing practice in the medical/
surgical area. Examines how the effects of chronic
physical health affects the body’s ability to adapt.
Students will be encouraged to apply specific
nursing theories and/or models to the care of
individuals with the problems examined in this
subject.
NRS115 CARE OF INFANTS (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Education/Nursing
students only.
Reviews the activities of the living child from 38
weeks gestation until 18 months. Students examine
the special needs of the biological mother of the
baby and issues related to care-giving.
NRS116 CONCEPTS & ISSUES IN NURSING (8)
Prerequisites: Restricted to students with
Enrolled Nurse Advanced Certificate or
equivalent.
Equips the student, in the context of a primary
health care framework and relevant historical
and philosophical perspectives, with the necessary
knowledge, understanding and skills to implement
holistic nursing assessment and nursing
interventions at a beginning level. The use
of critical thinking in the genre of academic
writing, professional communication and health care
planning will be facilitated and will also form the
basis for an exploration of key legal and ethical
issues pertaining to the provision of professional
nursing care.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 529
NRS117 AN INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL
SCIENCES IN NURSING (8)
Prerequisite: Restricted to students with
Enrolled Nurse - Advanced Nurse Certificate
or equivalent.
Provides the student with an introductory knowledge
of psychological and sociological principles as they
apply to the practice of nursing. It introduces
students to a selection of topics from the behavioural
sciences and is specifically designed for students of
nursing and people who contemplate careers in the
health professions.
NRS120 PROFESSIONAL NURSING 1 (8)
Enrolment restriction: available to Bachelor
of Nursing students only.
Presents major concepts underpinning
contemporary nursing practice and the delivery of
health care. Students will examine philosophical
and historical perspectives of nursing knowledge
and practice; factors affecting health status and
the context within which nursing and health care
occur in Australia. The subject also incorporates
an introduction to academic proficiency related to
information research, written and oral presentation
skills through the use of an integrated and applied
approach.
NRS125 FOUNDATIONS OF CLINICAL NURSING
1 (8)
Enrolment restriction: available to Bachelor
of Nursing students only.
Introduces the concepts of holistic health care,
levels of nursing care and activities of daily living
within the context of nursing practice. It aims to
equip the student with the necessary knowledge,
understanding and skills to implement nursing
assessment and nursing interventions. Application
of knowledge to practice will be facilitated in the
clinical laboratory and during corresponding clinical
placement.
NRS130 COMMUNITY HEALTH (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nursing) students only.
Examines the development and organisation of
community health services and the concept of the
‘new public health’ view of prevention/promotion and
community development. The nurses’ role in this
framework is examined, together with validation of
practice, accountability in community settings and
future trends in a national and international context
of health care.
NRS132 NURSING & COMMUNITIES (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nursing) students only.
Examines the concepts central to modern nursing
practice and explores nursing in an Australian
and world-wide context. Transcultural issues are
examined also. Topics covered include: conceptions
of person; health and nursing that have pertained
historically and in current literature and practice;
the function of the World Health Organisation and
particularly the Declaration of Alma-Ata (1978);
primary health care and selected nursing theories
and models.
NRS170 CONTEXT OF NURSING PRACTICE 1 (8)
Prerequisite: NRS125
Develops an understanding of the primary health
care approach to health care. Primary health care
is a philosophy of service provision and a means
of delivering health care to communities which is
acceptable to the community, is at a cost the
community can afford and involves the participation
of the community. Students will examine factors
influencing health and health behaviours, including
principles of health promotion and the role of
nurses and other health care workers, self-care and
self management. Principles of health promotion
and education will be presented and used by
the students to carry out practice-based activities.
Application of knowledge to practice will be
facilitated through placement in appropriate health
care settings.
NRS215/NRS22 5/NRS22 7 FOUNDATIONS OF
CLINICAL NURSING 2 (8)
Prerequisite: NRS116 or NRS125; BMS101
or BMS118 or BMS122
Corequisites: NRS242; BMS22 1 or BMS231
Enrolment restriction: available only to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Nursing course.
Develops nursing assessment and clinical skills
needed to provide safe comprehensive nursing
care for persons experiencing health breakdown.
Emphasises the application of theory to practice,
particularly in assessment and introduces the
student to principles of nursing practice for selected
nursing interventions.
NRS218 HEALTH & CARE OF CHILDREN
0-8 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Not available to Bachelor
of Nursing students.
Reviews the activities of living for the child from
18 months until age eight years. Examines the
physiological, psychological and social needs of the
family of children in this age group.
NRS22 0 PROFESSIONAL NURSING 2 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Available to Bachelor
of Nursing students only
Introduces legal and ethical issues likely to arise
in relation to employment as registered nurses.
Themes of client autonomy and self-determination,
client rights and professional responsibility are
examined within the context of health care delivery.
13
NRS235 PAIN MANAGEMENT (8)
Addresses the nature of pain and explores
strategies for pain management. Covers theories of
pain perception, types of pain and pain management
techniques. Enhances the students’ ability for clinical
practice within a specialty area.
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
530 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
NRS236 HEALTH CARE IN A MULTICULTURAL
SOCIETY (8)
Offers insights into cultural factors that influence
health. Consists of three modules. Module 1
examines health perceptions of other cultures,
including Aboriginal culture. Module 2 covers the
delivery of health care within multicultural society
while the third module deals with special topics
related to health care in a multicultural society,
including mental health problems.
NRS237 MANAGEMENT & THE NURSE (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nursing) students only.
Considers organisational behaviour and
organisational methodology in health systems from
a managerial viewpoint. Examines the application
of the major theories of organisational management
to the nursing health sector and allows the student
to analyse and synthesise selected management
theory from a critical perspective.
NRS238 GERONTOLOGY & CARE OF THE
AGED (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nursing) students only.
Expands students’ view of the elderly as well as
prompting reappraisal of traditional models of care.
Nursing interventions and related knowledge has
moved from a geriatric medicine approach to a more
broadly focused gerontological perspective.
NRS239 ISSUES IN NURSING IN CANADA (8)
Enrolment restriction: Enrolment in the Bachelor
of Health Science (Nursing) course as a
Canadian entry student.
Enables students to study particular cotemporary
issues of their choice in order to understand more
deeply the effects of technological, social, political,
educational, ideological and other factors on current
nursing practice in Canada.
NRS242 CONTEXT OF NURSING PRACTICE
2A (8)
Prerequisite: NRS116 or NRS125, BMS101 or
BMS118 or BMS122 or BMS102
Provides the theoretical and clinical knowledge
necessary to provide nursing care for individuals
experiencing health breakdown related to
oxygenation, perfusion, consciousness, mobility and
care of individuals undergoing surgery. Application
of knowledge to practice will be facilitated through
academic work in the context of an appropriate
clinical placement.
NRS243 CONTEXT OF NURSING PRACTICE
2B (8)
Prerequisite: NRS170 or NRS116 and NRS220,
NRS125
Corequisite: NRS227/NRS2115/NRS225
This subject prepares the student to care for
persons who have mental illness associated with
behavioural and emotional problems. This subject
Charles Sturt University
will prepare students for nursing practice in a variety
of clinical settings.
NRS244 CONTEXT OF NURSING PRACTICE
2C (8)
Prerequisite: NRS215 or NRS225 or NRS227,
NRS242, BMS101 or BMS118, BMS221 or
BMS231
Provides the theoretical and clinical knowledge
necessary to provide nursing care for individuals
experiencing health breakdown related to nutrition
and elimination, metabolism and protection.
Application of knowledge to practice will be
facilitated through academic work in the context of
an appropriate clinical placement.
NRS245 CONTEXT OF NURSING PRACTICE
2D (8)
Prerequisite: NRS243 & NRS215 or NRS225
or NRS227
Provides students with a sound basis for individual
and group counselling skills using a problem solving
approach working in a variety of clinical settings.
Application of knowledge and practice will be
facilitated through placement in the context of an
appropriate health care setting.
NRS325 CHILD HEALTH CARE & PROMOTION
(8)
Focuses on health promotion in children from 0-14
years. Normal development, disabilities and child
abuse of this age group are explored. This subject is
suitable for Bachelor of Education students.
NRS333 TEAM DEVELOPMENT IN NURSING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nursing) students only, final year
subject.
Examines health care services from an
organisational viewpoint with particular concern for
factors influencing the effectiveness of the nursing
team.
NRS334 TEAM DEVELOPMENT PROJECT (8)
Prerequisite: NRS333
Following identification of an organisational problem
area in the prerequisite subject, students undertake
selection of steps for amelioration.
NRS337 LIFE-THREATENING ILLNESS (8)
Explores the issues and concepts surrounding the
care of a person who experiences a life threatening
illness from either a palliative or acute/critical care
perspective. Covers a range of topics common
to both areas and then the student can choose
between palliative care and acute/critical care for the
examination of specific issues and concepts.
NRS343 CARING FOR THE PSYCHO-GERIATRIC
CLIENT (8)
Prerequisite: NRS238
Provides the registered nurse with advanced skills
necessary to meet the needs of the older client with
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 531
a mental health problem. Moves from an initial focus
on issues, special concerns and specific skills in
assessment of the older individual to specific issues
and skills required for the provision and assessment
of a therapeutic environment. Emphasises a health
oriented approach (as opposed to the traditional
medical or disease oriented model). Uses a
problem solving, integrated health team approach
to examine ways of compensating for client deficits
and maximisation of client assets in the context
of the client social world. Techniques which
the nurse can use to deliberately cultivate a
therapeutic environment are explored. These include
a study of physical environmental adaptations,
interpersonal communication techniques, principles
and practical skills involving group and individual
therapy interventions adapted to specific needs of
the elderly, and approaches to ongoing systems of
health team counselling and support for the elderly
client and family.
NRS345 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING
RESEARCH (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nursing) students only.
Develops understanding and critical awareness of
the research process. Strategies required by nurses
both as researchers and consumers are considered.
NRS347 ISSUES IN NEW ZEALAND NURSING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Enrolment in the Bachelor
of Health Science (Nursing) course as a New
Zealand entry student.
Enables students to study particular contemporary
issues of their choice in order to understand more
deeply the effects of technological, social, political,
educational, ideological and other factors on current
nursing practice in New Zealand.
NRS348 NURSING PROJECT (16)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nursing) students only.
Aims to increase knowledge and develop workplace
practice in an area of professional nursing. Students
are assisted in the selection of topics before
determining strategies for developing personal or
collegial professional practice.
NRS349 NURSING PROJECT (16)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nursing) students only - Spring
Session intake.
Aims to increase knowledge and develop workplace
practice in an area of professional nursing. Students
are assisted in the selection of topics before
determining strategies for developing personal or
collegial professional practice.
NRS361 CONTEXT OF NURSING PRACTICE
3A (8)
Prerequisite: PSY111 & NRS244 & (SOC108
or NRS117)
Students are introduced to philosophies, principles
and practices associated with nursing individuals
facing loss related to rehabilitation, disability,
habilitation and palliative care. The student’s
own attitudes, values and emotions are part of
that exploration. Both institutional and community
perspectives are considered in the context of the
health care environment.
NRS362 FOUNDATIONS OF CLINICAL NURSING
3 (8)
Prerequisites: NRS116 or NRS125, NRS225/
NRS215/NRS227, NRS245, NRS243, BMS231,
BMS232 (Bathurst students); all BMS subjects
(Wagga Wagga & Dubbo students).
Corequisite: NRS361
Develops knowledge and skills required to provide
safe comprehensive nursing care for persons
experiencing loss or adaptation manifested in
response to a physical, developmental health
problem or disability. Emphasises the application
of practice to theory and introduces the student
to principles of nursing practice for selected
nursing interventions. Students will undertake
clinical placement in related health care settings.
NRS363 CONTEXT OF NURSING PRACTICE
3B (8)
Prerequisites: NRS242 and NRS243 (distance
education students), NRS244 (on campus
students).
Emphasises care of older people. Students are
encouraged to examine attitudes towards the older
person, and to explore the breadth and depth of
nursing opportunities and responsibilities involved.
Both institutional and community perspectives are
considered in the context of the health care
environment.
NRS364 PROFESSIONAL NURSING 3 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Available to Bachelor
of Nursing students only
Designed to develop the student’s knowledge of and
commitment to continuing professional development.
The subject will examine the place of research
in professional development. The application of
research to the knowledge base of professional
practice, and the use of research as a basis for
nursing practice will be explored.
NRS365 CLINICAL NURSING - SYNTHESIS (16)
Prerequisite: All Foundation & Context Nursing
subjects (except NRS372) and BMS subjects
(Wagga Wagga & Dubbo students); all
Foundation & Context Nursing subjects (except
NRS372) & BMS231, BMS232 (Bathurst
students).
Enrolment restriction: available only to students
in the Bachelor of Nursing.
Designed to prepare the student for practice as
a professional nurse and as such it represents a
synthesis of the various themes and perspectives
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
532 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
dealt with in the course. Major focus of this subject
is on holistic nursing practice which incorporates
the consolidation of nursing knowledge and practice,
clinical reasoning and skill mastery.
NRS370 COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH
NURSING (8)
Prerequisite: NRS332
This subject is designed to fit logically with
the following subjects: NRS342, which aims to
assist nurses in developing counselling skills; and
NRS332, which deals specifically with medicallyrelated nursing issues associated with mental illness
such as schizophrenia. By contrast to NRS342
and NRS332, NRS370 looks at the broader
management of mentally ill clients living in the
community. There is a dramatic shift from a
narrow focus upon the individual, to a broader
one, encompassing his, or her, entire social world.
In this context, clients are viewed as members
of families, and communities, and not simply as
patients suffering medical illnesses. As a student,
you will explore the range of skills required to assist
mentally ill people in managing their everyday lives
in their communities.
NRS371 REHABILITATION NURSING (8)
Provides an overview of nursing practice in the
rehabilitation context. Rehabilitation is an expanding
field occurring for a range of clients in a variety
of settings. Relevant theoretical frameworks and
practice concepts are explored as well as issues
related to selected areas of rehabilitation.
NRS372 CONTEXT OF FAMILY & COMMUNITY
HEALTH NURSING (16)
Prerequisite: NRS116 or NRS170; NRS215 or
NRS227 or NRS225. All BMS subjects (Wagga
Wagga & Dubbo students).
Addresses the concept of family-centred care in the
context of the institution, community and society,
including a primary health care approach. Synthesis
of knowledge and practice will be facilitated through
placement in the context of an appropriate health
care setting.
NRS373 FAMILY HEALTH NURSING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Early
Childhood Teaching (Birth to 5 years)/Bachelor
of Nursing students only
Prerequisites: NRS125, NRS225, NRS120 AND
EMR221
This subject addresses the concept of familycentred care for the childbearing family. The role
of the nurse, midwife, child health nurse and early
childhood teacher will be explored.
NRS401 ECOLOGY OF CHILD HEALTH CARE (8)
Embodies the concept of family-centred care and
allows a greater exploration of the child, cultural
expectation, conformity and diversity. Community
resources available to meet the health and
education needs of children and their families
Charles Sturt University
are explored. Issues to do with child rearing are
also examined. Suitable for Bachelor of Education
students.
NRS402 CHILD HEALTH CARE CONTEMPORARY ISSUES (8)
Students explore an issue in childcare pertinent to
them. Students are required to read widely in their
chosen area and present a paper as the culmination
of the subject. Suitable for Bachelor of Education
students.
NRS441 MIDWIFERY STUDIES 1 (8)
Corequisite: NRS440
Enrolment restriction: Students enrolled in the
Bachelor of Health Science (Midwifery) course.
Focuses on the care required for a mother and
family who experience a normal antenatal, labour
and birth, postnatal and newborn period. Uses
a family-centred approach and other issues such
as pre-conceptual care and postnatal stress and
depression are included. As the student studies
this subject, concurrent practical requirements will
enhance the application of the learning.
NRS442 MIDWIFERY STUDIES 2 (8)
Corequisite: NRS440
Enrolment restriction: Students enrolled in the
Bachelor of Health Science (Midwifery) course.
Focuses on the nursing care of the childbearing
family who may experience complication during the
antenatal, labour and birth, postnatal and newborn
periods. Students will also study the nursing care
of the sick infant as well as the care of the family
who have experienced a stillbirth or newborn death.
Included also is an overview of the care of the
healthy infant up to 12 months of age.
NRS451 ISSUES IN MIDWIFERY (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students enrolled in the
Bachelor of Health Science (Midwifery) course.
Aims to provide student midwives with a
philosophical, theoretical and practical overview
of issues that relate to contemporary midwifery
practice. Students will be encouraged to explore the
literature and reflect on their practice as a midwife
in order to gain an understanding of the extended
role of the midwife.
NUT101 NUTRITION AND DIETETICS 1 (8)
An introduction to the wide-ranging roles and
responsibilities of the dietitian in the Australian
health care system and as part of the health
care team. The subject introduces ethics and
competency standards, provides an overview of
the profession within Australia and presents a
theoretical framework in which to develop effective
written and oral communication skills. Students will
undertake some observation visits for this subject.
NUT201 FOOD AND HEALTH (8)
Prerequisite: NUT101
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 533
Science (Nutrition and Dietetics) students
An analysis of the issues affecting food and eating
within society: including food consumption trends,
factors influencing attitudes to food and health,
food supply and food policy, cultural, ecological and
economic issues and food habits and traditions.
Students will undertake some observation visits for
this subject.
NUT220 NUTRITION AND DIETETICS 2 (8)
Prerequisite: NUT101
Corequisite: BMS208 Human Nutrition
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nutrition and Dietetics) students
Introduces food composition data analysis,
computing techniques and programs relevant to
dietary analysis and the development, design and
use of written and visual materials in nutritional
science.
NUT301 COMMUNITY AND PUBLIC HEALTH (8)
Prerequisite: NUT220
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nutrition and Dietetics) students
Provides an overview of the principles and
practices of health promotion for dietitians and
gives an introduction to the use of epidemiological,
behavioural, scientific and evidence based data in
community and public health. Attention is given
to nutrition and health in developing countries,
indigenous health and rural health issues relevant to
dietitians.
NUT302 CLINICAL NUTRITION AND
ASSESSMENT 1 (8)
Prerequisite: NUT220
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nutrition and Dietetics) students
An introduction to the theory and practice of
nutrition assessment. The use and interpretation
of anthropometric, biochemical and dietary data is
examined. Clinical nutrition care and the roles
and responsibilities of the dietitian in nutrition
assessment and diagnosis are introduced along
with the concepts of clinical decision making and
evidence based practice. The emphasis is on
dietary intervention for individuals with medical
conditions requiring dietary modifications as part of
their treatment. This subject will include a clinical
placement of two weeks within a hospital setting.
NUT303 NUTRITION EDUCATION (8)
Corequisite: NUT302
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nutrition and Dietetics) students
The philosophy of nutrition education is examined
and the role of the dietitian in food education,
counselling, interviewing and history taking, group
education and community development is explored.
NUT323 CLINICAL NUTRITION AND
ASSESSMENT 2 (8)
Prerequisite: NUT302
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nutrition and Dietetics) students
Focuses on clinical nutrition care and the roles
and responsibilities of the dietitian in nutrition
assessment and diagnosis using the concepts
of clinical decision making and evidence based
practice. The emphasis is on the principles
of nutritional care and dietary intervention for
individuals with complicated medical conditions. This
subject will include a clinical placement of four
weeks within a hospital setting.
NUT324 COMMUNITY NUTRITION AND
DIETETICS (8)
Prerequisite: NUT303
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nutrition and Dietetics) students
Examines the theory and practice of clinical nutrition
and assessment relevant to the delivery of effective
nutrition programs to community groups. Building
upon the principles of effective nutrition education,
students will be required to plan and to carry out
a community nutrition program. This subject will
involve a four week placement within a community
setting.
NUT401 MANAGEMENT OF NUTRITION CARE (8)
Prerequisite: NUT323
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nutrition and Dietetics) students
The subject examines a range of topics relevant
to the role of the dietitian as a manager
of resources and personnel, including strategic
planning, marketing, case management, report,
proposal and submission writing, finances, setting
up a private practice, advocacy and the use of
information technology.
NUT402 FOOD SERVICE MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: NUT323
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nutrition and Dietetics) students
Examines the theory and practice of clinical nutrition
and assessment relevant to food service systems
and their management. Students will develop
skills in influencing and contributing to activities to
promote a safe and nutritious food supply. This
subject will involve a four week placement.
NUT403 PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN NUTRITION
AND DIETETICS (8)
Prerequisite: nil
Corequisite: NUT402
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nutrition and Dietetics) students
Covers current issues of relevance to the dietetics
profession and its future development including
health law and professional ethics, the role of
the professional body (DAA), employment trends,
practice in regional and rural areas, health of
indigenous Australians, competency development of
entry level dietitians, evidence based practice and
the role of new information technology in dietetics.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
534 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
NUT421 NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
RESIDENCY (16)
Prerequisite: NUT401 & NUT402
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nutrition and Dietetics) students
A clinically based subject where students are
required to gain experience in the management
of clinical cases. They will be expected, under
collaborative supervision, to develop skills and
abilities in client assessment and diagnostic
decision making, program planning, implementation
and evaluation. Students will also be required
to demonstrate entry level professional and
clinical competence as defined by the profession’s
competency based standards.
NUT422 NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
SYNTHESIS (16)
Prerequisite: NUT401 & NUT402
Corequisite: NUT421
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nutrition and Dietetics) students
Using the principles associated with clinical
reasoning and reflective practice, students will
demonstrate that they have synthesised and
integrated the knowledge and skills gained in
the various areas of dietetics practice. A major
practice-based, independent learning project will be
undertaken and reported in a fourth year seminar
and conference program.
Explores the importance of being productive and
having leisure opportunities. Examines influences on
various aspects of lifestyle, including cultural factors,
paid and unpaid work and roles within families
and other social units. Addresses factors that affect
performance in work, leisure and learning across
all age groups in rural and urban settings and
relates these to occupational therapy intervention
strategies.
OCC302 OCCUPATION: TIME AND NARRATIVES
(8)
Prerequisite: OCC301, OTY301 and OTY302
Corequisite: OTY303, OTY312 and OTY320
Applies the knowledge already gained concerning
roles and performance to look specifically at agerelated issues. Students select an elective area of
study, either to address an issue across several age
groups or to concentrate on a range of performance
issues within one age group.
OLV401 QUALITY OF OLIVE PRODUCTS (8)
The student will learn about olive oil extraction and
composition. Quality parameters such as free fatty
acids, fatty acid profiles, rancidity, phenolics, sterols
and peroxide values will be explained and related
to IOOC guidelines and sensory properties. An
introduction to the microbiology of the olive will cover
table olive production, as well as vegetable water
and pomace disposal.
OCC101 OCCUPATION: AN INTRODUCTION (8)
Corequisite: ANT160 and PSY101
Introduces concepts and theories of human
occupation with an emphasis on development and
cultural perspectives. A lifespan approach addresses
development of skills and roles in childhood and
changes that occur through the ageing process.
Human performance is related to self care,
learning, work and leisure including the impact of
performance deficits in these areas.
OLV402 BIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE
OLIVE (8)
The subject is a broad introduction to the general
biology and physiology of the olive, Olea europeae
L. It spans the classification of the olive; the
morphology of the tree’s root system, trunk and
limbs, leaf anatomy and function, the inflorescence
and flowers, fruit and seed; the biology and
physiology of flowering, pollination, fruit set, fruit
maturation and alternate bearing.
OCC102 OCCUPATION: FOUNDATIONS FOR
PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite: OCC101, ANT160 and PSY101
Corequisite: BMS123 and BMS220
Extends concepts of human performance to
address the relationship of physical, psychological
and environmental factors in human performance
and competence. The concepts of illness, health
and wellness are introduced. The World Health
Organisation (WHO) categories of impairment,
disability and handicap are used to classify
performance deficits. Examines models of clinical
medicine, nursing, rehabilitation, independent living
and alternative medicines. A fieldwork placement in
a relevant area of service provision is included.
OLV403 HORTICULTURE OF THE OLIVE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Postgraduate students
or students with appropriate recognised prior
learning
This subject is designed to give the student an
overview of orchard production from a biological
perspective, with particular reference to olives.
The student will gain a general knowledge that
is applicable to other horticultural enterprises, but
will develop specific knowledge for maximising the
biological potential of olive production. Students
are encouraged, through assessment, to apply this
knowledge directly to an olive grove they are familiar
with. The subject is structured in chronological order
of site selection, grove establishment and ongoing
maintenance.
OCC301 OCCUPATION: EXPERIENCES AND
OPPORTUNITIES (8)
Prerequisite: OTY202
Corequisite: OTY301 and OTY302
Charles Sturt University
OTY201 OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY: HISTORY,
THEORY AND PHILOSOPHY (8)
Prerequisite: OCC102 and PSY102
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 535
Looks at the development of theory within
occupational therapy, starting from historical and
sociopolitical perspectives nationally and
internationally. Covers philosophical assumptions
and theoretical approaches that shape occupational
therapy practice in a multi-disciplinary context.
Current theory development and research are also
introduced.
OTY202 COMMUNICATION FOR OCCUPATIONAL
THERAPY PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite: OTY201 and PSY101 or SOC205
Corequisite: BIO264 or BMS264
Develops written and oral communication skills with
an emphasis on the language of health professions.
Specific occupational therapy communication tasks
and skills are addressed including writing treatment
plans and reports and communicating with people
who have communication difficulties or use assisted
communication. A module of the subject includes
fieldwork.
OTY203 OCCUPATIONAL REASONING FOR
PRACTICE 1 (8)
Prerequisite: OTY201
Corequisite: OTY202
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Occupational Therapy) students only
Students are introduced to processes of reasoning
required for occupational therapy practice. On the
basis of case studies, learning will focus on the preintervention phase of occupational therapy using an
enquiry-based framework.
OTY301 OCCUPATIONAL REASONING FOR
PRACTICE 2 (8)
Prerequisite: OTY202 and BIO264 or BMS264
Corequisite: OCC301, OTY302
Examines various frames of reference that link
theory with occupational therapy practice. Critical
analysis of contemporary frames of reference
applied to occupational therapy practice in a variety
of multi-disciplinary work situations.
OTY302 OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY: ENABLING
STRATEGIES (8)
Prerequisite: OTY202 and BIO264 or BMS264
Corequisite: OCC301, OTY301
Applies theoretical principles to practice, using a
clinical reasoning process of assessment, program
planning, implementation and evaluation. Covers the
use of teaching techniques, individual and group
approaches and reinforcement of positive changes.
Includes preparation for fieldwork with opportunities
to learn and practice occupational therapy skills.
Professional issues including legal and ethical
issues are also introduced.
OTY303 OCCUPATION AND TECHNOLOGIES (8)
Prerequisite: BMS123 and OTY301
Corequisite: OCC302, OTY312 and OTY320
Provides learning situations for students to develop
skill in use of technology - computers, specialised
equipment and specific techniques such as splinting
and assistive devices. The evaluation and use of
technology is related to occupational therapy frames
of reference, applied across a range of age groups
and performance abilities.
OTY312 OCCUPATIONAL ENVIRONMENTS (8)
Prerequisite: OCC301, OTY301 and OTY302
Corequisite: OCC302, OTY303 and OTY320
Addresses the environmental factors which
influence human performance, particularly when
an individual experiences impairment or disability.
Includes safety at work and home, community
access and transport. Special requirements for
assessment and report writing such as drawing
to scale and using appropriate terminology are
introduced. Develops strategies to address
environmental factors including home modifications,
use of equipment, job design and working with
other professions, including architects, builders and
industry personnel. Relevant industry standards
and resources are examined. Includes a fieldwork
placement.
OTY320 RESEARCH & EVALUATION 1 (8)
Prerequisite: OCC301, OTY301 and OTY302
Corequisite: OCC302, OTY303 and OTY312
Drawing on the skills developed in PSY201
Research Methods in Psychology or SOC205
Social Research, students commence the process
of researching a topic of interest related to
occupational therapy practice. Students choose an
area of study, prepare a proposal and review
appropriate literature.
OTY331 OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY HONOURS
RESEARCH SEMINAR (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Occupational Therapy) (Honours)
students only
Prerequisite: Grades of credit or above in at
least 50% of first and second level subjects
Corequisite: OCC301, OTY301and OTY302
Students will be introduced to the processes of
research. They will understand the stages of a
research project, develop a research question and
develop a research design based on their question.
They will understand approaches to data collection,
analysis and write up and will understand what a
research thesis should contain.
OTY 332 RESEARCH AND EVALUATION:
OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY HONOURS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Occupational Therapy
Honours students only
Prerequisite: OTY331
Corequisite: OTY312, OTY303 and OCC302
Building on the understanding and skills they
have developed in OTY331 Occupational Therapy
Honours Research Seminar, students will extend
their ability to critically consume and appraise
research conducted by occupational therapy
scholars and practitioners. Students will deepen
their understanding of epistemological issues and
will apply this understanding to further refine a
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
536 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
relevant research question as part of a conceptual
proposal. This proposal will inform their final
methodological and ethical proposal as part of their
dissertation subject, OTY441 Occupational Therapy
Honours Project/Dissertation.
OTY401 OCCUPATION: DIVERSITY AND RISK (8)
Prerequisite: OCC302, OTY303, OTY312 and
OTY320
Corequisite: OTY414, OTY402 and OTY420
Builds on students’ knowledge of health, illness
and wellness to explore issues such as health
promotion, illness and disability prevention and the
relationship between occupation, health and safety.
Students study the role of epidemiology, public
health strategies, rural health issues and safety
across all age groups, particularly for children and
the elderly. Includes a fieldwork placement in a
community, industrial or related setting.
OTY402 OCCUPATION AND COMMUNITY
DEVELOPMENT (8)
Prerequisite: OCC302, OTY303, OTY312 and
OTY320
Corequisite: OTY414, OTY420 and OTY401
Consolidates the issues examined in occupation
subjects to draw together specific rural and urban
perspectives of occupational therapy practice. Topics
include rural health, industry and technology,
aboriginal health and occupation issues, women in
rural and urban roles and rehabilitation services.
Issues of rural health practice, such as sole
positions are presented and students develop skills
for these situations. Includes a fieldwork placement.
OTY411 INTEGRATIVE STUDIES (8)
Prerequisite: OTY414, OTY401, OTY402 and
OTY420
Corequisite: OTY412, OTY413 and OTY430
Students develop an area of interest within
occupational therapy practice. Through self-directed
projects and work with experts, specific skills and
techniques can be explored.
OTY412 TRENDS IN PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite: OTY414, OTY401, OTY402 and
OTY420
Corequisite: OTY411, OTY413 and OTY430
Examines regional, national and international trends
to identify a wide range of innovative practice
opportunities. Includes technological advancements,
the impact of war and natural disasters and
developing theoretical perspectives on occupational
performance. Students draw on the skills and
knowledge developed through their liberal studies to
broaden their views of occupational therapy practice.
OTY413 CONTEMPORARY PRACTICE ISSUES
(8)
Prerequisite: OTY414, OTY401, OTY402 and
OTY420
Corequisite: OTY411, OTY412 and OTY430
Charles Sturt University
Discusses the diversity of the occupational therapy
profession including debate on current practice
techniques and the application of theory to practice.
Legal and ethical issues introduced previously are
a significant topic and are related to occupational
therapy as well as other health, education and
industrial issues.
OTY414 MANAGEMENT ISSUES IN PRACTICE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Occupational Therapy
students only
Prerequisite: OTY303, OTY312 and OTY320
Corequisite: OTY401, OTY402 and OTY420
Private, public and community sectors are studied
and relevant management issues examined. This
includes management of resources - human
and financial, quality of services, standards of
practice, competencies, leadership and professional
development. Career planning is introduced,
including job seeking, lifelong learning and personal
development strategies.
OTY415 SELF-DIRECTED STUDIES IN
OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Occupational Therapy
students only
Prerequisite: OTY401, OTY402, OTY313, OTY420
or OTY441
Corequisite: OTY411, OTY413, OTY430 or
OTY441
Through this self-directed learning subject, students
are provided with an opportunity to deepen their
understanding of an aspect of occupational therapy
theory, practice and/or research. Students are
required to develop a comprehensive learning
contract that specifies: the focus of inquiry, a
rationale for the study, the methods to be adopted
to support learning, and performance indicators of
successful engagement in learning.
OTY420 RESEARCH & EVALUATION 2 (8)
Prerequisite: OCC302, OTY303, OTY312 and
OTY320
Corequisite: OTY414, OTY401 and OTY402
Continues the development of research skills
and commences the project in a chosen field
of study. Students are guided in their choice
of methodology and implementation of data
collection. Development of writing skills through
commencement of documentation of results. Data
analysis techniques are also commenced, drawing
on previous learning.
OTY430 RESEARCH & EVALUATION 3 (8)
Prerequisite: OTY414, OTY401, OTY402 and
OTY420
Corequisite: OTY411, OTY412 and OTY413
Analysis and interpretation of data already collected.
Students then compile a report of the project.
Seminar presentations develop skills in public
speaking. Students summarise their studies in the
form of a journal article for inclusion in a publication
produced as part of the subject.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 537
OTY441 OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Occupational Therapy) (Honours)
students only
Prerequisite: OTY332
Corequisite: OTY401, OTY402, OTY414, OTY411,
OTY412 and OTY413
An independent research program approved by
the school and faculty boards and undertaken by
students enrolled in the Bachelor of Health Science
(Occupational Therapy) (Honours) program offered
by the School of Community Health.
PAD210 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (8)
Prerequisite: MGT100
Introduces the structures and processes of public
administration. Examines ways in which the different
activities of the State can be viewed from a number
of theoretical approaches. Practical implications of
these approaches are then located in the context of
specific public administration contexts.
PAD310 PUBLIC PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: PAD210
Critically examines the nature of public sector
employment, recruitment, selection, EEO, training
and development, occupational health and safety,
industrial relations (including industrial democracy
and employee participation) and politicisation of
public sector employment.
PAD320 PUBLIC POLICY (8)
Prerequisite: PAD210
Introduces definition and processes of policymaking. Examines a number of policy-making
models and subjects them to analysis and
criticism. Deals with various individuals, groups and
institutions likely to be involved in policy-making and
their impact on resultant policy. The policy-making
environment and issues such as power and values
are also considered.
PAD330 REGIONAL & LOCAL ADMINISTRATION
(8)
Prerequisite: PAD210
Examines the structure, functions and scale of
local government in Australia, its relationship with
other levels of government, finance, problems in
large metropolitan centres, and matters relating to
the internal administration of local authorities. The
nature and functioning of regional administration
in Australia, its benefits and its limitations are
considered, together with historical developments at
the federal and state (NSW) levels, approaches to
the delineation of regional boundaries, as well as
operational aspects of regional administration.
PDN102 FUNDAMENTALS TO THEATRE(8)
Enrolment restriction: Available only to students
enrolled in the BA (Design for Theatre and
Television).
A subject which explores the fundamental
components of theatrical performance and provides
students with an understanding of the contribution
of the actors, designers and production team; and
of the equipment, work processes, safety issues
and terminology commonly used in mounting a
production.
PHC100 PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to students
enrolled in the Diploma of Clinical Practice
(Paramedic) or Bachelor of Clinical Practice
(Paramedic)
Introduces and develops competence in undertaking
bureaucratic procedures associated with an
Ambulance Service. Focuses on active listening,
report writing, non-verbal communication and
public speaking. Conflict resolution, negotiation and
mediation skills are introduced. Skills appropriate
to the work of Ambulance Officers are developed
with respect to situations involving people in crisis,
communication with people who have hearing,
visual or other sensory deficits, and the use of
technology to assist communication.
PHC170 PARAMEDICAL ISSUES (8)
Enrolment restriction: Paramedic students only
This subject is designed to provide students with
an introduction to ethical and legal issues likely
to arise in relation to employment as paramedic
and emergency care workers. The themes of client
autonomy and self-determination, client rights and
professional responsibility are examined within the
context of a paramedic setting.
PHC200 PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 2 (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to students
enrolled in the Diploma of Clinical Practice
(Paramedic) or Bachelor of Clinical Practice
(Paramedic)
This subject provides an introduction to a
sociological way of thinking - a way of analysing the
social forces which have both shaped the students’
work as future ambulance officers and their
experience of illness as clients. Sociology alerts us
to take into account the patient’s social context by
revealing the well-established relationships between
social disadvantage, poor health and early mortality.
Sociology explains how ambulance officers can
be agents for positive social change. Sociology
analyses the work and professional context of
ambulance officers in terms of challenges to
professionalisation and opportunities associated
with the occupation’s future role in the health care
system.
PHC303 EVIDENCE BASED PRACTICE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: enrolment in an
undergraduate course in paramedic and
emergency care
Students investigate the discipline of evidence
based medicine and apply these principles to the
paramedic domain. This subject also introduces
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
538 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
and develops competence in diagnostic reasoning
within the context of advanced paramedical practice.
Emphasis is focused on the importance of utilising
evidence based clinical decision making in the field
of paramedic and emergency care.
PHC304 PARAMEDICAL RESEARCH (8)
Enrolment restrictions: available only to
students enrolled in the Diploma of Clinical
Practice (Paramedic) or Bachelor of Clinical
Practice (Paramedic)
Students in this subject investigate research
methods and encouraged to reflect on the
importance of research in paramedic and
emergency care, will prepare individual research
proposals and will consider the role of the
paramedic care worker in relation to research.
PHL101 APPLIED ETHICS (8)
Philosophical theories of ethics are applied to
issues of practical concern and controversy,
such as multiculturalism, sex and love, gender,
environmental issues, and the taking of life.
PHL103 THEORIES OF HUMAN NATURE
This is an introduction to some philosophical
theories of human nature. Students will study a
number of theories selected from the writings of:
Plato, Hobbes, Hume, Rousseau, Marx, Skinner,
Sartre, Freud and Foucault. Issues to be examined
will be selected from: essentialism, the nurture
vs nature debate, reason vs emotion, individual
freedom vs social determinism, egoism vs altruism,
personal identity, the unconscious, and minds as
machines.
PHL201 CRITICAL REASONING (8)
This subject is an introduction to informal logic.
The nature and structure of simple deductive
and inductive reasoning is dealt with, as are
logical fallacies and the basic forms of explanation,
including causal explanation. The forms of reasoning
considered are dealt with by use of specific
examples drawn from real life settings, such as
familiar argument used by politicians.
PHL202 ETHICAL THEORY (8)
A range of theories of ethics and central moral
notions, including autonomy, justice, utility and
sympathy are introduced. This theory is deployed
in the interpretation and analysis of professional
life. Students are introduced to the notion of a
moral dilemma, and, more generally, the way in
which theoretical notions can inform concrete ethical
decision-making.
PHL206 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have completed PHL102.
This subject engages with a number of problems
that have been central to the Western philosophical
tradition. The problems to be discussed are: what
is knowledge, how do we know others have minds,
Charles Sturt University
how do words gain meaning, what is the relation
between the mind and the body, do we have freewill, and does life have any meaning.
PHL209 THEORIES OF JUSTICE (8)
This subject is concerned with the philosophical
basis for contemporary ideas about justice. The
subject is available in three modules: each module
is equivalent to 50% of the subject. Students must
do 2 of the 3 modules. The three modules examine
issues in distributive justice, procedural justice, and
commutative justice and punishment. Each module
will begin with a survey of the major contemporary
philosophical positions in the area, then apply these
to an examination of specific issues concerning both
individual behaviour and institutional design.
PHL301 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have completed REL301 Faith and Reason.
Drawing from the best in both classical and
contemporary discussions, this subject explores
perennial issues in the philosophy of religion,
including the nature and existence of God, the
problem of evil, miracles, religious experience,
life after death, religious diversity, the relationship
between science and religion, religious language,
religious ethics, and philosophical approaches to
theological doctrine.
PHL302 VALUES & DECISIONS
Prerequisite: Available to students who have
successfully completed at least one second
level Philosophy subject.
This subject critiques and draws on recent
theoretical and experimental work on values,
practical reasoning and decision making, particularly
in social contexts, as aids in the examination
of selected contemporary controversies in applied
ethics. The subject will begin by looking at
recent discussions of fairness and values, models
of rational decision making, social norms and
the relation and tension between individual and
collective rationality. This conceptual material will
be deployed in the interpretation and analysis of
such current debates as the relationship between
economic and other values, such as environmental
values, the immigration debate, and issues in
reproductive technology.
PHL304 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE (8)
This subject will examine the on-going philosophical
debates about the nature of scientific knowledge.
These debates revolve around such issues as the
objectivity of scientific knowledge, and the viability of
the science/non-science distinction.
PHL305 THE SELF (8)
Prerequisite: Available to students who have
successfully completed at lease one second
level philosophy subject
This subject explores philosophical ideas about the
self and personal identity. Topics include the nature
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 539
of the self, personal identity over time, personal
identity and practical reason, self-deception, the
self and personal relations (especially friendship),
and the implications mental illnesses like multiple
personality disorder, autism and psychopathy have
for our concept of the self. We begin with the
common-sense notion of the self due to Descartes,
and then, in the light of a variety of concepts listed
above – self-deception, friendship and so on - we
examine some key philosophical theories that have
grown up in response to Descartes.
PHL403 SOCIAL JUSTICE (8)
This subject is concerned with the philosophical
basis for contemporary ideas about justice. Starting
with an analysis of differing accounts of what justice
is and its philosophical justification, the subject
continues with a study of differing conceptions of
justice. The subject concludes with an examination
of a number of specific issues in the light of these
theories, eg. age, gender, race and ethnicity, third
world relations.
PHL405 PHILOSOPHY HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION (32)
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to BA
(Honours).
Students will write a 10,000 -15,000 word
dissertation on a research topic in Philosophy, which
they will devise in consultation with a member of the
academic staff.
PHL406 METAPHYSICS (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to BA
(Honours).
This subject deals with currently contentious topics
in the centrally important areas of metaphysics,
including the relation of language to the world,
personal identity, natural kinds, and realism and
idealism. It will proceed by way of engagement with
influential texts by contemporary philosophers.
PHL407 PHILOSOPHY OF PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to BA
(Honours).
This subject consists of a philosophical investigation
and critique of the understanding of mind and
human behaviour, as well as the underlying
methodological approaches, implicit in the following
influential psychological schools of thought:
Behaviourism, Freudian psychology, Cognitive
psychology, humanistic psychology, and social
psychology.
PHL408 PHILOSOPHY READING SUBJECT (8)
This subject will involve in-depth reading and
seminars in a subject of contemporary philosophical
interest. Individual reading subject proposals are
negotiated with the appropriate supervisor.
PHL409 THEORIES OF JUSTICE (8)
This subject is concerned with the philosophical
basis for contemporary ideas about justice. The
subject is available in three modules: each module
is equivalent to 50% of the subject. Students must
do 2 of 3 modules. The three modules examine
issues in distributive justice, procedural justice, and
commutative justice and punishment. Each module
will begin with a survey of the major contemporary
philosophical positions in the area, then apply these
to an examination of specific issues concerning both
individual behaviour and institutional design.
PHL410 CORRUPTION AND ANTI-CORRUPTION
(8)
Various forms of corruption are weakening the
modern state and its fundamental institutions,
socially, politically and economically. This subject
examines the nature and types of corruption, why
corruption occurs, why it is unethical, and what
strategies can be adopted to counter corruption.
This subject includes issues and topics in applied
ethics, applied political philosophy, and philosophy
and practice of institutional design.
PHM101 INTRODUCTION TO PHARMACY (8)
Enrolment restriction: restricted to Bachelor of
Pharmacy students only.
An introduction to the pharmacy profession and
the wide ranging roles and responsibilities of the
pharmacist in the Australian health care system
and as part of the health care team, based
on an understanding of historical developments.
Defines pharmacy practice and registration, and
the professional code of ethics. Introduces
the scheduling of drugs and the legal, ethical,
behavioural and scientific considerations when
dispensing medications. Presents a theoretical
framework on which to develop effective written and
oral communication skills.
PHM102 INTRODUCTORY RADIOPHARMACY (8)
Introduces the student to the basic principles of
organic chemistry and begins their education in
the principles of radiopharmacy practice. There is
an emphasis on the safe dispensing techniques
required when handling radiopharmaceuticals in
accordance with the principles of ALARA. Sterile
and aseptic techniques and sharps handling will
be covered, all of which will enable the student to
participate in hot lab routines under full supervision
in the workplace.
PHM131 PHARMACEUTICS 1 (8)
An introduction to the terminology and drug
nomenclature used in pharmacy. Concentrates
on the principles of physical sciences and
mathematics applied to pharmacy practice. Includes
measurement systems, mechanics and rheology,
dose forms, dosage calculations and data
presentation and interpretation. Introduces types
of instrumentation and technology applied to the
formulation and analysis of medicines.
PHM211 PHARMACEUTICS 2 (8)
Prerequisites: PHM131 and CHM107
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
540 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
Concentrates on the physicochemical properties of
drugs and their effect on the design of dose forms.
Examines in greater depth some aspects, such
as solutions, suspensions, emulsions and powders.
The various roles of polymers in pharmacy will be
addressed.
PHM212 RADIOPHARMACY (8)
Prerequisite: PHM102
Introduces students to pharmacy practice with
emphasis on safe dispensing techniques required
when handling radiopharmaceuticals in accordance
with the principles of ALARA. Covers sterile and
aseptic techniques, together with sharps handling.
This background will allow the student to participate
in hot-lab routines under full supervision in the
workplace/clinical environment. The subject also
provides students with two modules of biochemistry
which cover aspects of the chemical properties,
structure /function and metabolism of biological
molecules characteristic of human cells.
PHM300 RESEARCH METHODS FOR
PHARMACY HONOURS (0)
Enrolment restriction: BPharm(Honours)
students only
Prerequisite: CR or above in 50% of first
and second year subjects
This subject introduces students to the various
methodological approaches, both qualitative and
quantitative, to pharmacy research. Students will
gain an understanding of research design,
implementation and analysis and formulate their
own research project.
PHM311 PHARMACEUTICS 3 (8)
Prerequisite: PHM211
Describes the formulation of common
pharmaceutical dose forms, including tablets and
capsules, parenteral products, ophthalmic products,
topical agents, and aerosols. Applies the theory
and practice of quality assurance to proprietary
manufactured products, extemporaneous
formulation and dispensing practice. Includes
labelling, record keeping, storage of medicines
and maintenance of sterile conditions as part
of the occupational health and safety standards
requirements.
PHM314 PHARMACY PRACTICE 1 (8)
Prerequisites: PHM101 and PHM211
Enrolment restriction: Restricted to students
enrolled in Bachelor of Pharmacy and Bachelor
of Pharmacy (Honours) courses
The emphasis is on building a solid foundation
for pharmacy practice pertinent to community
and hospital pharmacy especially the theory and
practice of communication skills, the dispensing
and appropriate counselling of proprietary and
extemporaneous prescriptions and the critical
evaluation of professional and lay literature.
Charles Sturt University
PHM322 ORGANIC AND MEDICINAL AGENTS
1 (8)
Prerequisite: CHM219 or CHM213
Corequisite: BMS225
Application of the principles and methods of
chemical analysis of drugs. Major areas include,
chemical analysis, diagnostic applications and
receptor structure and drug binding.
PHM323 ORGANIC AND MEDICINAL AGENTS
2 (8)
Prerequisite: PHM322
Corequisite: BMS325
Covers medicinal chemistry of selected current
therapeutic agents and provides the basis for an
understanding of the principles and techniques for
development of future drugs.
PHM332 THERAPEUTICS 1 (8)
Prerequisite: BMS325 and BMS310
Enrolment restriction: restricted to Bachelor
of Pharmacy and Bachelor of Pharmacy
(Honours) students only.
Integrates previous studies as the basis for the
therapeutic application of drugs in some of the
various clinical drug groups. Covers drugs used
for the respiratory, cardiovascular, digestive, renal
and reproductive systems including indications and
contraindications for their use.
PHM341 PHARMACOKINETICS (8)
Prerequisite: BMS225
Based on an understanding of pharmacology,
pharmaceutical chemistry and human physiology,
examines pharmaceutical, pharmacokinetic and
pharmacodynamic principles pertinent to drug action
to attain therapeutic objectives. Looks at typical
pharmacokinetics and in special cases such as
disease states, pregnancy, lactation, paediatrics and
geriatrics, taking into account issues of patient
compliance.
PHM401 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE 1 (8)
Prerequisite: PHM314
Corequisite: PHM491 and PHM332
Provides the framework for development of the
necessary skills and abilities required of all
practicing pharmacists and for the development of
the appropriate professional philosophy .
PHM402 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE 2 (8)
Prerequisite: PHM401
Corequisite: PHM492
Further develops the scope of considerations
necessary for appropriate professional conduct as a
practicing pharmacist.
PHM403 PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN
PHARMACY(8)
Prerequisite: PHM101
Provokes debate and research into several key
areas pertaining to the profession and examines
issues fundamental to the future development of
pharmacy.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 541
PHM404 COMPLEMENTARY MEDICINES FOR
PHARMACY (8)
Prerequisite: PHM323 and BMS325
This subject aims to provide background knowledge
on the use of complementary medicines, allowing
the students to support safe and effective use
of complementary and conventional medicines
to achieve optimal patient outcomes. This
subject will address the use and efficacy of
complementary medicines and address known and
potential interactions between conventional and
complementary medicines.
PHM432 THERAPEUTICS 2 (8)
Prerequisite: PHM332
Continues the in-depth study of clinical drugs based
on their therapeutic class index. Covers drugs used
for pathologies of the endocrine, nervous, cutaneous
and musculoskeletal systems. Also examines drugs
used for behavioural and infectious disorders and
chemotherapeutics and includes indications and
contraindications for their use.
PHM491 PHARMACY RESIDENCY 1
Prerequisite: PHM314
Corequisite: PHM401
Clinically based subject focussed on pharmacy
practice in a wide variety of settings including
hospital and community pharmacies, veterinary
practices and industrial settings.
PHM492 RURAL PHARMACY PRACTICE
Prerequisite: PHM491 and PHM402
Clinically based subject focussed on pharmacy
practice in a wide variety of settings including
hospital and community pharmacies, veterinary
practices and industrial settings.
PHS110 PHYSIOTHERAPY 1 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of
Physiotherapy students only.
Corequisites: BMS111
This subject introduces normal human movement
and the factors affecting normal motion. Students
will learn the use of walking aids. The issues of
validity and reliability in human joint measurement
will be related to upper limb joints, muscle
length and strength tests. Using practical postural
analysis, students will observe, measure and record
information and discuss the implications of abnormal
posture. Quality client manual handling skills will be
emphasised which will also address the basic issues
of lifting. An understanding of soft tissue therapy
is introduced using passive manual techniques and
therapeutic massage. Individual and group clinical
site visits will be undertaken during the session.
PHS120 PHYSIOTHERAPY 2 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of
Physiotherapy students only.
Prerequisite: PHS110 and BMS111
Corequisites: BMS124
Students will undertake joint and muscle length
and strength tests for the lower limb. Advanced
therapeutic massage and manual therapy
techniques will be taught and alternative therapy
techniques reviewed. Students are introduced to
the concepts of physiotherapy examination and
apply these to different clinical situations. The
importance of physiotherapy tests and medical tests
are identified. The principles and application of
therapeutic exercise will be developed which will
include issues of equipment, safety and prescription.
There is an emphasis on the use of clinical
reasoning skills in all aspects of the subject.
Individual clinical sites visits will occur throughout
the session.
PHS211 BIOINSTRUMENTATION IN
PHYSIOTHERAPY 1 (8)
Prerequisite: PHS120, BMS124 & BMS219
An introduction to electricity, basic electronics and
electromagnetic waves and radiation to provide a
background for the study of the principles and
practices of electrotherapy including its indications
and contraindications. The subject will include
an introduction to monitoring and measurement
equipment routinely used by physiotherapists.
PHS212 BIOMECHANICS (8)
Prerequisite: PHS120 & BMS124
The physics of movement including biomechanical
and kinesiological principles are covered along
with muscle mechanics, posture, gait and high
performance movement. Functional movements in
all age groups are analysed.
PHS220 CARDIOPULMONARY PHYSIOTHERAPY
1 (8)
Prerequisites: BMS223 & BMS219
Normal and abnormal growth and development
of the cardiopulmonary system are covered and
students gain an appreciation of the skills involved
in the treatment and assessment of cardiac and
respiratory conditions including the assessment
and management of common acute and chronic
cardiopulmonary disorders. Diagnostic procedures
and issues of critical care are introduced.
PHS221 MUSCULOSKELETAL PHYSIOTHERAPY
1 (8)
Prerequisite: PHS120, PHS212 & BMS223
An introduction to musculoskeletal physiotherapy
focussing on normal and abnormal growth and
development of the musculoskeletal system across
all age groups and the assessment and
management of common acute and chronic
peripheral musculoskeletal disorders. Diagnostic
procedures and issues of critical care are
introduced.
13
PHS222 BIOINSTRUMENTATION IN
PHYSIOTHERAPY 2 (8)
Prerequisite: PHS211
Builds upon Bioinstrumentation in Physiotherapy
1 and focuses in detail on the principles and
practices of electrotherapy. Calibration, interpretation
of specifications and measurements and detailed
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
542 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
safety procedures are covered along with patient
consent procedures and information provision.
PHS310 MUSCULOSKELETAL PHYSIOTHERAPY
2 (8)
Prerequisite: PHS221
Builds upon the principles and practices covered
in Musculoskeletal Physiotherapy 1 and focuses
on disorders of the vertebral column and trunk
and their assessment and management. Common
pathologies relating to all age groups are examined.
PHS311 PHYSIOTHERAPY IN NEUROLOGY 1 (8)
Prerequisite: BMS228
Normal and abnormal growth and development of
the nervous system are examined and dysfunction
associated with disorders of the central nervous
system for all age groups are covered. Students
develop skills in the assessment, treatment and
management of common acute and chronic nervous
system disorders. Diagnostic procedures and issues
of critical care are introduced.
PHS320 CARDIOPULMONARY PHYSIOTHERAPY
2 (8)
Prerequisites: PHS220 & BMS326
Builds upon the principles and practices covered
in Cardiopulmonary Physiotherapy 1 and focuses
on respiratory and cardiac disorders and their
assessment and management. Common
pathologies relating to all age groups are examined.
PHS321 INTEGRATED TOPICS IN
PHYSIOTHERAPY 1 (8)
Prerequisites: PHS220, PHS221 & PHS311
Deals with a range of topics relating to
physiotherapy practice and includes paediatric
physiotherapy, women’s and men’s health issues
and pain management.
PHS322 PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN
PHYSIOTHERAPY (8)
Covers current issues of relevance to the
physiotherapy profession and its future development
including health law and professional ethics, the
role of the professional body (APA), employment
trends, physiotherapy practice in regional and rural
areas and in the Asia-Pacific region, competency
development of entry level physiotherapists,
evidence based practice, the role of new information
technology in physiotherapy practice and issues in
health service management such as case mix and
managed patient care.
PHS331 PHYSIOTHERAPY HONOURS
RESEARCH SEMINAR (8)
Prerequisite: Grades of credit or above in at
least 50% of first and second level subjects
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of
Physiotherapy (Honours) students only.
Students will be introduced to the processes of
research. They will understand the stages of a
research project, develop a research question, turn
Charles Sturt University
the question into a research design, and select
suitable methods for data collection and analysis
and write up and will understand what a research
thesis should contain.
PHS332 RESEARCH METHODS:
PHYSIOTHERAPY HONOURS
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of
Physiotherapy (Honours) students only.
Prerequisites: PSY102 AND PHS331
This subject deals with a range of research
methods that are used by health professionals, and
provides a basis for involvement in original research.
Both qualitative and quantitative techniques are
presented, and students are required to analyse
data with computer-based packages Students are
also given skills for applying scientific principles to
routine clinical practice, exposed to ways in which
research results are disseminated, and encouraged
to evaluate research critically. By the end of
session students are required to produce a research
proposal on which their honours dissertation will be
based.
PHS410 PHYSIOTHERAPY IN NEUROLOGY 2 (8)
Prerequisite: PHS311
Builds upon the principles and practices covered
in Physiotherapy in Neurology 1 and focuses
on disorders of the central nervous system
and their assessment and management. Common
pathologies relating to all age groups are examined.
PHS412 INTEGRATED TOPICS IN
PHYSIOTHERAPY 2 (8)
Prerequisite: PHS321
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of
Physiotherapy students only
This subject deals with a range of topics relating to
physiotherapy practice and includes physiotherapy
in palliative care, burns, hand therapy, casting and
splinting and hydrotherapy.
PHS413 HEALTH PROMOTION IN
PHYSIOTHERAPY (8)
Prerequisite: PHS321 & PHS322
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of
Physiotherapy students only
This subject provides an overview of the principles
and practices of health promotion for
physiotherapists and gives an introduction to the
use of epidemiological, behavioural, scientific and
evidence based data for the development of health
promotion priorities. Attention is given to indigenous
health, farm injury and rural health issues relevant to
physiotherapy practice.
PHS415 COMPLEX CASE MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisites: PHS310, PHS320 & PHS410
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of
Physiotherapy and Bachelor of Physiotherapy
(Honours) students only
This subject allows students to further develop their
clinical skills. The subject has two components.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 543
The core component of this subject involves the
use of a case-based, problem-solving approach to
the management of complex “clients”. There will
be a strong focus on understanding the role and
work of multi-disciplinary teams. Students will also
be encouraged to understand the issues involved in
discharge planning, case management, community
liaison, carers, and the integration of the client back
into the rural/ metropolitan community. An elective
component forms the other section of this subject.
Students will select two topics from a number of
distinct areas of practice. Within these topic areas,
physiotherapy skills, clinical reasoning and theory
will be at an advanced level.
PHS420 PHYSIOTHERAPY CLINICAL PRACTICE
(16)
Prerequisites: PHS310, PHS320 & PHS410
A clinically based subject in which students
undertake a sustained period of clinical practice
to demonstrate their skills and abilities in client
assessment, diagnostic decision making and in
program planning, implementation and evaluation.
PHS421 PHYSIOTHERAPY SYNTHESIS (16)
Prerequisite: HLT322
Corequisite: PHS420
Using the principles associated with clinical
reasoning and reflective practice, students
demonstrate that they have synthesised and
integrated the knowledge and skills gained in the
various areas of physiotherapy practice. A major
practice-based, independent learning project will
be undertaken and reported in a fourth year
physiotherapy seminar and conference program.
PHS441 PHYSIOTHERAPY HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (16)
Prerequisite: PHS331, HLT322
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of
Physiotherapy (Honours) students only.
An independent research program approved by
the school and faculty boards and undertaken by
students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
(Honours) program offered by the School of
Community Health.
PHT103 INTRODUCTION TO BLACK & WHITE
PHOTOGRAPHY (8)
The basic principles of 35mm camera technology,
exposure, development and printing controls are
explored within this subject, an assumed knowledge
of photography is not required. Aspects of
composition, Occupational Health and Safety,
available and artificial light, ethics of the
photographer and the photographed are discussed.
Students are introduced to the fundamentals and
procedures of critical analysis.
PHT104 PHOTOGRAPHY WORKSHOP 1 (8)
Provides the opportunity to expand upon and
consolidate black & white photographic skills linked
to a group of challenging assignments. Current
debates regarding photographic theory, criticism
are examined and discussed in order to give
students the opportunity to inform their photographic
work. The fundamental principles of Occupational
Health and Safety concerning photography is also a
component in this subject
PHT105 INTRODUCTION TO COLOUR
PHOTOGRAPHY (8)
Prerequisite: PHT103 Introduction to Black
& White Photography
Introduces the fundamental techniques, materials
and processes required for making colour
photographic images. The technical controls
required in making quality negative and positive
photographic images is united with the ability to
understand and ‘think in colour’ is explored in
this subject. Prescribed assignments throughout
the session will test and challenge the students
ability to visually resolve images both technically
and conceptually. An assumed knowledge of the
principles of exposure, black & white printing
controls and basic compositional codes are required
in this subject.
PHT106 INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL IMAGING
(8)
Provides a ‘hands on’ introduction to the
fundamentals of producing digitally created images.
The emergence of digital imaging represents a
new direction in technology combining art and
computer science. Students will be encouraged to
embrace the new technology and view the computer
as an important adjunct to the development of
an individual aesthetic and to build upon existing
visualisation skills. Participation in discussions and
a survey of computer generated works is also a
component within this subject.
PHT107 HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY TO 1939
(8)
This subject provides an historical overview of the
first century of Photography. Technical processes
and aesthetic theories are examined in relation
to the work of the inventors and other eminent
practitioners. Photography’s formative role in the
evolution of Modern Art is demonstrated by
comparative and iconographic analysis.
PHT108 INTRODUCTION TO LIGHT (8)
Prerequisite: PHT103
This subject is aimed at introducing students to the
principles and techniques of photographic lighting on
location and in the field. Students will acquire a
working knowledge of light metering techniques and
be able to apply them in the field. All forms of
light control will be introduced and students will gain
an understanding of lighting contrast and direction
as well as using light styles for mood and effect.
Emphasis will be placed on simple and effective
lighting techniques involving reflectors, diffusers and
portable flash for photographic needs such as
documentary, press, portraiture and fashion.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
544 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
PHT201 PHOTO JOURNALISM 3 (8)
Prerequisite: PHT102
Content extends the learning from the previous
subjects and includes material on photographing
features, illustrations, sport, social and the photo
essay. Introduces colour negative film, colour
transparencies, computer image scanning and
digital imaging. Students are expected to
demonstrate the quality of their work by presentation
of a portfolio of press-type images.
PHT202 THE PHOTOGRAPHIC STUDIO (8)
Prerequisite: PHT103
Covers the fundamental technology utilised in a
photographic studio. Students are exposed to the
principles of lighting and the broad range a camera
formats. The accumulated technical knowledge
learnt throughout the session will be challenged
by a set of vigorous and innovative assignments.
Students will be encouraged to explore how
they can physically create alternative exterior
photographic studios in order to meet the demands
of difficult photographic tasks.
PHT203 IMAGING THEORIES & TECHNIQUES (8)
Prerequisite: PHT106 Introduction to Digital
Imaging
Provides an opportunity for students to investigate
more thoroughly the creative opportunities within
digital imaging. The development of digital
manipulation skills, soft/hardware expertise and
their application to chosen ideas are key issues
within this subject. An examination of issues
surrounding the contemporary information age
will be encouraged through readings and class
discussions.
PHT205 PHOTOGRAPHY & AUSTRALIA FROM
1945 (8)
This subject investigates the versatility of
Photography. Questions of style, technique, form
and content are considered through detailed
analyses of specific examples in the various
photographic genres. Works by Australian
photographers in the Albury Regional Art Centre
Collection will form the basis of critical study.
Instruction is given in research methodology and
applied writing skills such as reviewing, preparing
catalogue essays and presentation of seminar
papers.
PHT206 PHOTOGRAPHY WORKSHOP 2 (8)
Prerequisite(s): PHT203 & PHT202
This subject is designed to acquaint students with
the scope and diversity within specific photographic
genres. Concurrently students will be introduced to
a range of photochemistry, materials and equipment
that are available. In addition the subject will
enhance and extend student knowledge and skill of
digital imaging and black/white & colour. The basic
principles of culling, editing, hanging and lighting
works for public exhibition will be covered within an
Charles Sturt University
ongoing commitment to the critical analysis of both
the student’s and their peers’ work.
PHT213 PHOTOGRAPHY METHODS 2A (8)
Prerequisite: PHT113
Introduces technical aspects of colour photography.
Procedures relating to the competent use of colour
materials. Covers historical and contemporary key
practitioners of colour photography.
PHT214 PHOTOGRAPHY METHODS 2B (8)
Prerequisite: PHT213
Students elect to work in colour or black and white,
or both. Students investigate a range of technical
options to arrive at an appropriate expression of
their ideas. Students are encouraged to continuously
develop and assess their work practices and
technical knowledge.
PHT215 PHOTOGRAPHY CONCEPTS 2A (8)
Prerequisite: PHT112
Encourages students to concentrate their
photographic activities towards the visual resolutions
of their concept(s). Students are required to
work exclusively with colour materials. Overviews
national and international colour photo-based
artists. Explores art theory issues.
PHT216 PHOTOGRAPHY CONCEPTS 2B (8)
Prerequisite: PHT215
Expects students to exhibit a self-motivated ability to
conduct research and produce folio work. Students
may elect to work in colour, black and white or both.
Builds on students’ critical assessment skills, their
work practices and their researching findings.
PHT217 ALTERNATIVE IMAGING PROCESSES.
Prerequisite: PHT103
This subject is aimed at giving students an
aesthetic, technical and historical understanding of
alternative photographic techniques. The subject
investigates the social and historical context of a
wide range of photomechanical processes from the
late 19th century non-silver processes through to
photocopying, photomechanical transfers and the
latest digital technology. Emphasis I placed on how
process can create and enhance meaning.
PHT218 INTERACTIVE DIGITAL IMAGING (8)
Prerequisite: PHT106 Introduction to Digital
Imaging.
This subject is designed to increase and widen
the skill base in digital media of students studying
towards a degree in Photography. It focuses on
those aspects of design, authoring and production
for interactive digital media relevant to photographic
practice. Students will further explore the software
and hardware used in the production and publication
of digital media. In addition, an overview of digitally
produced work from graphic design, photography
and other related fields is a key component of this
subject.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 545
PHT303 PHOTOGRAPHY SURVEY PROJECT
AND WORKSHOP (16)
Prerequisite: PHT206
Explores the notions of society, history and
culture within a photographic context. Students in
consultation with the subject co-ordinator propose
a topic that examines an aspect of the region.
This consultative process will form the basis for
a major photographic project, which will contribute
to a publication and/or photographic exhibition.
The ability to interpret the project in an informed
and individual manner and work collaboratively are
essential ingredients. Students will extend their
research and technical skills into developing critical
and investigative approach to the photographic
medium. The viewing and critiquing of the
photographs produced for the project is on a
continuous basis throughout this subject.
PHT304 PHOTOGRAPHY WORKSHOP AND
FOLIO (16)
Prerequisite: PHT206
In this subject students will be producing a unique
and individual body of work that reflects their
interests and concerns as a photographer. Students
will be expanding and refining critical and technical
skills already learnt to produce a body of work for
exhibit ion as well as a folio of works to show
potential clients, employers and galleries.
PHT305 PHOTOGRAPHY WORKSHOP &
SEMINAR (16)
Prerequisite(s): PHT206
This subject requires students to design, in
collaboration with the subject coordinator, a major
assignment. The assignment will have two
outcomes; firstly a thoroughly researched seminar
paper and secondly, a body of photographic
works. The two components will interact therefore
supporting and extending each other in a theoretical
and creative manner. This seminar paper will be
delivered to an audience of photography students at
the conclusion of the session.
PHT400 PHOTOGRAPHY HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION (32)
In conjunction with the subject coordinator students
will design a contract which will form the basis
for a major body of photographic work. The
contract will include a research plan which specifies
the envisaged technical and conceptual strategies
required to complete and resolve the work. To this
end students will be expected to present a seminar
paper which demonstrates a justification of the
inclusion or rejection of a broad range of technical
and notional exercises in the production of their
finished works. At the conclusion of the session
students will be expected to exhibit their work in an
appropriate public space.
PHY101 MECHANICS & THERMAL
PHYSICS (8)
An introduction to the topics of classical mechanics,
elasticity, fluids and thermodynamics.
PHY102 ELECTRICITY & WAVES (8)
Calculus based subject gives a thorough grounding
in the fundamentals of static and dynamic electricity,
electromagnetism, wave motion and geometric and
physical optics.
PHY107 ENGINEERING PHYSICS (8)
Encompasses a range of first year physics
topics selected to provide a broad-based physics
foundation. The subject covers topics in Newtonian
mechanics, elasticity, fluid mechanics, heat and
thermodynamics, static and dynamic electricity, and
electromagnetism.
PHY110 GENERAL PHYSICS 1 (8)
Covers introductory mechanics, wave motion and
sound, electricity and instrumentation, optics and
modern physics. Applications of the principles
especially relevant to biological systems and
scientific instrumentation will be covered. A noncalculus approach is used.
PHY113 MEDICAL RADIATION PHYSICS 1 (8)
Covers electrostatics, DC electricity, magnetism,
electromagnetic induction, atomic and nuclear
physics, including the production of X-rays and
nuclear radiations relevant to medical imaging and
nuclear medicine technology.
PHY114 MEDICAL RADIATION PHYSICS 2 (8)
Prerequisite: PHY113
Provides an introduction to radiation metrology,
the interaction of radiations with matter, radiation
detectors, waves, sound, optics, basic ultrasound
physics, and AC electricity relevant to medical
imaging and nuclear medicine technology.
PHY210 RADIATION DOSIMETRY, BIOLOGY &
PROTECTION (8)
Prerequisite: PHY114 or enrolment in BAppSc
(MI/NMT) Conversion Course
(external/off-shore).
Develops the physical concepts of ionising radiation
energy deposition in tissue, the biological effects of
ionising radiation, and radiological protection. Broad
study areas include: the microscopic description of
energy deposition, external and internal radiation
dosimetry, concepts and theory of radiobiology,
health physics and principles and applications of
radiation protection. A mathematical treatment is
used throughout.
PHY215 SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTATION
(ELECTRONICS) (8)
Prerequisite: PHY102
Deals with the analysis of circuits containing both
linear and non-linear elements. It covers DC and
AC circuits, solid state conduction, diodes transistors
and integrated circuits, amplifiers, op-amps,
oscillators and introductory digital electronics. The
emphasis is on the analysis and application of
circuits, rather than circuit design.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
546 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
PHY216 SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTATION
(PRINCIPLES & APPLICATIONS) (8)
Prerequisite: PHY215
Contains a foundation of applied electronics and
physics necessary to examine fundamentals of the
basis instrumentation often employed in analytical
laboratories. The subject commences with a
treatment of the applications of electronics followed
by topics on, advanced optics and instrumentation
applications, including the use of computers in
instrumentation for control, data acquisition and
processing. The laboratory component to this
subject has experiments in electronics, modern
physics and optics (including fibre optics), which
demonstrate some of the physical principles
important to instrumentation.
PHY217 RADIOLOGICAL PHYSICS (8)
Prerequisite: PHY114
Analyses the physical basis of the radiological
imaging process. Broad areas of study include:
X-ray production, X-ray beam characterisation,
radiographic image production analysis, the physical
basis of X-ray technique exposure manipulation, and
the modulation transfer function.
PHY232 NUCLEAR MEDICINE
INSTRUMENTATION (8)
Prerequisite: PHY114 Medical Radiation
Physics 2
Enrolment restriction: BAppSc(NMT) students
only
This subject provides an explanation of the
construction of various radiation detectors, including
none imaging counters and Anger camera, used
in Nuclear Medicine, and an understanding of
their relevant physics and electronics. It also
covers nuclear counting statistics, pulse-height
spectrometry, image quality, and Bone Mineral
Densitometry (BMD).
PHY233 NUCLEAR MEDICINE DATA
PROCESSING (8)
Prerequisite: PHY232 Nuclear Medicine
Instrumentation
Enrolment restriction: BAppSc(NMT) students
only
This subject deals with nuclear medicine hardware
and software. After a brief introduction to computer
hardware components and devices, computer
operating system (UNIX) and language (C); nuclear
medicine computer graphics, image acquisition and
analysis are covered in detail.
PHY335 EMISSION TOMOGRAPHY (8)
Prerequisite: PHY233 Computers in Nuclear
Medicine
Enrolment restriction: BAppSc(NMT) students
only
This subject deals with the physics and
instrumentation of Single Photon Emission
Computed Tomography (SPECT) and Positron
Emission Computed Tomography (PET). The
Charles Sturt University
SPECT module covers SPECT instrumentation,
quality controls, data acquisition and processing,
SPECT image reconstruction techniques,
quantitative SPECT, and multi-modality image
correlation and fusion. The PET module covers
PET physics and instrumentation, quality controls,
PET methodology and tracer kinetic modelling, and
Positron Coincident Detection (PCD).
PHY336 MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING (8)
Prerequisite: PHY114 Medical Radiation
Physics 2
Enrolment restriction: BAppSc(NMT) students
only
This subject deals with yet another nuclear
application in medical imaging: nuclear magnetic
resonance imaging (MRI). It covers basic physics
and instrumentations of MRI, image contrast and
construction, image artefacts, the advanced MRI
technologies of fast echoes, gradient echoes and
Echo Planner Imaging (EPI), and bio-effect and
safety in MRI.
PKM101 PEOPLE & PARKS - SOCIAL SCIENCE
DIMENSIONS (8)
Park and protected area managers increasingly are
required to deal with complex human issues in
their management planning and practice. Parks in
Australia in the 1990vs cater for a variety of user
groups often with differing and conflicting values and
perspectives. Social science generally speaking is
the body of theory, understanding and experience
which deals with the human (or social ) dimensions
to issues. A number of social science concepts
and perspectives are introduced which will assist
managers in understanding the complex social and
cultural relationships involved in park and protected
area management in Australia.
PKM160 NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
(8)
Overviews land-use planning and management for
natural areas. Topics include major resource types
and their values, the role of governments in
environmental planning, environmental legislation,
and land-use planning for natural and cultural
resource management. Possible ways of dealing
with major land-use planning issues are illustrated
through case studies.
PKM201 ECOTOURISM PRACTICUM (0)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Applied
Science (Ecotourism) students only.
The practicum allows students to gain vocational
experience via practical field placement in a relevant
business or organisation.
PKM245 HISTORIC ENVIRONMENT (8)
Examines the historic environment as evidence of
urban and regional development, as an expression
of architectural and urban design principles and as a
representation of community values.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 547
PKM260 INTERPRETIVE PLANNING (8)
This subject deals with the theory and practice of
public communication planning for heritage agencies
and ecotourism operations. The subject is equally
relevant to heritage and recreation managers of
protected areas (eg. national parks, historic sites,
recreation reserves etc.) as it is for the private
ecotourist operator. The main issues covered
include setting aims and objectives, the process of
identifying target audiences, the appropriate use of
media, and the use of communication techniques
to encourage changes in the values and behaviour
of recreationists and tourists. This subject has a
compulsory residential school.
PKM261 OUTDOOR RECREATION
MANAGEMENT (8)
Brings together basic elements of administration,
land use management, environment impacts and
evaluation as they relate to recreation planning.
Provides practical experience in planning
procedures by utilising the students’ working
environment, and a framework for the study of
recreation and the application of management and
planning principles. This subject has a compulsory
residential school.
PKM263 URBAN RECREATION (8)
Prerequisite: PKM261
Examines characteristics of urban Australia and
implications for provision of leisure opportunities,
modern leisure practice and the social, political
and planning processes associated with leisure
provision. Issues addressed contemporary leisure
behaviour, recreation programming and planning,
the arts, sport and urban based tourism.
PKM266 CULTURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
(8)
Examines the type, variety and occurrence of
historical and pre-historical archaeological sites in
Australia and the basic methods and techniques
used to record them. Deals with the technical
aspects and classificatory systems relating to
archaeological sites and their constituents, which
are necessary for their evaluation and description.
Examines basic salvage strategies, and site
value assessment procedures. This subject has a
compulsory residential school.
PKM301 PRINCIPLES OF ABORIGINAL LAND
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: ANT160 or PKM101
Addresses Aboriginal land management practices
and explores the applications of such knowledge
and methods to national park and protected
area management. The subject will reflect the
close relationship between spiritual and economic
utilisation of the land. The ecological basis of an
aboriginal land care ethic questions of sustainability
today will be examined.
PKM363 SHORELINE RECREATION
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: PKM261
Deals with principles of shoreline management,
particularly for recreation; coasts and inland waters
(rivers, lakes and reservoirs), and addresses
the issues to be considered when planning for
recreation activities. Topics include physical and
biological aspects of shoreline dynamics, how these
constrain and are themselves affected by shoreline
recreation, community attitudes, values and uses
of the shoreline, the legislative, administrative
and policy frameworks for planning and managing
coastlines and inland waters, major issues currently
affecting shoreline management in Australia, and
catchments and water quality management. This
subject has a compulsory residential school.
PKM364 OUTDOOR RECREATION DESIGN (8)
Prerequisite: PKM261
Provides the basic background information and skills
necessary to assist in the planning and development
of an outdoor recreation facility. Divided into three
broad areas: activity planning, site analysis and site
designs. This subject has a compulsory residential
school.
PKM365 PROTECTED AREA PLANNING &
EVALUATION (8)
Prerequisite: PKM160 & PKM261 & PKM266
& BIO200
Examines the nature of planning and its role in the
management of protected areas. Theory includes
consideration of: the nature of planning, the need
for planning and management planning approaches.
Steps in the planning process are reviewed in
detail. Particular attention is given to establishing
management objectives, generating options to solve
management problems, and techniques for selecting
preferred options. Supporting topics related to the
production of management planning documents
will include writing and presentation of plans,
public participation and interest groups, and
implementation and evaluation of plans.
PKM366 SITE SURVEY DESIGN (8)
Prerequisite: PKM266
Examines the type, variety and occurrence of
historical and pre-historical archaeological sites in
Australia and the basic methods and techniques
used to record them. Deals with technical aspects
and classificatory systems relating to archaeological
sites and their constituents, which are necessary
for their evaluation and description. Basic salvage
strategies are examined and site value assessment
procedures explored. This subject has a compulsory
residential school.
13
PKM368 PHYSICAL CONSERVATION
TECHNIQUES (8)
Prerequisite: PKM266
Covers basic conservation methods and techniques
to enable practitioners to make intelligent decisions
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
548 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
in this area, and to implement basic protective and
maintenance measures as needed, consistent with
the cultural values of the site. This subject has a
residential school.
development of visual perception whilst exploring
materials and methods of mark-making and
introduces the manipulation of two dimensional
space and the structural principles of composition.
PKM371 SOCIAL ISSUES IN RECREATION (8)
Prerequisite: REC167 & REC260
An advanced individual reading and research
subject which each student develops out of personal
interests that have arisen in previous studies
in recreation. Students design and undertake a
formally structured program of study-research within
a selected sector of the field. The study program is
intended to give students the opportunity to engage
in a study procedure which advances not only their
own understanding of the field but also that of other
practitioners. Individual supervision is to be provided
throughout the subject, including the preparation
of a proposal, its implementation and reporting.
The topic or topics to be studied will be arranged
individually between the student and the strand
coordinator.
PNT102 ELEMENTS OF PAINTING (8)
This subject provides a foundation from which
perceptual and technical skills are developed in the
fields of Painting and Printmaking. It supports the
student in developing an initial understanding of arts
practice.
PKM372 PARKS PRACTICUM (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Applied
Science (Parks, Recreation and Heritage) and
Bachelor of Applied Science (Parks, Recreation
and Heritage)/Bachelor of Applied Science
(Ecotourism) students only
Designed to expose the student to the protected
area land management industry and other related
fields of employment including recreation and
heritage management. Students will be assessed
in their final year of study, but will be expected
to complete relevant certificated courses throughout
their enrolment in the course. Students will also be
placed in industry training situations during earlier
sessions of their enrolment. Emphasis will be
placed on the student gaining experiences from
a broad spectrum of circumstances in their initial
industry placements, with later placements allowing
some degree of specialisation according to the
students’ preferred career aspirations. Students may
be involved in field aspects of consultancy and
research projects through the Johnstone Centre at
the University. Where possible paid positions will be
arranged and co-operative ventures with industry
will be sought.
PKM373 CULTURAL RESOURCE POLICIES &
PLANNING (8)
Prerequisite: PKM266
Examines the role of the cultural resource manager
in site significance assessment and management
planning. Specific management options and practice
are examined against the background of various
constraints. This subject has a compulsory
residential school.
PNT101 INTRODUCTION TO PAINTING (8)
This subject consists of two inter-related modules
designed to offer students the opportunity to
experience painting and printmaking. It fosters the
Charles Sturt University
PNT122 PAINTING METHODS 1A (8)
Studies fundamental practices of creating 2
dimensional imagery. Introduces accepted methods
of support and ground preparation for painting
and works on paper, paint handling, and surface
articulation. Spatial manipulation and the importance
of tonal gradation systems are explored.
PNT164 PAINTING CONCEPTS 1A (8)
Covers strategies of visual investigation and
experimentation. Students explore the tenets of
scale and their relationship to the content of the
work. Assignments encourage research of works
from earlier periods of art practice. Experimentation
with materials and methods used in earlier
periods and an understanding of how to make a
contemporary comment in works which are created
from research carried out on earlier art imagery.
PNT222 PAINTING METHODS 2A (8)
Prerequisite: PNT122
Augments information received in prior studies,
and consolidates the practice of image production.
Investigates knowledge and strategies required to
develop an individual sensibility in the production of
imagery. Centres investigation on the nature and use
of myths in visual art.
PNT223 PAINTING METHODS 2B (8)
Prerequisite: PNT222
Expands the information received in PNT222
Painting Methods 2A and consolidates information
essential to the successful production of imagery.
Opens investigation into the knowledge and
strategies required to develop an individual
sensibility in the creation of visual imagery. Topics
include the interaction between a self-determined
subject matter and the combination of symbols into
the content of the visual imagery. History of the
use and creation of symbols and their relevance
and potency to the society. Creative concerns are
placed within the framework of ‘historical research
and contemporary art theory and practice’ and
fosters articulation, both verbal and visual, of these
concerns.
PNT264 PAINTING CONCEPTS 2A (8)
Prerequisite: PNT164
Based on a series of works initiated by the
student in consultation with the subject coordinator/
lecturer. Students are encouraged to develop sound
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 549
disciplinary art practices. Reinforces the processes
employed to create individual as well as cohesive,
thematic development. Introduces the notion of
‘the contract’. The lecturer guides students through
the process of choosing an individual idea and
developing a draft contract throughout the first
session. Students produce a small body of related
and cohesive works which experiment with the
concepts in the draft contract.
PNT265 PAINTING CONCEPTS 2B (8)
Prerequisite: PNT264
Consolidates the principle of producing work from
a negotiated contract. Based on a contract and
a series of works initiated by the student in
consultation with the subject coordinator/lecturer.
Each student is encouraged to develop sound
disciplinary art practices. Reinforces the processes
of developing a solid, articulate and achievable
concept for a body of work.
POD101 PODIATRY 1A (8)
Corequisite: POD102
This subject introduces the student to professional
preclinical studies. Concepts such as clinical
protocols and infection control, preliminary
cutaneous science and topical therapeutic
techniques and practice and procedures in the
approach to case management, will be introduced.
Through these studies students will understand and
appreciate the podiatry profession and their own
professional development.
POD102 FOUNDATIONS OF PODIATRY (8)
Corequisite: POD101
This subject will introduce skills in professional
enquiry, life long learning, evaluation and metaevaluation, and participation in a professional milieu
and culture. The goal is to establish the foundations
of reflective practice so that emerging podiatry
practitioners can be well equipped to investigate,
participate in, and evaluate their own and their
profession’s development and practice.
POD111 PODIATRY 1B (8)
Prerequisites: POD101 and POD102
This subject continues to prepare the student
for podiatric clinical practice. Through
demonstration, preliminary practical classes and
guided observation, and in conjunction with
continued theoretical studies into clinical protocols
and procedures, the student will further develop a
range of knowledge, skills and attitudes.
POD201 PODIATRY 2A (8)
Prerequisites: POD101, POD102 and POD111
This subject presents the opportunity to commence
podiatric clinical practice in a structured and guided
environment through attendance, observation and
participation in clinical sessions. Students will also
undertake theoretical podiatric studies focussing on
the early life stages spanning conception to the prewalking child.
POD211 PODIATRY 2B (8)
Prerequisites: POD201 and BMS202
In association with guided clinical practice, this
subject offers a continuation of the life stages
approach, focusing on early childhood. While
specific conditions are presented, the emphasis is
on an holistic perspective of the person in health
and illness and the role of the podiatrist. Studies
will include a range of pathomechanical conditions,
treatment options and management strategies that
are applicable over the life stages.
POD212 PODIATRIC MEDICINE 1 (8)
Prerequisites: PHS212, POD201 and BMS203
Corequisite: BMS234
This subject continues the integrated presentation
and investigation of life stages. Studies include
the physical, psychosocial and developmental
conditions prevalent in adolescence and early
adulthood, with topics including musculoskeletal
disorders and the diagnosis and treatment of
biomechanical anomalies.
POD234 PODIATRIC ANATOMY &
BIOMECHANICS (8)
Prerequisite: PHS212
This subject continues the study of the structure
and function of the lower limb and related
structures in association with the establishment of
techniques in examination, evaluation and treatment
of biomechanical disorders. Areas of study include
the gait cycle and gait analysis, introduction to
pathomechanics and principles and practices of
orthotic therapy.
POD301 PODIATRIC PRACTICE 1 (8)
Prerequisite: POD211
Corequisites: POD302 and POD303
This subject offers students the opportunity
to participate in structured clinical practice
experiences. As a member of a clinical team,
students will undertake the management of the
whole, or part of, the case, apposite to their
skill level. Students will also participate in
running the University clinic as a practice, applying
their understanding of practice and resource
management, communication and peer teaching
and learning. In addition to the treatment of patients
at the University clinic, students will undertake
rotation through a number of specialist clinics and
private facilities. It is anticipated that students will
approach their clinical studies in a manner that
integrates theory with practice, and demonstrates
their growth as reflective practitioners.
POD303 PODIATRIC PHARMACOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BMS225
This subject continues the study of pharmacology
presented in BMS225 Pharmacology 1, with
particular emphasis on the prescription and
monitoring of a range of pharmaceutical agents
relevant to podiatry. The indication, contraindication,
actions and administration of local anaesthetic
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
550 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
agents for regional anaesthesia are examined.
There will be a practical component to this subject
as students undertake the practice of regional
anaesthesia.
POD311 PODIATRIC PRACTICE 2 (8)
Prerequisite: POD301 and POD302
Corequisite: POD313 and POD314
As a continuation of Podiatric Practice 1, this subject
further extends students clinical experience. As a
member of a clinical team, the student will undertake
the management of the whole, or part of, the case,
according to the skill levels required. Students
will also participate in the running of the clinic
as a practice, applying their understanding of
practice and resource management, communication
and peer teaching and learning. In addition
to the treatment of patients at the University
clinic, students will undertake rotation through a
number of specialist clinics and private facilities. In
association with the theoretical studies in diagnostic
and therapeutic sciences, students will have the
opportunity to practise and refine their clinical skills
in a controlled and supportive environment.
POD312 PODIATRIC MEDICINE 2 (8)
Prerequisites: POD212
Corequisites: POD301
This subject focuses on the adult years and
examines specific issues and more general
conditions associated with this life stage. Areas of
study include endocrinology with specific reference
to diabetes and mellitus, issues in ageing including
promotion of mobility and independence and the
psychosocial aspects of ageing and community
health issues such as polypharmacy.
POD313 PODIATRIC INTERVENTIONS (8)
Prerequisite: POD303
Corequisite: POD311
This subject reviews and extends students’
knowledge of podiatric therapeutics. Specific
emphasis is placed on surgical principles, expanding
and reinforcing the understanding and practice of
infection control and clinical and theatre protocols.
Students will undertake studies in perioperative
management and a range of surgical procedures
relevant to podiatric practice. In addition, theories of
physical and mechanical therapies and rehabilitation
principles are presented in detail.
POD314 DIAGNOSTIC SCIENCES (8)
Prerequisite: POD303
Corequisite: POD313
In this subject, the use of radiographic diagnostic
sciences in podiatry are studied and a range
of laboratory and physical techniques, including
vascular and neurological assessment, are
examined.
Charles Sturt University
POD401 PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN PODIATRY
(8)
Prerequisite: POD314
Corequisite: POD402
Covers current issues of relevance to the podiatry
profession and its future development including
health law and professional ethics, the role of
the professional body, employment trends, practice
in regional and rural areas, health of indigenous
Australians, competency development of entry level
podiatrists, evidence based practice, and the role of
new information technology in podiatry.
POD402 PODIATRIC RESIDENCY 1 (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Podiatry) students
Prerequisite: POD314
Corequisite: POD401
A clinically based subject where students are
required to gain experience in the management and
treatment of clinical cases. They will be expected,
under collaborative supervision, to refine their skills
and abilities in patient assessment, diagnostic
decision making and treatment, and preventative
and palliative methods and procedures. Students
will also be required to demonstrate the emergence
of entry level professional and clinical competence.
POD411 SYNTHESIS IN PODIATRY (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Podiatry) students only
Prerequisite: POD402
Corequisite: POD412
Using the principles associated with clinical
reasoning and reflective practice, students will
demonstrate that they have synthesised and
integrated the knowledge and skills gained in
the various areas of podiatry practice. A major
practice-based, independent learning project will be
undertaken and reported in a fourth year seminar
and conference program.
POD412 PODIATRIC RESIDENCY 2 (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Podiatry) students only
Prerequisites: POD401 and POD402
Corequisite: POD411
This is a clinically based subject in which students
undertake a sustained period of clinical podiatric
practice to demonstrate their skills and abilities
in client assessment, diagnostic decision making,
treatment, and preventative and palliative methods
consistent with that of an entry level practitioner.
POL101 AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT &
POLITICS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Not to be taken by
students who have completed POL106
Surveys the institutional framework of Australian
politics and the political process itself. Examines
the Constitution, cabinet, parliament, bureaucracy
and federal system; then looks at the role of
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 551
parties, pressure groups and the media. Criteria for
evaluating the processes and outcomes of liberal
democracy are mentioned and applied throughout.
POL105 POLITICS & POLICY IN AUSTRALIA (8)
Introduces the study of politics and policy-making in
Australia. Focuses on the factors which affect the
making of social policy.
POL106 GOVERNMENT & POLICE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students
who have previously completed POL101
This subject will develop an understanding of the
relationship between government and policing, with
particular emphasis on understanding the evolution
and implications of hegemonic policing. While the
main focus will be on Australian police organisations
and other Australian political and social institutions,
there will be some comparative analysis, including
the relationship between policing and government in
the USA and the UK.
POL204 AUSTRALIAN WELFARE POLITICS (8)
Prerequisite: POL105 or POL101
Covers the nature of the theoretical and political
debate concerning welfare and social justice in
Australia. Social and philosophical ideas that
underlie the debate are examined as well as a
variety of explanations of social policy. Also focuses
on policy issues in the fields of occupational and
fiscal welfare, social security, health care, housing,
and on the problems of poverty and unemployment.
POL205 POLITICAL IDEAS (8)
Prerequisite: Any level 1 Politics subject.
This subject explores the development of political
ideas from Plato to Marx with emphasis on their
cultural backgrounds and their contribution to the
modern political world.
POL208 DEVELOPMENT OF MODERN POLICING
(8)
Prerequisite: POL106 & POL105 /OR POL101
Deals with the development of policing in Australia.
Contemporary suggestions for changes in policing
are also discussed. Focuses on the interaction of
government, police and society in relation to policy
formation regarding policing.
POL209 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS (8)
Prerequisite: any Level 1 politics subject.
An advanced study of the nature, processes and
institutions of international politics. Sovereignty,
power and conflict. Approaches to peace:
international law, balance of power, collective
security, diplomacy and arms control. Sources of
conflict: militarism, nationalism, terrorism and world
economy. China, Europe, Japan, USA and Third
World as international actors.
This politics subject seeks to examine recent
developments within political theory that address
questions of identity, subjectivity and difference. It
charts the emergence of new political identities
and their representations. It seeks to analyse the
changing significance of public forms of identification
such as nation, gender, class, multiculturalism and
the media in organising people’s experience of
everyday life and politics.
POL303 ORGANISED CRIME (8)
Prerequisite: POL 105 & POL106
The fourth subject in a politics and policy sequence
designed for the Bachelor of Social Science
(Criminal Justice) and one of the advanced Policing
subjects in the Bachelor of Policing. Deals with
problems of defining organised crime; history,
both overseas and in Australia, of traditional
forms of organising crimes in the vice industry;
corporate crime and public sector corruption; policy
implications of contemporary debates for police
agencies.
POL304 ISSUES IN AUSTRALIAN POLITICS (8)
Prerequisite: POL101 or POL106
An examination and analysis of a selected
number of contemporary issues in the Australian
political system. It includes constitutional reform,
republicanism, citizenship and federalism; changes
and trends in voting behaviour, party system,
interest group corporatism, Parliament and in public
policy. the politics of Aboriginal land rights, the
environment, immigration and Australia’s relations
with Asia. These issues are studied in the context of
Australia’s democratic and pluralist polity.
POL305 POLITICS & THE MEDIA (8)
Prerequisite: Any level 1 Politics subject.
A study of the Australian mass media and its
influence on politics. Role of the media and its
effect; news production and audience reception.
Media ownership, structure, control and Government
policy. Impact of media on contemporary political
institutions and processes. Media treatment of public
policy areas: effects of globalisation.
PSC104 SOIL SCIENCE (8)
Prerequisite: CHM108
An introductory study of the soil’s physical, chemical
and biological properties and their influence on plant
production as well as soil formation, distribution and
classification.
PSC212 PLANT PROTECTION (8)
Prerequisite: BIO121 or BIO115
This subject is taught in 2 separate modules. The
first deals with the form and function of insects
and approaches to their control. The second module
deals with the major disease-causing organisms,
their biology and control.
13
POL210 POLITICS OF IDENTITY (8)
Prerequisites: POL101 or LIT113 or SOC101
or POL106
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
552 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
PSC214 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BIO126 or BIO100
Corequisite: CHM108 or CHM104
In this subject, key aspects of plant function
are studied. These are divided into three major
components: 1. Basic Processes, including
photosynthesis, respiration, water relations phloem
transport and nutrient acquisition; 2. Developmental
Processes, including growth and carbon partitioning,
regulation of reproductive development and plant
hormones; and 3. Environmental Physiology, how
variation in water, nutrients, temperature, CO2 and
light affect plant function.
PSC240 PASTURE MANAGEMENT
(HORSES) (8)
Studies the adaptation, production and utilisation
of pastures with particular emphasis on Australian
conditions and the unique problems associated with
the grazing of horses.
PSC272 AGRONOMY 1 (8)
The subject outlines the principles and practice of
producing and managing winter crops in Australian
farming systems. Strong themes in this subject are
the management of vegetation and soil resources,
the water use efficiency of crops and crop/pasture
rotations, and sustainable production. A range of
issues and developments in farming, from precision
farming to organic farming, are explored.
PSC273 AGRONOMY 2 (8)
Considers the production and management of
pastures, rangeland management, irrigation
agronomy and summer crop production.
PSC301 SOIL MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: PSC104
The management of the major forms of soil
degradation (erosion, acidity, salinity, nutrient
decline deterioration of soil structure and pollution)
is evaluated. Principles of soil conservation, total
catchment management and land management
policies are developed.
PSC302 WATER RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT (8)
Understanding of interactions between vegetation,
landscape and water. The impact of irrigation on
the environment. Achieving sustainable irrigation
agriculture by proper management of quality and
quantity of irrigation and drainage water.
PSC306 APPLIED PLANT GENETICS (8)
Prerequisite: BMS206 Human Molecular
Genetics
Enrolment restrictions: Available only to
students enrolled in the BSc(Plant
Biotechnology).
An advanced level subject with an itemised practical
schedule that familiarises students with the concepts
of modern plant breeding and the use of modern
techniques to improve the efficiency of plant
breeding programs.
Charles Sturt University
PSC307 PLANT TISSUE CULTURE (8)
Prerequisite(s): (BIO126 or BIO100) and PSC214
Enrolment restrictions: Usually taken by
students in BSc (Plant Biotechnology).
Examines plant tissue culture media composition
and preparation. Covers the various culture types
(meristem tip culture, enhanced axillary branching,
adventitious bud induction, callus, liquid cell culture,
protoplast isolation) and their practical use in plant
biotechnology.
PSC310 INTEGRATED WEED MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject studies the ecology of weeds,
population dynamics, the principles and techniques
of integrated weed management, the modes of
action of herbicides, the resistance of weeds to
herbicides, biological herbicides, biological control
of weeds, and economics and decision making
for weed control. A number of elective case
studies of management of weed complexes
allows specialisation of study in southern Australia/
winter rainfall cropping systems; pastures; natural
ecosystems and horticulture/viticulture.
PSC341 PESTICIDE MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject covers the theory and practice of
using insecticides, fungicides, herbicides and other
pesticides effectively and efficiently to control pests.
Emphasis is placed on the role and use of
these products in a manner compatible with the
environment, integrated pest management and good
practice. Students are expected to develop a
sound knowledge and practical understanding of
the characteristics of pesticides, their application
and the problems associated with their use. Major
issues will be studied in more detail. The subject
has been designed for students in agriculture,
horticulture and viticulture who have not previously
undertaken detailed formal studies in pesticides.
PSC371 PEST & DISEASE MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: PSC212
An advanced study of the elements and practices
of pest and disease management in crops and
pastures in Australia.
PSC402 ADVANCED CROP PROTECTION (8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinator’s approval.
A study of limitations to effective pest control, means
of defining pest problems, application of modern
integrated pest control methods.
PSC403 ADVANCED SOIL MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinator’s approval.
Emphasises the effects of soil management
practices, on physical, chemical and biological
properties. Some elective topics are available for
detailed study.
PSC404 ADVANCED PASTURE MANAGEMENT
(8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinator’s approval.
Considers the principles which govern the selection
and establishment of productive, persistent pasture
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 553
species and varieties, and which guide the
management of pastures to achieve sustainable use
of environmental resources, high levels of pasture
and animal productivity, and benefits to subsequent
crops.
PSC405 ADVANCED CROPPING SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinator’s approval.
Considers current issues in agronomy including
water use efficiency and potential yield, weed and
stubble management. Emphasises quantification
of parameters, integration of material and the
application of theory to practice.
PSY101 FOUNDATIONS OF PSYCHOLOGY 1M
(8)
Prerequisite: nil; not available to students who
have completed PSY111.
Primarily for students who intend to major or submajor in psychology. Introduces the general field of
psychology, its historical origins and the scientific
method used to examine behaviour. Some important
areas of psychology such as learning and memory,
understanding how the body is important in the
study of psychology, how we see and understand
the world and variations in consciousness are
examined. Students are introduced to data collection
and description and provided with a variety of
academic skills to equip the student for more
advanced study in psychology.
PSY102 FOUNDATIONS OF PSYCHOLOGY 2M
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed PSY112
Designed primarily for students who intend to
major or sub-major in psychology. Integrates
with its companion subject PSY101 Foundations
of Psychology 1M to provide a comprehensive
introduction to psychology as a science. Areas such
as human development, motivation and emotion,
personality, stress and health, psychological
disorders, social behaviour, and cultural contexts in
psychology are examined.
PSY103 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGICAL
ENQUIRY (8)
This subject provides an introduction to the methods
employed by psychologists to find answers to
problems involving human behaviour. Students
are introduced to different ideas about the
nature of psychological knowledge, and to the
main techniques for gathering data in both the
qualitative and quantitative modes. The subject
also provides an introduction to critical thinking
and communication skills that are central to
psychological practice.
PSY111 FOUNDATIONS OF PSYCHOLOGY 1S (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students completing an
accredited major in psychology should not
enrol in this subject.
This subject introduces the general field of
psychology, its historical origins and the scientific
methods used to examine behaviour. Some
important areas of psychology such as learning,
developmental psychology, social psychology,
personality and psychological disorders, are
examined. It is specifically designed for those
students who contemplate careers in the human
services or dealing with people in organisations.
PSY113 CHILD & ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY
(8)
Prerequisite: PSY101 or PSY111
Enrolment restrictions: Students completing
an accredited major in psychology may not
enrol in this subject
This subject considers in detail the social and
emotional development of children and adolescents.
Issues such as a child’s ‘theory of mind’ or the
development of shame are considered in relation
to social behaviour in childhood and adolescence.
Influences on such developmental processes from
family, school and society are examined and
psychological explanations for child and adolescent
difficulties are given.
PSY201 RESEARCH METHODS IN
PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY101 and PSY102 or entry
to the Graduate Diploma of Psychology
Introduces methodology and statistical techniques
used in psychological research. A number of
methodological approaches and data collection
techniques are examined and evaluated. Also
introduces hypothesis testing, a range of common
parametric and non-parametric inferential tests, and
computer analysis of data.
PSY202 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY101 & PSY102 or entry to
the Graduate Diploma of Psychology
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed PSY113 or PSY216
Examines human development across the life-span.
Emphasises major theories of development and
the factors influencing physical, social, cognitive,
language, and personality development.
PSY203 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY101 and PSY102 or entry
to the Graduate Diploma of Psychology
Expands the concept of people as social animals
and looks at the influences of society, groups and
interpersonal relationships on the individual. Much of
the theory and practical work is based on research
literature, including classic studies which have had
a formative impact on social psychology. Practical/
tutorial sessions require the student to replicate
studies in the field of social psychology, and design
methods of examining social phenomena.
PSY204 PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING (8)
Prerequisite: PSY101 and PSY102 or entry
into Graduate Diploma of Psychology.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
554 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed PSY302
Examines both theoretical and practical issues in
psychological testing. Students gain familiarity with a
range of psychological tests and experience in test
evaluation, administration and scoring. This subject
will be offered at third level as PSY302 for 1998 only.
PSY208 BIOPSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY101 and PSY102
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed PSY205 or PSY208
Behavioural Neuroscience 1
The aim of Biopsychology is to introduce students
to paradigms for the explanation and study of
behaviour that are characterised by a focus
on the functioning of the nervous system.
This subject will introduce students to basic
principles of neuroscience, including neuron
structure and function, neurotransmission, and
functional neuroanatomy. These will be examined
within the broader framework of the structures
of behaviour (innate and acquired), as well as
functional systems (sensation, perception, motor
control and memory).
PSY211 PSYCHOLOGY OF CRIME (8)
Prerequisite: PSY101 or PSY111
Examines psychological explanations of criminal
behaviour, and the implications of these
explanations for the criminal justice system. In
addition to general theories of crime, specific
problems such as drug abuse, human aggression,
sexual dysfunction, and psychological disorder
are examined from a psychological perspective.
Attempts to alter criminal behaviour through
deterrence and rehabilitation are also covered.
PSY213 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY111 or PSY101
Enrolment restrictions: Students completing
an accredited major in psychology may not
enrol in this subject
This subject does not form part of the Psychology
major.
Provides insight into theories of abnormality,
issues related to classification and treatment
of abnormality, the etiology and treatment of
maladaptive behaviour and social and community
response in preventative and normalising programs
for both the developmentally disabled and mentally
ill.
PSY214 HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY101 or PSY111
Investigates psychological aspects of health and
health care. Examines the influence of stress and
certain risk behaviours on health, and people’s
reactions to illness and medical treatment. Also
discusses psychological approaches to health care.
PSY216 PSYCHOLOGY OF AGEING (8)
Prerequisites: PSY111
Charles Sturt University
This subject will introduce students to issues,
principles and practices within the psychology of
ageing. Biological, social and psychological issues
that are a part of the normal ageing process
will be addressed. Life transitions, changing family
structures, social services, ageing and mental
disorders, assessment, treatment and rehabilitation
strategies will be highlighted.
PSY217 APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisites: PSY111
Students will be exposed to the principles
and practice of community psychology. A basic
assumption within community psychology is that
the causes of community problems are interactions
between persons and social settings and systems
that include the structure of social support and
social power. Using a model that is proactive,
seeking out and assessing needs within the
community has a focus on prevention rather than
treatment. The development of social intervention
programs for non-professional use will rely on
research models to understand the extent and
severity of the problem and measure the outcomes
of intervention programs; however, the intervention
will be presented in user friendly terms and
methods. Thus, this subject actively has the
student use psychological principles and practices
to facilitate change within the community.
PSY218 THE PSYCHOLOGY OF SUBSTANCE
ABUSE
Prerequisite: completion of at least two Level
1 subjects in BSocSc(Psychology), BPsych,
BSocSc(Justice Studies) OR BSocSc(Social
Welfare).
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed WEL215.
This subject examines the way that biochemical/
physiological, psychological and social factors
interact to produce individual differences in use
and abuse of substances ranging from ordinary
food to illegal and exotic drugs. Theories across
this spectrum are discussed as are the practices
of prevention and treatment arising out of these
theories. The major orientation will be social
cognition/social learning as a context for the study of
motivations relating to the developmental sequence
of risky use, dependence and identification with
illness. Research on the perceived utility of the
substance as it functions in sense of identity (gender
as sex-role stereotype), expectancies from use,
and attempts to control consumption will focus on
the problem of bingeing as a common factor in
substance abuse. Eating and drinking problems will
be compared.
PSY301 ADVANCED RESEARCH METHODS IN
PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY201 & (PSY202 or PSY203
or PSY204 or PSY208)
Covers complex research designs, as well as
the statistical techniques that deal with them.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 555
These techniques include factorial analysis of
variance, repeated measures analyses and multiple
regression. Students are shown how to use the
University’s computer facilities to apply these
techniques and are encouraged to use them in the
analysis of their own data. Research papers and
projects in other subjects are discussed in terms
of their design, and appropriate analysis techniques
are emphasised.
PSY303 PSYCHOLOGY OF LANGUAGE (8)
Prerequisite: PSY201 and (PSY202 or PSY203
or PSY204 or PSY208)
This subject aims to give students an understanding
of the range of ways that language figures in
psychology, the central psychological approaches
to language and the uses of language in
the professional practice of psychology, including
research. In particular, the subject examines two
thriving contemporary approaches to language in
psychology: language viewed as the distinguishing
human capacity and hence the cognitive object
most in need of explanation by psychologists
(e.g. Darwin, Skinner, Vygotskii, Chomsky, Corballis,
Pinker), or; language taken as the primary
medium of psychological inquiry and hence
as central to research methodology, clinical
practice, training, political and philosophical critique
(e.g. qualitative methods, interviewing techniques,
experience-based pedagogies, discourse theory,
social constructionism).
PSY304 PSYCHOPATHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY201 & (PSY202 or PSY203
or PSY204 or PSY208)
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed PSY213.
Introduces the study of the behaviour of people
with problems in living, or to use more traditional
terminology, the study of abnormal behaviour and
personality. Topics include approaches to abnormal
behaviour, research in psychopathology, etiology
and treatment of abnormal behaviour, personal and
interpersonal problems, and attitudes of society to
abnormal behaviour in the present and in the past.
PSY305 PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY201 & (PSY202 or PSY203
or PSY204 or PSY208)
Acquaints students with some important historical
and contemporary theories. Enables critical
evaluation of various approaches to the concept
and study of personality, and to understand
that personality is a dynamic, changing entity.
In practical/tutorial work, students are required
to replicate studies and/or design, collect and
analyse data, and write a report to appreciate the
methodological problems of researching in the area.
PSY306 MODIFICATION OF HUMAN BEHAVIOUR
(8)
Prerequisite: PSY201 & (PSY202 or PSY203
or PSY204 or PSY208)
Introduces the theories, methods and problems
associated with the modification of abnormal
behaviour. Surveys the main approaches used
in counselling and therapy, and briefly considers
a selection of traditional, non-western and
transpersonal approaches. The emphasis
throughout the subject is theoretical, on
understanding rather than ‘hands on’ training. A
central theme is the influence of fundamental
assumptions - especially about human nature on both the theory and practice of psychological
change.
PSY307 COGNITION (8)
Prerequisite: PSY201 and (PSY202 or PSY203
or PSY204 or PSY208)
Provides a grounding in the theory and applications
of human information processing. Topics include
attention, pattern recognition, imagery, perception,
memory, problem-solving and language.
Applications of cognitive psychology are also
considered. An important segment of the course
is student participation in a series of cognitive
experiments.
PSY308 PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING (8)
Prerequisite: PSY201 and (PSY202 or PSY203
or PSY204 or PSY208)
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed PSY207 or PSY308
Behavioural Neuroscience 2
Examines the principles, processes and
mechanisms by which organisms acquire
information about the world. And translate that
information into action. The subject examines (1)
the major theories of learning, (2) the empirical
support for these theories, (3) the application of
learning principles to the development, maintenance
and treatment of human behavioural psychopathy,
and (4) the neural and molecular mechanisms which
subserve learning.
PSY313 PSYCHOLOGY & THE LEGAL SYSTEM
(8)
Prerequisite: PSY211
The role of psychologists in relation to the
practice of law, decision making and behaviour
of police, courtroom participants, and correctional
personnel. Covers police interrogation, police
discretion, eye witness testimony, jury decision
making, sentencing, and the negative psychological
effects of imprisonment.
PSY315 SPORT & EXERCISE PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY203
This subject will present an overview of the
theory and practice of sport psychology. Theoretical
material will address theories and research which
apply psychological constructs and methods to
the understanding of sport and exercise. Practical
classes and exercises will address
psychophysiological assessment and research, and
include an ongoing casework project.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
556 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
PSY316 PSYCHOTRAUMATOLOGY (8)
Prerequisites: PSY111 and PSY214
This subject focuses on the psychological effects
of trauma on individuals and communities. It
details theoretical concepts and practices of Critical
Incident Stress Management.
PSY317 PSYCHOLOGY OF HEALTH AND
ILLNESS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed PSY214 or PSY216
Prerequisite: PSY201 and one other level
2 psychology subject
The subject investigates psychological aspects of
health and illness. It examines the influence of stress
and certain risk behaviours on health, and people’s
reactions to illness and medical treatment. The
subject also discusses psychological approaches to
health care.
PSY318 MANAGEMENT PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY111 or PSY101 and PSY211
or PSY203 or MST210 or HRM210
This subject examines organisational leadership,
power and influence and group dynamics. Students
are introduced to an integrated approach concerning
the principles of design, implementation and
evaluation of strategies for enhancing human
performance in the workplace. Provides students
with a detailed understanding of how to initiate,
manage and evaluate changes in organisations and
groups.
PSY319 COGNITIVE MODELLING FOR GAMES
(8)
Prerequisites: ITC117 & ITC208
This subject critically examines recent contributions
from psychology to understanding the charisma
of computer games for children and adults;
information-processing constraints, design-features
and cognitive underpinnings for computer gameplaying; the role of games in child development;
who plays games and why; the socio-cultural, interand intra-personal skills, functions and effects of
computer games; personality and game-playing;
and introduces students to research techniques
for investigating psychological aspects of playing
computer games.
PSY401 THEORIES OF COUNSELLING (8)
Prerequisite: Completion of PSY305 Psychology
of Personality or equivalent knowledge
Enrolment restriction: Normally restricted to
Postgraduate Diploma of Psychology, Graduate
Diploma of Pastoral Counselling or to students
in the Bachelor of Psychology (with course
Coordinator’s approval)
Assists students to build further on their
undergraduate study of theories of personality and
achieve critical understanding of the relevance
of those theories in the professional work of
psychologists. The applicability of personality
theories to counselling and psychotherapy is studied
Charles Sturt University
and students encouraged to articulate their own
personality theory and rationale.
PSY402 COUNSELLING SKILLS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Normally restricted to
Postgraduate Diploma of Psychology, Graduate
Diploma of Pastoral Counselling or to students
in the Bachelor of Psychology (with course
Coordinator’s approval)
This subject develops professional counselling skills.
It covers the essential skills of counselling and
develops these skills through training exercises. It
emphasises conceptualisation of clients’ problems
from the standpoint of a professional counsellor and
develops some intervention strategies based on a
theoretical conceptualisation.
PSY403 RESEARCH PROJECT 1 (8)
Prerequisite: PSY401 and PSY402 Completion
of PSY201 Research Methods in Psychology
or equivalent knowledge
Enrolment restriction: Normally restricted to
Postgraduate Diploma of Psychology or to
students in the Bachelor of Psychology (with
course Coordinator’s approval)
Students consider the phases of research design
and are introduced to general principles through
detailed consideration of specific pieces of research.
Students are also exposed to issues of ethical
standards in research. Students apply these
standards to the design of a piece of research
for implementation in an applied setting in
the subsequent subject Research Project 2.
Development of a student’s proposal is conducted in
conjunction with an assigned supervisor.
PSY405 ADVANCED SOCIAL LEARNING
THEORY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY401 and PSY402 & PSY308
Psychology of Learning, or equivalent
knowledge
Enrolment restriction: Normally restricted to
Postgraduate Diploma of Psychology or to
students in the Bachelor of Psychology (with
course Coordinator’s approval)
Advanced Social Learning Theory focuses on the
study of reciprocal causation between behaviour,
internal personal factors (including cognitive,
affective and biological events but with particular
emphasis on social/affective cognitions) and
environmental determinants.
PSY406 RESEARCH PROJECT 2 (16)
Prerequisite: PSY403
Students implement a piece of research in an
applied setting and present a formal report of their
findings.
PSY420 CURRENT ISSUES IN PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: normally restricted to
Psychology Honours students or to students
in the Bachelor of Psychology course who
have completed all the second and third
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 557
level compulsory psychology subjects.
The aim of this subject is to establish a more
sophisticated understanding of conceptualisation
and theoretical construction within psychology. The
subject begins by focusing on the philosophical and
historical foundations of psychology and students
will examine metaphysical issues, the utility of
theory, the varieties of methodology and the
interpretation of data. Against this background,
several persistent and/or controversial issues in
psychology will be addressed.
PSY421 CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: normally restricted to
Psychology Honours students or to students
in the Bachelor of Psychology course who
have completed all the second and third
level compulsory psychology subjects.
A range of treatment models and therapeutic
approaches will be covered to serve as a basis for
the further professional development of prospective
psychologists. Students will be introduced to
concepts such as the scientist practitioner model
and its application in ensuring valid positive
outcomes for clients. General practice issues and
guidelines will be covered.
Personnel, Organisational Behaviour, Human
Engineering, Vocational and Career Counselling,
Organisation Development and Industrial Relations.
Particular focus will be on intra-individual variables
such as job satisfaction and work motivation,
prediction and measurement systems for employee
selection and performance appraisal, and special
stimulus variables like training and development,
environmental conditions and information
processing.
PSY424 PSYCHOLOGY HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION (32)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to Psychology
Honours students or to students in the Bachelor
of Psychology course who have completed
all the second and third level compulsory
psychology subjects.
Students design and carry out original research.
The dissertation constitutes half of the course
requirements. This is the most demanding part of the
course but it can also be the most rewarding. The
research is carried out under the supervision of a
member of staff. The issue investigated is normally
in the area of coursework specialisation.
PSY422 FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: normally restricted to
Psychology Honours students or to students
in the Bachelor of Psychology course who
have completed all the second and third
level compulsory psychology subjects.
The subject examines the interface between
psychology and the law. In addressing the role
of psychologists in the legal system, the subject
covers the major psychological theories of the
causes and modification of criminal and delinquent
behaviour. Areas covered include drugs and crime,
psychological disorder and the law, and psychology
of imprisonment. The subject also focuses upon
the psychologist’s role as a researcher of, and
practitioner within, the legal system. The distinction
is made between the formal or intended operation
of the law, and informal or extra legal aspects.
Areas covered include the psychology of criminal
justice decision making, expert testimony, and the
psychology of eyewitness testimony.
PSY425 COGNITIVE NEUROSCIENCE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: normally restricted to
Psychology Honours students or to students
in the Bachelor of Psychology course who
have completed all the second and third
level compulsory psychology subjects.
The aim of this subject is to enable students to
develop intensive research and reasoning skills in
the areas of neuroscience and cognition, as well as
to acquire a thorough knowledge of at least three
important areas of contemporary scientific debate.
Each year three areas of contemporary research
will be examined, one each from the areas of
perception, behavioural neuroscience and cognition.
Topic areas will closely relate to current research
being undertaken within the school. The subject
will focus upon the competing theories and models
currently under consideration in these areas, the
types of research paradigms employed to evaluate
these, an evaluation of recent empirical studies,
and the wider theoretical, clinical and practical
applications of the theories.
PSY423 INDUSTRIAL/ORGANISATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: normally restricted to
Psychology Honours students or to students
in the Bachelor of Psychology course who
have completed all the second and third
level compulsory psychology subjects.
This subject emphasises the application of the
principles of psychology to an industrial or
organisational setting. Industrial/Organisational (I/O)
Psychology is concerned with behaviour in work
situations and the scientific study of the relationship
between humans and the world of work. Topics
include the major fields of I/O Psychology:
PSY426 ETHICS & PROFESSIONAL ISSUES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: normally restricted to
Psychology Honours students or to students
in the Bachelor of Psychology course who
have completed all the second and third
level compulsory psychology subjects.
This subject will present a historical and
comparative review of the APS code of Professional
Conduct using ‘ethical hypotheticals’ in a number of
applied and research settings; examine the notion
of ‘professionalism’ in both client service and multidisciplinary settings. The scientist-practitioner model
will be examined, and its implications for ‘generic’
practitioners and ‘eclectic’ practices. Other issues
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
558 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
examined include; turning points in the history
of psychological testing; evaluating and developing
tests; clinical, organisational, research and forensic
testing; and special issues for rural psychologists.
PSY427 ISSUES IN HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: normally restricted to
Psychology Honours students or to students
in the Bachelor of Psychology course who
have completed all the second and third
level compulsory psychology subjects
The subject examines three major issues in health
psychology: the relationship between personality
and health, theories of health behaviour and
community health campaigns.
QBM117 BUSINESS STATISTICS (8)
Describes how statistical tools can be used
by decision makers in business environments.
Statistical techniques are applied in typical business
situations using the computer where appropriate.
The topics covered may include: descriptive
statistics, probability concepts and distributions,
sampling, statistical inference and correlation and
regression analysis.
QBM118 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR
BUSINESS (8)
Students will be introduced to a variety of
Mathematical tools which are necessary for
modelling Business and Economic behaviour. The
mathematical topics covered include: Algebra,
Sequences and Series, Functions, Vectors and
Matrices, Differentiation, Integration and
Optimisation. The areas of application include
Simple and Compound Interest, Discounting,
Present Value, Depreciation and Amortisation, Stock
Control and Network Analysis.
QBM217 ADVANCED BUSINESS STATISTICS (8)
Prerequisite: QBM117 or STA117 or STA201
Extends the set of statistical tools available
for the analysis of business situations. Further
statistical techniques are examined within typical
business applications. Topics include inferences
about differences of means and proportions,
standard deviation, and comparison of variances.
Chi squared tests of goodness-of-fit and
independence. Analysis of variance, multiple linear
regression. Further business forecasting methods
and non-parametric statistics. Extensive use is made
of a statistical computer package.
RAD110 RADIOLOGICAL IMAGING 1 (8)
Corequisite: recognised First Aid Certificate.
Considers the radiographic techniques and
protocols required for non-contrast examinations of
the chest, as well as introducing students to basic
hospital practice, patient care and the role and
responsibilities of the Radiation Technologist.
RAD120 RADIOLOGICAL IMAGING 2 (8)
Prerequisite: RAD110
Charles Sturt University
Considers the radiographic techniques and
protocols required for non-contrast examinations of
the visceral structures of the thorax and abdomen
and the skeletal structures of the upper and
lower limbs, pelvis and bony thorax, excluding
the spine. The subject includes a structured
clinical practicum component in appropriate medical
imaging departments.
RAD210 RADIOLOGICAL IMAGING 3 (8)
Prerequisites: RAD120
Considers the radiographic techniques and
protocols required for non-contrast examinations of
the spine, skull and face, and upper respiratory
tract. The subject includes a structured clinical
practicum component in appropriate medical
imaging departments.
RAD220 RADIOLOGICAL IMAGING 4 (8)
Prerequisites: RAD210
Considers the radiographic contrast media and the
techniques and protocols required for examinations
of the gastro-intestinal tract, genito-urinary tract
and biliary tract. The subject includes a structured
clinical practicum component in appropriate medical
imaging departments.
RAD310 RADIOLOGICAL IMAGING 5 (8)
Prerequisite: RAD220
Considers the radiographic contrast media and
the techniques and protocols required for
examinations of the cardio-vascular, central nervous,
lymphatic and lacrimal systems and examinations
of synovial joints, and integrates professional
and ethical standards and concepts into the
clinical environment. Computed tomography and
angiography techniques are considered in detail.
The subject includes a structured clinical practicum
component in appropriate medical imaging
departments.
RAD320 RADIOLOGICAL IMAGING 6 (8)
Prequisite: RAD310
Considers the techniques and protocols utilised
in interventional radiological procedures,
mammography and magnetic resonance imaging
examinations, and integrates professional and
ethical standards and concepts into the clinical
environment. The subject includes a structured
clinical practicum component in appropriate medical
imaging departments.
RAD324 TOPICS IN MEDICAL IMAGING (8)
Prerequisite: Enrolment in BAppSc (MI)
Conversion Course (external/off-shore).
Develops knowledge and understanding in two
areas of clinical Medical Imaging selected by
the student. Students will undertake a review of
the literature in topics covering medical imaging
protocols and/or equipment in order to develop
detailed understanding and the practical application
of the selected topics.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 559
RAD326 DIAGNOSTIC ULTRASOUND (8)
Prerequisite: PHY114
Corequisite: NMT311 (BAppSc(NMT) students).
Examines physical properties, instrumentation
and clinical aspects of diagnostic ultrasound. The
propagation of ultrasound in attenuative media,
the instrumentational and technological aspects of
various modalities employed, along with possibility
of bioeffects and factors in the safe use of
ultrasound are considered. The proper and logistic
use of machine controls to effect optimisation of
diagnostic information is also covered, together
with aspects of 2D real-time grey-scale imaging
in relevant clinical areas. The interpretation of
information gained in the various modalities is also
considered.
RAD330 RESEARCH IN MEDICAL RADIATION
SCIENCE (8)
Introduces and covers the principles of scientific
research with special reference to medical radiation
science. It considers the process of research,
critical appraisal of relevant scientific and technical
literature, basic statistical concepts and examination
of data, and the effective presentation of research
and technical investigations within the field of
medical radiation science.
RAD390 ADVANCED RADIOGRAPHY 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Enrolment in BAppSc(MI)
Conversion Course (Australian
upgrade/offshore).
Considers the normal surface and gross anatomical
relationships of the major skeletal and soft tissue
structures of the head, neck, thorax, abdomen,
pelvis and limbs. The normal imaging appearance
of the structures, and their relationships, as
demonstrated in the para-coronal, para-sagittal,
and transverse planes on plain and contrast
radiographic, CT and MRI images is considered in
detail.
RAD391 ADVANCED RADIOGRAPHY 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Enrolment in BAppSc(MI)
Conversion Course (Australian upgrade /
offshore).
Considers the clinical applications and protocols
of advanced diagnostic imaging techniques with
emphasis on computer tomography, magnetic
resonance imaging and interventional techniques.
The application of two and three dimensional digital
reconstructions and the comparative efficacy of CT
and MRI techniques are covered.
RAD392 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Enrolment in BAppSc(MI)
Conversion Course (Australian
upgrade/offshore) or in BAppSc(NMT)
Conversion Course (external/offshore).
Introduces the fundamentals, concepts and
applications of digital image techniques and
processing in medical imaging. Also considers the
influence of the human observer as part of a digital
imaging system.
RAD393 ADVANCED RADIOGRAPHY 3 (8)
Prerequisite: RAD391 or Enrolment in BAppSci
(MI) Conversion Course (Australian upgrade
/ offshore).
Introduces and considers the technological
principles and features of advanced diagnostic
imaging instruments used in medical imaging.
Considers the design, construction, operation and
quality assurance of these instruments incorporating
appropriate calculation and assessment methods.
REC167 RECREATION LEADERSHIP &
COMMUNICATION (8)
This subject provides an opportunity to explore
and develop interpersonal communication and
leadership theories and skills as they relate to
recreation practice.
REC200 PRINCIPLES OF ECOTOURISM (8)
Introduces students to key concepts in ecotourism
and ecologically sustainable tourism development
and activities in Australia. Adopting a business
management context it explores the principles of
ecotourism and how they translate into business
practice, the key concepts of ecologically
sustainable tourism development and how they
translate into practice and includes an overview of
the legislative and management context under which
ecotourism operates. This subject has a residential
school.
REC260 FOUNDATIONS OF LEISURE
Foundations of Leisure is a sociological study of
leisure and recreation. It considers the concepts of
leisure and recreation in relationship to a changing
society. The subject provides the conceptual
background to the more practical units in the
‘specialist study’ of recreation. In order to give
structure and system to the study of this topic,
several specific areas have been selected for study.
Collectively, they attempt to show the relationship
between how people spend their leisure and the role
of the private, commercial and public leisure service
organisations. Like the text, the focus is on attitudes,
behaviours and institutions. While our concern is
specifically with Australia, the material presented
presents a broader view of the theory and practice
of leisure of people in other countries.
REC301 INTERPRETIVE GUIDING (8)
Prerequisite: PKM260
Deals with the theory and practice of guiding
for ecotourism, adventure tourism and related
recreation activities that occur in National Parks,
cultural sites and other recreation/protected areas,
and commercial operations. Heritage and
environmental interpretation communication are the
main foci of the subject. This subject has a
compulsory residential school.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
560 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
REC305 ADVANCED PRINCIPLES OF
ECOTOURISM (8)
Prerequisite: REC200
This subject synthesises the material that
ecotourism students have been exposed to during
their course. In addition, it extends the introduction
to key concepts in ecotourism and ecologically
sustainable tourism development and activities in
Australia that was presented in REC200. With a
focus on selected topics relevant to the ecotourism
industry, broadly defined, the subject explores, in
depth, the principles of ecotourism, as well as how
these principles apply in practice. It also provides
an opportunity for students to explore and analyse,
in depth, a topic of particular interest to them. This
subject has a compulsory residential school.
REC371 LEISURE FACILITY MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: REC167
Leisure Facility Management is a broad-based
topic which examines the theories, principles and
methods used in planning, designing and the
provision of leisure services at the facility. The
subject aims to provide students with applied
management theory in all aspects of leisure facility
management. It uses an experiential learning
approach to teach the fundamental programming,
administration and management skills relevant to
leisure centre and recreation site management.
REH203 COMMUNITY REHABILITATION
STUDIES (8)
Prerequisites: REH201 and REH202
This subject was developed essentially on a
tripartite structure encapsulating subject matters
on (1) Rehabilitation of special disability groups
(eg Psychiatric, Drug & Alcohol, Public Offenders,
Intellectual Disability, Geriatric, Aboriginal and
Ethnic Minority groups etc ); (2) Community
Development and Care at primary, secondary and
tertiary rehabilitation levels; and (3) Rehabilitation
program Development/Implementation and
(formative and summative) Evaluation techniques.
REH301 MEDICAL AND PHYSICAL DISABILITY
REHABILITATION (8)
Prerequisites: BMS127, BMS128, REH203
This subject explores the application of a variety
of rehabilitation perspectives to the resolution of
medical and physical disability problems which occur
in various occupation settings as well as home
and recreational environments. Topics will address
aspects of rehabilitation medicine - pathophysiology,
pharmacotherapeutics, and other physical and
psychosocial (vocational/avocational) dimensions of
biosychosocial rehabilitation model.
REH401 ISSUES IN PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
(8)
Prerequisites: SWK323
This subject consists of the development, conduct,
analysis, and reporting (as thesis) of a piece of
Charles Sturt University
empirical or evaluation research in the broad field of
rehabilitation counselling under supervision of staff
members.
REH402 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE 3 (32)
Prerequisites: REH302 (Professional Practice 2).
This subject involves 500 hours of professional
practice in an agency which provides professional
rehabilitation services. Students further develop and
practice their ability to provide professional services.
This placement requires students to provide their
placement agency with an evaluation of current
services and practices or develop a program of
rehabilitation which may be of benefit to the agency.
RSC410 RESPIRATORY ANATOMY &
PHYSIOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restriction: Respiratory Science and
Asthma Education students only
An integrated and mechanistic approach to anatomy
and physiology of the respiratory system
emphasising applied aspects.
RSC421 SPIROMETRY & RESPIRATORY
PHARMACOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restriction: Respiratory Science and
Asthma Education students only
Clinical methods of assessing ventilation via
spirometry and the pharmacological basis of
improving in respiratory disease. Infection control
theory and procedures as they apply to respiratory
medicine are considered.
RSC431 ADVANCED PULMONARY FUNCTION
TESTING (8)
Prerequisites: RSC410 and RSC421
The practical performance and physiological basis
of specialised clinical respiratory measurements.
These tests include determination of functional
residual capacity and thoracic gas volume,
pulmonary gas transfer, compliance, resistance and
maximal intrapulmonary pressures. Quality control
procedures relevant to the pulmonary function
laboratory are also detailed.
RSC441 ADVANCED RESPIRATORY
LABORATORY DIAGNOSTICS (8)
Prerequisite: RSC410 and RSC421.
The practical performance and physiological basis
of specialised clinical respiratory measurements.
These tests include determination of homogeneity
of pulmonary ventilation, blood gas concentrations,
bronchial hyper-responsiveness and sleep apnoea.
RSC471 ASTHMA MANAGEMENT (8)
Integrates relevant knowledge and skills required
for effective practice as an asthma educator. Topics
include asthma diagnosis, monitoring and treatment
strategies.
SCI101 PHYSICAL SCIENCE FOR NURSES (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Nursing) students only.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 561
Develops principles of chemistry and physics
and relates to scientific principles to medicine
procedures and hospital instrumentation.
SCI401 ADVANCED TOPICS 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: restricted to students
enrolled in BAppSc (Hons), BInfoTech (Hons),
Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma and
Master coursework programs only.
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for an Honours degree program, or a
Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Master
coursework program.
SCI402 ADVANCED TOPICS 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: restricted to students
enrolled in BAppSc (Hons), BInfoTech (Hons),
Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma and
Master coursework programs only.
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for an Honours degree program, or a
Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Master
coursework program.
SCI415 SOCIAL SCIENCE RE SEARCH
METHODS FOR NATURAL RE SOUR CE
MANA GEMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Applied
Science and Honours students only
An advanced subject in research methods to
support students undertaking social science
research in natural resource management. Students
are exposed to all aspects of research from project
development to publication and dissemination of
findings. After an introduction to qualitative and
quantitative methodologies students specialise in
the study of methods they will use in their research.
SCI500 SCIENCE RE SEARCH METHODS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma, Master
and Honours students only.
This subject aims to provide students with skills and
knowledge required for independent scholarship or
research.
SCI501 SPECIAL TOPICS 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in Master of Applied Science (with
specialisations) and other Graduate Certificate,
Graduate Diploma and Master coursework
and Bachelor or Honours programs offered
by the Faculty of Science and Agriculture
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for a Graduate Certificate, Graduate
Diploma or master coursework or bachelor or
honours program.
SCI50 2 SPECIAL TOPICS 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in Master of Applied Science (with
specialisations) and other Graduate Certificate,
Graduate Diploma and Master coursework
and Bachelor or Honours programs offered
by the Faculty of Science and Agriculture
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for a Graduate Certificate, Graduate
Diploma or Master coursework or bachelor or
honours program.
SLV101 JEWELL ERY DESIGN (8)
This subject investigates jewellery design from the
aspects of form and function. It examines the
development of a simple design concept and its
adaptation to a variety of jewellery forms.
SLV102 GEM SETTING (8)
This subject introduces students to gem setting and
its application to both a range of gem forms and a
range of jewellery forms and styles. It examines the
many types of traditional settings as well as the less
orthodox types.
SLV103 DESIGN FOR JEWELL ERY (8)
Prerequisite: SLV101
This subject builds on and develops the information
gained in SLV101 Jewellery Design. It examines
the design possibilities of a particular motif and
its expression in various materials and various
wearable forms.
SLV104 PRECIOUS & NON PRECIOUS METAL
STUDIES (8)
Prerequisite: SLV102
This subject deals with the metals, precious and
non precious, employed in jewellery. The subject
examines the physical properties of metals as
well as the alloying components proportions and
process.
SLV110 INTRO DUCTION TO METAL
TECHNIQUES (8)
This subject introduces students to the practice of
jewellery design production. The subject includes the
interpretation of concept to a final form and the
aesthetics related to wearable jewellery through an
examination of design, materials, language and the
process of manufacture.
SLV111 ELEMENTS OF JEWELL ERY &
SILVERSMITHING (8)
This subject introduces students to the practice of
silversmithing design and production. The subject
includes: the interpretation of concept to a final form
and the aesthetics related to vessels/forms through
the examination of design, materials, language and
the process of manufacture.
SLV202 JEWELL ERY STUDIO (8)
Prerequisite: SLV103 or SLV104
In this subject students undertake the advanced
studies in jewellery practice and design examining
specialist techniques and processes.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
562 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
SLV204 INDUSTRY PRACTICUM (16)
Prerequisite: SLV212 or SLV202
In this subject students experience the traditional
manufacturing jewellery workshop/studio, working
under the direction of the workshop manager/
designer maker in the production of retail jewellery.
SLV212 JEWELLERY & SILVERSMITHING
METHODS (8)
Prerequisite: SLV110 and/or SLV111
This subject is designed to expand and develop
the technical and aesthetic knowledge gained
at first level. Topics are selected to support
individual development in technical expertise and
design ideas through controlled experimentation and
specialisation.
SLV213 JEWELLERY & SILVERSMITHING
CONCEPTS (8)
Prerequisite: SLV110 and/or SLV111
Enrolment restrictions: not for students who
have completed SLV211
In this subject Jewellery & Silversmithing will be
examined from the aspect of the finished product.
Specifically the wearer, the viewer, function, non
function and the relationship between these aspects.
SLV214 JEWELLERY & SILVERSMITHING
PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite(s): SLV212
This subject is designed to broaden the students
understanding and range of expertise in the
art of Jewellery and Silversmithing. Students are
encouraged to research and experiment widely
with techniques in the production of jewellery and
silversmithing pieces.
SLV215 INTERPRETATION & ANALYSIS OF
FORM (8)
Prerequisite: SLV212 Jewellery & Silversmithing
Methods
Enrolment restrictions: not for students who
have completed SLV211.
In this subject Jewellery & Silversmithing will be
examined from the aspect of the finished product.
Specifically the wearer, the viewer, function, non
function and the relationship between these aspects.
SOC101 INTRODUCTORY SOCIOLOGY (8)
Considers the nature of our society and how,
as members of social groups, we are both
shaped by and shapers of it. Sociology makes
use of theoretical perspectives and research
methodologies to generate knowledge and
understanding of the social world. Issues explored
by this subject include class, gender and ethnicity in
modern society, with a particular focus on education,
the media, work, technology and the body.
SOC102 SOCIAL INEQUALITY (8)
Prerequisite: SOC101
Inequality is one of the big social and political issues
of the late 1990s. This subject focuses on current
Charles Sturt University
patterns of social inequality in contemporary society
with particular reference to Australia. Topics covered
include: socio-biology, the family, age, gender, race
and ethnicity, regional inequalities, income and
wealth distribution, social class, social mobility,
unemployment and the underclass, education and
crime. Attention is also given to the global and
comparative dimensions of inequality, with examples
drawn from the U.K., U.S.A., Asia and the Pacific
region.
SOC108 SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH & HEALTH
CARE
This subject uses sociological concepts and theories
to introduce students in health related fields to social
issues around the body, health, illness, and health
care systems with a specific focus on Australia.
Students will learn tools which will allow them to
understand the social nature of patterns of disease
and illness, the organisational responses to these
patterns and the patterns of differential access to
health care.
SOC110 VISIONS OF AUSTRALIA (8)
This subject provides an introduction to the cultural
analysis of contemporary Australia. We will identify
and analyse the key myths and images of Australia
which are reproduced in the media and popular
culture. These will be contrasted with the findings
of sociological and cultural research more generally.
Students will be introduced to the tools and methods
of cultural analysis, in particular visual, content
and textual analysis. Practical examples, drawn
form everyday life in contemporary Australia, will be
critically analysed. Topics relating to youth, popular
culture, television, film, magazines, newspapers,
sport, leisure, monuments and festivals will be
covered in lectures and tutorials.
SOC201 GENDER & SOCIAL CHANGE (8)
Prerequisite: SOC101
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed SOC200.
This subject critically evaluates the position of
women in modern society, and gender relations
more generally, and how gender is socially
constructed, culturally reproduced and politically
regulated.
SOC202 SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION (8)
Introduces sociological study of religion. Covers
the definition of religion, functions of religion,
sociological theories of religion, phenomenological
approaches, social organisation of religion,
secularisation, and religion in Australia.
SOC203 SOCIOLOGY OF YOUTH (8)
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed SOC103.
This subject will critically evaluate the position of
young people in Australian society, and analyse the
development of youth policy during the post WWII
period in terms of how society constructs youth
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 563
as a social problem and politically regulates young
people’s lives. It will also study youth as social
agents, eg as consumers and citizens.
SOC204 FAMILY & GENDER (8)
Prerequisite: SOC101
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed SOC2033 or 25240.
Focuses on marriage and the family as social
systems and institutions, and explores their purpose
and nature in modern societies from a micro and
a macro-sociological perspective. Considers sociopolitical implications of gender and discusses family
problems and policies and the politics of gender and
the family in Australia.
SOC205 SOCIAL RESEARCH
Prerequisite: SOC101 Introductory Sociology
Enrolment restrictions: not for students who
have previously completed SOC213.
The subject provides a structured introduction to the
principles of quantitative and qualitative research,
including research design, collection, analysis and
interpretation of data and report writing, and
develops the necessary skills for planning and
executing research as well as for a critical appraisal
of research reports.
SOC212 CLASS: IMAGES & REALITY (8)
Prerequisite: SOC101 or SOC102 or permission
of the Subject Coordinator.
This subject explores the construction of class in
contemporary society and the various cultural, social
and economic processes involved. Sociological
constructions of class are contrasted with ‘popular’
images and those perpetuated in the media,
including representations of class in literature,
film and on TV. Attention is also given to the
relationship between class and alternative sources
of differentiation, identity and action such as
citizenship, gender, race, ethnicity and consumption.
A final section focuses on current debates
concerning the continuing relevance of ‘class’ to any
understanding of late twentieth century societies.
SOC213 LIFE WORLDS & LIFE CYCLES
Enrolment restrictions: not for students who
have previously completed ANT202..
This subject will explore the variability of human
life cycles in a diversity of sociocultural contexts.
In particular, it will examine the socially and
historically contingent nature of childhood. Students
will be introduced to a variety of sociological and
anthropological theories and debates centred on the
socially constructed nature of childhood and ageing.
By comparing a range of ethnographic examples,
the subject will critically examine the notion of the
universality of life stages.
SOC216 UNDERSTANDING RURAL SOCIETY (8)
Prerequisites: SOC101 or EEB406
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed SOC206
Major items and problems in capitalist rural societies
- including processes of change in Australian
agriculture - are assessed from a critical sociological
perspective. Topics include social class, rural
ideology, rural unemployment and poverty, rural
communes and the family farm. Environmental
issues and the restructuring of rural regions are
highlighted to demonstrate the impacts of national
and global changes on Australian rural communities.
SOC302 ENVIRONMENT & SOCIETY (8)
Prerequisite: SOC101 or enrolment in an
Honours or postgraduate course.
The subject examines the environment and
environmental issues from a sociological
perspective. It considers the social origins of the
current environmental crisis, the social basis of
environmental concern, and social aspects to the
solutions of environmental problems. Issues relating
to an understanding of the environmental movement
will be addressed as well as sociological factors
involved in Landcare. one area of emphasis will
be environmental issues within agriculture. Other
topics to be addressed include environmental
and social impact assessment, ecotourism, urban
environmental issues and global warming.
SOC303 SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY (8)
Prerequisite: SOC101
Explores theoretical analyses and explanations of
the nature of modern society. Covers the various
strands of social theory, placed in the context of their
historical development, to foster a critical awareness
of the problems and issues which confront modern
sociology.
SOC306 NATIONALISM, ETHNICITY & THE
STATE (8)
Prerequisite: SOC101
This subject will introduce students to contemporary
thinking in an important area of sociological
analysis by positioning nationalism and nationalist
discourses in the context of both theoretical
shifts within the academy and political and
social developments in Western and non-Western
societies. This problematisation of the nation-state
idea has originated from various fields of scholarship
and public activism and this subject is designed to
give students a sense of these developments.
SOC308 COMMUNITY ANALYSIS (8)
Prerequisite: SOC101
The subject looks at community as a means
of addressing social, environmental and economic
problems in a globalising world which is seeing a
strong social and political push for action to be taken
by local communities. Starting from the perspectives
of local professionals and active citizens, the subject
applies sociological tools to community capacity
in terms of social capital, interaction, organization,
inequality, conflict and power relationships both
within and beyond the community. We conclude
by looking at the implications of globalisation and
cultural change for local communities.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
564 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
SOC312 YOUTH AT RISK (8)
Prerequisites: SOC 103
This subject will provide an introduction to sociology
of risk and study young persons’ risk behaviour,
risk positions of young people and the social
construction of ‘at risk’ youth. It will critically evaluate
the main areas and strategies of ‘at risk’ intervention
and analyse their contribution to the construction of
‘at risk’ discourses involving young people.
SOC314 ORG
AN ISATIONS, CULTURE AND
SOCIETY (8)
Prerequisite(s): any Level 2 Sociology subject
(or permission of Subject Coordinator).
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed: SOC304 Sociology of
Work, Organisations and Bureaucracy
This subject combines two traditionally separate
areas of study: the sociology of work and
organisational theory, and falls into three parts.
After a brief historical introduction, which examines
the origins and peculiarities of modern work
organisations, we review the main theoretical
approaches to organisational life. The final
extended section focuses on a selection of critical
contemporary issues, including organisational
design, new technology, restructuring, flexibility,
‘Japanisation’ and organisational culture.
SOC411 ADV ANCED SOCIOLOGI CAL THEORY
(8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Arts (Honours)
students only, approval of Honours Committee.
Focuses on the major problems of modern
sociological theory. Students concentrate on a major
original theoretical work in order to develop a critical
capacity for theoretical analysis, and an appreciation
of the directions taken by sociological theorists as
they confront the major social problems of the late
20th century.
SOC413 SOCIOLOG
Y READI NG SUBJECT (16)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Arts (Honours)
students only, approval of Honours Committee.
Provides in-depth study of a sociological area
of choice through a course of guided reading.
Further development of the students’ dissertation
topic. Attention to both theoretical and substantive
aspects. A supervisor with experience or expertise
in the chosen field works with students to map
out a program of study. Students demonstrate their
knowledge and understanding of the issues raised in
the reading through written assignments. Availability
of topics is constrained by current staff interests. A
list may be obtained from the discipline coordinator.
SOC421 SOCIOLOG
Y HONOURS
PROJECT/DI SSERTA TION (32)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Arts (Honours)
students only, approval of Honours Committee.
An individually supervised project on a topic
approved by the Higher Degrees Committee,
involving field and/or library research.
Charles Sturt University
SPA105 REMOTE SENSING (8)
Covers the Remote Sensing discipline:
electromagnetic spectrum; spectral response of
targets; sensor design (image and non-image
formats); platforms and ground truth collection.
There is substantial coverage of satellite-based,
sensors, platforms, and imagery.
SPA110 DIG
ITA L CART OGRA PHY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: cannot enrol if passed
GEO161
This subject introduces students to fundamental
spatial concepts, which are a necessary foundation
to studies within the Spatial Information Systems
undergraduate degree program. The subject will
cover map projections and datums, cartographic
elements and design. Students will also be
introduced to spatial data structures and sources.
Students will also gain experience in researching
topics online, in journals and in the use of other
related resources.
SPA115 PRI NCIPLES OF GEOG
RA PHIC
INFORMA
TI ON SYSTEMS (8)
This subject introduces students to, and provides
a foundation in the use of, geographic information
systems (GIS). Students develop the basic
theoretical, technical and analytical skills necessary
to apply GIS to simple spatial problems. The subject
contains a significant element of practical work in
which students are encouraged to directly apply
their theoretical knowledge. Attention is focussed on
the operations of GIS and the application of GIS to
simple spatial analysis. This subject forms a basis
for further study in other modules.
SPA120 INTRODUCTION TO SPATIAL ANALY SIS
& MODELL ING (8)
This subject introduces the student to the range
and complexity of data used with a GIS from a
management perspective. Data input devices are
considered along with the need for data exchange.
Data modelling within the GIS and problems of
scale, resolution and sampling are considered.
Practical work emphasises the concepts of data
analysis and modelling. It also introduces the
student to a qualitative understanding of some
aspects of spatial statistics. This subject forms a
basis for further study.
SPA200 GEO-INFORMATION MANA GE MEN T (8)
Prerequisite: SPA100 or SPA101
This subject develops GIS problem-solving skills
within a business and management context. It
provides and overview of GIS hardware and
software trends and considers some of the
current problems of GIS and their business
implications. Operational management of GIS
systems in teleprocessing and distributed networks
environments are studied along with aspects of cost
analysis and financial justification of introduction and
maintenance of GIS within the organisation.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 565
SPA210 INCIDENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite(s): ITC180 Introduction to
Information Systems or its equivalent.
This subject builds upon the introduction to GIS
provided in the subject ITC180 (Introduction to
Information Systems). It also assumes the student
has a good foundation of computer literacy. The
subject is essentially about the storage and retrieval
of numeric, text and multimedia data within the
context of the range of incidents experienced by
organisations such as Police, Ambulance and other
Emergency Services. The practical use of relational
database, geographic information systems and a
variety of computer based tools is studied.
SPA211 GIS APPLICATIONS (8)
Prerequisite: SPA101 or GEO209 or SPA115
Extends the study of Geographical Information
Systems (GIS) presented in SPA101. Considers the
wide range of analytical techniques available for
processing of spatial data, emphasising those with
direct environmental application.
SPA220 ADVANCED GIS ANALYSIS &
MODELLING (8)
Prerequisite: SPA120
This subject develops GIS problem-solving skills
within a managerial context. It presents the essential
elements of the theory and operations of logical
space using a range of analytical tools. Vector,
Raster and surface representations are considered
in depth. This subject forms a basis for advanced
study in GIS.
SPA303 ALGORITHMS IN GIS & MODELLING (8)
Prerequisites: MTH102 or approval by Course
Coordinator.
Aims to cover the required skills to analyse and
develop mathematical algorithms for GIS.
SPA304 REMOTE SENSING ALGORITHMS (8)
Prerequisite: MTH102 or STA201 or approval
by Course Coordinator.
Aims to give students an understanding of the
important mathematical concepts and algorithms
commonly used in processing multispectral, remote
sensed, imagery.
SPA306 SPATIAL DATA MINING (8)
Prerequisite: SPA302
Spatial Data Mining considers methods of
knowledge discovery from very large geographic
databases. Algorithms for generating rules of
association and discrimination will be considered
along with clustering as methods of undirected
knowledge discovery. Directed knowledge discovery
methods such as decision tree analysis, memory
based reasoning, neural nets and genetic algorithms
will be studied.
SPA307 IMAGE ANALYSIS (8)
Prerequisite: SPA105 or GEO205
Covers theoretical background of remote sensing,
treats in detail the acquisition of digital data by
imaging/non-imaging systems, and examines the
commonly used procedures for enhancing and
classifying multi-spectral data. Students produce
and field check thematic maps.
SPA312 INTEGRATED GIS/REMOTE SENSING (8)
Prerequisite: (SPA307 or GEO307) and (SPA211
or GEO311 or SPA101 or GEO209 or SPA115)
Focuses on the integration of geographic information
systems (GIS) and remote sensing technologies.
Through dynamic linking the student will use a GIS,
relational database management system, and image
processing system in tandem for an integrated
environmental application. This will include the
examination of integrated functionality such as
display, attribute handling, classification, and spatial
analysis.
SPA316 TECHNICAL REMOTE SENSING I (8)
Prerequisite(s): PHY216 Scientific
Instrumentation - Principles & Applications
Technical Remote Sensing I is a third level
spatial data subject which provides an in-depth
investigation into the fundamental physical
processes of remote sensing and considers a
range of state-of-the art methodologies and sensors.
Students will study the nature of remotely sensed
electromagnetic radiation, namely, the interaction
of this radiation with targets, the atmosphere
and sensors. Students will acquire a detailed
understanding of the limitations associated with raw
remotely sensed data and the requirements of data
correction.
SPA320 CURRENT ISSUES IN GIS (8)
Prerequisite: SPA200 or SPA220
This subject covers a wide range of current,
new and interesting topics closely related to
GIS. Over time the content areas will change,
however, for the present this subject deals with
the scientific foundations for the handling of
geographic information as well as an analysis of the
computational models underlying spatial information
management.
SPA330 PROJECT (16)
Prerequisite: MGT320 Managing Change or
ITC301 Software Project Management & Quality
Assurance (or equivalent) and SPA120
Introduction to spatial analysis and modelling
and completion of 128 subject points in
the Spatial Information Systems degree.
This is a capstone subject where students complete
the documentation and implementation of a practical
project applying spatial information systems to the
area of relevance to the strand undertaken in their
course. The completed project is expected to reflect
the combination of knowledge and skills acquired in
earlier subjects of the course.
SPA404 REMOTE SENSING ALGORITHMS (8)
Prerequisites: MTH101 orSPA409 or equivalent
on approval of Course Coordinator
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
566 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
Aims to give students an understanding of the
important mathematical concepts and algorithms
commonly used in processing, multispectral, remote
sensed, imagery.
SPA412 Integrated GIS Remote Sensing (8)
Prerequisite: SPA101 or SPA405 and SPA406
This subject focuses on the integration of
geographic information systems (GIS) and remote
sensing technologies. Students will examine the use
of these combined technologies as they apply to
natural resource management problems. A major
emphasis will be placed on students completing a
case study incorporating the use of remote sensing
and GIS.
SPA420 SPATIAL METADATA AND ONLINE
GIS (8)
More and more data of all kinds is accessible online.
Spatial data is no exception. However, to find
it and then make effective use of it, requires a
full description of each and every data set, in
other words metadata, data about data. First, we
look at the core methodologies for metadata on
the web: XML and RDF, the Resource Description
Framework. Armed with this knowledge, we
examine the metadata standards in different parts of
the world and see how they are used in practice.
Finally, we study the internet tools for online spatial
information processing, from mobile phones to high
performance supercomputers.
SPA425 SPATIAL OBJECT MODELLING (8)
Prerequisite: SPA220
This subject introduces object-oriented techniques
and specifications in spatial data modelling. It
considers the traditional spatial objects (eg point,
line and polygon) and their attributes as a single
object, to perform better spatial representation and
analysis. The subject introduces the concepts
of spatial object modelling, the object-oriented
database model and structure, and their applications
in spatial analysis and modelling. There is a solid
theoretical foundation illustrated by a number of
student-centred practical workshops and examples
of case studies.
SPH101 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 1A (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Speech Pathology) students only.
Introduces students to linguistic systems and
analyses, and relates these to the description of
normal human communication.
SPH102 FOUNDATIONS OF SPEECH
PATHOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Health
Science (Speech Pathology) students only.
Corequisite: SPH101
Students will be exposed to a range of speech,
language, and swallowing disorders. They will be
made aware of the diverse nature of speech
pathology and the variety of contexts, including
Charles Sturt University
those that are rural or remote, in which speech
pathologists practise. Students will learn to be aware
of the effect of their own communication, and begin
exploring the impact of communication disorders on
the individual, family, and community.
SPH103 APPLIED LINGUISTICS (8)
Prerequisite: SPH101 (or equivalent) or
enrolment in Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood)
This subject focuses on the application of linguistic
theory to real language samples. Students will
develop their ability to analyse existing transcriptions
of normal, and some disordered, language samples
using a variety of linguistic methodologies. The
subject has a strong practical focus and will
incorporate a number of web-based self-directed
learning modules to augment lectures and tutorials.
Students will apply the knowledge and skills they
develop through the analysis of transcribed data to
the analysis of real-time interaction between real
people.
SPH111 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 1B (8)
Prerequisite: SPH101
Students will study theories and stages of normal
communication development, including both oral and
literate language, leading to an understanding of
normal communication across the lifespan. Students
will be introduced to procedures for the analysis and
description of normal communication.
SPH201 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 2A (8)
Prerequisites: SPH102 & SPH111
Students will study theories concerning normal
development as well as disorders of articulation,
phonology, and fluency. Students will also apply
knowledge of linguistics to the analysis of normal
and disordered speech.
SPH202 AUDIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisites: SPH111, BMS140, BMS211
Introduces students to pathologies of the ear,
types of hearing impairment, and basic audiological
procedures. Also it is concerned with the use
of sensory aids and with other approaches for
rehabilitating hearing impaired individuals.
SPH203 STUTTERING AND ISSUES IN SERVICE
DELIVERY (8)
This subject will be comprised of two components
of study. In the first component, students will study
stuttering and its remediation. They will learn about
the nature of the disorder, theories of the cause
of stuttering, and about treatment options, all from
within an Evidence Based Practice framework. In
the second component, they will study issues in
service delivery, particularly as they relate to speech
pathology and service delivery to clients living in
rural areas.
SPH211 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 2B (8)
Prerequisites: SPH111
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 567
Students will study language and learning delays
and disorders in childhood and adolescence. This
subject deals with approaches to the assessment
and management of language/learning delays and
disorders associated with a variety of conditions,
including specific language impairment, learning
disabilities, developmental disability, autism and
associated disorders, head injury, and hearing
impairment.
Provides students with beginning/intermediate level
speech pathology clinical experiences in a range
of settings and with a range of client types and
disorders, under collaborative supervision of clinical
educators. Students will engage in a variety of
clinical activities, and will be involved in peer
group learning experiences, case studies, and
tutorials directed towards clinical and professional
skill development.
SPH212 SPEECH PATHOLOGY PROCESSES
& PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite: SPH201
Introduces students to the interpersonal, evaluative,
planning, and delivery skills and processes that
underpin clinical practice in speech pathology. It is
also concerned with effective communication skills,
and provides students with introductory clinical
experiences.
SPH331 SPEECH PATHOLOGY HONOURS
RESEARCH SEMINAR (8)
Prerequisite: Grades of credit or above in at
least 50% of first and second level subjects
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Speech Pathology) (Honours) students
only
Students will be introduced to the processes of
research. They will understand the stages of a
research project, develop a research question, turn
the question into a research design and select
suitable methods for data collection and analysis.
They will understand approaches to data analysis
and write up and will understand what a research
thesis should contain.
SPH301 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 3A (8)
Prerequisites: SPH111, BMS211 & BMS226
Students will study the nature, as well as the
evaluation and management, of adult language
disorders that have a neurological origin.
SPH302 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 3B (8)
Prerequisites: SPH211
Students will consider philosophies of service
delivery and models and modes of service delivery
for a range of disorder types. Issues in service
delivery will also be considered.
SPH303 SPEECH PATHOLOGY PRACTICE 1 (8)
Prerequisites: SPH212
Corequisite: SPH301
Provides students with beginning level speech
pathology clinical experiences in a range of settings
and with a range of client types and disorders, under
direct supervision of clinical educators. Students will
engage in a variety of observational and face-to-face
activities with clients, and will be involved in selfdirected learning experiences, case discussions,
and tutorials.
SPH311 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 3C (8)
Prerequisites: SPH102, SPH212 & BMS226
Corequisite: SPH312
Deals with the integrative aspects of anatomy
and physiology as applied to the assessment
and management of voice, motor speech, and
swallowing disorders, and craniofacial anomalies in
clinical settings.
SPH312 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 3D (8)
Prerequisites: BMS226
Corequisite: SPH311 (if not already completed).
Students will study approaches to the management
of motor speech, voice, and swallowing disorders.
SPH313 SPEECH PATHOLOGY PRACTICE 2 (8)
Prerequisite: SPH302 AND SPH303
SPH332 RESEARCH METHODS: SPEECH
PATHOLOGY HONOURS (8)
This subject deals with a range of research
methods that are used by health professionals, and
provides a basis for involvement in original research.
Both qualitative and quantitative techniques are
presented, and students are required to analyse
data with computer-based packages. Students are
also given skills for applying scientific principles
to routine clinical practice, exposed to ways in
which research results are disseminated, and
encouraged to evaluate research critically. By
the end of the session, students are required to
produce a research proposal on which their honours
dissertation will be based.
SPH401 PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN SPEECH
PATHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: SPH313
Corequisite: SPH402 (if not already completed)
or SPH412 (if not already completed).
Provokes debate and research into several key
areas pertaining to speech pathology, and examines
issues fundamental to the current status as well as
future development of the profession. Emphasis is
placed on practice in regional and remote settings.
SPH402 SPEECH PATHOLOGY RESIDENCY 1
(16)
Prerequisite: SPH313
Corequisite: SPH401
A clinically based subject focussing on the practice
of speech pathology in a variety of settings
including acute, rehabilitation, and outpatient
hospital settings, as well as educational, community
health, consultative, and educational settings, and
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
568 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
facilities that care for people with developmental
disabilities and brain injuries. Students are required
to gain experience in at least two of these
environments in which they will be expected, under
collaborative supervision, to develop their skills
and abilities in client assessment and diagnostic
decision making, as well as in program planning,
implementation, and evaluation.
reduction; probability - basic theory and applications;
continuous and discrete distributions-characteristics
and applications; statistical inference - sampling
distributions, estimation and hypothesis testing;
correlation and simple linear regression; forecasting
? introduction to elementary techniques. Students
will be introduced to an interactive statistical
package.
SPH411 ISSUES & SYNTHESES IN SPEECH
PATHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: SPH401
Corequisite: SPH402 (if not already completed)
or SPH412 (if not already completed).
Provides opportunities for advanced debate and
syntheses relevant to speech pathology, and to
allow students to update their earlier knowledge
base and evaluate recent trends in their professional
knowledge before embarking into professional life.
STA201 SCIENTIFIC STATISTICS (8)
This subject provides a foundation in the basic
practice of statistics, ie, explaining variability.
The orientation is towards the sciences covering
both experimental and observational data. The
emphasis is on understanding statistical concepts
and applying acquired skills to data interpretation
by the use of modern software packages. The
modern approach to the teaching of statistics is
used including group work, use of local data and
small projects.
SPH412 SPEECH PATHOLOGY RESIDENCY 2
(16)
Prerequisites: SPH313 & SPH402
A clinically based subject focussing on the practice
of speech pathology in a variety of settings
including acute, rehabilitation, and outpatient
hospital settings, as well as educational, community
health, consultative, and educational settings, and
facilities that care for people with developmental
disabilities and brain injuries. Students are required
to gain experience in at least two of these
environments in which they will be expected,
under collaborative supervision, to develop skills
and abilities in client assessment and diagnostic
decision making, program planning, implementation,
and evaluation. Students will also be required
to demonstrate entry level professional and
clinical competence as defined by the profession’s
competency based occupational standards.
SPH441 SPEECH PATHOLOGY HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (8)
Prerequisite: SPH331
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Health
Science (Speech Pathology) (Honours) students
only
An independent research program approved by
the school and Faculty Board and undertaken by
students enrolled in the Bachelor of Health Science
(Speech Pathology) (Honours) program offered by
the School of Community Health.
SRM500 SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS (8)
The subject deals with advanced methods of social
research. Emphasis is placed on the procedures of
social research as well as on methodological issues
related to qualitative, quantitative and feminist
research. In addition, some elements of using
computers in social research are introduced.
STA117 APPLIED STATISTICS 1 (8)
Introduces basic concepts and techniques: in
descriptive statistics-data representation, data
Charles Sturt University
STA217 APPLIED STATISTICS 2 (8)
Prerequisite: STA117 or QBM117
Two-sample inference on means, proportions and
variances; chi-squared tests of goodness-of-fit
and independence; experimental design and oneand two-way analysis of variance; multiple linear
regression; non-parametric tests. An interactive
statistical computing package will be used for
computations.
STA308 EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN & ANALYSIS
(8)
Prerequisite: STA201 or equivalent
Proper experimental design is a prerequisite to the
efficient and cost effective resolution of comparative
quantitative research questions. This subject
introduces experimental design and analysis by
examples and by the study of the underlying linear
model. Use of appropriate computer packages
allows testing of assumptions and investigation
of advanced topics. Extension of the basic
methodology are explored.
STA317 STATISTICAL THEORY (8)
Prerequisite: MTH218 & STA217
Develops theory and techniques underlying: random
variables and probability, multivariate distributions,
sampling distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing
and linear regression.
STA326 STATISTICAL FORECASTING (8)
Prerequisite: STA217
Smoothing and decomposition methods. Regression
techniques for time series. Box-Jenkins
autoregressive and moving average models.
Integrated models. Seasonality in Box-Jenkins
models. Forecasting and forecast errors. Minitab
package applied to time series.
STA327 LINEAR MODELS (8)
Prerequisite: MTH129 & STA217
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 569
Principles of experimental design and linear
modelling. Validation of underlying assumptions
by residual analysis, data transformations and
polynomial models. Bonferroni, Scheffe and Tukey
multiple range tests. Sample size selection from
operating characteristic curves. Subset selection
procedures for model building. Multicollinearity and
the detection of influential data points. An interactive
statistical package will be used for computations.
Corequisite: SWK321
The first of two field education subjects. Students
complete 50-90 days of field education and develop
practice skills and theoretical understanding, and
link theory and practice in social work settings.
Each student is supervised by a qualified social
worker. Placements are individually negotiated and
designed in collaboration with the student, the field
teacher and University staff.
STA347 MULTIVARIATE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
(8)
Prerequisite: STA217 or QBM217
Introduces statistical techniques of multiple linear
regression and correlation analysis, analysis of
variance and co-variance, discriminant analysis,
factor and cluster analysis. Problems are solved
with computer assistance. Emphasis is on the
formulation of the problems and interpretation of the
results.
SWK323 METHODS OF SOCIAL INQUIRY (8)
Introduces social work students to research
strategies and allows them to be able to interpret
research findings as well as conduct research
in their own right. Examines various methods of
research, both qualitative and quantitative.
SWK305 ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF HUMAN
SERVICES (8)
The subject examines the rapidly growing and
technologically driven human services practice
offered in teleservices and contact centres. It
examines principles, processes and practices
of social work/welfare/counselling methods in
teleservice and contact centres such as those
that focus on income support, child protection,
information and referral and counselling. The
subject examines the impact of teleservice and
contact centre usage on specific areas such as
child protection, rural, multi-cultural and indigenous
clients. The subject addresses the philosophical,
technological, environmental and skills base relevant
to human service practice in a teleservice or contact
centre. Issues such as assessment, identification
and intervention strategies, including the relationship
with non-call based services, will be addressed.
Advantages and disadvantages of teleservice and
contact centre based human service practice will be
a focus of this subject.
SWK321 SOCIAL WORK THEORY & PRACTICE
1 (16)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Social Work students
only.
Introduces social work practice. Examines the
purposes and parameters of practice within a range
of social and organisational contexts. Covers basic
skills and theory related to effective interpersonal
communication, social work interviewing, and
small groups. Techniques of undertaking multidimensional, individual, group, organisational and
community assessment are introduced as well as
how these are affected by a range of sociobehavioural theory. Considers impact of the values
of ‘client self determination’ and ‘confidentiality’.
SWK322 SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM 1 (16)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Social Work students
only.
SWK324 THE CONTEXT OF AUSTRALIAN
SOCIAL WORK (8)
Prerequisite: Permission of Bachelor of Social
Work Course Coordinator.
Describes and discusses the context of Australian
social work - social demography, politco-legal and
economic structures of Australia. Identifies common
social goals and how these are achieved and what
groups are seen as disadvantaged in Australian
society. Discusses the social welfare workforce and
the organisation of social work.
SWK325 SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM 1A (16)
Corequisite: SWK321
The first of two field education subjects. Students
develop practice skills and theoretical
understanding, and link theory and practice in social
work settings. Each student is supervised by a
qualified social worker. Placements are individually
negotiated and designed in collaboration with the
student, the field teacher and University staff.
SWK326 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE
(8)
This subject will provide an introduction to a range
of areas of social work practice. It will outline issues
surrounding social work practice and will introduce
students to various fields of practice. The subject will
highlight the major theoretical debates, ethical and
practice issues in the fields presented.
SWK402 SOCIAL PLANNING & EVALUATION (8)
This subject examines a range of models for
social planning and evaluation, e.g. Strategic
Planning, Management of Objectives, MPES,
Regional Planning) applied to different levels of
administration (central, regional, local and small
groups). The models will be critiques from political,
social, economic, organisational analysis and other
perspectives. Skill development and theoretical
critique are balanced in this subject.
13
SWK403 WOMEN & SOCIAL POLICY (8)
This subject will focus on the way existing social
policies affect the status and life-chances of women.
In particular, the subject will examine women’s
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
570 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
position with regard to the law, education, welfare
and economic policies.
SWK404 ADVANCED GROUPWORK (8)
This subject aims to develop professional, advanced
groupwork skills and knowledge. Students will be
taught essential groupwork theory and develop
skills through training exercises. Students will learn
advanced level groupwork conceptualisation and
practice those conceptualisation’s with targeted
client groups. The emphasis will be on the
integration of groupwork conceptualisation with
practice.
SWK412 RURAL COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed WEL306
This subject will focus on the community
development process within rural and remote
communities. It will explore particular ideologies
within the rural context and how a community
worker is able to work within and challenge the
prevailing belief systems and structures. It will take
a critical approach to examine myths about rural life
and about rural community practice within existing
frameworks. It will also deal with issues of isolation,
use of community resources, developing community
organisations and strengthening linkages between
rural communities and their environment.
SWK413 SOCIAL POLICY IN AN
INTERNATIONAL CONTEXT (8)
This subject will focus on social policy within an
international context. It will locate selected national
policies within a global marketplace. It will review the
changing roles of government, the for-profit sector,
non-government organisations (NGOs), international
organisations and the emerging not-for-profit sector
within the changing marketplace. It will examine
aspects of internationalisation and globalisation on
social policy, and how the economic and social
markets inter-relate.
SWK414 INTERNATIONAL SOCIAL
DEVELOPMENT (8)
This subject will focus on social development as
a process of social change designed to promote
the wellbeing of a population as a whole. It is
also an approach to social welfare which offers an
effective developmental response to the situation
of socially and economically deprived populations.
It will emphasise elements of international social
work and social welfare practice useful for socioeconomic development such as self-help, mutual
aid, conscientization, institution building, community
social capital and developing community capacity.
SWK415 SOCIAL WORK AND SOCIAL POLICY
I (8)
This subject aims to develop conceptual and
theoretical understanding of social policy and its
usefulness in social work practice. It discusses
Charles Sturt University
the meaning, nature and historical development of
social policy. It debates issues about social needs
and goals, contemporary influences and social
policy, relevant economics concepts, comparative
perspective and the need for balancing the
economic development with human development.
SWK416 COMPARATIVE PROFESSIONAL
PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite: SWK321 Social Work Theory and
Practice 1
This subject is a practice-based reading subject
within the international context. Students will
complete a minimum of 15 days observation of
social work in a non-Australian context. Each
situation will be individually designed using adult
learning principles in consultation and collaboration
with the student and CSU staff. Students will
have the opportunity to develop practice skills
and theoretical understandings by contrasting and
comparing Australian practice and theory with
the practice in at least one other country.
In exceptional circumstances, significant projects
within the Australian context may also be included
with subject coordinator’s approval.
SWK420 WELFARE SERVICE SYSTEMS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Social
Work students only.
Involves a systematic examination of selected
welfare service programs and the underlying policy
issues. Includes socio-economic context and the
legal framework within which welfare programs are
delivered.
SWK421 SOCIAL WORK THEORY & PRACTICE
2 (16)
Prerequisite: SWK321 & either SWK322
or SWK325
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Social
Work students only.
Develops areas introduced in SWK321 Social Work
Theory and Practice 1. Covers theory of family
therapy and casework, community work, group
work and organisational analysis. Examines various
intervention strategies and the evaluation of such
strategies.
SWK422 SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM 2 (16)
Prerequisite: SWK321 & SWK322
Corequisite: SWK421
An experiential learning subject. Students complete
50-90 days of supervised field education to make
up a total of 980 hours over two field education
subjects. Placements are individually designed using
adult learning principles in consultation with the
student, field teacher and University staff.
SWK423 ETHICS & SOCIAL WORK PRACTICES
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Social Work
students only.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 571
Explores the relationship between ethical theory,
ethical principals, and professional practice. Theme
is the service ethic in social work theory and
its implications for practice. Values and adequacy
of professional codes as guides to practice are
considered, as well as the conflict between
personal and professional values and the legal and
organisational context of practice. The notions of
moral risk and ethical responsibility are considered.
Concludes with a discussion of ethical decision
making and some common practice issues.
SWK424 SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM 2A (16)
Prerequisite: SWK322 or SWK325 & SWK321
Corequisite: SWK421
An experiential learning subject. Students complete
50-90 days of supervised field education to make
up a total of 980 hours over the two field education
subjects. Placements are individually designed using
adult learning principles in consultation with the
student, field teacher and University staff.
SWK425 SOCIAL WORK AND SOCIAL POLICY
II (8)
Prerequisite: Social Work and Social Policy 1
The main thrust of this subject is to discuss
social policy making processes and to develop
social policy practice skills. Particularly, it
will emphasise the role of social workers in
policy making processes. Topics included in the
discussion are: Three levels of government; policy
making models; social policy analysis frameworks,
influencing factors; policy implementation and
evaluation; case studies on social policy making
process; social policy practice skills and social
workers’ social policy vision.
SWK430 SOCIAL WORK HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (16)
Prerequisite: approval of Social Work Honours
Committee
Students are required to submit a 10,000 word
thesis on an approved research topic.
THL101 NEW TESTAMENT IN GREEK (8)
New Testament Greek is the basis for further studies
of the text of the Greek New Testament and flows
over into theology and liturgy. Students will learn the
basic vocabulary and grammar of Koine Greek, and
will be able to make simple translations into English
of St Mark’s Gospel
THL102 OLD TESTAMENT HEBREW (8)
This subject provides the foundation study in Old
Testament Hebrew as a basis for further studies of
the text of the Old Testament. Students will learn the
basic vocabulary, grammar and syntax of Aramaic,
and will be able to undertake simple translations into
English with special use of Jonah.
THL103 INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL STUDIES
(8)
The foundation study in Biblical Studies as a basis
for more advanced studies of the text of the Old and
New Testaments. Students will learn basic exegetical
tools through studies of selected portions of the Old
and New Testaments with special reference to the
Gospels of Mark, Matthew and John.
THL104 OLD TESTAMENT HISTORY &
THEOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: THL103
This subject is the foundation study in Old Testament
as a basis for further studies. Students will make
a general examination of the early history of
Israel to 63 BC. The subject also includes detailed
examination of a selected area of OT scholarship
focussing on an understanding of the central
theological themes of the OT.
THL111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGICAL
STUDIES (8)
This subject introduces students to the nature and
function of theology in the church and the world. It
examines issues of faith and doubt. Topics include
key concepts such as revelation, Scripture, tradition,
reason, experience. Different types of theology are
discussed as a foundation for later theological
studies.
THL112 ASPECTS OF CHRISTOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
This subject examines Christology and its place
in historic and contemporary Christian thinking.
Students will consider themes such as Jesus of
Nazareth and Jesus the Christ, theology of the
cross, resurrection, eschatology, soteriology, and the
cosmic Christ. These themes will be related to major
social and cultural issues of modern society.
THL121 INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN
MINISTRY (8)
This subject is the foundation study for ministry
- lay and ordained. Topics include personal and
public spirituality, interpersonal relationships and
communication, and at least 30 hours of practical
work in small and large group preaching. Practical
fieldwork (at least 140 hours) through ministry
assignments and basic theological reflection (at
least 30 hours) will be supervised by parish priests
and ministers.
THL122 PASTORAL CARE & COUNSELLING (8)
This subject is the foundation for all subsequent
studies in pastoral care and counselling. It
provides an introduction to theoretical and practical
issues that are common in pastoral situations.
Consideration is given to the nature and process
of personal and group counselling, together with
understanding of different models of counselling.
Students will reflect upon psychological, moral and
faith development in the individual.
13
THL131 THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH TO 500 CE (8)
This is a foundation unit introducing students to
the skills appropriate to the study of church history,
including the use of documents. The contribution of
the Apostolic Fathers and early Christian Apologists
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
572 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
illustrate the challenges met by the church in its
formative period. Relations between church and
state form a theme throughout. Other topics include
the impact of persecutions in the years to 265
AD, the importance of Chalcedon, relations between
East and West and the claims of the Bishop of Rome
are examined.
THL132 THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH 1500-1700CE
(8)
The subject opens with an overview of the state of
the church in 1500CE and the impact of Christian
humanism. Topics include the German and Swiss
reformations and the Roman reaction, the English
and Scottish Reformations, the Stuart period, the
Commonwealth and the Restoration settlement.
THL201 WORSHIP IN ISRAEL (8)
Prerequisite: THL103
This subject extends understanding of the influence
of the Jewish worship tradition from the earliest
times to the Babylonian exile. Students will examine
cultic practices and rituals, musical and credal forms
and will discuss selected passages in Psalms and
other texts..
THL203 PAUL (IN ENGLISH) (8)
Prerequisite: THL103
This subject provides advanced work in New
Testament exegesis centred on the provenance
and theology of epistles attributed to Paul. Special
emphasis is given to Romans and 1 Corinthians as
well as a more general overview of the other Pauline
letters.
THL205 LUKE - ACTS (IN ENGLISH) (8)
This subject is centred on the provenance and
theology of Luke, i.e. Gospel of Luke and the Acts
of the Apostles. A special study will be made of
selected chapters.
THL207 NEW TESTAMENT EXEGESIS IN GREEK
(8)
Prerequisites: THL101 New Testament Greek.
Co-requisites: two of THL203 Paul (in English);
THL205 Luke - Acts (in English); THL208 The
Gospels of Matthew and Mark; and THL307
The Johannine Literature.
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed THL204 or THL206.
This subject provides for translation and exegesis
of the New Testament in Greek. This subject
runs parallel to any two of THL203 Paul (in
English); THL205 Luke-Acts (in English); THL208
The Gospels of Matthew and Mark, and THL307
The Johannine Literature, allowing students to
deepen their appreciation of the exegesis of such
texts. Students will work on translation of selected
passages from Matthew and Mark, Luke and Acts,
The Johannine Literature and from the Pauline
works, depending on which two of the four subjects
they are working with. Grammatical and semantic
issues will be explored to support the work of
translation and exegesis.
Charles Sturt University
THL208 THE GOSPELS OF MATTHEW & MARK
(8)
Prerequisites: THL103
A study of the Gospels of Matthew and Mark in their
historical contexts. An examination of the Gospel
genre within early Christianity in relation to Jewish
and Graeco-Roman literature. A detailed study of the
Gospels of Matthew and Mark, examining them as:
expression of early Christian pluralism; as evidence
of diverse interpretations of the life, ministry and
passion of Jesus; and expressions of different ideals
of discipleship in response to Jesus.
THL209 THE WISDOM LITERATURE
Prerequisites: THL103
A study of wisdom literature in its historical and
literary context. Comparative wisdom literature and
forms in the Ancient Near East(ANE) will be
considered. Forms and techniques of Hebrew poetry
will be discussed. The issue of human experience
and the language about God will be discussed.
THL210 ADDITIONAL NEW TESTAMENT
EXEGESIS IN GREEK (8)
Prerequisites: THL101 New Testament Greek;
THL207 New Testament Exegesis in Greek.
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed THL204 or THL206 unless
authorised by the Course Coordinator.
This new Greek exegetical subject permits students
to pick up selected texts from the two areas
not covered in THL207. THL207 New Testament
Exegesis in Greek permits students to study Greek
texts parallel to any two of THL203 Paul (in
English); THL205 Luke-Acts (in English); THL208
The Gospels of Matthew and Mark or THL307 The
Johannine Literature. the subject will cover selected
passages from Matthew and Mark, Luke and Acts,
The Johannine Literature and from the Pauline
works, depending on which two of the four subjects
they are working with. Grammatical and semantic
issues will be explored to support the work of
translation and exegesis.
THL211 CREATION & NEW CREATION (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
Students will reflect theologically on the themes of
creation and new creation. The experience of the
Church through the Bible, tradition, and systematic
theology provides the learning framework. Topics
include the theological nature of creation and
covenant and the work of the Spirit in creation and
continuing creation. A number of other strands are
studied, including theodicy (studies in Deuteronomy
and Job), creation and new creation in the
New Testament and the contribution of Gnostic,
Manichean and dualist thought.
THL212 THE PEOPLE OF GOD (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
This is a foundation subject for the study of the
Church. The origins of the Christian Church and
ways in which tradition influences contemporary
Christian culture and practice are examined.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 573
Students are introduced to the concept of sacrament
in all aspects of the life and work of the Church. It
provides the theological background to the Christian
ideal of ministry - lay and ordained. Reference
is made to concepts such as ‘gifts’, authority,
leadership, and the nature of apostolic continuity.
THL213 CHRISTIAN HOPE (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
This subject provides an introduction to eschatology
in the Old and New Testaments. It discusses
death and resurrection, judgement and parousia,
and the role of the Holy Spirit. The subject
includes discussion of the major currents in 20th
century eschatology. Topics include the theological
foundations of Christian life and mission, ministry
and worship, social ethics as the foundation of social
justice activities and the role of the church and
Christians in the contemporary world.
THL214 THE DOCTRINE OF THE HOLY SPIRIT (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
Understanding the Holy Spirit has been a challenge
to the church from the beginning; and yet it is only
hope and promise for the future of the church. The
church, and therefore theology, is grounded in the
experience of God. This experience of God is the
work of the Holy Spirit.
THL221 CLINICAL & PASTORAL EDUCATION
(16)
This is a required subject for all candidates
for ordination. Students undertake a balanced
program of theoretical and practical activities
which strengthen interpersonal relationship and
negotiation skills in extra-parochial and
congregational pastoral care. Students are required
to take 400 hours of supervised placement (300
hours in hospitals, prisons, etc, 80 hours group
supervision, 10 hours didactics, and ten hours
individual supervision). A further 100 hours are
spent in two one week intensive parish placements
(40 hours each) together with group and individual
supervision (20 hours). CPE must be undertaken
within a recognised CPE program under the
supervision of an accredited CPE supervisor.
THL222 PASTORAL THEOLOGY CLASSICAL
& MODERN (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
This subject will consider historical models of
pastoral care as exercised as part of the ministry of
the clergy and the church. This subject introduces
a study of Pastoral Theology. The writings of such
authors as Augustine, Gregory the Great, Anselm,
Calvin, and Baxter will be reflected upon.
THL223 CHRISTIANITY & AUSTRALIAN
SOCIETY (8)
This is a general introduction to theological and
pastoral sociology and provides an introduction to
the ways in which human identity, morals and world
views are formed and sustained. There is a focus
on contemporary Australian society throughout with
students encouraged to explore, both theoretically
and practically, the most socially and culturally
effective methods for Australian Christian ministry.
THL224 BIBLICAL & SOCIAL ETHICS (8)
Prerequisite: THL103 & THL111
This is a two part subject that discusses the
relationship between theology and ethics. Part A:
Foundations - drawn upon Judaeo-Christian ethical
norms and standards. Part B: Social Ethics introduces students to the ethics of government
and politics, the ethics of economic policy and
institutions, the ethics of international relations and
the general issue of Christian ethical conduct in the
contemporary world.
THL231 AUSTRALIAN RELIGIOUS HISTORY
FROM 1788 CE (8)
The subject examines the establishment, growth and
problems of the Australian churches in each major
period from 1788 to the present. A detailed study
is made of church work with Aboriginal and Torres
Strait Islander peoples.
THL232 EUROPEAN RELIGIOUS HISTORY (8)
The subject starts with a review of the European
churches in 1815 and reviews the key theological
and religious issues of the 19th century. Topics
include the European missionary and colonial
expansion, the response of the churches to
totalitarianism in the period from 1918-1948 and the
impact of Marxism-Leninism after 1917. Twentieth
century developments, including fascism and
communism lead to reflection upon contemporary
theology and culture in modern Europe.
THL234 MODERN BRITISH RELIGIOUS HISTORY
(8)
The subject starts with an overview of religious
developments in the 18th Century. Topics include:
the Church and social reform, relations between the
Church and State, nonconformity in England and
Wales and theological and social developments up
to 1914, 20th Century theological issues and their
impact on the role of the church in society as well as
changes in pastoral liturgy and pastoral practice.
THL235 THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH FROM 500
CE - 1500 CE (8)
This subject provides an introduction to monasticism
and its role in the evangelisation of Europe.
Key issues involve the role of the Papacy and
subsequent relationships between church and
state. The concept of Christendom provides a
key framework. Other topics include medieval
scholarship, the development of the religious orders,
the Conciliar Movement, resistance to the Papacy
and the impact of Christian humanism and the
Renaissance. References are made to Orthodoxy.
THL236 SCIENCE AND RELIGION (8)
This subject has two primary aims. By examining
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
574 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
the history of the interaction between science and
religion, the students will learn different ways that
science and religion can and do relate to each
other, and the way that Scientific research can be
influenced by religious beliefs, and religious beliefs
influenced by science. By examining in detail some
modern theories in the areas of Cosmology and
Biology, the students will learn about the theological
implications of these theories, and will think about
the possible benefits and problems of interaction
between science and religion.
Johannine Gospel and Epistles with a comparative
introduction to the book of the Revelation of John.
THL301 THE GENERAL EPISTLES (8)
Prerequisite: THL103
This subject examines the provenance and theology
of the General Epistles with exegesis of Hebrews,
James, 1 John and 1 Peter. The two subjects will be
taken in common for two hours of general study and
one hour of independent study for English or Greek
strand students.
THL309 NEW TESTAM
EN T THEOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: THL103
This subject examines the main traditions of New
Testament scholarship with reference to at least one
school or tradition. Students will be expected to
undertake a depth study of at least one issue as
developed by one tradition or to draw a contrast
between different scholarly approaches.
THL302 GENERAL EPISTLES IN GREEK (8)
Prerequisite: rhl101 & THL103
This subject examines the provenance and theology
of the General Epistles with Exergesis of Hebrews,
James, 1 John and 1 Peter. the two subjects will be
taken in common for two hours of general study and
one hour of independent study for English or Greek
strand students.
THL312 ECOLOGICAL THEOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
This subject examines biblical and traditional
views of the world and the impact of human
activities. It discusses the contribution of theology
to contemporary local and global environmental,
ecological and technical concerns. The subject
offers students the opportunity to reflect
systematically on these issues and to develop
appropriate personal responses within Christian
views of God and creation.
THL303 JUD AISM & EARLY CHRISTIANITY (8)
Prerequisite: THL103
This subject examines the rise of Judaism from
the Babylonian restoration to the 2nd century AD
with consideration of the Rabbinic literature and
the beliefs and institutions of Israel at the time of
Jesus. Torah and Mishnah are key topics. It adds to
other subjects on the Old Testament and provides
a foundation for understanding the life and cultural
setting of the New Testament Christians. Can be
taken either as an Old Testament or New Testament
subject.
THL304 THE PENTATEUCH (8)
Prerequisite: THL103
This subject discusses the theological issues raised
by the Pentateuch and explores the cultural setting
of Israel in the Middle Eastern environment.
Students will consider the early history of Israel
including the contribution of the patriarchal and
Mosaic eras. Particular attention is given to the
concept of covenant. Reference is made to the
influence of local culture and religion in forming
Israel. This is a key unit in Old Testament studies.
THL307 THE JOHANNINE LITERATURE
Prerequisites: THL103
A study of the Johannine literature in its
historical context. An examination of the evidence
that indicates that Johannine Christianity was
a distinctive development with its own literature
within early Christianity. An examination of the
setting, literary genre, content and theology of the
Charles Sturt University
THL308 THE PROPHETIC LITERATURE (IN
ENGLISH)
Prerequisites: THL103
This subject is designed to introduce students to
the context of prophecy and some of the distinctive
literature of the classical prophetic period of Israel.
English exegesis of selected texts chosen from a
three year cycle will be undertaken.
THL313 FEMINIST ISSUES IN THEOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
The subject examines the issue of the role
and status of women in the church. Students
will examine the influence of gender attitudes
in traditional theology and praxis with a focus
on contemporary feminist critiques. The subject
provides an opportunity to reformulate accepted
understandings in the light of gender awareness and
gender inclusiveness.
THL314 SACRAMENTAL THEOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
The subject introduces students to the nature and
practice of Jewish worship and its influence on the
early Church. The development of worship in the
New Testament leads to the topics of baptism and
eucharist. The development of worship through the
early patristic period to the break between East and
West is followed by developments in the medieval
and Reformation periods. The development of
divergent practices in the English speaking traditions
(Anglican/Catholic and others) is the framework for
consideration of modern approaches to sacramental
theology.
THL315 ANGLICAN FOUNDATIONS (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
This is a special study in the evolution of the overall
Anglican tradition and its internal movements.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 575
Students will examine distinctive features of
Anglican theology and methods through specific
studies in ecclesiology, ethics, and spirituality. The
subject includes a special study of one or more
distinctive Anglican theologians and commentaries
on Anglicanism.
THL316 THE CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE OF GOD (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
This subject provides for a detailed study of the
Biblical and social background needed for an
understanding of Trinitarian Christianity, the unifying
theme of all Christian theology. Emphasis will be
given to the relationship between the three persons
of the Trinity. The subject examines the origins and
classical formulations of the concept and discusses
the re-examination of the classical view in the
modern theological context.
THL317 MAKERS OF MODERN THEOLOG
Y (8)
Prerequisites: THL111
This subject is designed to provide students with
opportunity for in depth study of important authors
and themes of twentieth century theology. The
specific writers, themes and texts to be studied in
any given year will be selected from those listed
below.
THL322 WORSHIP & THE ARTS (8)
The subject emphasises the role of the arts as an
integral part of the Christian worship tradition, both
in classical and popular understanding. Students will
examine the classical and popular musical traditions,
especially the contemporary Christian music culture.
Topics include poetry, painting, literature, glass
and fine arts, especially worship symbols and
adornments.
THL323 WORSHIP 1 (THE LITURGICAL
TRADITION) (8)
Centres on liturgical worship styles (e.g., Catholic,
Orthodox and Anglican). Leadership, prayer and
praise, Bible, preaching/teaching and music will
provide a framework for discussion.
THL324 WORSHIP 2 (THE EXTEMPORARY
TRADITION) (8)
Centres on the less formal styles of worship
(e.g. Uniting Church, Pentecostal, Churches of
Christ, Baptists). Leadership, prayer and praise,
Bible, preaching/teaching and music will provide a
framework for discussion.
THL325 RELATIONSHIPS, GRIEF & TRAUMA
COUNSELLING (8)
Prerequisite: THL122
This subject brings together several key themes in
pastoral counselling: marriage, family, trauma, loss
and death. It provides a theological and biblical
grounding for each theme with the development of
practical skills in caring for others as a Christian
counsellor and coping with work-related stress.
THL326 RURAL MINISTRY (8)
Prerequisite: THL223
This is a specialist unit dealing with the
characteristics and requirements of ministry in
rural Australia. It involves a detailed study in a
selected rural context balanced with reflection on the
theological framework which relates most closely to
the needs of rural communities.
THL327 URBAN MINISTRY (8)
Prerequisite: THL223
This is a specialist unit dealing with the
characteristics and requirements of ministry in
urban and suburban Australia. It involves reflection
on the theological frameworks which relate most
closely to the needs of urban communities. There
is an emphasis on youth culture and the needs
of the older community which represent specific
foundations for contemporary urban Australian
ministry.
THL332 THE HISTORY OF CHRISTIAN MISSIONS
This subject deals with the foundations of Christian
missionary outreach. Students will examine the
development of mission from the Apostolic Age
to 1750 and the great era of expansion from
1759?1914. The subject provides a review of
missions in Australia and reflects on world mission in
the twentieth century.
THL333 EASTERN ORTHODOX CHURCH
TRADITIONS FROM 1800 CE (8)
This subject introduces the Orthodox churches at
the start of the 19th century, reviews the collapse
of the Turkish Empire and Orthodoxy in national/
ethnic identity and culture. The relationship between
Eastern and Western Churches in the 19th century
and the rise of ecumenism and rapprochement
between East and West in the 20th century are
discussed.
THL334 INTERFAITH DIALOG
U E - CHRISTIANITY
& ISLAM (8)
Prerequisites: THL111
The growing pluralism in Australia has seen greater
religious diversity. This subject aims to provide a
short survey of Islamic belief and practice from
a Christian perspective and to address basic
principles of interfaith dialogue. As a knowledge of
the history of Islam is essential to understanding the
worldview of Muslims, this will be briefly addressed.
THL411 CONTEMPORARY APPROACHES TO
BIBLICAL STUDIES (16)
This subject compares and contrasts major
contemporary approaches to the study of the Old
and New Testament. It traces recent developments
in Biblical Studies, paying particular attention to
methodology, both in a theoretical framework and
through an analysis of a variety of concrete
exegetical problems.
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
576 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
THL412 METHODS OF MODERN THEOLOGY (16)
This subject compares and contrasts major options
in contemporary theological methodology. It traces
the recent history of theology from Schleiermacher
to the present day, paying particular attention to the
critical correlation between culture and faith and the
impact this has on shaping theology’s understanding
of its task and procedure. The significance of
differing theological methods is examined both
theoretically and through an analysis of a variety of
concrete theological problems.
THL413 CHURCH HISTORY METHODOLOGY (16)
This subject aims to foster a self-critical religious
historiography by exploring how and why history
is written and re-written. It seeks to identify the
dominant concerns and emphases of past and
recent historiography to uncover widely recognised
criteria for good history writing; to focus on perennial
methodological issues in religious history writing; to
survey critically recent Australian religious history
writing; and to demonstrate the central part that
history as a discipline plays within theological
studies.
THL414 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
THEOLOGY (16)
This subject explores some major issues in
contemporary biblical and theological hermeneutics.
It traces the recent history of biblical interpretation
across a spectrum of views from fundamentalism
to reader response theory. The dialectic between
biblical exegesis and systematic theology is
examined both theoretically and in terms of an
analysis of concrete theological problems. These
problems will include questions of liberation,
pluralism and environmental integrity. The subject
is designed to consolidate learning in these central
areas and as a foundation for further independent
theological research.
THL415 THEOLOGY HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (32)
A research subject, approved by an appointed
supervisor, showing awareness of scholarly debate
and involving critical analysis of relevant materials
in one of the following specialist theological
fields: Biblical Studies; Systematic Theology; Church
History; Pastoral and Worship Studies,
demonstrating the capacity to assemble and argue
research at advanced level. The dissertation is
written over two semesters and must not exceed 15
000 words in length.
THL421 PRINCIPLES OF CHURCH LEADERSHIP
(8)
Action research in church leadership focused on
the local congregation is the central concern
of this subject. A wide variety of leadership
options are examined, together with the role
of vision and mission statements; the historic
and contemporary roles of the clergy and laity
(the clerical paradigm); the traditional models
Charles Sturt University
of the Church (the Christendom paradigm); the
multicultural context of the post -1950 church; and,
the role of the church as a competing voluntary
association in Australian society.
THL423 MISSION & EVANGELISM (8)
This subject examines traditional views of the
mission of the church in society, including its
cultic role, its decline in social importance and
the various responses proposed to challenge its
apparent loss of influence as an institution. The
‘common religion’ paradigm (non-institutionalised
belief- believing without belonging) is central to
the overall discussion which includes reference to
secularism and the post-modern society.
THL434 SPIRITUAL DIRECTION (8)
This subject focuses on historical models of
spiritual direction in the Christian tradition and
contemporary models that extend from these roots.
It examines the theology that informs the ministry,
models of prayer and reflection and life experience.
A practical component considers the ministry of
spiritual direction with an emphasis on qualities
required for those seeking to practise the ministry of
spiritual guidance.
THM107 PRINCIPLES OF THEATRE AND MEDIA
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Theatre and Media)
A practical and critical analysis of the principles
and techniques of contemporary western theatre,
mediated performance, and the transformation of
the content and forms of story into plot, scenario and
dramatic forms of mediated transmission.
THM204 THEATRE FOR YOUNG PEOPLE (8)
Prerequisite: THM107 Principles of
Theatre/Media
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Theatre and Media)
The theory and practice of adults performing for
young people will be considered in the light
of scripts, scenarios and/or educational themes.
Through analysis, discussion and rehearsal, the
artistic and educational uses of theatre for young
people will be developed. This subject will culminate
in a series of performances for schools in the
Central West.
THM205 THEATRE MEDIA 2 (PERFORMANCE
WORKSHOP) (8)
Prerequisite: THM206 Theatre & Media 1 (Devised
Performance)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Theatre and Media)
Students are required to participate in the major
season of theatre and video mounted each year on
the campus. Emphasis is on achieving professional
standards in production and performance. Students
study as assistants to the director, in lighting, sound
and costume design. They prepare and rehearse
for a dramatic production and are introduced to all
technical aspects of a production.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 577
THM206 THEATRE MEDIA 1 (DEVISED
PERFORMANCE) (8)
Prerequisite: COM103 Media Production and
Presentation
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Theatre and Media); Bachelor
of Arts (Communication - Online Media
Production)
An introduction to the theory and practice of groupdevised physical theatre. Examines the differences
between rustic and contemporary celebratory
theatre, as well as between circus and new
vaudeville. Introduces strategies for developing
improvisational explorations into more structured
theatre initiatives for social communication,
providing a focus for practical work undertaken.
Introduces popular theatre aesthetics as a
theoretical perspective and performance praxis.
THM302 THEATRE MEDIA WORKSHOP (16)
Prerequisite: COM317 Media Research
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication - Theatre and Media.
This subject requires extensive qualitative research
leading to the production of a major piece of work
in accord with the student’s career aspirations. The
project may be taken in one or two of the following
areas: acting, directing, writing, administration, video
production or educational drama. A staff supervisor
is appointed to each project. Regular and frequent
consultation is required, as well as intensive skills
development sessions as the project demands.
Individual projects are permissible although small
group projects are encouraged. The aim of the
subject is to provide the student with the opportunity
to create product of professional standard.
THM303 THEATRE MEDIA 3 (PRODUCING &
DIRECTING) (8)
Prerequisite: THM205 Theatre Media 2
(Performance Workshop)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication) Theatre and Media; Bachelor of
Arts (Communication - Online Media Production)
This subject examines the artistic, interpersonal,
and organisational dimension which relates directing
for the stage, small screen, and large events. It
focuses upon the role of the director within the
production team; especially as it relates to the
concerns of the producer and the stage manager
Students will direct scene studies and participate in
the artistic shaping and marketing of a performance
event. A particular aim of this subject is to
consolidate and extend the skills which students
have gained through their previous study and
practice - especially those skills which are
required to sustain graduates as innovative and
knowledgeable directors and creative producers
within the diverse professional arts/media contexts.
THM420 THEATRE/MEDIA HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION FT (32)
Prerequisite(s): COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Theatre and Media) (Honours)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research.
THM421 THEATRE/MEDIA HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION PT (32)
Prerequisite(s): COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Theatre and Media) (Honours)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research.
TRM210 INTRODUCTION TO TOURISM (8)
This foundation subject introduces students to the
structure, organisation, conduct and performance
of the tourism industry. In doing so, it examines
the impacts of tourism and issues influencing
the development of this sector. The subject then
examines the role tourism plays for the individual
and explores concepts relating to access to tourism,
and the delivery of tourism products. This foundation
subject provides students with a sufficiently broad
understanding of how tourism works to enable
further study in tourism.
TRM230 INTRODUCTION TO TOURISM
RESEARCH METHODS (8)
Prerequisite: QBM117
This subject introduces students to research
methods commonly used in the tourism industry.
The subject examines the use of research in the
tourism industry, the research process, sampling
and various research approaches used in tourism
are examined. The subject will also introduce
students to the use of SPSS in data analysis.
The subject will equip students for research they
will conduct in upper level second and third year
subjects.
TRM240 TOURISM MARKETING (8)
Prerequisite: TRM210
The objective of this subject is to related the
concept, principles and practices of marketing to
the tourism environment. Successful organisations
are those that understand their resource base,
appreciate their market potential and plan
accordingly. Students who undertake this subject
will have a better appreciation and understanding
of marketing as a vital management tool within the
tourism sector.
TRM250 TOURISM EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS
(8)
Prerequisite: TRM210
This subject will examine and analyse the
practice of industrial relations and human resource
management within the tourism industry. A broad
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
578 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
framework will be used to analyse specific
challenges associated with managing and working
in the tourism industry in Australia. The subject
will identify the various participants in the tourism
employment relationship, the major issues which
concern them and the processes they can use to
resolve conflict, codify practice and set employment
standards.
TRM300 ECOTOURISM PLANNING &
OPERATIONS
Prerequisite: ACC101 or (ACC230 or ACC110)
Adopts a strategic business planning approach
to integrate ecological needs with business
practicalities in operating an ecotourism business.
The principles taught in this subject apply both to
students who will be working in industry, as well
as those who will be working in the public sector
charged with managing ecotourism operations in
natural areas.
TRM310 TOURISM, IMPACTS, ETHICS &
SUSTAINABILITY (8)
Prerequisite: TRM330
This subject explores some of the ethical issues
associated with tourism and tourism development by
examining the impacts of tourism on the physical,
social and cultural environments. In addition, efforts
made to mitigate or minimise impacts will be
examined. The student is challenged to think about
tourism in the broader context of its role in the
environments in which it operates.
TRM330 ISSUES IN TOURISM POLICY &
PLANNING (8)
Prerequisite: TRM240
This subject examines a variety of tourism
policy and planning issues that will influence
the successful development, management and
marketing of tourism organisations and destinations.
The subject builds on the understanding that tourism
systems are incredibly complex and to survive, must
make a number of tactical decisions about the
product markets in which they choose to compete,
and as such, must adopt a policy driven approach
to tourism. The subject examines the role tourism
policy plays in assisting these decisions.
TRM340 TOURISM PROJECT (8)
Prerequisite: TRM240 & TRM230 or equivalent
This subject is the capstone subject for the tourism
programs. Students will undertake a significant,
directed, applied research project on a tourism
issue relevant to their interests and field of study.
The project will involve the identifying of an
issue, conducting a thorough literature review to
explore the existing knowledge about the issue,
developing a research methodology, conducting
research, analysing data and preparing a major
report.
TRM360 TOURISM EVENT MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: TRM240
Charles Sturt University
The staging of these events requires a high level of
management skills in specific areas including idea
generation, total project planning, coordination of all
aspects of the project, a high level of liaison with
both public and private sectors, specialised skills
in the sourcing of finance via the public and
private sectors and the development of marketing
strategy in an environment frequently limited by
resources. The subject introduces students to the
necessary management competencies required for
the successful staging of these special tourism
events.
TVP100 FOUNDATION VIDEO (16)
This is an introductory subject for all Television
Production and Production students. The subject
will acquaint students with the aesthetic, operational
and theoretical aspects of single camera video
production from concept to screen.
TVP101 PRINCIPLES OF BROADCAST
TECHNOLOGY (8)
A study of the theoretical elements of the Television
Industry. This subject aims to familiarise students
with broadcast technology in direct relation to
television production and transmission.
TVP102 MULTI-CAMERA TELEVISION DRAMA (8)
Offers an introduction to multi-camera studio
procedure. It also provides the student with working
knowledge of television drama production and the
relationship between actors and studio personnel.
This subject is taught in conjunction with ACT208
Acting for the Screen 1.
TVP104 TELEVISION PRODUCTION 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Television Production) & Bachelor of Arts
(Design for Theatre & Television)
This introductory subject covers the practical
application of television production, including script
writing, production management, production and
post production techniques.
TVP105 TELEVISION TECHNOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Television Production); Bachelor of Arts
(Design for Theatre and Television)
This subject familiarises students with the theoretical
issues of television production and transmission.
TVP106 TELEVISION PRODUCTION 2 (8)
Prerequisite: TVP104 Television Production 1
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Television Production)
In this subject students refine and develop their
television production skills through the production of
television projects across a range of specific genres
from drama to documentary. Emphasis is given to
working collaboratively as part of a production team.
TVP107 MULTICAMERA TELEVISION
PRODUCTION (8)
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 579
Prerequisite: TVP104 Television Production 1
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Television Production)
This subject offers an introduction to multicamera
production. Students are provided with practical
instruction in the full range of television formats in
which multicamera processes are used, including
drama, sport, entertainment and public affairs.
The different imperatives of studio and outside
broadcast processes are taught, as are the roles
of multicamera production personnel. Emphasis
is given to working collaboratively as part of a
production team.
TVP200 TELEVISION PRACTICE 1 (16)
Prerequisite: TVP100
Enrolment restriction: BA(Television Production)
students only.
Studies the various elements of single and multicamera television production. Students are required
to apply the theory of the various roles to the
production process.
TVP201 INTERMEDIATE TELEVISION (16)
Prerequisite: TVP100
Enrolment restriction: BA(Television Production)
students only.
A theoretical and exercise based subject which
enables the student to take a project from concept
to finished program. This is achieved through
workshops in the various key elements of the
production process.
TVP202 SINGLE CAMERA TELEVISION
PRODUCTION (8)
Prerequisite: TVP106 Television Production 2
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Television Production).
This subject provides instruction in the different
elements of single camera television production.
Specific areas include script development, lighting,
sound, camera, working with actors, performers
and presenters, and linear editing. Students will
apply the processes to magazine programs,
Electronic News Gathering (ENG), segment
coverage, documentary, and drama production.
TVP203 TELEVISION POST PRODUCTION (8)
Prerequisite: TVP106 Television Production 2
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Television Production)
This subject develops students’ expertise in
television post production. It covers the theory and
practice of linear off-line, on-line and digital nonlinear audio post production.
TVP205 WRITING & DIRECTING FOR
TELEVISION (8)
Prerequisite: TVP202 Single Camera Television
Production; TVP107 Multicamera Television
Production 1
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Television Production)
This subject covers writing and directing for single
camera narrative, single camera documentary,
multicamera drama and multicamera magazine
programs. It extends students’ directing skills in
relation to camera coverage and the actor-director
relationship, preparing them for writing and or
directing their final year projects.
TVP207 MULTICAMERA TELEVISION
PRODUCTION 2 (8)
Prerequisite: TVP107 Multicamera Television
Production 1
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Television Production)
This subject offers the student advanced instruction
in multicamera television production, with an
emphasis on program planning, studio, control
room, outside broadcast and digital non-linear post
production processes. Students undertake a project
which involves multicamera production from concept
to final presentation.
TVP300 ADVANCED TELEVISION (16)
Prerequisite: TVP200, TVP201
Enrolment restriction: BA(Television Production)
students only.
Contains tailored instruction relevant to the students’
chosen production area. Students develop expertise
through professional application and attachment to
recognised areas of the industry.
TVP301 TELEVISION PRACTICE 2 (16)
Prerequisite: TVP200, TVP201
Enrolment restriction: BA(Television Production)
students only.
The major production subject for students in
Television Production. Students utilise their chosen
area of orientation, developed during intermediate
television in their second year of study. Concerns the
development and production of graduate work using
either single or multi-camera television production
techniques. All productions are generated by the
students in consultation with the academic staff.
TVP302 TELEVISION PROJECT 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Television Production)
Prerequisite: TVP205 Writing and Directing
for Television; TVP207 Multicamera Television
Production 2
This subject prepares students to work at
professional level in a variety of roles through
advanced level projects, with a focus on preproduction and production. Students contribute to
advanced level projects from concept to completion
in consultation with academic staff.
TVP303 TELEVISION PROJECT 2 (16)
Prerequisite: TVP302 Television Project 1
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Television Production)
This subject extends the knowledge and skills
acquired in Television Project 1, with a focus
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
580 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
on production and advanced practice in post
production. Students develop projects in
consultation with academic staff.
drafting and construction, pattern alteration, fabric
colouration, manipulation of fabric surface and
embellishment.
TVP304 TELEVISION INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP (8)
Prerequisite: TVP302 Television Project 1
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Television Production)
This subject provides students with an opportunity
to undertake professional attachment to a television
station or production organisation. Students will
also produce a seminar paper documenting and
evaluating their professional attachment.
TXT202 EXPERIMENTAL WORKSHOP:
INTEGRATED METHODS (8)
Prerequisite: TXT110 or TXT111
Enrolment restrictions: not for students who
have completed TXT210
This subject is designed to broaden the students’
understanding, expertise and analytical abilities.
Students are encouraged to investigate and
integrate a variety of methods and approaches in
producing innovative textile works.
TVP420 TV PRODUCTON HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION FT (32)
Prerequisite(s): COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Television Production)
(Honours)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research.
TVP421 TV PRODUCTION HONOURS PROJECT/
DISSERTATION PT (32)
Prerequisite(s): COM416 Research Methods
(Honours)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Arts
(Communication – Television Production)
(Honours)
An individually supervised project resulting in a
professional piece of creative work in the student’s
specialist field plus an exegesis OR in a formal
dissertation presenting the results of research.
TXT110 INTRODUCTION TO TEXTILE: PRINT
& COLOUR (8)
This subject introduces a number of experimental
processes used in interpreting two dimensional
marks into textile. Processes investigated include
printed textile, the manipulation of fabric surfaces,
the casting and molding of paper, as means of
analysing space, construction and colour.
TXT111 INTRODUCTION TO TEXTILE: SURFACE
& FORM (8)
This subject provides information on and addresses
the problems associated
with the translation of two dimensional imagery into
experimental textile pieces through an examination
of fabric manipulation, photo mechanical screens
and non woven textile processes.
TXT201 TEXTILE & COSTUME FOR THEATRE
& TELEVISION (8)
This subject introduces basic principles and
processes used in the production of textile and
costume for theatre and television production.
Processes investigated include basic pattern
Charles Sturt University
TXT203 CONCEPT & THEME: EXPLORATION &
INNOVATION (8)
Prerequisite: TXT110 or TXT111
Enrolment restrictions: not for students who
have completed TXT211
This subject focuses on decision making, the
investigation of concepts and themes reflected
in contemporary textile and develops a critical
understanding of those works. Assignments are
selected to expose the student to a wide range
of approaches and influences in the production of
textile works.
TXT204 WORKSHOP INVESTIGATION:
RESEARCH & METHODS (8)
Prerequisite: TXT202
Enrolment restrictions: not for students who
have completed TXT210
This subject is designed to consolidate students
understanding, expertise and analytical abilities.
Students are encouraged to investigate and
integrate a range of methods and approaches based
on extended research and development of process.
TXT205 CONCEPTS & THEMES: RESEARCH
& PROCESS (8)
Prerequisite: TXT202
This subject further develops critical analysis
skills and decision making in developing individual
practice and the relationship of this individual
philosophy to the wider discipline by way of research
and further consolidation of process.
VIT101 VITICULTURE 1 (8)
Prerequisite: BIO126 & WSC110
Factors to be considered in the establishment of a
vineyard. This incorporates climate, site selection,
planting material and the process of setting up a
vineyard.
VIT200 WINEGROWING EXPERIENCE (0)
Students gain practical experience in vineyard and
winery operations in a commercial setting. Students
are enrolled in this subject early in their studies
and remain enrolled until all requirements have been
met.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 581
VIT201 VITICULTURE 2 (8)
Prerequisite: VIT101
Investigates major management areas involved
in a vineyard, including harvesting, pruning,
canopy management, irrigation, pest and disease
identification and control and pesticide use.
VIT202 VITICULTURE 3 (8)
Prerequisite: VIT201 (Distance education
students)
Corequisite: VIT201 (Full-time students)
This subject studies specific grapevine propagation
techniques used in vine improvement, vine
improvement schemes, and ampelography
(identification and characteristics of grapevine
cultivars and rootstocks).
VIT301 VINE PHYSIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSC214
A detailed examination of vine function that
encompasses, nitrogen acquisition and partitioning,
root physiology, photosynthesis in grapevines and
sugar accumulation by the grape berry.
VIT302 VITICULTURAL RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: VIT201
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Applied
Science (Viticulture) students only.
This subject looks at advanced vine management
aspects. Topics include pest and disease
management using decision support systems,
manipulation of quality in the vineyard, relationship
between vine physiology and vine management, and
workplace safety in the vineyard.
VIT303 VITICULTURAL PROJECT (8)
Prerequisite: VIT202
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Applied
Science (Viticulture) students only.
Involves a research project on a topic relevant for
the viticultural industry.
VPA101 FUNDAMENTALS OF DESIGN 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have successfully completed GRP101
or SVL101
This subject imparts knowledge of the elementary
principles and theories in the design process
and the functional role of design as it relates
to a number of design disciplines. The subject
includes consideration of two-dimensional visual
communication, three-dimensional objects and the
impact and use of the new digital technologies
as fundamental concepts and tools in all design
fields. Design conventions and developments are
framed within the social economic political and
technological contexts that shape the changing
patterns of communication and design needs in the
contemporary world.
VPA102 FUNDAMENTALS OF DESIGN 2 (8)
Prerequisite: VPA101
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have successfully completed GRP102
or SLV103
This subject builds on the fundamental principles,
theories and design developments established
in VPA101. Processes of the design solution,
conceptual development, material applications and
technical means are applied to specific design
practices. Emphasis is given to the dynamics of
perception, colour, symbolic language, and visual
metaphor in encouraging conceptual analysis of
design solutions to broad the designer’s skill and
attitudes in multiple contexts.
VPA110 VISUAL STORY TELLING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have taken TVP104 Television Production 1
This subject covers theoretical approaches to
visual story-telling and practical implications of
various strategies applicable to both fiction and
information video production. It introduces basic
approaches to a number of elements including
scripting, production management, production and
post-production techniques from a point of view
vital to an understanding of the creation of effective
video.
VPA210 ARTS MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject will examine the frameworks and
essential skills required for effectively working
in the art and cultural industries. It will also
investigate the legal and moral components required
within the photographic industry. Areas such
as: sponsorship, volunteers, committees, and
submission and application writing are also a key
elements within this subject.
VPA310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject is designed to equip students with the
necessary skills and understanding to effectively
manage, stage and maintain a major project. The
processes, procedures, issues and responsibilities
required for the project will be examined.
WEL104 WELFARE ADMINISTRATION &
ECONOMICS (8)
Addresses the bases of problems and debates
surrounding the financing and administration of
welfare in Australia. Students look at how economic
and political theories, and political systems influence
the financing and provision of welfare services.
WEL106 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WELFARE
(8)
This subject provides a basis for the welfare core
subjects. It examines welfare ideology, contexts,
and methods, as it relates to categories of people
(children, women, the elderly, indigenous Australians
and people of non-English speaking background)
who may have special needs when using welfare
services to overcome their vulnerability or
disadvantage. It locates these issues in the
contemporary Australian context, and rural/urban
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
582 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
communities. The subject also provides an
introduction to essential welfare skills of
communication as well as the assessment and
intervention skills required in welfare practice with
individuals and families.
WEL107 MENTAL HEALTH IN SOCIETY (8)
Prerequisite: WEL106
Lays foundation of knowledge in the mental health
area. Covers questions of classifying and describing
psychiatric syndromes and issues of competing
explanatory models. Includes important community
issues such as care of mentally ill in remote areas
of Australia, multicultural perspectives and role of
welfare worker in the various forms of social and
therapeutic measures.
WEL109 YOUTH SERVICE PROVISION &
DELIVERY (8)
Prerequisites: WEL106
This subject describes the health and community
services industry in which Youth Work is located.
In particular it will analyse how each government
department of Education, Health, Welfare and
Employment defines ‘youth’/’adolescents’ reflecting
its own bureaucratic function. Students will explore
how these frameworks contribute to the type
of youth work promoted and funded by each
government department. They will analyse critically
how this situation results in the complexity of service
provision and service delivery in the area of youth
work.
WEL110 PRACTICE & THEORY OF CASE
MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have previously completed WEL108
Prerequisites: WEL106
This subject examines the practical dimensions
of case management including the process,
roles, organisational contexts and models of case
management. The subject also introduces the
theories underlying individual and family work in
social welfare with an emphasis on integrating
theory and practice.
WEL111 PERSPECTIVES ON DEVELOPMENTAL
DISABILITIES 1 (8)
Provides background to the field of developmental
disability through a multidisciplinary model of
service delivery. Examines major issues in the
field considering both ideological and practical
ramifications. Focuses on the principle of
normalisation and its related philosophies. Elements
considered include: developments in conceptualising
developmental disability; an analysis of service
delivery models; social, family humanistic,
educational/developmental, legal and political
perspectives; current definitions and future
directions.
WEL112 PERSPECTIVES ON DEVELOPMENTAL
DISABILITIES 2 (8)
Charles Sturt University
This subject provides an introduction to academic
writing for students new to university learning.
The second module will explore the issues of
communication and language for staff working in
the area of developmental disabilities, enhancing
students interactional skills with people experiencing
disorders of language. Finally the students will gain
insight into computer technology for people with
disabilities.
WEL113 COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL UNIT
OPERATIONS (8)
This subject looks at legal, social and philosophical
issues that underpin service delivery, continually
promoting an individualised client centred approach.
The subject explores different accommodation
options available, recognising that we cannot move
forward if we do not know the alternatives available
to consumers of our services. The subject takes a
‘working with’ approach, not only with consumers
and their families but also with other professionals in
the field of developmental disabilities, partnerships
need to be developed across the range of service
providers, while we recognise that we as individuals
cannot possibly be all things to everyone. We
explore the issue of teamwork, communication
and problem solving, all considered essential skills
when working within any community accommodation
service. Finally the issue of community living and
integration is discussed with an emphasis on quality
of life and the provision of quality services.
WEL114 HEALTH & PHYSICAL PRACTICES (8)
This subject identifies the common health problems
associated with various known developmental
disorders. It looks at the work being carried out
in Australia and overseas, identifying the health
care needs. These needs are associated with
mobility, visual and hearing impairment, speech and
language, seizure disorders and dual diagnosis. The
management of these needs will be explored in
reference to people with multiple physical, sensory
and/or intellectual disabilities. The subject will move
on to the area of health promotion, identifying the
principles, the methods used to promote health and
communication issues. Finally, a number of articles
will be presented which give examples of health
promoting activities for students to utilise.
WEL116 DRUGS, ALCOHOL AND GAMBLING
1 (8)
The subject will examine the social and
psychological aspects of gambling and drug
and alcohol use. Students will be introduced to the
multi-casual nature of addictions and compulsions.
A range of strategies utilised to address social
problems of addiction and compulsion are
considered with particular emphasis being placed on
the relationship between preventative approaches
and prohibition and enforcement. Topics include the
consumption of legal and illegal drugs, the nature
of gambling and other non-drug compulsions and a
history of drug use and legalisation.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 583
WEL201 MENTAL HEALTH & YOUNG PEOPLE (8)
Prerequisite: PSY112
Examines the growing problems of young people
troubled by various forms of mental disorder
in Australian society and addresses the issues
of unemployment, suicide, substance abuse,
delinquency and other forms of deviancy as they
are related to questions of mental illness. Subject
looks at the means of classifying mental disorders,
problems of causation and prevention of these
disorders. The role of welfare work is examined in
its contribution to the mental health services for
the young. The perceptions of the mental health
services by young people are considered as well as
the need for developing a specialised mental health
service which will respond effectively to the needs
of the young.
WEL202 COMMUNITY WORK (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have previously completed WEL2018/ WEL3018
or WEL204
Prerequisite: WEL210 or WEL108
Social and Community Welfare will be analysed
with particular reference to the theoretical social,
political and ethical foundations of welfare practice.
Students will critically evaluate how the principles
of social justice are translated into social policy
and community programs. The skills required
by community workers will be elaborated and
workshopped extensively.
WEL203 COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH (8)
Prerequisite: POL105 or equivalent
Studies the methods of treating psychiatrically-ill
sufferers in the community and considers the
importance and limitations of the medical model in
psychiatric treatment. Alternatives or complements
are posed to conventional care. Methods of
improving personal mental health in a positive
manner are taught. Considers the links between
psychiatric illness, deviancy and criminal behaviour.
WEL206 BEHAVIOUR MANAGEMENT (8)
Overviews behavioural analysis theory and
behaviour change techniques for people with
developmental disabilities. The application of
techniques is examined in relation to behaviour
management and skills training. The ethical issues
of intrusive techniques are examined and newer
approaches to behaviour change in community
settings are discussed.
WEL207 SKILLS OF LIVING (8)
Develops understanding of social skills and human
sexuality for persons with developmental disabilities.
The whole area of social skills training is of crucial
importance to the successful integration of people
with disabilities, to enable them to interact in socially
appropriate ways with others. The section on human
sexuality gives students a sufficient knowledge base
and experience of a range of teaching techniques,
needed to deal positively with issues of sexuality
that arise for people with a developmental disability.
WEL215 DRUG STUDIES (8)
This subject examines the way that the use and
abuse of legal and illegal psychoactive substances
impacts upon society as viewed through the lenses
of the social sciences. The central concept is the
notion of “control” over drug use and topic areas
range across considerations of the general public’s
attitudes towards the pros and cons of substance
use; examination of social policy relating to the
dilemmas of dependence (addiction), the social
costs of drug related problems and strategies of
primary, secondary and tertiary intervention as
they relate to individuals who come to notice
as being affected by personal and interpersonal
damage relating to drug abuse. The overall
approach is one of psycho-social and developmental
interaction between individuals and their social
and interpersonal contexts. The social and political
psychological dimensions of substance abuse are
covered.
WEL216 GROUPWORK (8)
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have studied WEL103
Prerequisite: WEL106
The subject endeavours to touch on more practical
issues as they relate to social welfare. It identifies
the major group dynamics that influence individuals
in the group process. It examines group process
in community settings and conflict resolution in a
variety of group settings.
WEL217 SOCIAL DIMENSIONS OF DISABILITY
(8)
Prerequisites: SOC101
This subject will introduce students to social and
welfare elements of disability. It will allow students
to develop a knowledge of how social processes
contribute to the marginalisation of people with
disabilities. It also examines diversity in disability.
It looks at policy and program development,
examines philosophical change in the disability
field, and covers areas such as advocacy,
employment, recreation education and rehabilitation.
It also examines institutional factors which mediate
disability.
WEL218 DEVELOPING CROSS CULTURAL
COMPETENCIES (8)
Prerequisite: WEL109
Students will be introduced to key concepts relating
to service provision and service delivery and will
explore the strategies and competencies required
when working with a range of culturally diverse
communities throughout Australia. The relationship
between cultural diversity and policy development as
well as its implementation will be analysed in the
context of the social welfare field.
WEL220 PROGRAMMING SKILLS
Individual programming is presented as a means
of accountable service delivery to people with
developmental disabilities. The subject outlines the
relationship between legislation, individual needs,
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
584 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
lifestyle enhancement and program delivery through
Individual Program Planning processes. The delivery
of services requires a consistent approach, an
appropriate level of skill, with a high degree of
accountability. Relevant and appropriate knowledge
is necessary in relation to the concept of positive
programming, looking at a range of environments
emphasising the relationship between individual
needs and program delivery. The subject goes on to
explore the concepts related to lifeskill development,
from individual assessment and planning, through to
the development, implementation and evaluation of
the lifestyle management plans. The ultimate aim is
to enhance the quality of life for each person with
a developmental disability, thus enabling the person
to function at their most optimum, maintaining
independence, and leading as full a life as possible.
WEL221 ACQUIRED BRAIN INJURY
The aim of this subject is to provide an in-depth
introduction to the impairments, disabilities and
handicaps associated with acquired brain injury.
The subject will focus on developing effective work
practices for students to assist people with acquired
brain injury and their family/carers. Students will
develop an understanding of the various aspects
of acquired brain injury, the psychosocial impact
of acquired brain injury leading to the outcome
of effective work practices when working in the
community setting.
WEL228 DISABILITY ISSUES FOR FAMILIES
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor Social Science
(Habilitation)
This subject introduces students to issues related
to families who have a child with a disability, and
the possible impact on that family. It explores the
subject of parents with disabilities, the process of
parenthood, raising children and the formal and
informal supports that may be available to them. The
final module looks at the family that is ageing. It
will explore the topics of ageing carers, people with
disabilities who are ageing and how these families
and services plan for old age.
WEL229 DRUGS, ALCOHOL AND GAMBLING
2 (8)
This subject will provide students with an
appropriate background to better understand the
nature of drug dependence. In doing this it will
examine various models of drug dependence, the
mechanisms of drug activity in the body and the
psychological, social, cultural and political factors
which may contribute to problematic drug use.
WEL302 AGEING & SOCIAL POLICY (8)
Offers a critical examination of existing social policy
for the elderly in Australia. Particular attention is
paid to ageing and social policy in the areas
of employment, retirement, occupational welfare,
retirement policy, taxation and income security
policy, health care and housing. Explores social
Charles Sturt University
policy issues based upon a prior discussion of
psychological and sociological perspectives on the
ageing process in industrial and traditional societies.
WEL306 NON-METROPOLITAN WELFARE
SERVICES (8)
Welfare issues of special importance to nonmetropolitan communities in Australia are explored
including poverty, rurality, social policy and welfare
service delivery.
WEL309 VOCATIONAL HABILITATION AND
SPECIAL SERVICES (8)
This subject has been designed to cover the
development of vocational services in Australia, to
look at ways people with developmental disabilities
can utilise vocational services, and to address
some of the issues that may be relevant for them
to achieve outcomes in a changing vocational
environment. As part of providing support services,
approaches need to accommodate training which
is offered in the least restrictive way and which
moves to more integrated employment opportunities.
Workers need to have an awareness of broader
issues, that may be directly related to workers rights,
or alternatively to question the notion of what is
considered a valid occupation.
WEL310 INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH IN
HUMAN SERVICES (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Social
Science (Habilitation) students only.
This subject introduces students to the language
and process of traditional research methods. It
addresses both qualitative and quantitative research
methods and briefly describes the uses and
limitations of both. It then links these principles to
the application of research, and particularly single
subject research, in the human services field.
WEL311 MANAGEMENT OF DEVELOPMENTAL
DISABILITY SERVICES (16)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Social
Science (Habilitation) students only.
Develops a wide range of skills and knowledge
relevant to the effective and efficient management
of organisations that provide services to people
with developmental disabilities. Focuses on theory,
practical skills, and essential knowledge needed
to manage effectively. Topics include resumes and
job applications, financial accountability; issues in
fundraising and public relations; staff recruitment,
support, appraisal methods and procedures;
delegation of authority; program and service
planning and evaluation methodology; meeting
procedures; report and grant application writing;
developing and writing policies and procedures.
Other topics include procedures for meetings,
working with community based management
committees, development and implementation of
transition plans, management of change, and
effective decision making and problem solving.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 585
WEL312 RESEARCH PROJECT (8)
Prerequisite: WEL310 OR LES310
This subject builds upon the knowledge gained in
the subject WEL310 Introduction to Research in
Human Services. It allows students the opportunity
to link the theory of qualitative and quantitative
research to practice through the implementation
of a research proposal developed in the previous
subject.
WEL316 DISABILITY & FAMILY (8)
Prerequisites: WEL108, WEL217 (Social
Dimensions of Disability)
This subject introduces students to theoretical and
practical material pertaining to disability and the
family. It examines theories of adaptation, loss,
stress and coping. It also examines the role of family
dynamics in mediating human service intervention
strategies in disability. It introduces students to
developmental and transitional aspects of disability
and the influence on family adjustment.
WEL319 YOUTH: HOUSING INCOME &
EMPLOYMENT (8)
Prerequisite: WEL104
This subject will examine contemporary
Commonwealth and State policies and programs
directed towards solving the ‘youth problem’. A
range of perspectives reflected in policy reports
and research will be analysed in relation to the
development of services and programs concerned
with youth housing, income and employment. The
effectiveness and appropriateness of government
and non-government solutions to structural factors
that disadvantage young people in Australian society
will be evaluated. The role and impact of pressure
groups and peak organisations on the policy
process will also be looked at.
WEL321 CHILD WELFARE (8)
Prerequisite: PSY111
Gives a psychological background against which
issues in child welfare can be judged. Topics include
the best interests of the child, understanding the
child’s position, and the work of state welfare
departments concerned with children. Relates
troubled children and children in need of help
to psychological elements in the environment, the
family and the child. Evaluates the importance of
psychological elements in relation to other causes of
troubled children.
WEL322 LOSS AND GRIEF IN GERONTOLOGY
(8)
This subject prepares the student for working with
clients through the processes of loss and grief,
with aging clients, communities, family members
and staff in human service organisations. The
subject combines theory and practice knowledge
in addressing preparation for death, chronic and
terminal illness, losses associated with declining
health and capacity, including moving into supported
accommodation. It covers fear of death and the
processes involved in both planned and sudden
losses. It addresses specific needs of indigenous
and migrant families. It deals with issues such
as loss of sense of independence and safety
(following accident or experience of being a victim of
crime), the funeral industry, coronial processes and
euthanasia.
WEL323 ADDICTIONS & SOCIAL POLICY (8)
This subject will provide students with an
appropriate background to better understand the
nature of the theoretical and political debate
concerning drug, alcohol and gambling addiction
in Australia. Social and philosophical ideas that
underlie the debate are examined as well as a
variety of explanations of social policy.
WEL331 FIELD EDUCATION PLACEMENT 1B (8)
Prerequisite: WEL108
Enrolment restrictions: not for students who
have previously completed WEL103 and
WEL210.
Building on the knowledge and skills acquired in
the course this subject is designed to increase
student’s competence and capabilities in casework
practice. An essential component of this subject
is professional practice in an agency or welfare
organisation. Students can select the agency
in which they wish to work providing suitable
supervision is available and scope is given for the
attainment of certain basic skills. Students will be
required to complete certain field education tasks
and will be asked to reflect and evaluate their
practice.
WEL333 FIELD EDUCATION PLACEMENT 2B (8)
Prerequisite: approval of Subject Coordinator.
Enrolment restrictions: not for students who
have previously completed WEL204 & SOC308
Building on the knowledge and skills acquired in the
course this subject is designed to increase student’s
competence and capabilities in community work
practice. An essential component of this subject
is professional practice in an agency or welfare
organisation. Students can select the agency
in which they wish to work providing suitable
supervision is available and scope is given for the
attainment of certain basic skills. Students will be
asked to complete certain field education tasks and
to reflect on and evaluate their own practice.
WEL334 FIELD EDUCATION PLACEMENT 3 (16)
Prerequisites: WEL106, WEL108, WEL216,
WEL202
In this placement based subject students will
develop practice skills and theoretical understanding
to link theory and practice in agencies working with
children, adolescents and/or their families.
WEL400 SOCIAL WELFARE HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (32)
Prerequisite: WEL402 Social Welfare Reading
Subject
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
586 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
Enrolment restrictions: BSocSc(Social Welfare)
(Honours) students only.
A research program involving social welfare practice
or policy analysis or related issues approved by
the Course Coordinator. The program will lead to a
contribution to knowledge by original investigation or
by review and criticism. The maximum length of the
dissertation will be 15 000 words.
WEL401 SOCIAL POLICY & SOCIAL THEORY
(16)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Social Work students
only.
Examines recent writings dealing with the role
of governments in making and implementing
social policy. Deals with Australia and pays
particular attention to the administrative apparatus of
government and normative issues which have arisen
in discussion of the role of the state.
WEL402 SOCIAL WELFARE READING SUBJECT
(8)
Prerequisite: ETH401 Ethics and Social Welfare
Enrolment restrictions: BSocSc (Social
Welfare)(Honours) students only.
This subject will involve in-depth reading and
seminars in one of a variety of social welfare
practice or policy areas. Fields in which supervision
is currently available include: Aged Care, Child
welfare, Community Work, Disability, Juvenile
Justice, Mental Health, Non-Metropolitan welfare
service delivery, Social policy and planning,
Women’s Issues, Youth.
WEL403 CHILD & ADOLESCENT WELFARE
- PHILOSOPHY & POLICY (8)
Contemporary child welfare policy and practice are
characterised by a tension between the needs and
rights of children, the rights of parents and the role
and responsibility of the state in providing care and
protection when family care breaks down. Within a
historical framework starting with the philosopher
John Locke, this subject considers the development
of current child welfare policy in the light of a number
of philosophical theories about children, children’s
rights, parental authority and the role of the state.
WEL404 CHILD PROTECTION (8)
Prerequisites: PSY111 or PSY101 or PSY102
Examines the principles, process and practice
involved in the protection of children and young
people by the State, drawing on exemplars of law
and policy administered by the New South Wales
Government. Key theoretical perspectives in child
abuse are considered as well as forms of abuse
including neglect and emotional, physical and
sexual abuse. A history of child welfare law, the
dynamics, predictors and indicators of child abuse:
risk assessment; working with non-voluntary clients;
the impact of domestic violence and cultural aspects
of child abuse are also considered. These is also
discussion of the importance of managing worker
stress.
Charles Sturt University
WEL412 FOUNDATIONS IN MENTAL HEALTH (8)
Lays foundation of knowledge in the mental health
area. Covers questions of classifying and describing
psychiatric syndromes and issues of competing
explanatory models. Includes important community
issues such as care of mentally ill in remote areas of
Australia, multicultural perspectives and role of the
professional worker in various forms of social and
therapeutic measures.
WEL413 COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH (8)
Prerequisite: WEL412
Explores the concept of community mental health,
especially its implications in the shift in focus of
psychiatric care from institutions to normal human
settings, and also to the implications for alternatives
to conventional psychiatric treatment. Attention is
paid to questions of developing a successful
community program, problems of law and social
policy, and culture. Treatment approaches in
the community include the added dimension of
environmental resources and these are integrated
into a psychosocial methodology to provide a
comprehensive mental health service.
WEL422 SUBSTITUTE CARE (8)
Prerequisites: PSY113
This subject considers different forms of substitute
care and permanency planning and evaluates their
outcomes from the child’s perspective. Though the
subject concentrates on children and adolescents
in abusive or potentially abusive situations, it
also examines substitute care for children and
adolescents where abuse is not an issue.
WEL423 THEORY AND PRACTICE FOR GENETIC
COUNSELLORS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have completed PSY402.
This subject provides the theoretical and practice
skills base necessary for genetic counsellors. It
covers the major counselling theories, ethics, skills
and strategies compatible with major theoretical
frameworks. It covers counselling techniques
relevant to working with children, couples and
families, people with disabilities, or from diverse
cultural and ethnic groups. It also identifies the
special requirements for working with people at
different stages of the life cycle. As such it forms the
theoretical and practice skills foundation for students
who will specialise in genetic counselling.
WEL509 WOMEN & SOCIAL POLICY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: MSocSc(WASP) students
only.
This subject will focus on how existing social policies
affect the status and life-chances of women. In
particular, the subject will examine women’s position
with regard to the law, education, welfare and
economic policies.
WEL511 SOCIAL PLANNING & EVALUATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Social
Science(WASP) students only.
Undergraduate Subject Descriptions - 587
This subject examines a range of models for social
planning and evaluation (eg Strategic Planning,
Management by Objectives, MPES, Regional
Planning) applied to different levels of administration
(central, regional, local and small groups). The
models will be critiqued from political, social,
economic, organisational analysis and other
perspectives. Skill development and theoretical
critique are balanced in this subject.
WSC101 WINE SCIENCE 1 (8)
Prerequisite: WSC110 & either CHM104 or
CHM108
An introduction to the influence of chemical
and microbiological processes on wine production,
particularly the role of microorganisms, fruit quality,
temperature control, acidity, sulphur dioxide use,
sorbic acid, phenolic compounds and oxidation.
Practical experience of chemical analyses required
to assess wine quality.
WSC110 GRAPE & WINE PRODUCTION (8)
An introduction to factors that have influenced
world-wide viticulture and wine distribution. Basic
winemaking processes and the major wine types.
Sensory evaluation, particularly the basic taste and
tactile sensations important to wine.
WSC151 WINE TECHNOLOGY AND BASIC
PRODUCTION (8)
Introduces factors that have influenced world-wide
viticulture and wine distribution. Provides a basic
understanding of grapevine growth and viticulture.
Covers the basic processes involved in making wine,
beer and spirits and introduces the major types of
each beverage. It includes the social implications
and effects of alcoholic beverages on society.
WSC152 SENSORY APPRECIATION (WINE/
BEER/SPIRITS) (8)
This subject is designed to develop an ability to
identify by sensory evaluation the major flavour
characteristics of various wines beers and spirits, to
assess the balance between these characteristics
and to recognise undesirable flavours arising from
spoilage.
WSC201 WINE PRODUCTION 1 (8)
Prerequisite: WSC101, BIO115 or equivalent
Principles and techniques used in table wine
production particularly in relation to effects of grape
handling and processing on wine composition and
quality.
WSC205 WINE EVALUATION 1 (4)
Prerequisite: WSC101
Identification of major flavour components of
Australian wine, of all major wine types, and
including wine faults. Development of systematic
and meaningful description of flavour components.
Study of flavour component interaction, and their
effect on wine quality. Note that proficiency
development in these wine tasting skills will be
greatly assisted by additional outside wine tasting
experience.
WSC220 WINE AND VINE BIOTECHNOLOGY (4)
Prerequisites: (BIO100 or BIO126) and (CHM107
or CHM108)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Applied
Science (Wine Science), Bachelor of Applied
Science (Viticulture), Associate Degree in
Applied Science (Winegrowing)
Introduces students to a number of molecular
biotechnology techniques including genetic
engineering and examines a range of applications
for this technology in the wine and viticulture
industries.
WSC299 WINERY EXPERIENCE (0)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Applied
Science (Wine Science)
This subject will assess the practical skills
associated with the management of a winery
enterprise. Students are required to gain practical
experience at a commercial vineyard and winery
over a minimum total period of the equivalent of 12
weeks.
WSC301 WINE PRODUCTION 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: BAppSc(WineSc)
students only
Prerequisite: WSC201
The grape requirements, production principles and
winemaking techniques to produce sparkling wine
and fortified wine, and the effect that these factors
have on wine composition and quality. The study of
table winemaking techniques beyond that of Wine
Production 1, particularly processing techniques that
develop and vary style in winemaking.
WSC302 WINE SCIENCE 2
Prerequisite: BCM208, CHM213,WSC201 or
WSC214
Advanced concepts in wine chemistry and
microbiology. Module 1: the application of molecular
biology to wine microbiology, particularly for
rapid identification of wine yeasts and improved
fermentation; enzymes of microbial origin in
winemaking. Module 2: Chemistry of grape-derived
wine flavour, phenolic compound origin and
development in grapes and wine; red wine colour
and ageing; colour and phenolic analysis.
WSC304 WINE CHEMISTRY
Prerequisite: CHM213, WSC201 or WSC214
Application of chemistry to wine stability, fining
and wine distillation. Bentonite fining; protein fining
agents and PVPP; fining with copper ion, blue fining,
bitartrate preparation; ion-exchange processes; and
pectolytic enzymes. Thermodynamics of phase
equilibrium; two-component ideal and non-ideal
systems; the ethanol-water system; fractional and
pot distillation; McCabe and Thiele diagrams;
13
Undergraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
588 - Undergraduate Subject Descriptions
minor volatile components; spirit flavour quality;
Cognac production; and continuous still design and
operation.
WSC305 WINE EVALUATION 2 (4)
Enrolment restrictions: BAppSc(WineSc)
students only
Prerequisite: WSC205
The subject assumes a knowledge of the range
and quality of current Australian table wines, and
extends this to wine worldwide, particularly some
classic wine regions of the Old World. It further
develops sensory assessment capabilities, including
wine show scoring of wine, and it tests tasting
performance for reliability and discrimination.
WSC307 WINE MICROBIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite : BIO115, BCM 208, WSC201
or WSC214 or equivalent
This subject discusses the role that wine yeast
and bacteria play in the production of wines, with
emphasis on the biochemistry of their metabolism
and the factors affecting their growth. Consideration
will also be given to how these organisms influence
the composition of wines through both beneficial and
undesirable (spoilage) activity and how this, in turn,
affects final product quality.
WSC320 PRINCIPLES OF QUALITY
MANAGEMENT (4)
Prerequisites: VIT201 or WSC201
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Applied
Science (Wine Science), Bachelor of Applied
Science (Viticulture), Associate Degree in
Applied Science (Winegrowing)
General principles of quality management in
a competitive market are discussed, as well
as statistical process and quality control tools.
With these tools, students plan and monitor the
introduction of a quality management system (and
sustain such a system) within a wine production or
viticulture environment.
Charles Sturt University